Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1528/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. With a library of over 500,000+ audiobooks, we bring you classics, Romantic Novels, and Mystical Fiction stories. Get 3 free audiobooks to start. Easily listen on iPhone, iPad, Android, and enjoy audiobooks whenever you want. Let the sounds of these wonderful stories accompany you! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1528/ en-US All rights reserved Sun, 05 Jan 2025 02:08:13 GMT Sun, 05 Jan 2025 02:08:13 GMT Notepad++ https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1528/ https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/1528/logo.jpg https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1528/ thebookvoice.com no Tara Breitenberg bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1528/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. With a library of over 500,000+ audiobooks, we bring you classics, Romantic Novels, and Mystical Fiction stories. Get 3 free audiobooks to start. Easily listen on iPhone, iPad, Android, and enjoy audiobooks whenever you want. Let the sounds of these wonderful stories accompany you! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604375 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604375]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Unspoken Truths for Career Success: Navigating Pay, Promotions, and Power at Work Author: Tessa White Narrator: Tessa White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 3 minutes Release date: February 28, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Read by the author. STOP SPINNING YOUR WHEELS AND TAKE CONTROL OF YOUR CAREER FUTURE TODAY. Building a successful career in the world of remote work, hybrid schedules, and a lack of work/life balance is not easy. In fact it’s difficult and often seems impossible. But, it doesn’t have to be that way. By confronting the lies we are told about building a career, this book will bring you one step closer to the epiphany that will change your life. This workplace manual lays out the truth behind the lies that are fueling the most common career frustrations, including: - The truth about pay. Hard work doesn’t always lead to more money. Learn how to leverage your position to maximize your salary. - The truth about promotions. If you want to be considered for a better job title with better pay, you need to be better than your job description. Understand how to build the skills you need to be considered for a promotion. - The truth about loyalty. Companies are not designed to return the loyalty you give them. Stop waiting for the praise you’ve earned and start focusing on your future. - The truth about burnout. Work/life balance doesn’t have to mean taking a step back. Learn to work with your brain and not against it. - The truth about office politics and power. You may hate office politics, but they are in every company in every industry. Learn to use the political landscape of your workplace to your advantage.      Master these unspoken truths for greater recognition, increased opportunities for pay and promotions, and to provide a path to greater influence and power. The truth can indeed set you free.  'A terrific read for the new generations rising in the workforce—and for their leaders.' — Stephen M. R. Covey, The New York Times and #1 Wall Street Journal bestselling author of The Speed of Trust and Trust & Inspire Figures, illustrations, and exercises are included in the audiobook companion PDF download. Tessa White Tue, 28 Feb 2023 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604375 thebookvoice.com 8:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604375]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Unspoken Truths for Career Success: Navigating Pay, Promotions, and Power at Work Author: Tessa White Narrator: Tessa White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 3 minutes Release date: February 28, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Read by the author. STOP SPINNING YOUR WHEELS AND TAKE CONTROL OF YOUR CAREER FUTURE TODAY. Building a successful career in the world of remote work, hybrid schedules, and a lack of work/life balance is not easy. In fact it’s difficult and often seems impossible. But, it doesn’t have to be that way. By confronting the lies we are told about building a career, this book will bring you one step closer to the epiphany that will change your life. This workplace manual lays out the truth behind the lies that are fueling the most common career frustrations, including: - The truth about pay. Hard work doesn’t always lead to more money. Learn how to leverage your position to maximize your salary. - The truth about promotions. If you want to be considered for a better job title with better pay, you need to be better than your job description. Understand how to build the skills you need to be considered for a promotion. - The truth about loyalty. Companies are not designed to return the loyalty you give them. Stop waiting for the praise you’ve earned and start focusing on your future. - The truth about burnout. Work/life balance doesn’t have to mean taking a step back. Learn to work with your brain and not against it. - The truth about office politics and power. You may hate office politics, but they are in every company in every industry. Learn to use the political landscape of your workplace to your advantage.      Master these unspoken truths for greater recognition, increased opportunities for pay and promotions, and to provide a path to greater influence and power. The truth can indeed set you free.  'A terrific read for the new generations rising in the workforce—and for their leaders.' — Stephen M. R. Covey, The New York Times and #1 Wall Street Journal bestselling author of The Speed of Trust and Trust & Inspire Figures, illustrations, and exercises are included in the audiobook companion PDF download. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604375]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Unspoken Truths for Career Success: Navigating Pay, Promotions, and Power at Work Author: Tessa White Narrator: Tessa White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 3 minutes Release date: February 28, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Read by the author. STOP SPINNING YOUR WHEELS AND TAKE CONTROL OF YOUR CAREER FUTURE TODAY. Building a successful career in the world of remote work, hybrid schedules, and a lack of work/life balance is not easy. In fact it’s difficult and often seems impossible. But, it doesn’t have to be that way. By confronting the lies we are told about building a career, this book will bring you one step closer to the epiphany that will change your life. This workplace manual lays out the truth behind the lies that are fueling the most common career frustrations, including: - The truth about pay. Hard work doesn’t always lead to more money. Learn how to leverage your position to maximize your salary. - The truth about promotions. If you want to be considered for a better job title with better pay, you need to be better than your job description. Understand how to build the skills you need to be considered for a promotion. - The truth about loyalty. Companies are not designed to return the loyalty you give them. Stop waiting for the praise you’ve earned and start focusing on your future. - The truth about burnout. Work/life balance doesn’t have to mean taking a step back. Learn to work with your brain and not against it. - The truth about office politics and power. You may hate office politics, but they are in every company in every industry. Learn to use the political landscape of your workplace to your advantage.      Master these unspoken truths for greater recognition, increased opportunities for pay and promotions, and to provide a path to greater influence and power. The truth can indeed set you free.  'A terrific read for the new generations rising in the workforce—and for their leaders.' — Stephen M. R. Covey, The New York Times and #1 Wall Street Journal bestselling author of The Speed of Trust and Trust & Inspire Figures, illustrations, and exercises are included in the audiobook companion PDF download. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604223 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604223]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hell to Pay: How the Suppression of Wages Is Destroying America Author: Michael Lind Narrator: Joe Knezevich Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 12 minutes Release date: May 2, 2023 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: From one of America’s leading thinkers, a provocative diagnosis of the cause of America’s decline—and a searing indictment of those who caused it For nearly half a century, Americans have been bombarded by neoliberal propaganda promoting the lie that wages are objectively determined by impersonal labor markets. This falsehood has been repeated by academics, journalists, business leaders, and politicians so often that even many on the liberal left and the populist right believe it.   In Hell to Pay, Michael Lind, author of The New Class War, debunks this lie. With brutal clarity, he tells the story of how bipartisan political and business interests united to smash the bargaining power of American workers and reduce wages. And with devastating insight he demonstrates that their success has indirectly caused or worsened nearly every symptom of American decline, from the increase in political polarization to the declining birth rate.   Calling for a revolution in the way we think about work and wages, Lind argues that the American republic will collapse if worker power is not restored. Fortunately, Hell to Pay doesn’t just sound the alarm but also offers a plan for breaking the power of the neoliberal elite and reforming America’s disastrous low-wage/high-welfare model—before it’s too late. Michael Lind Tue, 02 May 2023 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604223 thebookvoice.com 5:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604223]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hell to Pay: How the Suppression of Wages Is Destroying America Author: Michael Lind Narrator: Joe Knezevich Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 12 minutes Release date: May 2, 2023 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: From one of America’s leading thinkers, a provocative diagnosis of the cause of America’s decline—and a searing indictment of those who caused it For nearly half a century, Americans have been bombarded by neoliberal propaganda promoting the lie that wages are objectively determined by impersonal labor markets. This falsehood has been repeated by academics, journalists, business leaders, and politicians so often that even many on the liberal left and the populist right believe it.   In Hell to Pay, Michael Lind, author of The New Class War, debunks this lie. With brutal clarity, he tells the story of how bipartisan political and business interests united to smash the bargaining power of American workers and reduce wages. And with devastating insight he demonstrates that their success has indirectly caused or worsened nearly every symptom of American decline, from the increase in political polarization to the declining birth rate.   Calling for a revolution in the way we think about work and wages, Lind argues that the American republic will collapse if worker power is not restored. Fortunately, Hell to Pay doesn’t just sound the alarm but also offers a plan for breaking the power of the neoliberal elite and reforming America’s disastrous low-wage/high-welfare model—before it’s too late. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/604223]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hell to Pay: How the Suppression of Wages Is Destroying America Author: Michael Lind Narrator: Joe Knezevich Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 12 minutes Release date: May 2, 2023 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: From one of America’s leading thinkers, a provocative diagnosis of the cause of America’s decline—and a searing indictment of those who caused it For nearly half a century, Americans have been bombarded by neoliberal propaganda promoting the lie that wages are objectively determined by impersonal labor markets. This falsehood has been repeated by academics, journalists, business leaders, and politicians so often that even many on the liberal left and the populist right believe it.   In Hell to Pay, Michael Lind, author of The New Class War, debunks this lie. With brutal clarity, he tells the story of how bipartisan political and business interests united to smash the bargaining power of American workers and reduce wages. And with devastating insight he demonstrates that their success has indirectly caused or worsened nearly every symptom of American decline, from the increase in political polarization to the declining birth rate.   Calling for a revolution in the way we think about work and wages, Lind argues that the American republic will collapse if worker power is not restored. Fortunately, Hell to Pay doesn’t just sound the alarm but also offers a plan for breaking the power of the neoliberal elite and reforming America’s disastrous low-wage/high-welfare model—before it’s too late. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603812 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603812]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sustainability Scorecard: How to Implement and Profit from Unexpected Solutions Author: Urvashi Bhatnagar, Paul Anastas Narrator: Marc Tarpenning, Tiffany Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 28 minutes Release date: July 12, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Using a rigorous, straightforward scorecard as a guide, this book shows business leaders and innovators how to create breakthrough sustainable products and processes that are good for the planet, human health, and profits. For decades, proponents of sustainability have promised effective ways to save resources and money, but they aren't moving the needle. The problem is that they haven't convinced skeptics that powerful economic incentives will work in their favor. This book makes a crystal-clear economic argument for sustainable supply chains and provides a practical scorecard for creating one that is understandable to any executive, inside or outside of operations. In the midst of 'green fatigue,' many leaders have lost sight of the business costs presented by hidden supply costs and toxic inputs in traditional supply chains. The authors show operations and implementation-focused business leaders how to innovate their supply chains to introduce and scale unexpected, cost-saving sustainable solutions. Through repeatable, reliable processes that address model design and key performance indicators, this is a practical guide that leaders can rely on to make their existing systems more sustainable and more profitable. The authors say it best: 'To design a better future, you need to be a heretic today.' Urvashi Bhatnagar, Paul Anastas Tue, 12 Jul 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603812 thebookvoice.com 5:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603812]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sustainability Scorecard: How to Implement and Profit from Unexpected Solutions Author: Urvashi Bhatnagar, Paul Anastas Narrator: Marc Tarpenning, Tiffany Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 28 minutes Release date: July 12, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Using a rigorous, straightforward scorecard as a guide, this book shows business leaders and innovators how to create breakthrough sustainable products and processes that are good for the planet, human health, and profits. For decades, proponents of sustainability have promised effective ways to save resources and money, but they aren't moving the needle. The problem is that they haven't convinced skeptics that powerful economic incentives will work in their favor. This book makes a crystal-clear economic argument for sustainable supply chains and provides a practical scorecard for creating one that is understandable to any executive, inside or outside of operations. In the midst of 'green fatigue,' many leaders have lost sight of the business costs presented by hidden supply costs and toxic inputs in traditional supply chains. The authors show operations and implementation-focused business leaders how to innovate their supply chains to introduce and scale unexpected, cost-saving sustainable solutions. Through repeatable, reliable processes that address model design and key performance indicators, this is a practical guide that leaders can rely on to make their existing systems more sustainable and more profitable. The authors say it best: 'To design a better future, you need to be a heretic today.' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603812]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sustainability Scorecard: How to Implement and Profit from Unexpected Solutions Author: Urvashi Bhatnagar, Paul Anastas Narrator: Marc Tarpenning, Tiffany Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 28 minutes Release date: July 12, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Using a rigorous, straightforward scorecard as a guide, this book shows business leaders and innovators how to create breakthrough sustainable products and processes that are good for the planet, human health, and profits. For decades, proponents of sustainability have promised effective ways to save resources and money, but they aren't moving the needle. The problem is that they haven't convinced skeptics that powerful economic incentives will work in their favor. This book makes a crystal-clear economic argument for sustainable supply chains and provides a practical scorecard for creating one that is understandable to any executive, inside or outside of operations. In the midst of 'green fatigue,' many leaders have lost sight of the business costs presented by hidden supply costs and toxic inputs in traditional supply chains. The authors show operations and implementation-focused business leaders how to innovate their supply chains to introduce and scale unexpected, cost-saving sustainable solutions. Through repeatable, reliable processes that address model design and key performance indicators, this is a practical guide that leaders can rely on to make their existing systems more sustainable and more profitable. The authors say it best: 'To design a better future, you need to be a heretic today.' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603813 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603813]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Practical Innovation in Government: How Front-Line Leaders Are Transforming Public-Sector Organizations Author: Alan G. Robinson, Dean M. Schroeder Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 19, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: This book is a comprehensive guide to an exciting new approach that managers at any level can use to transform their corners of government. Whether people want more government or less, everyone wants efficient government. But most innovation efforts try to change the very nature of government-such as dismantling bureaucracy or privatizing services-and thus they usually fail. Alan Robinson and Dean Schroeder accept government on its own terms and simply ask how some existing organizations are dramatically improving their performance. What they found is that the best innovations come not from the top down but from the bottom up. Drawing on their study of seventy government organizations and interviews with nearly 1,000 people in the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom, Denmark, and Sweden, they found that the most innovative agencies and offices solicited and implemented ideas from frontline workers, the people who directly serve the public. These often modest, pragmatic improvements can have a huge cumulative effect. For example, the Denver Department of Excise and Licenses was able to cut its average wait time from an hour and forty minutes to just seven minutes. Robinson and Schroeder offer a comprehensive guide for systematically collecting, evaluating, and implementing game-changing frontline ideas. Reading group discussion guide available in book. Alan G. Robinson, Dean M. Schroeder Tue, 19 Jul 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603813 thebookvoice.com 6:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603813]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Practical Innovation in Government: How Front-Line Leaders Are Transforming Public-Sector Organizations Author: Alan G. Robinson, Dean M. Schroeder Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 19, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: This book is a comprehensive guide to an exciting new approach that managers at any level can use to transform their corners of government. Whether people want more government or less, everyone wants efficient government. But most innovation efforts try to change the very nature of government-such as dismantling bureaucracy or privatizing services-and thus they usually fail. Alan Robinson and Dean Schroeder accept government on its own terms and simply ask how some existing organizations are dramatically improving their performance. What they found is that the best innovations come not from the top down but from the bottom up. Drawing on their study of seventy government organizations and interviews with nearly 1,000 people in the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom, Denmark, and Sweden, they found that the most innovative agencies and offices solicited and implemented ideas from frontline workers, the people who directly serve the public. These often modest, pragmatic improvements can have a huge cumulative effect. For example, the Denver Department of Excise and Licenses was able to cut its average wait time from an hour and forty minutes to just seven minutes. Robinson and Schroeder offer a comprehensive guide for systematically collecting, evaluating, and implementing game-changing frontline ideas. Reading group discussion guide available in book. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603813]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Practical Innovation in Government: How Front-Line Leaders Are Transforming Public-Sector Organizations Author: Alan G. Robinson, Dean M. Schroeder Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 19, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: This book is a comprehensive guide to an exciting new approach that managers at any level can use to transform their corners of government. Whether people want more government or less, everyone wants efficient government. But most innovation efforts try to change the very nature of government-such as dismantling bureaucracy or privatizing services-and thus they usually fail. Alan Robinson and Dean Schroeder accept government on its own terms and simply ask how some existing organizations are dramatically improving their performance. What they found is that the best innovations come not from the top down but from the bottom up. Drawing on their study of seventy government organizations and interviews with nearly 1,000 people in the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom, Denmark, and Sweden, they found that the most innovative agencies and offices solicited and implemented ideas from frontline workers, the people who directly serve the public. These often modest, pragmatic improvements can have a huge cumulative effect. For example, the Denver Department of Excise and Licenses was able to cut its average wait time from an hour and forty minutes to just seven minutes. Robinson and Schroeder offer a comprehensive guide for systematically collecting, evaluating, and implementing game-changing frontline ideas. Reading group discussion guide available in book. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603660 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603660]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Bad Teams Happen to Good People: Your Complete Repair Guide for Successful Teamwork Author: Valerie Patrick, Phd Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 38 minutes Release date: July 1, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The teamwork troubleshooter we all need! Turn your team into a cohesive unit. Why do some team members not get along? What is the best way to get new teams and ad-hoc teams to maximize their performance in the least amount of time? How can meetings be designed to achieve useful outcomes? Teams are the source of problem-solving and innovation that today’s organizations need to survive and thrive in an increasingly complex and challenging marketplace. Teamwork is hard because there is no magic formula or step-by-step procedure to ensure results. Think of a programmer asked to develop new features for a cell phone: they write new code, test the code, troubleshoot problems encountered, revise the code, and repeat the testing process until the new features work without problems. Similarly, a team leader asked to deliver specified outcomes develops a plan, runs team meetings, troubleshoots problems encountered, revises the plan, and repeats until the team outcomes are achieved. The difference is that a programmer has tools to help streamline troubleshooting, while team leaders do not―until now. Valerie Patrick applies a troubleshooting mindset that includes: - Proven tactics for team members and leaders to address leadership problems - Guidelines for recruiting and changing teams for optimum performance - Techniques to identify and address aspects of team climate that are limiting the productivity of one or more team members - Examples of effective ways to operate teams and of meeting designs that produce transformative outcomes Valerie Patrick, Phd Thu, 01 Jul 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603660 thebookvoice.com 6:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603660]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Bad Teams Happen to Good People: Your Complete Repair Guide for Successful Teamwork Author: Valerie Patrick, Phd Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 38 minutes Release date: July 1, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The teamwork troubleshooter we all need! Turn your team into a cohesive unit. Why do some team members not get along? What is the best way to get new teams and ad-hoc teams to maximize their performance in the least amount of time? How can meetings be designed to achieve useful outcomes? Teams are the source of problem-solving and innovation that today’s organizations need to survive and thrive in an increasingly complex and challenging marketplace. Teamwork is hard because there is no magic formula or step-by-step procedure to ensure results. Think of a programmer asked to develop new features for a cell phone: they write new code, test the code, troubleshoot problems encountered, revise the code, and repeat the testing process until the new features work without problems. Similarly, a team leader asked to deliver specified outcomes develops a plan, runs team meetings, troubleshoots problems encountered, revises the plan, and repeats until the team outcomes are achieved. The difference is that a programmer has tools to help streamline troubleshooting, while team leaders do not―until now. Valerie Patrick applies a troubleshooting mindset that includes: - Proven tactics for team members and leaders to address leadership problems - Guidelines for recruiting and changing teams for optimum performance - Techniques to identify and address aspects of team climate that are limiting the productivity of one or more team members - Examples of effective ways to operate teams and of meeting designs that produce transformative outcomes Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603660]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Bad Teams Happen to Good People: Your Complete Repair Guide for Successful Teamwork Author: Valerie Patrick, Phd Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 38 minutes Release date: July 1, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The teamwork troubleshooter we all need! Turn your team into a cohesive unit. Why do some team members not get along? What is the best way to get new teams and ad-hoc teams to maximize their performance in the least amount of time? How can meetings be designed to achieve useful outcomes? Teams are the source of problem-solving and innovation that today’s organizations need to survive and thrive in an increasingly complex and challenging marketplace. Teamwork is hard because there is no magic formula or step-by-step procedure to ensure results. Think of a programmer asked to develop new features for a cell phone: they write new code, test the code, troubleshoot problems encountered, revise the code, and repeat the testing process until the new features work without problems. Similarly, a team leader asked to deliver specified outcomes develops a plan, runs team meetings, troubleshoots problems encountered, revises the plan, and repeats until the team outcomes are achieved. The difference is that a programmer has tools to help streamline troubleshooting, while team leaders do not―until now. Valerie Patrick applies a troubleshooting mindset that includes: - Proven tactics for team members and leaders to address leadership problems - Guidelines for recruiting and changing teams for optimum performance - Techniques to identify and address aspects of team climate that are limiting the productivity of one or more team members - Examples of effective ways to operate teams and of meeting designs that produce transformative outcomes https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603169 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603169]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Work Rules: Discover Effective Strategies On How to Work Well and Get Along With Everyone in the Workplace Author: Tommy Brion Narrator: Marcus Mulenga Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 10 minutes Release date: June 16, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Work Rules: Discover Effective Strategies On How to Work Well and Get Along With Everyone in the Workplace Probably more people than you realize spend the majority of their time working with others in an employment-related situation. And, unless they’re lucky, these individuals don’t get to pick who their co-workers are. Unfortunately, not everyone knows how to get along with others. This can cause all kinds of difficult situations, making it almost impossible to get through the day. Working well with others is crucial in any situation. However, it's even more important in a workplace environment. Why? It boils down to things like efficiency, productivity and employee morale... just to name a few. This audiobook will serve as your guide as you navigate workplace issues. You will learn tips and advice on how you can get along and work well with others in your workplace. This audiobook will cover the following topics: - Defining Others - Why It Can Be Challenging to Work with Others - The Importance of Respect - Essential Skills and Habits You Need to Work with Others - Benefits of Working Effectively with Others - Training New Employees - Types of Conflict in the Workplace - Jobs for Introverts - And many more! If you want to learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now! Tommy Brion Thu, 16 Jun 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603169 thebookvoice.com 0:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603169]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Work Rules: Discover Effective Strategies On How to Work Well and Get Along With Everyone in the Workplace Author: Tommy Brion Narrator: Marcus Mulenga Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 10 minutes Release date: June 16, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Work Rules: Discover Effective Strategies On How to Work Well and Get Along With Everyone in the Workplace Probably more people than you realize spend the majority of their time working with others in an employment-related situation. And, unless they’re lucky, these individuals don’t get to pick who their co-workers are. Unfortunately, not everyone knows how to get along with others. This can cause all kinds of difficult situations, making it almost impossible to get through the day. Working well with others is crucial in any situation. However, it's even more important in a workplace environment. Why? It boils down to things like efficiency, productivity and employee morale... just to name a few. This audiobook will serve as your guide as you navigate workplace issues. You will learn tips and advice on how you can get along and work well with others in your workplace. This audiobook will cover the following topics: - Defining Others - Why It Can Be Challenging to Work with Others - The Importance of Respect - Essential Skills and Habits You Need to Work with Others - Benefits of Working Effectively with Others - Training New Employees - Types of Conflict in the Workplace - Jobs for Introverts - And many more! If you want to learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603169]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Work Rules: Discover Effective Strategies On How to Work Well and Get Along With Everyone in the Workplace Author: Tommy Brion Narrator: Marcus Mulenga Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 10 minutes Release date: June 16, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Work Rules: Discover Effective Strategies On How to Work Well and Get Along With Everyone in the Workplace Probably more people than you realize spend the majority of their time working with others in an employment-related situation. And, unless they’re lucky, these individuals don’t get to pick who their co-workers are. Unfortunately, not everyone knows how to get along with others. This can cause all kinds of difficult situations, making it almost impossible to get through the day. Working well with others is crucial in any situation. However, it's even more important in a workplace environment. Why? It boils down to things like efficiency, productivity and employee morale... just to name a few. This audiobook will serve as your guide as you navigate workplace issues. You will learn tips and advice on how you can get along and work well with others in your workplace. This audiobook will cover the following topics: - Defining Others - Why It Can Be Challenging to Work with Others - The Importance of Respect - Essential Skills and Habits You Need to Work with Others - Benefits of Working Effectively with Others - Training New Employees - Types of Conflict in the Workplace - Jobs for Introverts - And many more! If you want to learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603114 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603114]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Great Escape: A True Story of Forced Labor and Immigrant Dreams in America Author: Saket Soni Narrator: Saket Soni Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 37 minutes Release date: January 24, 2023 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The astonishing story of immigrants lured to the United States from India and trapped in forced labor—an "eye-opening" "must-read" told by the visionary labor leader who engineered their escape and set them on a path to citizenship (The New York Times Book Review). ​ In late 2006, Saket Soni, a 28-year-old, Indian-born community organizer received an anonymous phone call from an Indian migrant worker inside a Mississippi labor camp. He and 500 other men were living in squalor in Gulf Coast “man camps,” surrounded by barbed wire, watched by armed guards, crammed into cold trailers with putrid portable toilets, forced to eat moldy bread and frozen rice. Worse, lured by the promise of good work and green cards, the men had desperately scraped together up to $20,000 each to apply for this “opportunity” to rebuild oil rigs after Hurricane Katrina, putting their families into impossible debt. During a series of clandestine meetings, Soni and the workers devise a bold plan. In The Great Escape, Soni traces the workers’ extraordinary escape, their march on foot to Washington DC, and their 23-day-hunger strike to bring attention to their cause. Along the way, ICE agents try to deport the men, company officials work to discredit them, and politicians avert their eyes. But none of this shakes the workers’ determination to win their dignity and keep their promises to their families.   Weaving a deeply personal journey with a riveting tale of 21st-century forced labor, Soni takes us into the hidden lives of the foreign workers the US increasingly relies on for cheap skilled labor to rebuild after climate disasters. The Great Escape is the astonishing story of one of the largest human trafficking cases in modern American history—and the workers’ heroic journey for justice. Saket Soni Tue, 24 Jan 2023 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603114 thebookvoice.com 12:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603114]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Great Escape: A True Story of Forced Labor and Immigrant Dreams in America Author: Saket Soni Narrator: Saket Soni Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 37 minutes Release date: January 24, 2023 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The astonishing story of immigrants lured to the United States from India and trapped in forced labor—an "eye-opening" "must-read" told by the visionary labor leader who engineered their escape and set them on a path to citizenship (The New York Times Book Review). ​ In late 2006, Saket Soni, a 28-year-old, Indian-born community organizer received an anonymous phone call from an Indian migrant worker inside a Mississippi labor camp. He and 500 other men were living in squalor in Gulf Coast “man camps,” surrounded by barbed wire, watched by armed guards, crammed into cold trailers with putrid portable toilets, forced to eat moldy bread and frozen rice. Worse, lured by the promise of good work and green cards, the men had desperately scraped together up to $20,000 each to apply for this “opportunity” to rebuild oil rigs after Hurricane Katrina, putting their families into impossible debt. During a series of clandestine meetings, Soni and the workers devise a bold plan. In The Great Escape, Soni traces the workers’ extraordinary escape, their march on foot to Washington DC, and their 23-day-hunger strike to bring attention to their cause. Along the way, ICE agents try to deport the men, company officials work to discredit them, and politicians avert their eyes. But none of this shakes the workers’ determination to win their dignity and keep their promises to their families.   Weaving a deeply personal journey with a riveting tale of 21st-century forced labor, Soni takes us into the hidden lives of the foreign workers the US increasingly relies on for cheap skilled labor to rebuild after climate disasters. The Great Escape is the astonishing story of one of the largest human trafficking cases in modern American history—and the workers’ heroic journey for justice. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/603114]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Great Escape: A True Story of Forced Labor and Immigrant Dreams in America Author: Saket Soni Narrator: Saket Soni Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 37 minutes Release date: January 24, 2023 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The astonishing story of immigrants lured to the United States from India and trapped in forced labor—an "eye-opening" "must-read" told by the visionary labor leader who engineered their escape and set them on a path to citizenship (The New York Times Book Review). ​ In late 2006, Saket Soni, a 28-year-old, Indian-born community organizer received an anonymous phone call from an Indian migrant worker inside a Mississippi labor camp. He and 500 other men were living in squalor in Gulf Coast “man camps,” surrounded by barbed wire, watched by armed guards, crammed into cold trailers with putrid portable toilets, forced to eat moldy bread and frozen rice. Worse, lured by the promise of good work and green cards, the men had desperately scraped together up to $20,000 each to apply for this “opportunity” to rebuild oil rigs after Hurricane Katrina, putting their families into impossible debt. During a series of clandestine meetings, Soni and the workers devise a bold plan. In The Great Escape, Soni traces the workers’ extraordinary escape, their march on foot to Washington DC, and their 23-day-hunger strike to bring attention to their cause. Along the way, ICE agents try to deport the men, company officials work to discredit them, and politicians avert their eyes. But none of this shakes the workers’ determination to win their dignity and keep their promises to their families.   Weaving a deeply personal journey with a riveting tale of 21st-century forced labor, Soni takes us into the hidden lives of the foreign workers the US increasingly relies on for cheap skilled labor to rebuild after climate disasters. The Great Escape is the astonishing story of one of the largest human trafficking cases in modern American history—and the workers’ heroic journey for justice. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602892 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602892]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Working to Restore: Harnessing the Power of Regenerative Business to Heal the World Author: Esha Chhabra Narrator: Samara Naeymi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 43 minutes Release date: March 21, 2023 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A 2023 Porchlight Business Book Award and Inc. Non-Obvious Book Award winner Dispatches from the regenerative landscape, where pioneering entrepreneurs use their businesses as catalysts of change to go beyond sustainability and solve social and environmental problems Political upheaval and social turmoil have peeled back the glitzy layers of capitalism to reveal an uncomfortable truth: historically, businesses have sourced materials from remote corners of the globe and moved millions of people and tons of cargo around the clock—all in the name of profit. Yet many of today’s startups are rewriting the rules of business: how it’s done, by whom, and, most importantly, for what purpose. Journalist Esha Chhabra draws on her decades of reporting to explore not only the “feel good, do good” factors of these restorative enterprises but also the nuanced realities and promise of regenerative business operations. Working to Restore examines revolutionary approaches in nine areas: agriculture, waste, supply chain, inclusivity for the collective good, women in the workforce, travel, health, energy, and finance. The companies profiled are solving global issues: promoting responsible production and consumption, creating equitable opportunities for all, encouraging climate action, and more. Chhabra highlights how their work moves beyond the greenwashed idea of “sustainability” into a new era of regeneration and restoration. We meet and learn from people like: - Marius Smit, founder of Plastic Whale, the first company to build boats entirely out of plastic waste removed from our oceans and waterways - Sébastien Kopp and François-Ghislain Morillion, cofounders of Veja, a shoe brand whose mission it is to make the most ecologically sensitive shoes possible - Konrad Brits at Falcon Coffees, a trading company leading the way with a “collaborative supply chain” by investing in the local farmers who grow and harvest coffee beans - “Chief Toaster” Rob Wilson and Tristram Stuart at Toast Ale, who partner with Wold Top Yorkshire Brewery to repurpose surplus bread and produce an award-winning IPA - Scott Fry and Martha Butler of Loving Earth, a supply chain company that sources cacao from indigenous communities and brings their people and practices to the forefront Working to Restore highlights our most innovative entrepreneurs yet, those who understand that we cannot expect to create radical change if we try to “sustain” a system that has long been broken. Instead, their efforts of restoration and regeneration should be used as a model for other forward-thinking enterprises. Inspiring and engaging, this book shows it is possible for a business to thrive while living its mission and how the rules can be rewritten to put both the planet and its global citizens at the center. Esha Chhabra Tue, 21 Mar 2023 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602892 thebookvoice.com 7:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602892]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Working to Restore: Harnessing the Power of Regenerative Business to Heal the World Author: Esha Chhabra Narrator: Samara Naeymi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 43 minutes Release date: March 21, 2023 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A 2023 Porchlight Business Book Award and Inc. Non-Obvious Book Award winner Dispatches from the regenerative landscape, where pioneering entrepreneurs use their businesses as catalysts of change to go beyond sustainability and solve social and environmental problems Political upheaval and social turmoil have peeled back the glitzy layers of capitalism to reveal an uncomfortable truth: historically, businesses have sourced materials from remote corners of the globe and moved millions of people and tons of cargo around the clock—all in the name of profit. Yet many of today’s startups are rewriting the rules of business: how it’s done, by whom, and, most importantly, for what purpose. Journalist Esha Chhabra draws on her decades of reporting to explore not only the “feel good, do good” factors of these restorative enterprises but also the nuanced realities and promise of regenerative business operations. Working to Restore examines revolutionary approaches in nine areas: agriculture, waste, supply chain, inclusivity for the collective good, women in the workforce, travel, health, energy, and finance. The companies profiled are solving global issues: promoting responsible production and consumption, creating equitable opportunities for all, encouraging climate action, and more. Chhabra highlights how their work moves beyond the greenwashed idea of “sustainability” into a new era of regeneration and restoration. We meet and learn from people like: - Marius Smit, founder of Plastic Whale, the first company to build boats entirely out of plastic waste removed from our oceans and waterways - Sébastien Kopp and François-Ghislain Morillion, cofounders of Veja, a shoe brand whose mission it is to make the most ecologically sensitive shoes possible - Konrad Brits at Falcon Coffees, a trading company leading the way with a “collaborative supply chain” by investing in the local farmers who grow and harvest coffee beans - “Chief Toaster” Rob Wilson and Tristram Stuart at Toast Ale, who partner with Wold Top Yorkshire Brewery to repurpose surplus bread and produce an award-winning IPA - Scott Fry and Martha Butler of Loving Earth, a supply chain company that sources cacao from indigenous communities and brings their people and practices to the forefront Working to Restore highlights our most innovative entrepreneurs yet, those who understand that we cannot expect to create radical change if we try to “sustain” a system that has long been broken. Instead, their efforts of restoration and regeneration should be used as a model for other forward-thinking enterprises. Inspiring and engaging, this book shows it is possible for a business to thrive while living its mission and how the rules can be rewritten to put both the planet and its global citizens at the center. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602892]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Working to Restore: Harnessing the Power of Regenerative Business to Heal the World Author: Esha Chhabra Narrator: Samara Naeymi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 43 minutes Release date: March 21, 2023 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A 2023 Porchlight Business Book Award and Inc. Non-Obvious Book Award winner Dispatches from the regenerative landscape, where pioneering entrepreneurs use their businesses as catalysts of change to go beyond sustainability and solve social and environmental problems Political upheaval and social turmoil have peeled back the glitzy layers of capitalism to reveal an uncomfortable truth: historically, businesses have sourced materials from remote corners of the globe and moved millions of people and tons of cargo around the clock—all in the name of profit. Yet many of today’s startups are rewriting the rules of business: how it’s done, by whom, and, most importantly, for what purpose. Journalist Esha Chhabra draws on her decades of reporting to explore not only the “feel good, do good” factors of these restorative enterprises but also the nuanced realities and promise of regenerative business operations. Working to Restore examines revolutionary approaches in nine areas: agriculture, waste, supply chain, inclusivity for the collective good, women in the workforce, travel, health, energy, and finance. The companies profiled are solving global issues: promoting responsible production and consumption, creating equitable opportunities for all, encouraging climate action, and more. Chhabra highlights how their work moves beyond the greenwashed idea of “sustainability” into a new era of regeneration and restoration. We meet and learn from people like: - Marius Smit, founder of Plastic Whale, the first company to build boats entirely out of plastic waste removed from our oceans and waterways - Sébastien Kopp and François-Ghislain Morillion, cofounders of Veja, a shoe brand whose mission it is to make the most ecologically sensitive shoes possible - Konrad Brits at Falcon Coffees, a trading company leading the way with a “collaborative supply chain” by investing in the local farmers who grow and harvest coffee beans - “Chief Toaster” Rob Wilson and Tristram Stuart at Toast Ale, who partner with Wold Top Yorkshire Brewery to repurpose surplus bread and produce an award-winning IPA - Scott Fry and Martha Butler of Loving Earth, a supply chain company that sources cacao from indigenous communities and brings their people and practices to the forefront Working to Restore highlights our most innovative entrepreneurs yet, those who understand that we cannot expect to create radical change if we try to “sustain” a system that has long been broken. Instead, their efforts of restoration and regeneration should be used as a model for other forward-thinking enterprises. Inspiring and engaging, this book shows it is possible for a business to thrive while living its mission and how the rules can be rewritten to put both the planet and its global citizens at the center. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602808 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602808]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Work Gets Better Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle Author: Greg Hewie, Tommy Brion Narrator: Marcus Mulenga Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 20 minutes Release date: June 20, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Work Gets Better Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Working Safely and Work Rules There are lots of factors that contribute to how well we are able to work. The employer, co-workers and the working environment are all crucial factors for people to work better. Working well with others is crucial in any situation. However, it's even more important in a workplace environment. Why? It boils down to things like efficiency, productivity and employee morale. Health and safety in the workplace are also important. Health and safety in the workplace benefits each and every person who works there. When people are healthy and safe, they are better able to do their jobs and this in turn benefits the company. When employers and employees alike spend their work hours in a place where there is less risk of illness or injury, they will not need to take time off from the job to deal with these problems. Everyone will be more productive. This bundle will serve as your guide as you navigate workplace issues. You will learn tips and advice on how you can get along and work well with others in your workplace. You will also learn about workplace safety, the guidelines, how to implement them and make sure your workplace is the healthiest and safest place to work in. This 2 in 1 bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. Working Safely: The Essential Guide on Workplace Safety. Discover How to Make Your Workplace a Healthy and Safe Space To Work In 2. Work Rules: Discover Effective Strategies On How to Work Well and Get Along With Everyone in the Workplace If you want to learn more, download your copy of Work Gets Better 2 in 1 Bundle today! Greg Hewie, Tommy Brion Mon, 20 Jun 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602808 thebookvoice.com 0:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602808]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Work Gets Better Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle Author: Greg Hewie, Tommy Brion Narrator: Marcus Mulenga Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 20 minutes Release date: June 20, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Work Gets Better Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Working Safely and Work Rules There are lots of factors that contribute to how well we are able to work. The employer, co-workers and the working environment are all crucial factors for people to work better. Working well with others is crucial in any situation. However, it's even more important in a workplace environment. Why? It boils down to things like efficiency, productivity and employee morale. Health and safety in the workplace are also important. Health and safety in the workplace benefits each and every person who works there. When people are healthy and safe, they are better able to do their jobs and this in turn benefits the company. When employers and employees alike spend their work hours in a place where there is less risk of illness or injury, they will not need to take time off from the job to deal with these problems. Everyone will be more productive. This bundle will serve as your guide as you navigate workplace issues. You will learn tips and advice on how you can get along and work well with others in your workplace. You will also learn about workplace safety, the guidelines, how to implement them and make sure your workplace is the healthiest and safest place to work in. This 2 in 1 bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. Working Safely: The Essential Guide on Workplace Safety. Discover How to Make Your Workplace a Healthy and Safe Space To Work In 2. Work Rules: Discover Effective Strategies On How to Work Well and Get Along With Everyone in the Workplace If you want to learn more, download your copy of Work Gets Better 2 in 1 Bundle today! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602808]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Work Gets Better Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle Author: Greg Hewie, Tommy Brion Narrator: Marcus Mulenga Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 20 minutes Release date: June 20, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Work Gets Better Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Working Safely and Work Rules There are lots of factors that contribute to how well we are able to work. The employer, co-workers and the working environment are all crucial factors for people to work better. Working well with others is crucial in any situation. However, it's even more important in a workplace environment. Why? It boils down to things like efficiency, productivity and employee morale. Health and safety in the workplace are also important. Health and safety in the workplace benefits each and every person who works there. When people are healthy and safe, they are better able to do their jobs and this in turn benefits the company. When employers and employees alike spend their work hours in a place where there is less risk of illness or injury, they will not need to take time off from the job to deal with these problems. Everyone will be more productive. This bundle will serve as your guide as you navigate workplace issues. You will learn tips and advice on how you can get along and work well with others in your workplace. You will also learn about workplace safety, the guidelines, how to implement them and make sure your workplace is the healthiest and safest place to work in. This 2 in 1 bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. Working Safely: The Essential Guide on Workplace Safety. Discover How to Make Your Workplace a Healthy and Safe Space To Work In 2. Work Rules: Discover Effective Strategies On How to Work Well and Get Along With Everyone in the Workplace If you want to learn more, download your copy of Work Gets Better 2 in 1 Bundle today! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602128 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602128]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Say the Right Thing: How to Talk about Identity, Diversity, and Justice Author: Kenji Yoshino, David Glasgow Narrator: Vikas Adam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 36 minutes Release date: February 7, 2023 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A Living Now Book Awards Gold Medalist, Social Activism/Charity A practical, shame-free guide for navigating conversations across our differences at a time of rapid social change. In the current period of social and political unrest, conversations about identity are becoming more frequent and more difficult. On subjects like critical race theory, gender equity in the workplace, and LGBTQ-inclusive classrooms, many of us are understandably fearful of saying the wrong thing. That fear can sometimes prevent us from speaking up at all, depriving people from marginalized groups of support and stalling progress toward a more just and inclusive society. Kenji Yoshino and David Glasgow, founders of the Meltzer Center for Diversity, Inclusion, and Belonging at NYU School of Law, are here to show potential allies that these conversations don’t have to be so overwhelming. Through stories drawn from contexts as varied as social media posts, dinner party conversations, and workplace disputes, they offer seven user-friendly principles that teach skills such as how to avoid common conversational pitfalls, engage in respectful disagreement, offer authentic apologies, and better support people in our lives who experience bias. Research-backed, accessible, and uplifting, Say the Right Thing charts a pathway out of cancel culture toward more meaningful and empathetic dialogue on issues of identity. It also gives us the practical tools to do good in our spheres of influence. Whether managing diverse teams at work, navigating issues of inclusion at college, or challenging biased comments at a family barbecue, Yoshino and Glasgow help us move from unconsciously hurting people to consciously helping them. Kenji Yoshino, David Glasgow Tue, 07 Feb 2023 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602128 thebookvoice.com 5:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602128]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Say the Right Thing: How to Talk about Identity, Diversity, and Justice Author: Kenji Yoshino, David Glasgow Narrator: Vikas Adam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 36 minutes Release date: February 7, 2023 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A Living Now Book Awards Gold Medalist, Social Activism/Charity A practical, shame-free guide for navigating conversations across our differences at a time of rapid social change. In the current period of social and political unrest, conversations about identity are becoming more frequent and more difficult. On subjects like critical race theory, gender equity in the workplace, and LGBTQ-inclusive classrooms, many of us are understandably fearful of saying the wrong thing. That fear can sometimes prevent us from speaking up at all, depriving people from marginalized groups of support and stalling progress toward a more just and inclusive society. Kenji Yoshino and David Glasgow, founders of the Meltzer Center for Diversity, Inclusion, and Belonging at NYU School of Law, are here to show potential allies that these conversations don’t have to be so overwhelming. Through stories drawn from contexts as varied as social media posts, dinner party conversations, and workplace disputes, they offer seven user-friendly principles that teach skills such as how to avoid common conversational pitfalls, engage in respectful disagreement, offer authentic apologies, and better support people in our lives who experience bias. Research-backed, accessible, and uplifting, Say the Right Thing charts a pathway out of cancel culture toward more meaningful and empathetic dialogue on issues of identity. It also gives us the practical tools to do good in our spheres of influence. Whether managing diverse teams at work, navigating issues of inclusion at college, or challenging biased comments at a family barbecue, Yoshino and Glasgow help us move from unconsciously hurting people to consciously helping them. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602128]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Say the Right Thing: How to Talk about Identity, Diversity, and Justice Author: Kenji Yoshino, David Glasgow Narrator: Vikas Adam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 36 minutes Release date: February 7, 2023 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A Living Now Book Awards Gold Medalist, Social Activism/Charity A practical, shame-free guide for navigating conversations across our differences at a time of rapid social change. In the current period of social and political unrest, conversations about identity are becoming more frequent and more difficult. On subjects like critical race theory, gender equity in the workplace, and LGBTQ-inclusive classrooms, many of us are understandably fearful of saying the wrong thing. That fear can sometimes prevent us from speaking up at all, depriving people from marginalized groups of support and stalling progress toward a more just and inclusive society. Kenji Yoshino and David Glasgow, founders of the Meltzer Center for Diversity, Inclusion, and Belonging at NYU School of Law, are here to show potential allies that these conversations don’t have to be so overwhelming. Through stories drawn from contexts as varied as social media posts, dinner party conversations, and workplace disputes, they offer seven user-friendly principles that teach skills such as how to avoid common conversational pitfalls, engage in respectful disagreement, offer authentic apologies, and better support people in our lives who experience bias. Research-backed, accessible, and uplifting, Say the Right Thing charts a pathway out of cancel culture toward more meaningful and empathetic dialogue on issues of identity. It also gives us the practical tools to do good in our spheres of influence. Whether managing diverse teams at work, navigating issues of inclusion at college, or challenging biased comments at a family barbecue, Yoshino and Glasgow help us move from unconsciously hurting people to consciously helping them. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602125 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602125]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Do This, Not That: Career: What to Do (and NOT Do) in 75+ Difficult Workplace Situations Author: Jenny Foss Narrator: Kacy Combest Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 6 minutes Release date: January 10, 2023 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A must-have step-by-step guide on what to do (and what NOT to do) in the workplace featuring clear instructions and helpful scripts so you can deal with any unexpected situation at work. How do you deal with a difficult boss who is always unavailable? How should you handle a coworker who never completes their portion of a project on schedule? How can you establish a strong work-life balance when starting a new job? The workplace can be full of challenging situations and no matter how passionate, frustrated, excited, or downright angry you feel, it’s important to stay polite and professional. Whether you struggle with finding the right words or simply aren’t sure how to approach a topic, Do This, Not That: Career is here to help! This book gives you the tools you need to move forward productively so you can learn when to let go and move on. You’ll find more than 75 common workplace issues that cover everything from your first day on the job to your last. For each situation, discover what to do and what to avoid, then learn exactly how to make it happen. Find tips to reframe your thinking, simple scripts to help you figure out what to say, and even advice on your next steps depending on your initial response. Do This, Not That: Career is your one-stop-shop to handling any situation that work throws your way so you can prepare yourself for a successful career. Jenny Foss Tue, 10 Jan 2023 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602125 thebookvoice.com 6:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602125]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Do This, Not That: Career: What to Do (and NOT Do) in 75+ Difficult Workplace Situations Author: Jenny Foss Narrator: Kacy Combest Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 6 minutes Release date: January 10, 2023 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A must-have step-by-step guide on what to do (and what NOT to do) in the workplace featuring clear instructions and helpful scripts so you can deal with any unexpected situation at work. How do you deal with a difficult boss who is always unavailable? How should you handle a coworker who never completes their portion of a project on schedule? How can you establish a strong work-life balance when starting a new job? The workplace can be full of challenging situations and no matter how passionate, frustrated, excited, or downright angry you feel, it’s important to stay polite and professional. Whether you struggle with finding the right words or simply aren’t sure how to approach a topic, Do This, Not That: Career is here to help! This book gives you the tools you need to move forward productively so you can learn when to let go and move on. You’ll find more than 75 common workplace issues that cover everything from your first day on the job to your last. For each situation, discover what to do and what to avoid, then learn exactly how to make it happen. Find tips to reframe your thinking, simple scripts to help you figure out what to say, and even advice on your next steps depending on your initial response. Do This, Not That: Career is your one-stop-shop to handling any situation that work throws your way so you can prepare yourself for a successful career. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602125]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Do This, Not That: Career: What to Do (and NOT Do) in 75+ Difficult Workplace Situations Author: Jenny Foss Narrator: Kacy Combest Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 6 minutes Release date: January 10, 2023 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A must-have step-by-step guide on what to do (and what NOT to do) in the workplace featuring clear instructions and helpful scripts so you can deal with any unexpected situation at work. How do you deal with a difficult boss who is always unavailable? How should you handle a coworker who never completes their portion of a project on schedule? How can you establish a strong work-life balance when starting a new job? The workplace can be full of challenging situations and no matter how passionate, frustrated, excited, or downright angry you feel, it’s important to stay polite and professional. Whether you struggle with finding the right words or simply aren’t sure how to approach a topic, Do This, Not That: Career is here to help! This book gives you the tools you need to move forward productively so you can learn when to let go and move on. You’ll find more than 75 common workplace issues that cover everything from your first day on the job to your last. For each situation, discover what to do and what to avoid, then learn exactly how to make it happen. Find tips to reframe your thinking, simple scripts to help you figure out what to say, and even advice on your next steps depending on your initial response. Do This, Not That: Career is your one-stop-shop to handling any situation that work throws your way so you can prepare yourself for a successful career. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602092 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602092]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading Inclusion: Drive Change Your Employees Can See and Feel Author: Gena Cox Narrator: Gena Cox Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 50 minutes Release date: October 11, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In this groundbreaking new book, organizational psychologist and executive coach Gena Cox shows how to lead an inclusive organization from the top down. Cox supports leaders in meeting new expectations for inclusive leadership by offering solutions drawn from psychological science, leaders’ experiences in building inclusive organization cultures, and diversity, equity, and inclusion (DE&I) practitioners’ insights. She seasons those messages with eye-opening truths from her own 20-plus-year experience as a leader in corporate America. Cox proposes that leaders make inclusion (especially race- and ethnicity-based inclusion) central to overall leader effectiveness expectations. She helps you understand the key questions you should ask, the constituents you must address, and the difficult but necessary actions you must take to build an inclusive organization. In this book, you will learn: - the historical facts that created, reinforce and maintain, many of the awkward interpersonal patterns that exist in work-life today between managers and those they lead; - how, as a top leader, to balance your personal beliefs regarding DE&I issues with your obligations as a leader of the overall organization; - what you must do to gain an accurate picture of the current experience of all your employees; and - science- and experience-based insights to define meaningful actions for addressing inclusion issues in your unique organization. Your organization can become a haven for inclusion, even if it is not so today. Leading Inclusion will empower you with the historical, psychological, and practical knowledge to change your organization—and America—one employee at a time. Gena Cox Tue, 11 Oct 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602092 thebookvoice.com 6:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602092]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading Inclusion: Drive Change Your Employees Can See and Feel Author: Gena Cox Narrator: Gena Cox Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 50 minutes Release date: October 11, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In this groundbreaking new book, organizational psychologist and executive coach Gena Cox shows how to lead an inclusive organization from the top down. Cox supports leaders in meeting new expectations for inclusive leadership by offering solutions drawn from psychological science, leaders’ experiences in building inclusive organization cultures, and diversity, equity, and inclusion (DE&I) practitioners’ insights. She seasons those messages with eye-opening truths from her own 20-plus-year experience as a leader in corporate America. Cox proposes that leaders make inclusion (especially race- and ethnicity-based inclusion) central to overall leader effectiveness expectations. She helps you understand the key questions you should ask, the constituents you must address, and the difficult but necessary actions you must take to build an inclusive organization. In this book, you will learn: - the historical facts that created, reinforce and maintain, many of the awkward interpersonal patterns that exist in work-life today between managers and those they lead; - how, as a top leader, to balance your personal beliefs regarding DE&I issues with your obligations as a leader of the overall organization; - what you must do to gain an accurate picture of the current experience of all your employees; and - science- and experience-based insights to define meaningful actions for addressing inclusion issues in your unique organization. Your organization can become a haven for inclusion, even if it is not so today. Leading Inclusion will empower you with the historical, psychological, and practical knowledge to change your organization—and America—one employee at a time. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602092]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading Inclusion: Drive Change Your Employees Can See and Feel Author: Gena Cox Narrator: Gena Cox Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 50 minutes Release date: October 11, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In this groundbreaking new book, organizational psychologist and executive coach Gena Cox shows how to lead an inclusive organization from the top down. Cox supports leaders in meeting new expectations for inclusive leadership by offering solutions drawn from psychological science, leaders’ experiences in building inclusive organization cultures, and diversity, equity, and inclusion (DE&I) practitioners’ insights. She seasons those messages with eye-opening truths from her own 20-plus-year experience as a leader in corporate America. Cox proposes that leaders make inclusion (especially race- and ethnicity-based inclusion) central to overall leader effectiveness expectations. She helps you understand the key questions you should ask, the constituents you must address, and the difficult but necessary actions you must take to build an inclusive organization. In this book, you will learn: - the historical facts that created, reinforce and maintain, many of the awkward interpersonal patterns that exist in work-life today between managers and those they lead; - how, as a top leader, to balance your personal beliefs regarding DE&I issues with your obligations as a leader of the overall organization; - what you must do to gain an accurate picture of the current experience of all your employees; and - science- and experience-based insights to define meaningful actions for addressing inclusion issues in your unique organization. Your organization can become a haven for inclusion, even if it is not so today. Leading Inclusion will empower you with the historical, psychological, and practical knowledge to change your organization—and America—one employee at a time. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601874 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601874]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What We Build with Power: The Fight for Economic Justice in Tech Author: David Delmar Sentíes Narrator: Alex Mitts Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 19 minutes Release date: March 14, 2023 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A historically conscious manifesto calling for worker organizing in tech, led by Black and Latinx technologists What We Build with Power is an urgent call for organizing shared strategies in order to disrupt the tech industry and move toward a more economically inclusive and equitable workforce. Economic disparities between White, Black, and Latinx workers persist. Activist and organizer David Delmar Sentíes argues that tech is in a position to move beyond empty platitudes and toward an organized workforce that values the economic well-being of Black and Latinx communities.  Delmar Sentíes uses his firsthand experience as the founder of Resilient Coders—a free and stipended nonprofit coding bootcamp that trains people of color from low income communities for careers as software engineers—to highlight how we must identify and dismantle the intentional systemic barriers in tech that are precluding nonwhite people from participating in their cities’ prosperity. He shows how diversity and inclusion initiatives fail, reveals how philanthropic efforts often exacerbate racial inequalities, and argues for a total overhaul of tech culture. David Delmar Sentíes Tue, 14 Mar 2023 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601874 thebookvoice.com 4:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601874]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What We Build with Power: The Fight for Economic Justice in Tech Author: David Delmar Sentíes Narrator: Alex Mitts Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 19 minutes Release date: March 14, 2023 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A historically conscious manifesto calling for worker organizing in tech, led by Black and Latinx technologists What We Build with Power is an urgent call for organizing shared strategies in order to disrupt the tech industry and move toward a more economically inclusive and equitable workforce. Economic disparities between White, Black, and Latinx workers persist. Activist and organizer David Delmar Sentíes argues that tech is in a position to move beyond empty platitudes and toward an organized workforce that values the economic well-being of Black and Latinx communities.  Delmar Sentíes uses his firsthand experience as the founder of Resilient Coders—a free and stipended nonprofit coding bootcamp that trains people of color from low income communities for careers as software engineers—to highlight how we must identify and dismantle the intentional systemic barriers in tech that are precluding nonwhite people from participating in their cities’ prosperity. He shows how diversity and inclusion initiatives fail, reveals how philanthropic efforts often exacerbate racial inequalities, and argues for a total overhaul of tech culture. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601874]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What We Build with Power: The Fight for Economic Justice in Tech Author: David Delmar Sentíes Narrator: Alex Mitts Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 19 minutes Release date: March 14, 2023 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A historically conscious manifesto calling for worker organizing in tech, led by Black and Latinx technologists What We Build with Power is an urgent call for organizing shared strategies in order to disrupt the tech industry and move toward a more economically inclusive and equitable workforce. Economic disparities between White, Black, and Latinx workers persist. Activist and organizer David Delmar Sentíes argues that tech is in a position to move beyond empty platitudes and toward an organized workforce that values the economic well-being of Black and Latinx communities.  Delmar Sentíes uses his firsthand experience as the founder of Resilient Coders—a free and stipended nonprofit coding bootcamp that trains people of color from low income communities for careers as software engineers—to highlight how we must identify and dismantle the intentional systemic barriers in tech that are precluding nonwhite people from participating in their cities’ prosperity. He shows how diversity and inclusion initiatives fail, reveals how philanthropic efforts often exacerbate racial inequalities, and argues for a total overhaul of tech culture. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601224 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601224]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Freedom at Work: The Leadership Strategy for Transforming Your Life, Your Organization, and Our World Author: Traci Fenton Narrator: Traci Fenton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 58 minutes Release date: October 4, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Discover the leadership strategy for unlocking your team's greatness. Whether it shows up as stress, top-down leadership styles, drama, or uncertainty, fear kills good decision-making, dampens morale, lowers employee engagement, and hurts bottom-line growth. The good news is that there's an antidote: Freedom at Work. In this groundbreaking book, Traci Fenton brings together decades of original research, based on her team's work with hundreds of top companies around the world, such as The WD-40 Company, Mindvalley, DaVita, Menlo Innovations, Zappos, HCL Technologies, and more, revealing the proven pathway to leadership success. This powerful strategy will benefit any leader at any level in any type of organization, from entrepreneurs to mid-level managers to the C-suite. Freedom at Work is based on three key pillars: ● Freedom-Centered Mindset: Break through limitations, make better decisions, and act with clarity and confidence ● Freedom-Centered Leadership: Lead yourself and others from a place of freedom rather than fear ● Freedom-Centered Design: Develop a world-class culture based on the 10 Principles of Organizational Democracy Traci Fenton Tue, 04 Oct 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601224 thebookvoice.com 10:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601224]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Freedom at Work: The Leadership Strategy for Transforming Your Life, Your Organization, and Our World Author: Traci Fenton Narrator: Traci Fenton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 58 minutes Release date: October 4, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Discover the leadership strategy for unlocking your team's greatness. Whether it shows up as stress, top-down leadership styles, drama, or uncertainty, fear kills good decision-making, dampens morale, lowers employee engagement, and hurts bottom-line growth. The good news is that there's an antidote: Freedom at Work. In this groundbreaking book, Traci Fenton brings together decades of original research, based on her team's work with hundreds of top companies around the world, such as The WD-40 Company, Mindvalley, DaVita, Menlo Innovations, Zappos, HCL Technologies, and more, revealing the proven pathway to leadership success. This powerful strategy will benefit any leader at any level in any type of organization, from entrepreneurs to mid-level managers to the C-suite. Freedom at Work is based on three key pillars: ● Freedom-Centered Mindset: Break through limitations, make better decisions, and act with clarity and confidence ● Freedom-Centered Leadership: Lead yourself and others from a place of freedom rather than fear ● Freedom-Centered Design: Develop a world-class culture based on the 10 Principles of Organizational Democracy Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601224]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Freedom at Work: The Leadership Strategy for Transforming Your Life, Your Organization, and Our World Author: Traci Fenton Narrator: Traci Fenton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 58 minutes Release date: October 4, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Discover the leadership strategy for unlocking your team's greatness. Whether it shows up as stress, top-down leadership styles, drama, or uncertainty, fear kills good decision-making, dampens morale, lowers employee engagement, and hurts bottom-line growth. The good news is that there's an antidote: Freedom at Work. In this groundbreaking book, Traci Fenton brings together decades of original research, based on her team's work with hundreds of top companies around the world, such as The WD-40 Company, Mindvalley, DaVita, Menlo Innovations, Zappos, HCL Technologies, and more, revealing the proven pathway to leadership success. This powerful strategy will benefit any leader at any level in any type of organization, from entrepreneurs to mid-level managers to the C-suite. Freedom at Work is based on three key pillars: ● Freedom-Centered Mindset: Break through limitations, make better decisions, and act with clarity and confidence ● Freedom-Centered Leadership: Lead yourself and others from a place of freedom rather than fear ● Freedom-Centered Design: Develop a world-class culture based on the 10 Principles of Organizational Democracy https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601120 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601120]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Building Better Organizations: How to Fuel Growth and Lead in a Digital Era Author: Claudy Jules Narrator: Wayne Shepherd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 49 minutes Release date: July 5, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: This essential playbook shows how companies can scale success by coupling digital strategies with an investment in the health of their organizations and the people within. To scale and grow, a company must get the organizational elements right. That begins with having the right strategy, the right leadership to drive it, and the right talent, culture, and organizational design to realize a company's potential. This is especially true in the AI era, where a company's most valuable assets are its people. To begin with, leaders must rethink their value creation strategies. To hone their organizational edge, leaders must prioritize their organization's health in seven vital areas: strategic direction, culture, leadership, talent, organizational design, EID (equity, inclusion, and diversity), and well-being. No matter what type or size of business, those essential conditions must be leveraged for increased value and growth. Put simply: organizational matters matter. To hone their digital edge, leaders must understand AI, as advances in technology allow leaders to build organizations that can compete and win in the future. Finally, an investor mindset will enable leaders to invest wisely in the technology (and leverage that tech) that sets their organizations apart. Claudy Jules Tue, 05 Jul 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601120 thebookvoice.com 11:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601120]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Building Better Organizations: How to Fuel Growth and Lead in a Digital Era Author: Claudy Jules Narrator: Wayne Shepherd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 49 minutes Release date: July 5, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: This essential playbook shows how companies can scale success by coupling digital strategies with an investment in the health of their organizations and the people within. To scale and grow, a company must get the organizational elements right. That begins with having the right strategy, the right leadership to drive it, and the right talent, culture, and organizational design to realize a company's potential. This is especially true in the AI era, where a company's most valuable assets are its people. To begin with, leaders must rethink their value creation strategies. To hone their organizational edge, leaders must prioritize their organization's health in seven vital areas: strategic direction, culture, leadership, talent, organizational design, EID (equity, inclusion, and diversity), and well-being. No matter what type or size of business, those essential conditions must be leveraged for increased value and growth. Put simply: organizational matters matter. To hone their digital edge, leaders must understand AI, as advances in technology allow leaders to build organizations that can compete and win in the future. Finally, an investor mindset will enable leaders to invest wisely in the technology (and leverage that tech) that sets their organizations apart. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601120]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Building Better Organizations: How to Fuel Growth and Lead in a Digital Era Author: Claudy Jules Narrator: Wayne Shepherd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 49 minutes Release date: July 5, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: This essential playbook shows how companies can scale success by coupling digital strategies with an investment in the health of their organizations and the people within. To scale and grow, a company must get the organizational elements right. That begins with having the right strategy, the right leadership to drive it, and the right talent, culture, and organizational design to realize a company's potential. This is especially true in the AI era, where a company's most valuable assets are its people. To begin with, leaders must rethink their value creation strategies. To hone their organizational edge, leaders must prioritize their organization's health in seven vital areas: strategic direction, culture, leadership, talent, organizational design, EID (equity, inclusion, and diversity), and well-being. No matter what type or size of business, those essential conditions must be leveraged for increased value and growth. Put simply: organizational matters matter. To hone their digital edge, leaders must understand AI, as advances in technology allow leaders to build organizations that can compete and win in the future. Finally, an investor mindset will enable leaders to invest wisely in the technology (and leverage that tech) that sets their organizations apart. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600245 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600245]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Hope This Email Finds You Never: The Official Guide to Blissfully Surviving the Modern Workplace Author: Ken Kupchik Narrator: John Behrens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 47 minutes Release date: October 11, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Ahhh, the modern workplace: a cauldron of stress and anxiety. From the moment we accept a new role, we’re thrown into a world of competing personalities, shifting protocols, and an endless stream of emails, Slack messages, and Zoom calls, all of which serve to distract us from the things we truly want to be doing, like eating Thai food and sleeping until noon. I Hope This Email Finds You Never puts aside the motivational screeds, productivity hacks, and pop-science, and focuses instead on those things in the workplace that truly cause us grief—like a coworker eating an apple during a video call—in a lighthearted, entertaining, and (most importantly) cynical way. Some things you’ll learn: - How long you can get away with being “new” until you’re held accountable - How to make it look like you’re sorry without giving up any power - How to find a workplace friend and make a workplace enemy - Camera position: how to set up your laptop for maximum dominance - Organizing your calendar while leaving time to cry - The rules of the kitchen (stealing someone’s yogurt is literally a crime) - Writing a letter of resignation when you’ve already been resigned from day one   From Orientation (The Descent), Workplace Etiquette (No Eye Contact Before 11 AM), Working Remotely (Wink Wink), Coworkers (Getting Along with your fellow inmates), and everything in between, I Hope This Email Finds You Never is your must-have guide to surviving (thriving is not realistic) in the modern workplace. Ken Kupchik Tue, 11 Oct 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600245 thebookvoice.com 4:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600245]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Hope This Email Finds You Never: The Official Guide to Blissfully Surviving the Modern Workplace Author: Ken Kupchik Narrator: John Behrens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 47 minutes Release date: October 11, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Ahhh, the modern workplace: a cauldron of stress and anxiety. From the moment we accept a new role, we’re thrown into a world of competing personalities, shifting protocols, and an endless stream of emails, Slack messages, and Zoom calls, all of which serve to distract us from the things we truly want to be doing, like eating Thai food and sleeping until noon. I Hope This Email Finds You Never puts aside the motivational screeds, productivity hacks, and pop-science, and focuses instead on those things in the workplace that truly cause us grief—like a coworker eating an apple during a video call—in a lighthearted, entertaining, and (most importantly) cynical way. Some things you’ll learn: - How long you can get away with being “new” until you’re held accountable - How to make it look like you’re sorry without giving up any power - How to find a workplace friend and make a workplace enemy - Camera position: how to set up your laptop for maximum dominance - Organizing your calendar while leaving time to cry - The rules of the kitchen (stealing someone’s yogurt is literally a crime) - Writing a letter of resignation when you’ve already been resigned from day one   From Orientation (The Descent), Workplace Etiquette (No Eye Contact Before 11 AM), Working Remotely (Wink Wink), Coworkers (Getting Along with your fellow inmates), and everything in between, I Hope This Email Finds You Never is your must-have guide to surviving (thriving is not realistic) in the modern workplace. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600245]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Hope This Email Finds You Never: The Official Guide to Blissfully Surviving the Modern Workplace Author: Ken Kupchik Narrator: John Behrens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 47 minutes Release date: October 11, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Ahhh, the modern workplace: a cauldron of stress and anxiety. From the moment we accept a new role, we’re thrown into a world of competing personalities, shifting protocols, and an endless stream of emails, Slack messages, and Zoom calls, all of which serve to distract us from the things we truly want to be doing, like eating Thai food and sleeping until noon. I Hope This Email Finds You Never puts aside the motivational screeds, productivity hacks, and pop-science, and focuses instead on those things in the workplace that truly cause us grief—like a coworker eating an apple during a video call—in a lighthearted, entertaining, and (most importantly) cynical way. Some things you’ll learn: - How long you can get away with being “new” until you’re held accountable - How to make it look like you’re sorry without giving up any power - How to find a workplace friend and make a workplace enemy - Camera position: how to set up your laptop for maximum dominance - Organizing your calendar while leaving time to cry - The rules of the kitchen (stealing someone’s yogurt is literally a crime) - Writing a letter of resignation when you’ve already been resigned from day one   From Orientation (The Descent), Workplace Etiquette (No Eye Contact Before 11 AM), Working Remotely (Wink Wink), Coworkers (Getting Along with your fellow inmates), and everything in between, I Hope This Email Finds You Never is your must-have guide to surviving (thriving is not realistic) in the modern workplace. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600244 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600244]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Potential: How a Nontraditional Workforce Can Lead You to Run Your Business Better Author: Tom D'eri Narrator: Thomas D’eri Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 20 minutes Release date: January 24, 2023 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Read by the author.  “A powerful, game-changing book. Tom's approach is changing lives.” — Seth Godin, Author of This is Marketing   Discover how supporting employment for people with autism unlocked new ways of running a business—and revealed transformative lessons for all of us. Rising Tide Car Wash in Parkland, Florida, isn’t average in any way. When Tom D’Eri and his father John bought the location in 2013, they wanted to create employment opportunities for workers with autism. Like 1 in 54 Americans, Tom’s brother Andrew has autism, and he was facing lifelong unemployment. So the family set out on a mission to provide professional opportunities for people like Andrew, starting with one car wash. Now it’s one of the highest-volume washes in Florida. Its employee retention rate is five times that of its competitors. It has spun off into two additional locations that have been immediately successful, and the business is absurdly profitable. The Power of Potential tells the inspiring, surprising reason why: The wash’s excellence isn’t in spite of their unusual workforce, but because of it. Thanks to their neurodivergent staff, the Rising Tide team was able to discover and correct common problems that typically fly under the radar in businesses, including: - You hire based on interviews - You think great talent is the secret to a great business - Your managers are “good enough” - You fire your worst employees By spotting and correcting these hidden problems, any business—with any kind of workers—can achieve unexpected wins and leave average behind. At Rising Tide, solving these problems resulted in four unexpected wins that added up to a culture of excellence: - Every employee felt safe - Accountability became a tool for growth - Everyone’s work gave them a sense of purpose - Customers loved their experience   Figures and employee profiles are included in the audiobook companion PDF download. Tom D'eri Tue, 24 Jan 2023 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600244 thebookvoice.com 5:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600244]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Potential: How a Nontraditional Workforce Can Lead You to Run Your Business Better Author: Tom D'eri Narrator: Thomas D’eri Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 20 minutes Release date: January 24, 2023 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Read by the author.  “A powerful, game-changing book. Tom's approach is changing lives.” — Seth Godin, Author of This is Marketing   Discover how supporting employment for people with autism unlocked new ways of running a business—and revealed transformative lessons for all of us. Rising Tide Car Wash in Parkland, Florida, isn’t average in any way. When Tom D’Eri and his father John bought the location in 2013, they wanted to create employment opportunities for workers with autism. Like 1 in 54 Americans, Tom’s brother Andrew has autism, and he was facing lifelong unemployment. So the family set out on a mission to provide professional opportunities for people like Andrew, starting with one car wash. Now it’s one of the highest-volume washes in Florida. Its employee retention rate is five times that of its competitors. It has spun off into two additional locations that have been immediately successful, and the business is absurdly profitable. The Power of Potential tells the inspiring, surprising reason why: The wash’s excellence isn’t in spite of their unusual workforce, but because of it. Thanks to their neurodivergent staff, the Rising Tide team was able to discover and correct common problems that typically fly under the radar in businesses, including: - You hire based on interviews - You think great talent is the secret to a great business - Your managers are “good enough” - You fire your worst employees By spotting and correcting these hidden problems, any business—with any kind of workers—can achieve unexpected wins and leave average behind. At Rising Tide, solving these problems resulted in four unexpected wins that added up to a culture of excellence: - Every employee felt safe - Accountability became a tool for growth - Everyone’s work gave them a sense of purpose - Customers loved their experience   Figures and employee profiles are included in the audiobook companion PDF download. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600244]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Potential: How a Nontraditional Workforce Can Lead You to Run Your Business Better Author: Tom D'eri Narrator: Thomas D’eri Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 20 minutes Release date: January 24, 2023 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Read by the author.  “A powerful, game-changing book. Tom's approach is changing lives.” — Seth Godin, Author of This is Marketing   Discover how supporting employment for people with autism unlocked new ways of running a business—and revealed transformative lessons for all of us. Rising Tide Car Wash in Parkland, Florida, isn’t average in any way. When Tom D’Eri and his father John bought the location in 2013, they wanted to create employment opportunities for workers with autism. Like 1 in 54 Americans, Tom’s brother Andrew has autism, and he was facing lifelong unemployment. So the family set out on a mission to provide professional opportunities for people like Andrew, starting with one car wash. Now it’s one of the highest-volume washes in Florida. Its employee retention rate is five times that of its competitors. It has spun off into two additional locations that have been immediately successful, and the business is absurdly profitable. The Power of Potential tells the inspiring, surprising reason why: The wash’s excellence isn’t in spite of their unusual workforce, but because of it. Thanks to their neurodivergent staff, the Rising Tide team was able to discover and correct common problems that typically fly under the radar in businesses, including: - You hire based on interviews - You think great talent is the secret to a great business - Your managers are “good enough” - You fire your worst employees By spotting and correcting these hidden problems, any business—with any kind of workers—can achieve unexpected wins and leave average behind. At Rising Tide, solving these problems resulted in four unexpected wins that added up to a culture of excellence: - Every employee felt safe - Accountability became a tool for growth - Everyone’s work gave them a sense of purpose - Customers loved their experience   Figures and employee profiles are included in the audiobook companion PDF download. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600221 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600221]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Diversity in Clinical Practice: A Practical & Shame-Free Guide to Reducing Cultural Offenses & Repairing Cross-Cultural Relationships Author: Lambers Fisher MS LMFT MDIV Narrator: Jaime Lincoln Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 55 minutes Release date: August 23, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Gold Winner of the 2022 Independent Book Publisher Association (IBPA)'s Benjamin Franklin Award—Multicultural Category Too often, therapists and other helping professionals feel paralyzed by the fear that they don't know enough about other cultural groups to counsel clients different than themselves. Lambers Fisher sets out to mitigate these fears by providing a framework for professionals to better understand the experiences of cultural groups with whom they are not familiar. With his encouraging and non-shaming approach, Lambers will challenge you to learn more about other cultures, accept what you do not yet know in the process, and utilize strategies that can help you become an increasingly culturally competent professional. Beyond ethnicity, you will explore issues of age, gender, sexuality, religion, acculturation, and social justice, as well as identify opportunities to strengthen your own cultural self-awareness. Applicable for a wide range of professionals—including counselors, religious leaders, occupational therapists, educators, coaches, physical therapists, and nurses—the practical and impactful strategies in this book will allow you to: journal about your cultural competency journey; reduce cultural offenses and repair damaged relationships; avoid ethical dilemmas; build rapport with diverse clients; understand various experiences of diverse people through case examples; and help clients of any culture make meaningful life changes. Lambers Fisher MS LMFT MDIV Tue, 23 Aug 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600221 thebookvoice.com 7:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600221]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Diversity in Clinical Practice: A Practical & Shame-Free Guide to Reducing Cultural Offenses & Repairing Cross-Cultural Relationships Author: Lambers Fisher MS LMFT MDIV Narrator: Jaime Lincoln Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 55 minutes Release date: August 23, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Gold Winner of the 2022 Independent Book Publisher Association (IBPA)'s Benjamin Franklin Award—Multicultural Category Too often, therapists and other helping professionals feel paralyzed by the fear that they don't know enough about other cultural groups to counsel clients different than themselves. Lambers Fisher sets out to mitigate these fears by providing a framework for professionals to better understand the experiences of cultural groups with whom they are not familiar. With his encouraging and non-shaming approach, Lambers will challenge you to learn more about other cultures, accept what you do not yet know in the process, and utilize strategies that can help you become an increasingly culturally competent professional. Beyond ethnicity, you will explore issues of age, gender, sexuality, religion, acculturation, and social justice, as well as identify opportunities to strengthen your own cultural self-awareness. Applicable for a wide range of professionals—including counselors, religious leaders, occupational therapists, educators, coaches, physical therapists, and nurses—the practical and impactful strategies in this book will allow you to: journal about your cultural competency journey; reduce cultural offenses and repair damaged relationships; avoid ethical dilemmas; build rapport with diverse clients; understand various experiences of diverse people through case examples; and help clients of any culture make meaningful life changes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600221]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Diversity in Clinical Practice: A Practical & Shame-Free Guide to Reducing Cultural Offenses & Repairing Cross-Cultural Relationships Author: Lambers Fisher MS LMFT MDIV Narrator: Jaime Lincoln Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 55 minutes Release date: August 23, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Gold Winner of the 2022 Independent Book Publisher Association (IBPA)'s Benjamin Franklin Award—Multicultural Category Too often, therapists and other helping professionals feel paralyzed by the fear that they don't know enough about other cultural groups to counsel clients different than themselves. Lambers Fisher sets out to mitigate these fears by providing a framework for professionals to better understand the experiences of cultural groups with whom they are not familiar. With his encouraging and non-shaming approach, Lambers will challenge you to learn more about other cultures, accept what you do not yet know in the process, and utilize strategies that can help you become an increasingly culturally competent professional. Beyond ethnicity, you will explore issues of age, gender, sexuality, religion, acculturation, and social justice, as well as identify opportunities to strengthen your own cultural self-awareness. Applicable for a wide range of professionals—including counselors, religious leaders, occupational therapists, educators, coaches, physical therapists, and nurses—the practical and impactful strategies in this book will allow you to: journal about your cultural competency journey; reduce cultural offenses and repair damaged relationships; avoid ethical dilemmas; build rapport with diverse clients; understand various experiences of diverse people through case examples; and help clients of any culture make meaningful life changes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599872 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599872]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rising Together: How We Can Bridge Divides and Create a More Inclusive Workplace Author: Sally Helgesen Narrator: Sally Helgesen, Marshall Goldsmith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: February 28, 2023 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In this follow-up to her international bestseller How Women Rise, Sally Helgesen draws on three decades of work with executives and aspiring leaders around the world to offer practical ways to build more inclusive relationships, teams, and workplaces. Participants at leadership conferences often tell Sally, “Please don’t spend your time telling us why developing and retaining a diverse workforce is important. We get it. The problem is, we don’t know how to do it.” Rising Together provides that missing how in full detail by identifying both what holds us back and specific tactics that can help us move forward. First, Sally identifies the eight common triggers most likely to undermine our ability to collaborate across divides—not only of gender, but also of age, ethnicity, race, sexuality, and life experience. These triggers are widespread, yet rarely acknowledged. They include differences in how people from different backgrounds view ambition, competence, perceptions, fairness, communication, networks, attraction, and humor. Sally then offers specific practices designed to address these triggers: simple behavioral tweaks that we can use on a daily basis; a method for informally enlisting allies to hold us to account; and a means for cultivating and disseminating the dynamic power of we. Rising Together is for readers at every stage and level in their careers who recognize that building a broad range of relationships is essential to their advancement, now and in the future. This book also serves as an indispensable guide for HR, diversity, and leadership professionals tasked with addressing the misunderstandings, resentments, and derailments caused by the eight triggers. Sally’s focus on behaviors—how we act—rather than bias—how we think—promises to redirect the inclusion conversation in a grounded, real-world way that brings us together. Sally Helgesen Tue, 28 Feb 2023 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599872 thebookvoice.com 8:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599872]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rising Together: How We Can Bridge Divides and Create a More Inclusive Workplace Author: Sally Helgesen Narrator: Sally Helgesen, Marshall Goldsmith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: February 28, 2023 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In this follow-up to her international bestseller How Women Rise, Sally Helgesen draws on three decades of work with executives and aspiring leaders around the world to offer practical ways to build more inclusive relationships, teams, and workplaces. Participants at leadership conferences often tell Sally, “Please don’t spend your time telling us why developing and retaining a diverse workforce is important. We get it. The problem is, we don’t know how to do it.” Rising Together provides that missing how in full detail by identifying both what holds us back and specific tactics that can help us move forward. First, Sally identifies the eight common triggers most likely to undermine our ability to collaborate across divides—not only of gender, but also of age, ethnicity, race, sexuality, and life experience. These triggers are widespread, yet rarely acknowledged. They include differences in how people from different backgrounds view ambition, competence, perceptions, fairness, communication, networks, attraction, and humor. Sally then offers specific practices designed to address these triggers: simple behavioral tweaks that we can use on a daily basis; a method for informally enlisting allies to hold us to account; and a means for cultivating and disseminating the dynamic power of we. Rising Together is for readers at every stage and level in their careers who recognize that building a broad range of relationships is essential to their advancement, now and in the future. This book also serves as an indispensable guide for HR, diversity, and leadership professionals tasked with addressing the misunderstandings, resentments, and derailments caused by the eight triggers. Sally’s focus on behaviors—how we act—rather than bias—how we think—promises to redirect the inclusion conversation in a grounded, real-world way that brings us together. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/599872]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rising Together: How We Can Bridge Divides and Create a More Inclusive Workplace Author: Sally Helgesen Narrator: Sally Helgesen, Marshall Goldsmith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: February 28, 2023 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In this follow-up to her international bestseller How Women Rise, Sally Helgesen draws on three decades of work with executives and aspiring leaders around the world to offer practical ways to build more inclusive relationships, teams, and workplaces. Participants at leadership conferences often tell Sally, “Please don’t spend your time telling us why developing and retaining a diverse workforce is important. We get it. The problem is, we don’t know how to do it.” Rising Together provides that missing how in full detail by identifying both what holds us back and specific tactics that can help us move forward. First, Sally identifies the eight common triggers most likely to undermine our ability to collaborate across divides—not only of gender, but also of age, ethnicity, race, sexuality, and life experience. These triggers are widespread, yet rarely acknowledged. They include differences in how people from different backgrounds view ambition, competence, perceptions, fairness, communication, networks, attraction, and humor. Sally then offers specific practices designed to address these triggers: simple behavioral tweaks that we can use on a daily basis; a method for informally enlisting allies to hold us to account; and a means for cultivating and disseminating the dynamic power of we. Rising Together is for readers at every stage and level in their careers who recognize that building a broad range of relationships is essential to their advancement, now and in the future. This book also serves as an indispensable guide for HR, diversity, and leadership professionals tasked with addressing the misunderstandings, resentments, and derailments caused by the eight triggers. Sally’s focus on behaviors—how we act—rather than bias—how we think—promises to redirect the inclusion conversation in a grounded, real-world way that brings us together. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597775 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597775]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Schnelligkeit durch Vertrauen: Aktionsplan: In 13 Schritten zu mehr Vertrauen, besseren Beziehungen und höheren Gewinnen Author: Rebecca R. Merrill, Stephen M. R. Covey Narrator: Gisa Bergmann, Heiko Grauel Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 51 minutes Release date: June 28, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Nichts ist schneller, effektiver und profitabler als Vertrauen! Mit über 3 Millionen verkauften Exemplaren ist 'Schnelligkeit durch Vertrauen' das erfolgreichste Buch, das je zu diesem Thema geschrieben wurde. In dieser gekürzten Hörbuchfassung hat Stephen M. R. Covey die wichtigsten Inhalte und die besten Praxistipps für Sie zusammengefasst. Der New York Times-Bestsellerautor liefert den Beweis: Vertrauen macht Unternehmen profitabler, Führungskräfte erfolgreicher, Teams leistungsfähiger und Beziehungen stärker!  Ob im Beruf oder im Privatleben: Stephen M. R. Covey erklärt, wie Sie Vertrauen schaffen, vergrößern oder wiederherstellen. Dabei stehen anschauliche Beispiele und 13 praxiserprobte, sehr gut umsetzbare Verhaltensweisen und Vertrauensregeln im Mittelpunkt. Schritt für Schritt erfahren Sie, wie Sie beim Aufbau von Vertrauen am besten vorgehen – als Einzelner, im Team, im Unternehmen, beim Kunden und im Markt. Denn: Vertrauen ist die Kraft, die alles verändert! Rebecca R. Merrill, Stephen M. R. Covey Tue, 28 Jun 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597775 thebookvoice.com 1:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597775]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Schnelligkeit durch Vertrauen: Aktionsplan: In 13 Schritten zu mehr Vertrauen, besseren Beziehungen und höheren Gewinnen Author: Rebecca R. Merrill, Stephen M. R. Covey Narrator: Gisa Bergmann, Heiko Grauel Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 51 minutes Release date: June 28, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Nichts ist schneller, effektiver und profitabler als Vertrauen! Mit über 3 Millionen verkauften Exemplaren ist 'Schnelligkeit durch Vertrauen' das erfolgreichste Buch, das je zu diesem Thema geschrieben wurde. In dieser gekürzten Hörbuchfassung hat Stephen M. R. Covey die wichtigsten Inhalte und die besten Praxistipps für Sie zusammengefasst. Der New York Times-Bestsellerautor liefert den Beweis: Vertrauen macht Unternehmen profitabler, Führungskräfte erfolgreicher, Teams leistungsfähiger und Beziehungen stärker!  Ob im Beruf oder im Privatleben: Stephen M. R. Covey erklärt, wie Sie Vertrauen schaffen, vergrößern oder wiederherstellen. Dabei stehen anschauliche Beispiele und 13 praxiserprobte, sehr gut umsetzbare Verhaltensweisen und Vertrauensregeln im Mittelpunkt. Schritt für Schritt erfahren Sie, wie Sie beim Aufbau von Vertrauen am besten vorgehen – als Einzelner, im Team, im Unternehmen, beim Kunden und im Markt. Denn: Vertrauen ist die Kraft, die alles verändert! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597775]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Schnelligkeit durch Vertrauen: Aktionsplan: In 13 Schritten zu mehr Vertrauen, besseren Beziehungen und höheren Gewinnen Author: Rebecca R. Merrill, Stephen M. R. Covey Narrator: Gisa Bergmann, Heiko Grauel Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 51 minutes Release date: June 28, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Nichts ist schneller, effektiver und profitabler als Vertrauen! Mit über 3 Millionen verkauften Exemplaren ist 'Schnelligkeit durch Vertrauen' das erfolgreichste Buch, das je zu diesem Thema geschrieben wurde. In dieser gekürzten Hörbuchfassung hat Stephen M. R. Covey die wichtigsten Inhalte und die besten Praxistipps für Sie zusammengefasst. Der New York Times-Bestsellerautor liefert den Beweis: Vertrauen macht Unternehmen profitabler, Führungskräfte erfolgreicher, Teams leistungsfähiger und Beziehungen stärker!  Ob im Beruf oder im Privatleben: Stephen M. R. Covey erklärt, wie Sie Vertrauen schaffen, vergrößern oder wiederherstellen. Dabei stehen anschauliche Beispiele und 13 praxiserprobte, sehr gut umsetzbare Verhaltensweisen und Vertrauensregeln im Mittelpunkt. Schritt für Schritt erfahren Sie, wie Sie beim Aufbau von Vertrauen am besten vorgehen – als Einzelner, im Team, im Unternehmen, beim Kunden und im Markt. Denn: Vertrauen ist die Kraft, die alles verändert! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597364 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597364]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mental Wealth: An Essential Guide to Workplace Mental Health and Wellbeing Author: Amy Golding, Peter Diaz Narrator: Justin Strait Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 46 minutes Release date: April 10, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Mental Wealth reveals an approach to workplace mental health and wellbeing that is proven to actually get results. Despite having a huge impact on the productivity, profitability, and culture of organizations, there is very little guidance currently provided to managers and leaders on how to effectively manage workplace mental health and wellbeing. What does exist is often focused on the legal aspects of minimizing risk that it misses the psychology of workplace mental health and high performance and actually ends up creating risk for workplaces. Mental Wealth is a guide for managers and leaders on how to manage employees who may be experiencing mental health issues in the workplace. Founders of the Workplace Mental Health Institute, Peter Diaz and Emi Golding, provide an essential foundation for addressing workplace mental health. Some of the essential foundations discussed include dispelling myths about workplace mental health, the factors that cause and contribute to mental health issues, the impact those factors are having on workplaces, the benefits of addressing mental health appropriately, and 7 Pillars for a mentally Wealthy Workplace. Mental Wealth also includes case studies and practical strategies that can be implemented for immediate results. Amy Golding, Peter Diaz Sun, 10 Apr 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597364 thebookvoice.com 3:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597364]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mental Wealth: An Essential Guide to Workplace Mental Health and Wellbeing Author: Amy Golding, Peter Diaz Narrator: Justin Strait Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 46 minutes Release date: April 10, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Mental Wealth reveals an approach to workplace mental health and wellbeing that is proven to actually get results. Despite having a huge impact on the productivity, profitability, and culture of organizations, there is very little guidance currently provided to managers and leaders on how to effectively manage workplace mental health and wellbeing. What does exist is often focused on the legal aspects of minimizing risk that it misses the psychology of workplace mental health and high performance and actually ends up creating risk for workplaces. Mental Wealth is a guide for managers and leaders on how to manage employees who may be experiencing mental health issues in the workplace. Founders of the Workplace Mental Health Institute, Peter Diaz and Emi Golding, provide an essential foundation for addressing workplace mental health. Some of the essential foundations discussed include dispelling myths about workplace mental health, the factors that cause and contribute to mental health issues, the impact those factors are having on workplaces, the benefits of addressing mental health appropriately, and 7 Pillars for a mentally Wealthy Workplace. Mental Wealth also includes case studies and practical strategies that can be implemented for immediate results. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/597364]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mental Wealth: An Essential Guide to Workplace Mental Health and Wellbeing Author: Amy Golding, Peter Diaz Narrator: Justin Strait Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 46 minutes Release date: April 10, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Mental Wealth reveals an approach to workplace mental health and wellbeing that is proven to actually get results. Despite having a huge impact on the productivity, profitability, and culture of organizations, there is very little guidance currently provided to managers and leaders on how to effectively manage workplace mental health and wellbeing. What does exist is often focused on the legal aspects of minimizing risk that it misses the psychology of workplace mental health and high performance and actually ends up creating risk for workplaces. Mental Wealth is a guide for managers and leaders on how to manage employees who may be experiencing mental health issues in the workplace. Founders of the Workplace Mental Health Institute, Peter Diaz and Emi Golding, provide an essential foundation for addressing workplace mental health. Some of the essential foundations discussed include dispelling myths about workplace mental health, the factors that cause and contribute to mental health issues, the impact those factors are having on workplaces, the benefits of addressing mental health appropriately, and 7 Pillars for a mentally Wealthy Workplace. Mental Wealth also includes case studies and practical strategies that can be implemented for immediate results. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592953 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592953]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Scaling Culture: How to Build and Sustain a Resilient, High-Performing Organization Author: Ron Lovett Narrator: Jeffrey Holz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 14 minutes Release date: May 9, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Make no mistake—your company has a culture, whether you’re intentional about it or not. Corporate culture is ground zero for your organization. If left to chance, corporate culture will fall to the lowest common denominator or the loudest voice, resulting in inconsistency at best and volatility at worst. Scaling your company means scaling your culture first. You need a clear playbook with actionable steps to foster alignment and a results-driven team of passionate stakeholders. In Scaling Culture, Ron Lovett provides you with the key components you need to create a successful organization that lasts. This full-cycle book for scaling culture gives you, the founders, CEOs, and organizational leaders, strategies for bringing your company values to life, managing change, operating as a team, and more. Scaling Culture gives you a behind-the-scenes perspective of Ron’s first book, Outrageous Empowerment: The Incredible Story of Giving Employees Their Brains Back. Most books about culture are based on theory and case studies—not this one. Scaling Culture is your tactical blueprint for aligning your organization and thriving into the future. Ron Lovett Mon, 09 May 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592953 thebookvoice.com 8:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592953]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Scaling Culture: How to Build and Sustain a Resilient, High-Performing Organization Author: Ron Lovett Narrator: Jeffrey Holz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 14 minutes Release date: May 9, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Make no mistake—your company has a culture, whether you’re intentional about it or not. Corporate culture is ground zero for your organization. If left to chance, corporate culture will fall to the lowest common denominator or the loudest voice, resulting in inconsistency at best and volatility at worst. Scaling your company means scaling your culture first. You need a clear playbook with actionable steps to foster alignment and a results-driven team of passionate stakeholders. In Scaling Culture, Ron Lovett provides you with the key components you need to create a successful organization that lasts. This full-cycle book for scaling culture gives you, the founders, CEOs, and organizational leaders, strategies for bringing your company values to life, managing change, operating as a team, and more. Scaling Culture gives you a behind-the-scenes perspective of Ron’s first book, Outrageous Empowerment: The Incredible Story of Giving Employees Their Brains Back. Most books about culture are based on theory and case studies—not this one. Scaling Culture is your tactical blueprint for aligning your organization and thriving into the future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592953]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Scaling Culture: How to Build and Sustain a Resilient, High-Performing Organization Author: Ron Lovett Narrator: Jeffrey Holz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 14 minutes Release date: May 9, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Make no mistake—your company has a culture, whether you’re intentional about it or not. Corporate culture is ground zero for your organization. If left to chance, corporate culture will fall to the lowest common denominator or the loudest voice, resulting in inconsistency at best and volatility at worst. Scaling your company means scaling your culture first. You need a clear playbook with actionable steps to foster alignment and a results-driven team of passionate stakeholders. In Scaling Culture, Ron Lovett provides you with the key components you need to create a successful organization that lasts. This full-cycle book for scaling culture gives you, the founders, CEOs, and organizational leaders, strategies for bringing your company values to life, managing change, operating as a team, and more. Scaling Culture gives you a behind-the-scenes perspective of Ron’s first book, Outrageous Empowerment: The Incredible Story of Giving Employees Their Brains Back. Most books about culture are based on theory and case studies—not this one. Scaling Culture is your tactical blueprint for aligning your organization and thriving into the future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592757 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592757]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making Work Human: How Human-Centered Companies are Changing the Future of Work and the World Author: Eric Mosley, Derek Irvine Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: July 19, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: From the pioneers of the management strategy that's transforming businesses worldwide, Making Work Human shows how to implement a culture of performance and gratitude in the workplace—and seize a competitive edge, increase profitability, and drive business momentum. Leaders of Workhuman, the world's fastest-growing social recognition and continuous performance management platform, Eric Mosley and Derek Irvine use game-changing data analytics to prove that when a workplace becomes more 'human'—when it's fueled by a culture of gratitude—measurable business results follow. In Making Work Human, they show you how to: apply analytics and artificial intelligence in ways that make work more human, not less; expand equity, diversity, and inclusion initiatives and strategies to include a wider range of backgrounds, life experiences, and capabilities as a step to end systemic social and racial injustice; and use recognition as an actionable strategy to create a more socially connected, inclusive culture—especially critical during a global pandemic when employees are working remotely. By building a sense of belonging, purpose, meaning, happiness, and energy in every employee, you'll create a profound connection between your organization and its goals. And Making Work Human provides everything you need to get there. Eric Mosley, Derek Irvine Tue, 19 Jul 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592757 thebookvoice.com 8:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592757]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making Work Human: How Human-Centered Companies are Changing the Future of Work and the World Author: Eric Mosley, Derek Irvine Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: July 19, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: From the pioneers of the management strategy that's transforming businesses worldwide, Making Work Human shows how to implement a culture of performance and gratitude in the workplace—and seize a competitive edge, increase profitability, and drive business momentum. Leaders of Workhuman, the world's fastest-growing social recognition and continuous performance management platform, Eric Mosley and Derek Irvine use game-changing data analytics to prove that when a workplace becomes more 'human'—when it's fueled by a culture of gratitude—measurable business results follow. In Making Work Human, they show you how to: apply analytics and artificial intelligence in ways that make work more human, not less; expand equity, diversity, and inclusion initiatives and strategies to include a wider range of backgrounds, life experiences, and capabilities as a step to end systemic social and racial injustice; and use recognition as an actionable strategy to create a more socially connected, inclusive culture—especially critical during a global pandemic when employees are working remotely. By building a sense of belonging, purpose, meaning, happiness, and energy in every employee, you'll create a profound connection between your organization and its goals. And Making Work Human provides everything you need to get there. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592757]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making Work Human: How Human-Centered Companies are Changing the Future of Work and the World Author: Eric Mosley, Derek Irvine Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: July 19, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: From the pioneers of the management strategy that's transforming businesses worldwide, Making Work Human shows how to implement a culture of performance and gratitude in the workplace—and seize a competitive edge, increase profitability, and drive business momentum. Leaders of Workhuman, the world's fastest-growing social recognition and continuous performance management platform, Eric Mosley and Derek Irvine use game-changing data analytics to prove that when a workplace becomes more 'human'—when it's fueled by a culture of gratitude—measurable business results follow. In Making Work Human, they show you how to: apply analytics and artificial intelligence in ways that make work more human, not less; expand equity, diversity, and inclusion initiatives and strategies to include a wider range of backgrounds, life experiences, and capabilities as a step to end systemic social and racial injustice; and use recognition as an actionable strategy to create a more socially connected, inclusive culture—especially critical during a global pandemic when employees are working remotely. By building a sense of belonging, purpose, meaning, happiness, and energy in every employee, you'll create a profound connection between your organization and its goals. And Making Work Human provides everything you need to get there. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592747 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592747]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Security Culture Playbook: An Executive Guide To Reducing Risk and Developing Your Human Defense Layer Author: Kai Roer, Perry Carpenter Narrator: Perry Carpenter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: July 26, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The topic of security culture is mysterious and confusing to most leaders. But it doesn't have to be. In The Security Culture Playbook, Perry Carpenter and Kai Roer deliver experience-driven, actionable insights into how to transform your organization's security culture and reduce human risk at every level. This book exposes the gaps between how organizations have traditionally approached human risk and it provides security and business executives with the necessary information and tools needed to understand, measure, and improve facets of security culture across the organization. The book offers: an exposé of what security culture really is and how it can be measured; a careful exploration of the seven dimensions that comprise security culture; practical tools for managing your security culture program, such as the Security Culture Framework and the Security Culture Maturity Model; and insights into building support within the executive team and Board of Directors for your culture management program. Also including several revealing interviews from security culture thought leaders in a variety of industries, The Security Culture Playbook is an essential resource for cybersecurity professionals, risk and compliance managers, executives, board members, and other business leaders seeking to proactively manage and reduce risk. Kai Roer, Perry Carpenter Tue, 26 Jul 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592747 thebookvoice.com 6:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592747]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Security Culture Playbook: An Executive Guide To Reducing Risk and Developing Your Human Defense Layer Author: Kai Roer, Perry Carpenter Narrator: Perry Carpenter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: July 26, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The topic of security culture is mysterious and confusing to most leaders. But it doesn't have to be. In The Security Culture Playbook, Perry Carpenter and Kai Roer deliver experience-driven, actionable insights into how to transform your organization's security culture and reduce human risk at every level. This book exposes the gaps between how organizations have traditionally approached human risk and it provides security and business executives with the necessary information and tools needed to understand, measure, and improve facets of security culture across the organization. The book offers: an exposé of what security culture really is and how it can be measured; a careful exploration of the seven dimensions that comprise security culture; practical tools for managing your security culture program, such as the Security Culture Framework and the Security Culture Maturity Model; and insights into building support within the executive team and Board of Directors for your culture management program. Also including several revealing interviews from security culture thought leaders in a variety of industries, The Security Culture Playbook is an essential resource for cybersecurity professionals, risk and compliance managers, executives, board members, and other business leaders seeking to proactively manage and reduce risk. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592747]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Security Culture Playbook: An Executive Guide To Reducing Risk and Developing Your Human Defense Layer Author: Kai Roer, Perry Carpenter Narrator: Perry Carpenter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: July 26, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The topic of security culture is mysterious and confusing to most leaders. But it doesn't have to be. In The Security Culture Playbook, Perry Carpenter and Kai Roer deliver experience-driven, actionable insights into how to transform your organization's security culture and reduce human risk at every level. This book exposes the gaps between how organizations have traditionally approached human risk and it provides security and business executives with the necessary information and tools needed to understand, measure, and improve facets of security culture across the organization. The book offers: an exposé of what security culture really is and how it can be measured; a careful exploration of the seven dimensions that comprise security culture; practical tools for managing your security culture program, such as the Security Culture Framework and the Security Culture Maturity Model; and insights into building support within the executive team and Board of Directors for your culture management program. Also including several revealing interviews from security culture thought leaders in a variety of industries, The Security Culture Playbook is an essential resource for cybersecurity professionals, risk and compliance managers, executives, board members, and other business leaders seeking to proactively manage and reduce risk. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592223 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592223]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Employee Resource Groups: How People Create Authentic Change Author: Farzana Nayani Narrator: Pamela L. Kelly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 28 minutes Release date: June 7, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: This is the first authoritative book on building employee resource groups (ERGs) to empower underrepresented employees and positively impact diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) efforts within organizations and in society at large. Employee resource groups (ERGs) have been present for decades. Originating out of affirmative action policies, they have evolved into powerful sources of employee activity and engagement that organizations have leveraged to support business goals. But ERGs can help create a more inclusive and just world at the same time that they serve company interests. The focus for this book is on both how to manage ERGs effectively and why organizations should pay close attention to these groups as a source for engagement, innovation, belonging, feedback, and direction on tough issues. Farzana Nayani provides foundational tools and frameworks for starting and supporting an ERG. She also offers guidance for how ERGs can create impact in diversity, equity and inclusion efforts and can motivate action toward a more equitable society overall. This is not just a handbook or a reference guide. It also serves as a deeper call to action around how, with more effective ERGs, we can truly progress toward the DEI goals that we are all setting out to accomplish. Farzana Nayani Tue, 07 Jun 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592223 thebookvoice.com 4:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592223]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Employee Resource Groups: How People Create Authentic Change Author: Farzana Nayani Narrator: Pamela L. Kelly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 28 minutes Release date: June 7, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: This is the first authoritative book on building employee resource groups (ERGs) to empower underrepresented employees and positively impact diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) efforts within organizations and in society at large. Employee resource groups (ERGs) have been present for decades. Originating out of affirmative action policies, they have evolved into powerful sources of employee activity and engagement that organizations have leveraged to support business goals. But ERGs can help create a more inclusive and just world at the same time that they serve company interests. The focus for this book is on both how to manage ERGs effectively and why organizations should pay close attention to these groups as a source for engagement, innovation, belonging, feedback, and direction on tough issues. Farzana Nayani provides foundational tools and frameworks for starting and supporting an ERG. She also offers guidance for how ERGs can create impact in diversity, equity and inclusion efforts and can motivate action toward a more equitable society overall. This is not just a handbook or a reference guide. It also serves as a deeper call to action around how, with more effective ERGs, we can truly progress toward the DEI goals that we are all setting out to accomplish. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592223]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Employee Resource Groups: How People Create Authentic Change Author: Farzana Nayani Narrator: Pamela L. Kelly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 28 minutes Release date: June 7, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: This is the first authoritative book on building employee resource groups (ERGs) to empower underrepresented employees and positively impact diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) efforts within organizations and in society at large. Employee resource groups (ERGs) have been present for decades. Originating out of affirmative action policies, they have evolved into powerful sources of employee activity and engagement that organizations have leveraged to support business goals. But ERGs can help create a more inclusive and just world at the same time that they serve company interests. The focus for this book is on both how to manage ERGs effectively and why organizations should pay close attention to these groups as a source for engagement, innovation, belonging, feedback, and direction on tough issues. Farzana Nayani provides foundational tools and frameworks for starting and supporting an ERG. She also offers guidance for how ERGs can create impact in diversity, equity and inclusion efforts and can motivate action toward a more equitable society overall. This is not just a handbook or a reference guide. It also serves as a deeper call to action around how, with more effective ERGs, we can truly progress toward the DEI goals that we are all setting out to accomplish. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591540 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591540]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - ALLGEMEINWISSEN - Besserwisser auf Knopfdruck: Wie Sie Ihre Allgemeinbildung mit einfachen Lerntechniken in kürzester Zeit auf ein neues Level heben und vor Intelligenz und Selbstbewusstsein strotzen Author: Johannes Lichtenstein Narrator: Mario Kunze Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 46 minutes Release date: September 20, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Durch Allgemeinwissen sofort selbstbewusster, beliebter und erfolgreicher werden. Fühlen Sie sich in Gesprächsrunden oft unwohl, da Sie wegen mangelnden Wissens nicht mitreden können? Empfinden Sie Unsicherheit, wenn Sie nach Ihrer Meinung zu einem Thema gefragt werden, von dem Sie nicht einmal etwas mitbekommen haben? Fällt es Ihnen schwer, sich Dinge zu merken oder ärgert es Sie, dass Sie Wissen, das Sie sich bereits angeeignet hatten, wieder vergessen? Dann wird dieses Buch endlich alles verändern! Lernen Sie nicht einfach nur die spannenden Fakten, mit denen Sie sich bei jeder Diskussion beteiligen können. Erfahren Sie auch, mit welchen ultimativen Methoden und Techniken Sie das neu gewonnene Wissen auf einfache und effektive Art und Weise langfristig abspeichern und nie wieder vergessen! Entdecken Sie die lebensverändernden Vorteile von Allgemeinwissen: - Werden Sie zu einer beliebten und gebildeten Persönlichkeit, mit der sich jeder unterhalten möchte, - Machen Sie sich interessant bei der Partnersuche und stechen Sie aus der Menge heraus, - Erhöhen Sie Ihr Selbstbewusstsein durch Wissen, mit dem Sie jedes Gespräch dominieren, - Bilden Sie sich selbst eine qualifizierte Meinung, damit Sie nicht mehr alles glauben müssen, was man Ihnen erzählt. Mit Hilfe dieses Buches werden Sie Ihre Mitmenschen schon bald in Staunen versetzen! Die kurzen und dennoch gehaltvollen und vor allem interessanten Fakten lernen Sie mit den exklusiven Lern- und Erinnerungsmethoden schnell, effizient und mühelos. Nehmen Sie Ihren beruflichen und privaten Erfolg selbst in die Hand und beeindrucken Sie Kollegen, Vorgesetzte, Personaler, Partner und Fremde mit einem enormen Wissensschatz! Starten Sie jetzt und werden Sie durch den Kauf dieses Buchs in kürzester Zeit zum Allgemeinwissens-Champion! Johannes Lichtenstein Mon, 20 Sep 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591540 thebookvoice.com 4:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591540]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - ALLGEMEINWISSEN - Besserwisser auf Knopfdruck: Wie Sie Ihre Allgemeinbildung mit einfachen Lerntechniken in kürzester Zeit auf ein neues Level heben und vor Intelligenz und Selbstbewusstsein strotzen Author: Johannes Lichtenstein Narrator: Mario Kunze Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 46 minutes Release date: September 20, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Durch Allgemeinwissen sofort selbstbewusster, beliebter und erfolgreicher werden. Fühlen Sie sich in Gesprächsrunden oft unwohl, da Sie wegen mangelnden Wissens nicht mitreden können? Empfinden Sie Unsicherheit, wenn Sie nach Ihrer Meinung zu einem Thema gefragt werden, von dem Sie nicht einmal etwas mitbekommen haben? Fällt es Ihnen schwer, sich Dinge zu merken oder ärgert es Sie, dass Sie Wissen, das Sie sich bereits angeeignet hatten, wieder vergessen? Dann wird dieses Buch endlich alles verändern! Lernen Sie nicht einfach nur die spannenden Fakten, mit denen Sie sich bei jeder Diskussion beteiligen können. Erfahren Sie auch, mit welchen ultimativen Methoden und Techniken Sie das neu gewonnene Wissen auf einfache und effektive Art und Weise langfristig abspeichern und nie wieder vergessen! Entdecken Sie die lebensverändernden Vorteile von Allgemeinwissen: - Werden Sie zu einer beliebten und gebildeten Persönlichkeit, mit der sich jeder unterhalten möchte, - Machen Sie sich interessant bei der Partnersuche und stechen Sie aus der Menge heraus, - Erhöhen Sie Ihr Selbstbewusstsein durch Wissen, mit dem Sie jedes Gespräch dominieren, - Bilden Sie sich selbst eine qualifizierte Meinung, damit Sie nicht mehr alles glauben müssen, was man Ihnen erzählt. Mit Hilfe dieses Buches werden Sie Ihre Mitmenschen schon bald in Staunen versetzen! Die kurzen und dennoch gehaltvollen und vor allem interessanten Fakten lernen Sie mit den exklusiven Lern- und Erinnerungsmethoden schnell, effizient und mühelos. Nehmen Sie Ihren beruflichen und privaten Erfolg selbst in die Hand und beeindrucken Sie Kollegen, Vorgesetzte, Personaler, Partner und Fremde mit einem enormen Wissensschatz! Starten Sie jetzt und werden Sie durch den Kauf dieses Buchs in kürzester Zeit zum Allgemeinwissens-Champion! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/591540]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - ALLGEMEINWISSEN - Besserwisser auf Knopfdruck: Wie Sie Ihre Allgemeinbildung mit einfachen Lerntechniken in kürzester Zeit auf ein neues Level heben und vor Intelligenz und Selbstbewusstsein strotzen Author: Johannes Lichtenstein Narrator: Mario Kunze Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 46 minutes Release date: September 20, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Durch Allgemeinwissen sofort selbstbewusster, beliebter und erfolgreicher werden. Fühlen Sie sich in Gesprächsrunden oft unwohl, da Sie wegen mangelnden Wissens nicht mitreden können? Empfinden Sie Unsicherheit, wenn Sie nach Ihrer Meinung zu einem Thema gefragt werden, von dem Sie nicht einmal etwas mitbekommen haben? Fällt es Ihnen schwer, sich Dinge zu merken oder ärgert es Sie, dass Sie Wissen, das Sie sich bereits angeeignet hatten, wieder vergessen? Dann wird dieses Buch endlich alles verändern! Lernen Sie nicht einfach nur die spannenden Fakten, mit denen Sie sich bei jeder Diskussion beteiligen können. Erfahren Sie auch, mit welchen ultimativen Methoden und Techniken Sie das neu gewonnene Wissen auf einfache und effektive Art und Weise langfristig abspeichern und nie wieder vergessen! Entdecken Sie die lebensverändernden Vorteile von Allgemeinwissen: - Werden Sie zu einer beliebten und gebildeten Persönlichkeit, mit der sich jeder unterhalten möchte, - Machen Sie sich interessant bei der Partnersuche und stechen Sie aus der Menge heraus, - Erhöhen Sie Ihr Selbstbewusstsein durch Wissen, mit dem Sie jedes Gespräch dominieren, - Bilden Sie sich selbst eine qualifizierte Meinung, damit Sie nicht mehr alles glauben müssen, was man Ihnen erzählt. Mit Hilfe dieses Buches werden Sie Ihre Mitmenschen schon bald in Staunen versetzen! Die kurzen und dennoch gehaltvollen und vor allem interessanten Fakten lernen Sie mit den exklusiven Lern- und Erinnerungsmethoden schnell, effizient und mühelos. Nehmen Sie Ihren beruflichen und privaten Erfolg selbst in die Hand und beeindrucken Sie Kollegen, Vorgesetzte, Personaler, Partner und Fremde mit einem enormen Wissensschatz! Starten Sie jetzt und werden Sie durch den Kauf dieses Buchs in kürzester Zeit zum Allgemeinwissens-Champion! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590152 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590152]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Overcoming Capitalism: Strategy for the Working Class in the 21st Century Author: Tom Wetzel Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 12, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A new, inclusive union movement with a contemporary vision and an eye toward building social and economic power can remake society. The book is a twenty-first century reworking of the approach to unionism. The United States has a dramatic history of workers organizing on the job. In the last seventy odd years labor organizations have made peace with owners, and wages, various protections, and safety has diminished. All during an era that, despite its ups and downs, has been extremely profitable for the ownership class. Tom Wetzel provides a solution to that failure by showing how a democratic outcome can be built into the method of struggle for social change, giving working people the means to ensure they will end up in control of the labor process and will build a from-the-bottom-up eco-socialism. But this isn't the old white-guy-in-a-hard-hat unionism of the previous century. The working class has changed. Life under capitalism has changed. How we think about unionism must also change. While the political and capitalist class wring their hands over the environmental crisis and economic inequality we can see the immediate appeal of a union movement with an expanded mission to wrest control from the wealthy and powerful before they cost-shift us into extinction. Tom Wetzel Tue, 12 Jul 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590152 thebookvoice.com 17:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590152]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Overcoming Capitalism: Strategy for the Working Class in the 21st Century Author: Tom Wetzel Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 12, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A new, inclusive union movement with a contemporary vision and an eye toward building social and economic power can remake society. The book is a twenty-first century reworking of the approach to unionism. The United States has a dramatic history of workers organizing on the job. In the last seventy odd years labor organizations have made peace with owners, and wages, various protections, and safety has diminished. All during an era that, despite its ups and downs, has been extremely profitable for the ownership class. Tom Wetzel provides a solution to that failure by showing how a democratic outcome can be built into the method of struggle for social change, giving working people the means to ensure they will end up in control of the labor process and will build a from-the-bottom-up eco-socialism. But this isn't the old white-guy-in-a-hard-hat unionism of the previous century. The working class has changed. Life under capitalism has changed. How we think about unionism must also change. While the political and capitalist class wring their hands over the environmental crisis and economic inequality we can see the immediate appeal of a union movement with an expanded mission to wrest control from the wealthy and powerful before they cost-shift us into extinction. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590152]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Overcoming Capitalism: Strategy for the Working Class in the 21st Century Author: Tom Wetzel Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 12, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A new, inclusive union movement with a contemporary vision and an eye toward building social and economic power can remake society. The book is a twenty-first century reworking of the approach to unionism. The United States has a dramatic history of workers organizing on the job. In the last seventy odd years labor organizations have made peace with owners, and wages, various protections, and safety has diminished. All during an era that, despite its ups and downs, has been extremely profitable for the ownership class. Tom Wetzel provides a solution to that failure by showing how a democratic outcome can be built into the method of struggle for social change, giving working people the means to ensure they will end up in control of the labor process and will build a from-the-bottom-up eco-socialism. But this isn't the old white-guy-in-a-hard-hat unionism of the previous century. The working class has changed. Life under capitalism has changed. How we think about unionism must also change. While the political and capitalist class wring their hands over the environmental crisis and economic inequality we can see the immediate appeal of a union movement with an expanded mission to wrest control from the wealthy and powerful before they cost-shift us into extinction. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590109 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590109]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How the Future Works: Leading Flexible Teams To Do the Best Work of Their Lives Author: Helen Kupp, Sheela Subramanian, Brian Elliott Narrator: Raechel Wong Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 16 minutes Release date: June 14, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Unlock the power of flexible work with this practical 'how-to' guide from the leadership of Slack and Future Forum How the Future Works: Leading Flexible Teams to Do the Best Work of Their Lives offers a blueprint for using flexible work to unlock the potential of your people. The book offers the steps necessary to building the new principles and guardrails to empower flexible, high-performing teams. And it teaches readers to lead with purpose, to manage and measure differently, and to believe that by letting go, they’ll get more back than they thought possible. How the Future Works explains how to: establish leadership principles, commitments, and outcomes for truly flexible teamwork; measure and assess productivity in a flexible workplace; reskill managers to ensure a level playing field for all employees; and implement the infrastructure necessary to make flexible work successful. Using original research from Future Forum, a consortium by Slack, and global case studies from leading companies such as Levi Strauss & Co., Genentech, Royal Bank of Canada, and IBM, How the Future Works offers concrete solutions and practical steps for building high functioning teams of talented, engaged people by providing them with the flexibility and choice they need to do their best work. Helen Kupp, Sheela Subramanian, Brian Elliott Tue, 14 Jun 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590109 thebookvoice.com 8:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590109]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How the Future Works: Leading Flexible Teams To Do the Best Work of Their Lives Author: Helen Kupp, Sheela Subramanian, Brian Elliott Narrator: Raechel Wong Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 16 minutes Release date: June 14, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Unlock the power of flexible work with this practical 'how-to' guide from the leadership of Slack and Future Forum How the Future Works: Leading Flexible Teams to Do the Best Work of Their Lives offers a blueprint for using flexible work to unlock the potential of your people. The book offers the steps necessary to building the new principles and guardrails to empower flexible, high-performing teams. And it teaches readers to lead with purpose, to manage and measure differently, and to believe that by letting go, they’ll get more back than they thought possible. How the Future Works explains how to: establish leadership principles, commitments, and outcomes for truly flexible teamwork; measure and assess productivity in a flexible workplace; reskill managers to ensure a level playing field for all employees; and implement the infrastructure necessary to make flexible work successful. Using original research from Future Forum, a consortium by Slack, and global case studies from leading companies such as Levi Strauss & Co., Genentech, Royal Bank of Canada, and IBM, How the Future Works offers concrete solutions and practical steps for building high functioning teams of talented, engaged people by providing them with the flexibility and choice they need to do their best work. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590109]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How the Future Works: Leading Flexible Teams To Do the Best Work of Their Lives Author: Helen Kupp, Sheela Subramanian, Brian Elliott Narrator: Raechel Wong Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 16 minutes Release date: June 14, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Unlock the power of flexible work with this practical 'how-to' guide from the leadership of Slack and Future Forum How the Future Works: Leading Flexible Teams to Do the Best Work of Their Lives offers a blueprint for using flexible work to unlock the potential of your people. The book offers the steps necessary to building the new principles and guardrails to empower flexible, high-performing teams. And it teaches readers to lead with purpose, to manage and measure differently, and to believe that by letting go, they’ll get more back than they thought possible. How the Future Works explains how to: establish leadership principles, commitments, and outcomes for truly flexible teamwork; measure and assess productivity in a flexible workplace; reskill managers to ensure a level playing field for all employees; and implement the infrastructure necessary to make flexible work successful. Using original research from Future Forum, a consortium by Slack, and global case studies from leading companies such as Levi Strauss & Co., Genentech, Royal Bank of Canada, and IBM, How the Future Works offers concrete solutions and practical steps for building high functioning teams of talented, engaged people by providing them with the flexibility and choice they need to do their best work. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590107 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590107]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Experience, Inc.: Why Companies That Uncover Purpose, Create Connection, and Celebrate Their People Will Triumph Author: Jill Popelka Narrator: Nan Mcnamara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 15 minutes Release date: May 31, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The business leader's guide to creating a winning employee experience In Experience, Inc.: Why Companies That Uncover Purpose, Create Connection, and Celebrate Their People Will Triumph, veteran business leader and growth strategist Jill Popelka delivers a hands-on guide to building a flexible, adaptable, and engaged workforce that can enable your organization to evolve with emerging challenges. You'll find the insights you need to build a company culture that prioritizes your people, resulting in an empowered and future-ready workforce. Filled with stories from the author's extensive experience as the President of SAP SuccessFactors, the book also offers: advice from global thought leaders on some of today's most pressing issues; practical resources for any employee to improve their productivity and impact; and tips on creating a culture that works for the organization and its people. Experience, Inc. is an essential tool for business leaders of all levels, from the C-suite and senior executives to people managers and human resources practitioners. It is a must-listen for organizations looking for ways to build a sustainable, productive, and exciting workplace centered around the most critical driver of business success: employees. Jill Popelka Tue, 31 May 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590107 thebookvoice.com 5:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590107]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Experience, Inc.: Why Companies That Uncover Purpose, Create Connection, and Celebrate Their People Will Triumph Author: Jill Popelka Narrator: Nan Mcnamara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 15 minutes Release date: May 31, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The business leader's guide to creating a winning employee experience In Experience, Inc.: Why Companies That Uncover Purpose, Create Connection, and Celebrate Their People Will Triumph, veteran business leader and growth strategist Jill Popelka delivers a hands-on guide to building a flexible, adaptable, and engaged workforce that can enable your organization to evolve with emerging challenges. You'll find the insights you need to build a company culture that prioritizes your people, resulting in an empowered and future-ready workforce. Filled with stories from the author's extensive experience as the President of SAP SuccessFactors, the book also offers: advice from global thought leaders on some of today's most pressing issues; practical resources for any employee to improve their productivity and impact; and tips on creating a culture that works for the organization and its people. Experience, Inc. is an essential tool for business leaders of all levels, from the C-suite and senior executives to people managers and human resources practitioners. It is a must-listen for organizations looking for ways to build a sustainable, productive, and exciting workplace centered around the most critical driver of business success: employees. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/590107]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Experience, Inc.: Why Companies That Uncover Purpose, Create Connection, and Celebrate Their People Will Triumph Author: Jill Popelka Narrator: Nan Mcnamara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 15 minutes Release date: May 31, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The business leader's guide to creating a winning employee experience In Experience, Inc.: Why Companies That Uncover Purpose, Create Connection, and Celebrate Their People Will Triumph, veteran business leader and growth strategist Jill Popelka delivers a hands-on guide to building a flexible, adaptable, and engaged workforce that can enable your organization to evolve with emerging challenges. You'll find the insights you need to build a company culture that prioritizes your people, resulting in an empowered and future-ready workforce. Filled with stories from the author's extensive experience as the President of SAP SuccessFactors, the book also offers: advice from global thought leaders on some of today's most pressing issues; practical resources for any employee to improve their productivity and impact; and tips on creating a culture that works for the organization and its people. Experience, Inc. is an essential tool for business leaders of all levels, from the C-suite and senior executives to people managers and human resources practitioners. It is a must-listen for organizations looking for ways to build a sustainable, productive, and exciting workplace centered around the most critical driver of business success: employees. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/589482 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/589482]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Economics Can Save the World: Simple Ideas to Solve Our Biggest Problems Author: Erik Angner Narrator: Nikolas Salmon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 31 minutes Release date: January 26, 2023 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Economics has the power to make the world a better, happier and safer place: this book shows you how Our world is in a mess. The challenges of climate change, inequality, hunger and a global pandemic mean our way of life seems more imperilled and society more divided than ever; but economics can help! From parenting to organ donation, housing to anti-social behaviour, economics provides the tools we need to fix the biggest issues of today. Far from being a means to predict the stock market or enrich the elite, economics provides a lens through which we can better understand how things work, design clever solutions and create the conditions in which we can all flourish. With a healthy dose of optimism, and packed with stories of economics in everyday situations, Erik Angner demonstrates the methods he and his fellow economists use to help improve our lives and the society in which we live. He shows us that economics can be a powerful force for good, awakening the possibility of a happier, more just and more sustainable world. © Erik Angner 2023 (P) Penguin Audio 2023 Erik Angner Thu, 26 Jan 2023 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/589482 thebookvoice.com 8:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/589482]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Economics Can Save the World: Simple Ideas to Solve Our Biggest Problems Author: Erik Angner Narrator: Nikolas Salmon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 31 minutes Release date: January 26, 2023 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Economics has the power to make the world a better, happier and safer place: this book shows you how Our world is in a mess. The challenges of climate change, inequality, hunger and a global pandemic mean our way of life seems more imperilled and society more divided than ever; but economics can help! From parenting to organ donation, housing to anti-social behaviour, economics provides the tools we need to fix the biggest issues of today. Far from being a means to predict the stock market or enrich the elite, economics provides a lens through which we can better understand how things work, design clever solutions and create the conditions in which we can all flourish. With a healthy dose of optimism, and packed with stories of economics in everyday situations, Erik Angner demonstrates the methods he and his fellow economists use to help improve our lives and the society in which we live. He shows us that economics can be a powerful force for good, awakening the possibility of a happier, more just and more sustainable world. © Erik Angner 2023 (P) Penguin Audio 2023 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/589482]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Economics Can Save the World: Simple Ideas to Solve Our Biggest Problems Author: Erik Angner Narrator: Nikolas Salmon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 31 minutes Release date: January 26, 2023 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Economics has the power to make the world a better, happier and safer place: this book shows you how Our world is in a mess. The challenges of climate change, inequality, hunger and a global pandemic mean our way of life seems more imperilled and society more divided than ever; but economics can help! From parenting to organ donation, housing to anti-social behaviour, economics provides the tools we need to fix the biggest issues of today. Far from being a means to predict the stock market or enrich the elite, economics provides a lens through which we can better understand how things work, design clever solutions and create the conditions in which we can all flourish. With a healthy dose of optimism, and packed with stories of economics in everyday situations, Erik Angner demonstrates the methods he and his fellow economists use to help improve our lives and the society in which we live. He shows us that economics can be a powerful force for good, awakening the possibility of a happier, more just and more sustainable world. © Erik Angner 2023 (P) Penguin Audio 2023 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588777 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588777]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The People Part Author: Annie Hyman Pratt Narrator: Annie Hyman Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 26 minutes Release date: April 26, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Annie Hyman Pratt's family business, The Coffee Bean & Tea Leaf, consisted of 7 domestic 'mom and pop shops' when she took it over. In just 7 years' time she scaled it by more than 1x, turning it into an international brand of 7+ stores before leading the company through a highly successful sale.Two decades later, Annie Pratt is a top-tier business consultant whose client list of 5+ companies and entrepreneurs includes Hay House, Jeff Walker, Gabrielle Bernstein, Susan Peirce Thompson, Erico Rocha, and Christian Mickelsen. In this new book, she puts the strategy that's transformed their businesses into your hands too.Most business books on shelves today focus on either the structure part (systems and processes) or the culture part (visions and values). What's missing? The all-important 'people part'-the often hidden, often misunderstood area of a business where team members and team leaders interact and have their greatest impact. And in a world where the rate of change is increasing exponentially, with burnout and overwhelm at epidemic levels, it's more essential than ever to get this part right.As Annie reveals the power and promise of this missing link, you'll discover: The secret of self-leadership-the way you show up as an individual in your work and how to perform effectively in the face of pressure or stress The key to effective teamwork-the way team members interact, especially in times of challenge or change How these two abilities together create the conditions for a business to perform at its best-and for leaders to have the positive impact they desire A wealth of practical tools and techniques for creative thinking, decision making, problem solving, negotiating, and moreThis audio product contains a PDF with supporting material, and the PDF is available to download. Annie Hyman Pratt Tue, 26 Apr 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588777 thebookvoice.com 8:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588777]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The People Part Author: Annie Hyman Pratt Narrator: Annie Hyman Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 26 minutes Release date: April 26, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Annie Hyman Pratt's family business, The Coffee Bean & Tea Leaf, consisted of 7 domestic 'mom and pop shops' when she took it over. In just 7 years' time she scaled it by more than 1x, turning it into an international brand of 7+ stores before leading the company through a highly successful sale.Two decades later, Annie Pratt is a top-tier business consultant whose client list of 5+ companies and entrepreneurs includes Hay House, Jeff Walker, Gabrielle Bernstein, Susan Peirce Thompson, Erico Rocha, and Christian Mickelsen. In this new book, she puts the strategy that's transformed their businesses into your hands too.Most business books on shelves today focus on either the structure part (systems and processes) or the culture part (visions and values). What's missing? The all-important 'people part'-the often hidden, often misunderstood area of a business where team members and team leaders interact and have their greatest impact. And in a world where the rate of change is increasing exponentially, with burnout and overwhelm at epidemic levels, it's more essential than ever to get this part right.As Annie reveals the power and promise of this missing link, you'll discover: The secret of self-leadership-the way you show up as an individual in your work and how to perform effectively in the face of pressure or stress The key to effective teamwork-the way team members interact, especially in times of challenge or change How these two abilities together create the conditions for a business to perform at its best-and for leaders to have the positive impact they desire A wealth of practical tools and techniques for creative thinking, decision making, problem solving, negotiating, and moreThis audio product contains a PDF with supporting material, and the PDF is available to download. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588777]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The People Part Author: Annie Hyman Pratt Narrator: Annie Hyman Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 26 minutes Release date: April 26, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Annie Hyman Pratt's family business, The Coffee Bean & Tea Leaf, consisted of 7 domestic 'mom and pop shops' when she took it over. In just 7 years' time she scaled it by more than 1x, turning it into an international brand of 7+ stores before leading the company through a highly successful sale.Two decades later, Annie Pratt is a top-tier business consultant whose client list of 5+ companies and entrepreneurs includes Hay House, Jeff Walker, Gabrielle Bernstein, Susan Peirce Thompson, Erico Rocha, and Christian Mickelsen. In this new book, she puts the strategy that's transformed their businesses into your hands too.Most business books on shelves today focus on either the structure part (systems and processes) or the culture part (visions and values). What's missing? The all-important 'people part'-the often hidden, often misunderstood area of a business where team members and team leaders interact and have their greatest impact. And in a world where the rate of change is increasing exponentially, with burnout and overwhelm at epidemic levels, it's more essential than ever to get this part right.As Annie reveals the power and promise of this missing link, you'll discover: The secret of self-leadership-the way you show up as an individual in your work and how to perform effectively in the face of pressure or stress The key to effective teamwork-the way team members interact, especially in times of challenge or change How these two abilities together create the conditions for a business to perform at its best-and for leaders to have the positive impact they desire A wealth of practical tools and techniques for creative thinking, decision making, problem solving, negotiating, and moreThis audio product contains a PDF with supporting material, and the PDF is available to download. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588153 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588153]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Successful Canna-preneur: The Practical Guide to Thrive in the Legal Cannabis Space Author: Jm Balbuena Narrator: Cato Zane, Latoya Boyd, Jm Balbuena Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 41 minutes Release date: April 18, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: So you want to start a cannabis business? Do you dream of starting your own legal cannabis business and becoming an advocate for the plant, but have no idea where to start or how to make it work? Then this book is for you! It’s time to learn the ins and outs of entering and navigating the cannabis space as a professional. Author, entrepreneur, and business consultant JM Balbuena will guide you through assessing the industry and the requirements to build a compliant cannabis business, as well as helping you develop a clear vision strategy for long-term success as the world moves closer toward legalization. The Successful Canna-preneur will provide you with firsthand expert guidance so that you can: Become a legal cannabis entrepreneur Start a cannabis business that aligns with your passion and your wallet Differentiate between what’s legal and what’s not in the U.S. Build a solid foundation and support systems Discover novel opportunities to expand in the cannabis space If you are searching for a way to pursue your passion in this budding industry, then let JM Balbuena jumpstart your journey as a canna-preneur! Jm Balbuena Mon, 18 Apr 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588153 thebookvoice.com 3:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588153]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Successful Canna-preneur: The Practical Guide to Thrive in the Legal Cannabis Space Author: Jm Balbuena Narrator: Cato Zane, Latoya Boyd, Jm Balbuena Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 41 minutes Release date: April 18, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: So you want to start a cannabis business? Do you dream of starting your own legal cannabis business and becoming an advocate for the plant, but have no idea where to start or how to make it work? Then this book is for you! It’s time to learn the ins and outs of entering and navigating the cannabis space as a professional. Author, entrepreneur, and business consultant JM Balbuena will guide you through assessing the industry and the requirements to build a compliant cannabis business, as well as helping you develop a clear vision strategy for long-term success as the world moves closer toward legalization. The Successful Canna-preneur will provide you with firsthand expert guidance so that you can: Become a legal cannabis entrepreneur Start a cannabis business that aligns with your passion and your wallet Differentiate between what’s legal and what’s not in the U.S. Build a solid foundation and support systems Discover novel opportunities to expand in the cannabis space If you are searching for a way to pursue your passion in this budding industry, then let JM Balbuena jumpstart your journey as a canna-preneur! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588153]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Successful Canna-preneur: The Practical Guide to Thrive in the Legal Cannabis Space Author: Jm Balbuena Narrator: Cato Zane, Latoya Boyd, Jm Balbuena Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 41 minutes Release date: April 18, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: So you want to start a cannabis business? Do you dream of starting your own legal cannabis business and becoming an advocate for the plant, but have no idea where to start or how to make it work? Then this book is for you! It’s time to learn the ins and outs of entering and navigating the cannabis space as a professional. Author, entrepreneur, and business consultant JM Balbuena will guide you through assessing the industry and the requirements to build a compliant cannabis business, as well as helping you develop a clear vision strategy for long-term success as the world moves closer toward legalization. The Successful Canna-preneur will provide you with firsthand expert guidance so that you can: Become a legal cannabis entrepreneur Start a cannabis business that aligns with your passion and your wallet Differentiate between what’s legal and what’s not in the U.S. Build a solid foundation and support systems Discover novel opportunities to expand in the cannabis space If you are searching for a way to pursue your passion in this budding industry, then let JM Balbuena jumpstart your journey as a canna-preneur! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/587691 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/587691]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: From Conflict to Courage: How to Stop Avoiding and Start Leading Author: Marlene Chism Narrator: Marlene Chism Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 12 minutes Release date: May 3, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Unresolved conflict is workplace kryptonite. Learn how to develop the mindset and skills to defuse disagreements, overcome division, and turn conflict into an opportunity for growth. Unresolved conflict wastes time, inhibits productivity, hampers team performance, and negatively affects business outcomes. As a result, many leaders either mismanage conflict or avoid it altogether, putting their entire organization at risk. The only way for leaders to productively manage conflict is to expand their capacity for it. Conflict capacity is about recognizing one's own mental and emotional limits, expanding a tolerance for discomfort, and skillfully navigating the complexities of conflict. Three integral elements make up conflict capacity: - culture (workplace support for leaders initiating accountability conversations) - the inner game (tolerance for withstanding the conflict storm) - the outer game (development of the skills and abilities necessary to mediate conflict to a desired end result) This book teaches readers how to approach difficult conversations and work with high-conflict people while overcoming their internal and external barriers to give them better emotional integrity and a clearer vision for the future of their organization. Marlene Chism Tue, 03 May 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/587691 thebookvoice.com 6:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/587691]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: From Conflict to Courage: How to Stop Avoiding and Start Leading Author: Marlene Chism Narrator: Marlene Chism Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 12 minutes Release date: May 3, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Unresolved conflict is workplace kryptonite. Learn how to develop the mindset and skills to defuse disagreements, overcome division, and turn conflict into an opportunity for growth. Unresolved conflict wastes time, inhibits productivity, hampers team performance, and negatively affects business outcomes. As a result, many leaders either mismanage conflict or avoid it altogether, putting their entire organization at risk. The only way for leaders to productively manage conflict is to expand their capacity for it. Conflict capacity is about recognizing one's own mental and emotional limits, expanding a tolerance for discomfort, and skillfully navigating the complexities of conflict. Three integral elements make up conflict capacity: - culture (workplace support for leaders initiating accountability conversations) - the inner game (tolerance for withstanding the conflict storm) - the outer game (development of the skills and abilities necessary to mediate conflict to a desired end result) This book teaches readers how to approach difficult conversations and work with high-conflict people while overcoming their internal and external barriers to give them better emotional integrity and a clearer vision for the future of their organization. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/587691]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: From Conflict to Courage: How to Stop Avoiding and Start Leading Author: Marlene Chism Narrator: Marlene Chism Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 12 minutes Release date: May 3, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Unresolved conflict is workplace kryptonite. Learn how to develop the mindset and skills to defuse disagreements, overcome division, and turn conflict into an opportunity for growth. Unresolved conflict wastes time, inhibits productivity, hampers team performance, and negatively affects business outcomes. As a result, many leaders either mismanage conflict or avoid it altogether, putting their entire organization at risk. The only way for leaders to productively manage conflict is to expand their capacity for it. Conflict capacity is about recognizing one's own mental and emotional limits, expanding a tolerance for discomfort, and skillfully navigating the complexities of conflict. Three integral elements make up conflict capacity: - culture (workplace support for leaders initiating accountability conversations) - the inner game (tolerance for withstanding the conflict storm) - the outer game (development of the skills and abilities necessary to mediate conflict to a desired end result) This book teaches readers how to approach difficult conversations and work with high-conflict people while overcoming their internal and external barriers to give them better emotional integrity and a clearer vision for the future of their organization. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/587001 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/587001]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conscious, Capable, and Ready to Contribute: A Fable: How Employee Development Can Become the Highest Form of Social Contribution Author: Ed Offterdinger, Catherine Allen Narrator: Dan Triandiflou Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 15, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: What if companies made developing their people's capabilities core to their mission?And what if equipping people with the intellectual, emotional, and social capabilities they need to thrive and contribute in the world was a recognized and incentivized form of social contribution? Leadership development experts Ed Offterdinger and Catherine Allen know from years of professional experience that higher profits, happy, engaged, and productive employees, better relationships away from work, and a better world are the result when companies put people development at the center of their strategy. And now more than ever, employers and employees know that embracing continuous learning and development is the single most important way to adapt and succeed in a fast-changing, complex, and technically driven world. But the challenge for leaders is how to change their organization's culture and practices to support more conscious people development in the flow of everyday work. This book is the inspiration to change and a practical guide to show you how to connect all the dots and make real culture change happen at your organization. Your team is already spending more time at work than just about anywhere else—why not harness that time for the betterment of your company, people, community, and world? The scene: What if you woke up one day to find your award-winning company crumbling? Andrew Hyde experiences just this kind of wakeup call, and in the face of an attempted takeover of the company he started with his partner, Patricia Carter, he dares to ask bigger questions: since most workers spend more time at work than they do with friends or family, what would happen if companies used the time to develop the capabilities their people need to thrive in today's modern world? What if employers consciously invested in creating the conditions that develop their employees' full potential and encouraged them to use those capabilities to contribute to their communities, families, and the world? Andrew discovers that consciously developing his employees is more than just good business; it is a way companies can make the most difference in our world. Working closely with a diverse group of team members in his company, Andrew fights the odds (and the forces conspiring to make him fail) to save the company and truly empower his team. In Conscious, Capable, and Ready to Contribute: How Employee Development Can Become the Highest Form of Social Contribution, Ed Offterdinger and Catherine Allen explore what it means to create a true people development culture—designed to grow the potential of everyone every day. Using a business fable brimming with tension and compelling characters, paired with practical advice, they show you how to transform your company's culture and your workforce into a happy and highly productive group ready to make huge contributions to your organization, community, and the world. Ed Offterdinger, Catherine Allen Fri, 15 Apr 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/587001 thebookvoice.com 9:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/587001]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conscious, Capable, and Ready to Contribute: A Fable: How Employee Development Can Become the Highest Form of Social Contribution Author: Ed Offterdinger, Catherine Allen Narrator: Dan Triandiflou Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 15, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: What if companies made developing their people's capabilities core to their mission?And what if equipping people with the intellectual, emotional, and social capabilities they need to thrive and contribute in the world was a recognized and incentivized form of social contribution? Leadership development experts Ed Offterdinger and Catherine Allen know from years of professional experience that higher profits, happy, engaged, and productive employees, better relationships away from work, and a better world are the result when companies put people development at the center of their strategy. And now more than ever, employers and employees know that embracing continuous learning and development is the single most important way to adapt and succeed in a fast-changing, complex, and technically driven world. But the challenge for leaders is how to change their organization's culture and practices to support more conscious people development in the flow of everyday work. This book is the inspiration to change and a practical guide to show you how to connect all the dots and make real culture change happen at your organization. Your team is already spending more time at work than just about anywhere else—why not harness that time for the betterment of your company, people, community, and world? The scene: What if you woke up one day to find your award-winning company crumbling? Andrew Hyde experiences just this kind of wakeup call, and in the face of an attempted takeover of the company he started with his partner, Patricia Carter, he dares to ask bigger questions: since most workers spend more time at work than they do with friends or family, what would happen if companies used the time to develop the capabilities their people need to thrive in today's modern world? What if employers consciously invested in creating the conditions that develop their employees' full potential and encouraged them to use those capabilities to contribute to their communities, families, and the world? Andrew discovers that consciously developing his employees is more than just good business; it is a way companies can make the most difference in our world. Working closely with a diverse group of team members in his company, Andrew fights the odds (and the forces conspiring to make him fail) to save the company and truly empower his team. In Conscious, Capable, and Ready to Contribute: How Employee Development Can Become the Highest Form of Social Contribution, Ed Offterdinger and Catherine Allen explore what it means to create a true people development culture—designed to grow the potential of everyone every day. Using a business fable brimming with tension and compelling characters, paired with practical advice, they show you how to transform your company's culture and your workforce into a happy and highly productive group ready to make huge contributions to your organization, community, and the world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/587001]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conscious, Capable, and Ready to Contribute: A Fable: How Employee Development Can Become the Highest Form of Social Contribution Author: Ed Offterdinger, Catherine Allen Narrator: Dan Triandiflou Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 15, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: What if companies made developing their people's capabilities core to their mission?And what if equipping people with the intellectual, emotional, and social capabilities they need to thrive and contribute in the world was a recognized and incentivized form of social contribution? Leadership development experts Ed Offterdinger and Catherine Allen know from years of professional experience that higher profits, happy, engaged, and productive employees, better relationships away from work, and a better world are the result when companies put people development at the center of their strategy. And now more than ever, employers and employees know that embracing continuous learning and development is the single most important way to adapt and succeed in a fast-changing, complex, and technically driven world. But the challenge for leaders is how to change their organization's culture and practices to support more conscious people development in the flow of everyday work. This book is the inspiration to change and a practical guide to show you how to connect all the dots and make real culture change happen at your organization. Your team is already spending more time at work than just about anywhere else—why not harness that time for the betterment of your company, people, community, and world? The scene: What if you woke up one day to find your award-winning company crumbling? Andrew Hyde experiences just this kind of wakeup call, and in the face of an attempted takeover of the company he started with his partner, Patricia Carter, he dares to ask bigger questions: since most workers spend more time at work than they do with friends or family, what would happen if companies used the time to develop the capabilities their people need to thrive in today's modern world? What if employers consciously invested in creating the conditions that develop their employees' full potential and encouraged them to use those capabilities to contribute to their communities, families, and the world? Andrew discovers that consciously developing his employees is more than just good business; it is a way companies can make the most difference in our world. Working closely with a diverse group of team members in his company, Andrew fights the odds (and the forces conspiring to make him fail) to save the company and truly empower his team. In Conscious, Capable, and Ready to Contribute: How Employee Development Can Become the Highest Form of Social Contribution, Ed Offterdinger and Catherine Allen explore what it means to create a true people development culture—designed to grow the potential of everyone every day. Using a business fable brimming with tension and compelling characters, paired with practical advice, they show you how to transform your company's culture and your workforce into a happy and highly productive group ready to make huge contributions to your organization, community, and the world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/584213 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/584213]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Am I Making Myself Clear?: Secrets of the World's Greatest Communicators Author: Terry Felber Narrator: Christopher Ragland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 12, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In Am I Making Myself Clear?, business leader and author Terry Felber shares the secrets of the world's greatest communicators, equipping readers to do everything from participating in a meaningful conversation to successfully consummating a business discussion. Through ten essential skills, including such concepts as the Art of Unspoken Language, the Art of Encouragement, and the Art of Problem Solving, he shows readers how to achieve real communication. With its practical and easy-to-follow insights, Am I Making Myself Clear? is an invaluable resource for managers, couples, and parents seeking to improve their personal and professional relationships and chart a course for success. 'Good communication is the foundation of all healthy relationships. Am I Making Myself Clear? examines this subject in a simple and articulate fashion. This in-depth study is important reading for everyone who wants to enrich their family, social, and business interactions.' ?Ron Puryear, Worldwide Group 'Am I Making Myself Clear? defines in a clear and concise way the elements that are key to successful communication. The illustrations and 'power points' in the text create an easy-to-read classic on this subject.' ?Bill Britt, Trinity Motivation Terry Felber Tue, 12 Jul 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/584213 thebookvoice.com 2:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/584213]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Am I Making Myself Clear?: Secrets of the World's Greatest Communicators Author: Terry Felber Narrator: Christopher Ragland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 12, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In Am I Making Myself Clear?, business leader and author Terry Felber shares the secrets of the world's greatest communicators, equipping readers to do everything from participating in a meaningful conversation to successfully consummating a business discussion. Through ten essential skills, including such concepts as the Art of Unspoken Language, the Art of Encouragement, and the Art of Problem Solving, he shows readers how to achieve real communication. With its practical and easy-to-follow insights, Am I Making Myself Clear? is an invaluable resource for managers, couples, and parents seeking to improve their personal and professional relationships and chart a course for success. 'Good communication is the foundation of all healthy relationships. Am I Making Myself Clear? examines this subject in a simple and articulate fashion. This in-depth study is important reading for everyone who wants to enrich their family, social, and business interactions.' ?Ron Puryear, Worldwide Group 'Am I Making Myself Clear? defines in a clear and concise way the elements that are key to successful communication. The illustrations and 'power points' in the text create an easy-to-read classic on this subject.' ?Bill Britt, Trinity Motivation Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/584213]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Am I Making Myself Clear?: Secrets of the World's Greatest Communicators Author: Terry Felber Narrator: Christopher Ragland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 12, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In Am I Making Myself Clear?, business leader and author Terry Felber shares the secrets of the world's greatest communicators, equipping readers to do everything from participating in a meaningful conversation to successfully consummating a business discussion. Through ten essential skills, including such concepts as the Art of Unspoken Language, the Art of Encouragement, and the Art of Problem Solving, he shows readers how to achieve real communication. With its practical and easy-to-follow insights, Am I Making Myself Clear? is an invaluable resource for managers, couples, and parents seeking to improve their personal and professional relationships and chart a course for success. 'Good communication is the foundation of all healthy relationships. Am I Making Myself Clear? examines this subject in a simple and articulate fashion. This in-depth study is important reading for everyone who wants to enrich their family, social, and business interactions.' ?Ron Puryear, Worldwide Group 'Am I Making Myself Clear? defines in a clear and concise way the elements that are key to successful communication. The illustrations and 'power points' in the text create an easy-to-read classic on this subject.' ?Bill Britt, Trinity Motivation https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583935 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583935]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: OKRs for All: Making Objectives and Key Results Work for your Entire Organization Author: Vetri Vellore Narrator: Lee Goettl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 48 minutes Release date: January 10, 2023 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The spiritual successor to KPIs (key performance indicators), OKRs, or objectives and key results, are rapidly gaining popularity and helping some of the world's most successful businesses solve their strategic execution problems. However, some companies struggle with their implementation, finding that using OKRs as top-down directives changes little. In OKRs for All, Objectives and Key Results (OKR) expert Vetri Vellore delivers an impactful and actionable guide on how to use OKRs for more than a quarterly, executive-level review tool. You'll discover how to roll out an OKR system that closes the gap between strategy and project, and starts at the bottom of your organization and helps managers and teams organize their daily decisions around shared and important goals. You'll find: a seven-part blueprint and framework to strategically put purpose at the center of your work, whether you are a CX, team lead, or individual contributor; how to build an OKR strike team, align your departments, manage your people, and roll out your new strategic OS; valuable and implementable case studies from companies you know and love; and best practices to follow and common pitfalls and mistakes to avoid when applying OKRs throughout your organization. Vetri Vellore Tue, 10 Jan 2023 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583935 thebookvoice.com 6:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583935]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: OKRs for All: Making Objectives and Key Results Work for your Entire Organization Author: Vetri Vellore Narrator: Lee Goettl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 48 minutes Release date: January 10, 2023 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The spiritual successor to KPIs (key performance indicators), OKRs, or objectives and key results, are rapidly gaining popularity and helping some of the world's most successful businesses solve their strategic execution problems. However, some companies struggle with their implementation, finding that using OKRs as top-down directives changes little. In OKRs for All, Objectives and Key Results (OKR) expert Vetri Vellore delivers an impactful and actionable guide on how to use OKRs for more than a quarterly, executive-level review tool. You'll discover how to roll out an OKR system that closes the gap between strategy and project, and starts at the bottom of your organization and helps managers and teams organize their daily decisions around shared and important goals. You'll find: a seven-part blueprint and framework to strategically put purpose at the center of your work, whether you are a CX, team lead, or individual contributor; how to build an OKR strike team, align your departments, manage your people, and roll out your new strategic OS; valuable and implementable case studies from companies you know and love; and best practices to follow and common pitfalls and mistakes to avoid when applying OKRs throughout your organization. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583935]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: OKRs for All: Making Objectives and Key Results Work for your Entire Organization Author: Vetri Vellore Narrator: Lee Goettl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 48 minutes Release date: January 10, 2023 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The spiritual successor to KPIs (key performance indicators), OKRs, or objectives and key results, are rapidly gaining popularity and helping some of the world's most successful businesses solve their strategic execution problems. However, some companies struggle with their implementation, finding that using OKRs as top-down directives changes little. In OKRs for All, Objectives and Key Results (OKR) expert Vetri Vellore delivers an impactful and actionable guide on how to use OKRs for more than a quarterly, executive-level review tool. You'll discover how to roll out an OKR system that closes the gap between strategy and project, and starts at the bottom of your organization and helps managers and teams organize their daily decisions around shared and important goals. You'll find: a seven-part blueprint and framework to strategically put purpose at the center of your work, whether you are a CX, team lead, or individual contributor; how to build an OKR strike team, align your departments, manage your people, and roll out your new strategic OS; valuable and implementable case studies from companies you know and love; and best practices to follow and common pitfalls and mistakes to avoid when applying OKRs throughout your organization. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583543 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583543]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Carbon Almanac Author: The Carbon Almanac Network Narrator: Emily Woo Zeller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 56 minutes Release date: August 11, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. When it comes to the climate, we don't need more marketing or anxiety. We need established facts and a plan for collective action. The climate is the fundamental issue of our time, yet it seems we can barely agree on what is really going on, let alone what needs to be done. We urgently need facts, not opinions. Insights, not statistics. The Carbon Almanac is a once-in-a-lifetime collaboration between hundreds of writers, researchers, thinkers, and leaders that focuses on what we know, what has come before, and what might happen next. With thousands of data points, articles and charts explaining carbon's impact on everything in our society, from our the economy to extreme weather events, it is the definitive source for facts and the basis for a global movement to fight climate change. This book isn't what the oil companies, marketers, activists, or politicians want you to believe. This is what's really happening, right now. Our planet is in trouble, and no one concerned group, corporation, country, or hemisphere can address this on its own. We are in this together. And it's not too late for concerted, collective action for change. © The Carbon Almanac Network 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 The Carbon Almanac Network Thu, 11 Aug 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583543 thebookvoice.com 12:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583543]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Carbon Almanac Author: The Carbon Almanac Network Narrator: Emily Woo Zeller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 56 minutes Release date: August 11, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. When it comes to the climate, we don't need more marketing or anxiety. We need established facts and a plan for collective action. The climate is the fundamental issue of our time, yet it seems we can barely agree on what is really going on, let alone what needs to be done. We urgently need facts, not opinions. Insights, not statistics. The Carbon Almanac is a once-in-a-lifetime collaboration between hundreds of writers, researchers, thinkers, and leaders that focuses on what we know, what has come before, and what might happen next. With thousands of data points, articles and charts explaining carbon's impact on everything in our society, from our the economy to extreme weather events, it is the definitive source for facts and the basis for a global movement to fight climate change. This book isn't what the oil companies, marketers, activists, or politicians want you to believe. This is what's really happening, right now. Our planet is in trouble, and no one concerned group, corporation, country, or hemisphere can address this on its own. We are in this together. And it's not too late for concerted, collective action for change. © The Carbon Almanac Network 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583543]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Carbon Almanac Author: The Carbon Almanac Network Narrator: Emily Woo Zeller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 56 minutes Release date: August 11, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. When it comes to the climate, we don't need more marketing or anxiety. We need established facts and a plan for collective action. The climate is the fundamental issue of our time, yet it seems we can barely agree on what is really going on, let alone what needs to be done. We urgently need facts, not opinions. Insights, not statistics. The Carbon Almanac is a once-in-a-lifetime collaboration between hundreds of writers, researchers, thinkers, and leaders that focuses on what we know, what has come before, and what might happen next. With thousands of data points, articles and charts explaining carbon's impact on everything in our society, from our the economy to extreme weather events, it is the definitive source for facts and the basis for a global movement to fight climate change. This book isn't what the oil companies, marketers, activists, or politicians want you to believe. This is what's really happening, right now. Our planet is in trouble, and no one concerned group, corporation, country, or hemisphere can address this on its own. We are in this together. And it's not too late for concerted, collective action for change. © The Carbon Almanac Network 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580239 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580239]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Porn Work: Sex, Labor, and Late Capitalism Author: Heather Berg Narrator: Camille Quinn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 50 minutes Release date: June 7, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Every porn scene is a record of people at work. But on-camera labor is only the beginning of the story. Porn Work takes listeners behind the scenes to explore what porn performers think of their work and how they intervene to hack it. Blending extensive fieldwork with feminist and anti-work theorizing, Porn Work details entrepreneurial labor on the boundaries between pleasure and tedium. Rejecting any notion that sex work is an aberration from straight work, it reveals porn workers' creative strategies as prophetic of a working landscape in crisis. In the end, it looks to what porn has to tell us about what's wrong with work, and what it might look like to build something better. Heather Berg Tue, 07 Jun 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580239 thebookvoice.com 9:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580239]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Porn Work: Sex, Labor, and Late Capitalism Author: Heather Berg Narrator: Camille Quinn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 50 minutes Release date: June 7, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Every porn scene is a record of people at work. But on-camera labor is only the beginning of the story. Porn Work takes listeners behind the scenes to explore what porn performers think of their work and how they intervene to hack it. Blending extensive fieldwork with feminist and anti-work theorizing, Porn Work details entrepreneurial labor on the boundaries between pleasure and tedium. Rejecting any notion that sex work is an aberration from straight work, it reveals porn workers' creative strategies as prophetic of a working landscape in crisis. In the end, it looks to what porn has to tell us about what's wrong with work, and what it might look like to build something better. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580239]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Porn Work: Sex, Labor, and Late Capitalism Author: Heather Berg Narrator: Camille Quinn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 50 minutes Release date: June 7, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Every porn scene is a record of people at work. But on-camera labor is only the beginning of the story. Porn Work takes listeners behind the scenes to explore what porn performers think of their work and how they intervene to hack it. Blending extensive fieldwork with feminist and anti-work theorizing, Porn Work details entrepreneurial labor on the boundaries between pleasure and tedium. Rejecting any notion that sex work is an aberration from straight work, it reveals porn workers' creative strategies as prophetic of a working landscape in crisis. In the end, it looks to what porn has to tell us about what's wrong with work, and what it might look like to build something better. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580125 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580125]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inclusion, Inc.: How to Design Intersectional Equity into the Workplace Author: Sara Sanford Narrator: Linda Jones Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 19 minutes Release date: June 14, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Design systemic equity and diversity into your organization Inclusion, Inc.: How to Design Intersectional Equity into the Workplace moves beyond having tough conversations to deliver an innovative and proven approach to organizational diversity. Eschewing the 'mindset-first' approach taken by many diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) programs, author and GEN founder Sara Sanford focuses on countering the systemic barriers that abet inequity by adjusting 'cultural levers' to facilitate organization-wide change. Inclusion, Inc. offers sustainable and cost-effective solutions that yield real, measurable returns, supported by: ● Data from thousands of surveys and interviews with executive-level changemakers. ● Case studies from GEN-certified organizations. ● Innovations drawn directly from the latest in behavioral economics and design-centered thinking. Perfect for business leaders, human resources and DEI professionals, and scholars and students of business, Inclusion, Inc. will also prove invaluable to underrepresented employees and their allies seeking real, evidence-based solutions to the dilemma they frequently face: assimilate, or leave. Sara Sanford Tue, 14 Jun 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580125 thebookvoice.com 8:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580125]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inclusion, Inc.: How to Design Intersectional Equity into the Workplace Author: Sara Sanford Narrator: Linda Jones Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 19 minutes Release date: June 14, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Design systemic equity and diversity into your organization Inclusion, Inc.: How to Design Intersectional Equity into the Workplace moves beyond having tough conversations to deliver an innovative and proven approach to organizational diversity. Eschewing the 'mindset-first' approach taken by many diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) programs, author and GEN founder Sara Sanford focuses on countering the systemic barriers that abet inequity by adjusting 'cultural levers' to facilitate organization-wide change. Inclusion, Inc. offers sustainable and cost-effective solutions that yield real, measurable returns, supported by: ● Data from thousands of surveys and interviews with executive-level changemakers. ● Case studies from GEN-certified organizations. ● Innovations drawn directly from the latest in behavioral economics and design-centered thinking. Perfect for business leaders, human resources and DEI professionals, and scholars and students of business, Inclusion, Inc. will also prove invaluable to underrepresented employees and their allies seeking real, evidence-based solutions to the dilemma they frequently face: assimilate, or leave. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580125]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inclusion, Inc.: How to Design Intersectional Equity into the Workplace Author: Sara Sanford Narrator: Linda Jones Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 19 minutes Release date: June 14, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Design systemic equity and diversity into your organization Inclusion, Inc.: How to Design Intersectional Equity into the Workplace moves beyond having tough conversations to deliver an innovative and proven approach to organizational diversity. Eschewing the 'mindset-first' approach taken by many diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) programs, author and GEN founder Sara Sanford focuses on countering the systemic barriers that abet inequity by adjusting 'cultural levers' to facilitate organization-wide change. Inclusion, Inc. offers sustainable and cost-effective solutions that yield real, measurable returns, supported by: ● Data from thousands of surveys and interviews with executive-level changemakers. ● Case studies from GEN-certified organizations. ● Innovations drawn directly from the latest in behavioral economics and design-centered thinking. Perfect for business leaders, human resources and DEI professionals, and scholars and students of business, Inclusion, Inc. will also prove invaluable to underrepresented employees and their allies seeking real, evidence-based solutions to the dilemma they frequently face: assimilate, or leave. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579617 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579617]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Der König der Kunden Author: Henry Walter Narrator: Saskia Kästner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 22 minutes Release date: November 30, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Bei dem Titel 'Der König der Kunden' handelt es sich um eine moderne Business-Fabel des bekannten Arbeits- und Organisationspsychologen Henry Walter. Der erfolgreiche Fachbuchautor erzählt darin die Geschichte von Leo, der genervt ist von seinem Job als leitender Angestellter. Doch dann lernt er Tamasha kennen, die ihm von der Organisation des Musicals 'Der König der Löwen' berichtet. Leo erfährt so, neben jeder Menge Insiderwissen über das Erfolgsmusical aus Hamburg, auch wie er wieder Freude an seiner Arbeit finden kann.- Henry Walter Tue, 30 Nov 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579617 thebookvoice.com 4:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579617]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Der König der Kunden Author: Henry Walter Narrator: Saskia Kästner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 22 minutes Release date: November 30, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Bei dem Titel 'Der König der Kunden' handelt es sich um eine moderne Business-Fabel des bekannten Arbeits- und Organisationspsychologen Henry Walter. Der erfolgreiche Fachbuchautor erzählt darin die Geschichte von Leo, der genervt ist von seinem Job als leitender Angestellter. Doch dann lernt er Tamasha kennen, die ihm von der Organisation des Musicals 'Der König der Löwen' berichtet. Leo erfährt so, neben jeder Menge Insiderwissen über das Erfolgsmusical aus Hamburg, auch wie er wieder Freude an seiner Arbeit finden kann.- Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579617]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Der König der Kunden Author: Henry Walter Narrator: Saskia Kästner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 22 minutes Release date: November 30, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Bei dem Titel 'Der König der Kunden' handelt es sich um eine moderne Business-Fabel des bekannten Arbeits- und Organisationspsychologen Henry Walter. Der erfolgreiche Fachbuchautor erzählt darin die Geschichte von Leo, der genervt ist von seinem Job als leitender Angestellter. Doch dann lernt er Tamasha kennen, die ihm von der Organisation des Musicals 'Der König der Löwen' berichtet. Leo erfährt so, neben jeder Menge Insiderwissen über das Erfolgsmusical aus Hamburg, auch wie er wieder Freude an seiner Arbeit finden kann.- https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579468 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579468]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Just Right: How Neutral-Driven Resolution Can Close the Gap in American Civil Justice Author: Rob Christopher Narrator: Rob Christopher, Elias Khalil Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 25 minutes Release date: March 14, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: It’s the dirty little secret of our American civil justice system: Getting real justice in everyday lawsuits costs too much. Legal fees and hidden costs dwarf financial stakes, forcing a choice between frustrating settlement or a long slog through litigation’s due process—either path feeling like legalized extortion. This huge and growing gap in our civil justice system occupies a no-man’s-land of prevailing injustice between small claims and high stakes disputes, defying all efforts to control it for decades. Until now. Legal insider Robert Christopher cuts to the core of the problem, offering an effective and practical solution that exposes and deters the claims of schemers and opportunists while making justice attainable and affordable for honest adversaries seeking a better path. Just Right articulates and promotes a simple and innovative neutral-driven approach to conflict resolution, instead of one driven by competing lawyer teams. Developed using lessons taught over a broad forty-year career in litigation and business, the method—which the author calls NDR—enables people and organizations to avoid most common legal disputes, and, when necessary, resolve them quickly and cost-effectively with minimal stress and distraction. Whether prescribed by contract or invoked during negotiations, the method delivers principled, fast, and cost-effective outcomes to all parties—win or lose. This book is a must read if you are: - Passionate about building and keeping long term relationships with partners, customers, suppliers, contractors, employees, and others - A business owner, executive, entrepreneur, or corporate general counsel - An attorney committed to your clients’ best overall interests and net outcomes - Anyone who wants a fair and practical approach to conflict resolution that delivers real justice while saving everyone time, money, and peace of mind Rob Christopher Mon, 14 Mar 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579468 thebookvoice.com 7:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579468]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Just Right: How Neutral-Driven Resolution Can Close the Gap in American Civil Justice Author: Rob Christopher Narrator: Rob Christopher, Elias Khalil Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 25 minutes Release date: March 14, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: It’s the dirty little secret of our American civil justice system: Getting real justice in everyday lawsuits costs too much. Legal fees and hidden costs dwarf financial stakes, forcing a choice between frustrating settlement or a long slog through litigation’s due process—either path feeling like legalized extortion. This huge and growing gap in our civil justice system occupies a no-man’s-land of prevailing injustice between small claims and high stakes disputes, defying all efforts to control it for decades. Until now. Legal insider Robert Christopher cuts to the core of the problem, offering an effective and practical solution that exposes and deters the claims of schemers and opportunists while making justice attainable and affordable for honest adversaries seeking a better path. Just Right articulates and promotes a simple and innovative neutral-driven approach to conflict resolution, instead of one driven by competing lawyer teams. Developed using lessons taught over a broad forty-year career in litigation and business, the method—which the author calls NDR—enables people and organizations to avoid most common legal disputes, and, when necessary, resolve them quickly and cost-effectively with minimal stress and distraction. Whether prescribed by contract or invoked during negotiations, the method delivers principled, fast, and cost-effective outcomes to all parties—win or lose. This book is a must read if you are: - Passionate about building and keeping long term relationships with partners, customers, suppliers, contractors, employees, and others - A business owner, executive, entrepreneur, or corporate general counsel - An attorney committed to your clients’ best overall interests and net outcomes - Anyone who wants a fair and practical approach to conflict resolution that delivers real justice while saving everyone time, money, and peace of mind Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579468]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Just Right: How Neutral-Driven Resolution Can Close the Gap in American Civil Justice Author: Rob Christopher Narrator: Rob Christopher, Elias Khalil Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 25 minutes Release date: March 14, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: It’s the dirty little secret of our American civil justice system: Getting real justice in everyday lawsuits costs too much. Legal fees and hidden costs dwarf financial stakes, forcing a choice between frustrating settlement or a long slog through litigation’s due process—either path feeling like legalized extortion. This huge and growing gap in our civil justice system occupies a no-man’s-land of prevailing injustice between small claims and high stakes disputes, defying all efforts to control it for decades. Until now. Legal insider Robert Christopher cuts to the core of the problem, offering an effective and practical solution that exposes and deters the claims of schemers and opportunists while making justice attainable and affordable for honest adversaries seeking a better path. Just Right articulates and promotes a simple and innovative neutral-driven approach to conflict resolution, instead of one driven by competing lawyer teams. Developed using lessons taught over a broad forty-year career in litigation and business, the method—which the author calls NDR—enables people and organizations to avoid most common legal disputes, and, when necessary, resolve them quickly and cost-effectively with minimal stress and distraction. Whether prescribed by contract or invoked during negotiations, the method delivers principled, fast, and cost-effective outcomes to all parties—win or lose. This book is a must read if you are: - Passionate about building and keeping long term relationships with partners, customers, suppliers, contractors, employees, and others - A business owner, executive, entrepreneur, or corporate general counsel - An attorney committed to your clients’ best overall interests and net outcomes - Anyone who wants a fair and practical approach to conflict resolution that delivers real justice while saving everyone time, money, and peace of mind https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579457 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579457]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fixing Fractures: Restoring shattered relationships in business and in life Author: Douglas R. Bouey Narrator: Douglas R. Bouey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 42 minutes Release date: March 6, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Fixing Fractures is the must-have book on restoring shattered relationships — in business and in life. The Break Something once so right – You had everything you wanted with another person… ease, flowing collaboration, fun, creativity. The relationship was core to your fortunes, it enabled longer reach, more dynamism, deeper satisfaction. Then, a catastrophic break. Something happened and the vessel of your relationship lay shattered before your unbelieving eyes. You began to ruminate; on a roller-coaster of emotions, you felt regret and remorse, anger with the other person, nursed fantasies of revenge, longed for restoration, grieved over the loss. The Recovery A Courageous Journey – You finally stumbled upon a way forward… this book. With it, you marshalled your courage. You prepared for, then bravely initiated a long and searching talk of increasing revelation and depth, and were led inevitably to the promise of restoration. The Outcome A Joyful Completion – Now you have a much stronger, more resilient connection with this person that’s been tested against potential failure. It beckons you both onward to a broader realm of co-creation, friendliness and fun. You’ve built a platform on which further partnership can flourish. The Resource Fixing Fractures was formulated by years of bringing fragmented people back together. Its approach pairs the Resolution Protocol – a proven, step-wise process for renewal, with the Relationship Mindset – a productive way of regarding difference and getting along. The context for taking fulfilling action and achieve resolution is fully laid out in this step-by-step handbook that is easy to read, fun and probing at the same time. Douglas Bouey has practised the art of building executive solidarity for three decades, and with Fixing Fractures, brings the fruits of long mentorship and experience to you. There’s nothing quite like Fixing Fractures. Douglas R. Bouey Sun, 06 Mar 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579457 thebookvoice.com 3:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579457]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fixing Fractures: Restoring shattered relationships in business and in life Author: Douglas R. Bouey Narrator: Douglas R. Bouey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 42 minutes Release date: March 6, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Fixing Fractures is the must-have book on restoring shattered relationships — in business and in life. The Break Something once so right – You had everything you wanted with another person… ease, flowing collaboration, fun, creativity. The relationship was core to your fortunes, it enabled longer reach, more dynamism, deeper satisfaction. Then, a catastrophic break. Something happened and the vessel of your relationship lay shattered before your unbelieving eyes. You began to ruminate; on a roller-coaster of emotions, you felt regret and remorse, anger with the other person, nursed fantasies of revenge, longed for restoration, grieved over the loss. The Recovery A Courageous Journey – You finally stumbled upon a way forward… this book. With it, you marshalled your courage. You prepared for, then bravely initiated a long and searching talk of increasing revelation and depth, and were led inevitably to the promise of restoration. The Outcome A Joyful Completion – Now you have a much stronger, more resilient connection with this person that’s been tested against potential failure. It beckons you both onward to a broader realm of co-creation, friendliness and fun. You’ve built a platform on which further partnership can flourish. The Resource Fixing Fractures was formulated by years of bringing fragmented people back together. Its approach pairs the Resolution Protocol – a proven, step-wise process for renewal, with the Relationship Mindset – a productive way of regarding difference and getting along. The context for taking fulfilling action and achieve resolution is fully laid out in this step-by-step handbook that is easy to read, fun and probing at the same time. Douglas Bouey has practised the art of building executive solidarity for three decades, and with Fixing Fractures, brings the fruits of long mentorship and experience to you. There’s nothing quite like Fixing Fractures. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579457]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fixing Fractures: Restoring shattered relationships in business and in life Author: Douglas R. Bouey Narrator: Douglas R. Bouey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 42 minutes Release date: March 6, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Fixing Fractures is the must-have book on restoring shattered relationships — in business and in life. The Break Something once so right – You had everything you wanted with another person… ease, flowing collaboration, fun, creativity. The relationship was core to your fortunes, it enabled longer reach, more dynamism, deeper satisfaction. Then, a catastrophic break. Something happened and the vessel of your relationship lay shattered before your unbelieving eyes. You began to ruminate; on a roller-coaster of emotions, you felt regret and remorse, anger with the other person, nursed fantasies of revenge, longed for restoration, grieved over the loss. The Recovery A Courageous Journey – You finally stumbled upon a way forward… this book. With it, you marshalled your courage. You prepared for, then bravely initiated a long and searching talk of increasing revelation and depth, and were led inevitably to the promise of restoration. The Outcome A Joyful Completion – Now you have a much stronger, more resilient connection with this person that’s been tested against potential failure. It beckons you both onward to a broader realm of co-creation, friendliness and fun. You’ve built a platform on which further partnership can flourish. The Resource Fixing Fractures was formulated by years of bringing fragmented people back together. Its approach pairs the Resolution Protocol – a proven, step-wise process for renewal, with the Relationship Mindset – a productive way of regarding difference and getting along. The context for taking fulfilling action and achieve resolution is fully laid out in this step-by-step handbook that is easy to read, fun and probing at the same time. Douglas Bouey has practised the art of building executive solidarity for three decades, and with Fixing Fractures, brings the fruits of long mentorship and experience to you. There’s nothing quite like Fixing Fractures. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579442 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579442]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Survival Guide to Work From Home Author: Noel Peralta Jr Narrator: Miguel Peralta Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 53 minutes Release date: March 16, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: New in a remote work setup? Have trouble adjusting to working from home? Our homes are meant to be our resting place. When at home, we can do whatever we want. But is it an ideal place to do our work? Our homes are also the place where most of our frustrations come from. Distractions are everywhere. This polarizing reality of our homes can mean disaster once we move our work in our home space as our respective home and work routines will clash with one another. While implementing remote work seems an easy solution to save businesses of enterprises from the ongoing Covid-19 pandemic, the approach comes with challenges that can end one's career and employment if the person is not prepared. The 'Survival Guide to Work From Home' is written for workers who were forced or opted to work remotely as a safety measure of industries to secure the health of their workers. This book intends to help workers from different industries who are experiencing difficulties in adjusting to the work-from-home setup. It comprises practical, realistic, and feasible solutions to challenges and issues that one might experience while working from home. The book used some of the common elements, principles, and scenarios from the military as their work relies primarily on survival and relates it to the remote work setup. It paralleled a soldier's experiences while fulfilling her duty in the military to an office employee who was struggling to adjust. Overall, the book is easy to read accompanied by entertaining illustrations per chapter. Noel Peralta Jr Wed, 16 Mar 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579442 thebookvoice.com 1:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579442]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Survival Guide to Work From Home Author: Noel Peralta Jr Narrator: Miguel Peralta Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 53 minutes Release date: March 16, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: New in a remote work setup? Have trouble adjusting to working from home? Our homes are meant to be our resting place. When at home, we can do whatever we want. But is it an ideal place to do our work? Our homes are also the place where most of our frustrations come from. Distractions are everywhere. This polarizing reality of our homes can mean disaster once we move our work in our home space as our respective home and work routines will clash with one another. While implementing remote work seems an easy solution to save businesses of enterprises from the ongoing Covid-19 pandemic, the approach comes with challenges that can end one's career and employment if the person is not prepared. The 'Survival Guide to Work From Home' is written for workers who were forced or opted to work remotely as a safety measure of industries to secure the health of their workers. This book intends to help workers from different industries who are experiencing difficulties in adjusting to the work-from-home setup. It comprises practical, realistic, and feasible solutions to challenges and issues that one might experience while working from home. The book used some of the common elements, principles, and scenarios from the military as their work relies primarily on survival and relates it to the remote work setup. It paralleled a soldier's experiences while fulfilling her duty in the military to an office employee who was struggling to adjust. Overall, the book is easy to read accompanied by entertaining illustrations per chapter. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579442]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Survival Guide to Work From Home Author: Noel Peralta Jr Narrator: Miguel Peralta Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 53 minutes Release date: March 16, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: New in a remote work setup? Have trouble adjusting to working from home? Our homes are meant to be our resting place. When at home, we can do whatever we want. But is it an ideal place to do our work? Our homes are also the place where most of our frustrations come from. Distractions are everywhere. This polarizing reality of our homes can mean disaster once we move our work in our home space as our respective home and work routines will clash with one another. While implementing remote work seems an easy solution to save businesses of enterprises from the ongoing Covid-19 pandemic, the approach comes with challenges that can end one's career and employment if the person is not prepared. The 'Survival Guide to Work From Home' is written for workers who were forced or opted to work remotely as a safety measure of industries to secure the health of their workers. This book intends to help workers from different industries who are experiencing difficulties in adjusting to the work-from-home setup. It comprises practical, realistic, and feasible solutions to challenges and issues that one might experience while working from home. The book used some of the common elements, principles, and scenarios from the military as their work relies primarily on survival and relates it to the remote work setup. It paralleled a soldier's experiences while fulfilling her duty in the military to an office employee who was struggling to adjust. Overall, the book is easy to read accompanied by entertaining illustrations per chapter. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578886 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578886]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don't Quit Your Day Job: The 6 Mindshifts You Need to Rise and Thrive at Work Author: Aliza Knox, Wendy Paris Narrator: Carla Kissane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: May 10, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Learn how to survive and thrive within organizations In Don't Quit Your Day Job, former Google and Twitter executive Aliza Knox delivers hands-on, practical steps for achieving career success. Driven by Knox's four decades working in and leading some of the world's most celebrated firms, and featuring candid accounts of other people's successes and missteps in global tech, consumer goods, healthcare, academia, social services and more, this book is an essential guide to integrating your professional and personal goals to build a fulfilling, complete life. The book also includes: ● Invaluable advice to power up your people skills and soft skills, and how to care for your career like you would any other relationship. ● Effective perspectives to help balance your working life and personal life and to build stamina for the long haul. ● A global outlook that reveals how to excel in today's hybrid, often dispersed world of work. Whether you're just starting your first job or you're ready to rise to the C-suite, Don't Quit Your Day Job will help you advance and flourish in the workplace. Aliza Knox, Wendy Paris Tue, 10 May 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578886 thebookvoice.com 6:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578886]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don't Quit Your Day Job: The 6 Mindshifts You Need to Rise and Thrive at Work Author: Aliza Knox, Wendy Paris Narrator: Carla Kissane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: May 10, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Learn how to survive and thrive within organizations In Don't Quit Your Day Job, former Google and Twitter executive Aliza Knox delivers hands-on, practical steps for achieving career success. Driven by Knox's four decades working in and leading some of the world's most celebrated firms, and featuring candid accounts of other people's successes and missteps in global tech, consumer goods, healthcare, academia, social services and more, this book is an essential guide to integrating your professional and personal goals to build a fulfilling, complete life. The book also includes: ● Invaluable advice to power up your people skills and soft skills, and how to care for your career like you would any other relationship. ● Effective perspectives to help balance your working life and personal life and to build stamina for the long haul. ● A global outlook that reveals how to excel in today's hybrid, often dispersed world of work. Whether you're just starting your first job or you're ready to rise to the C-suite, Don't Quit Your Day Job will help you advance and flourish in the workplace. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578886]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don't Quit Your Day Job: The 6 Mindshifts You Need to Rise and Thrive at Work Author: Aliza Knox, Wendy Paris Narrator: Carla Kissane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: May 10, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Learn how to survive and thrive within organizations In Don't Quit Your Day Job, former Google and Twitter executive Aliza Knox delivers hands-on, practical steps for achieving career success. Driven by Knox's four decades working in and leading some of the world's most celebrated firms, and featuring candid accounts of other people's successes and missteps in global tech, consumer goods, healthcare, academia, social services and more, this book is an essential guide to integrating your professional and personal goals to build a fulfilling, complete life. The book also includes: ● Invaluable advice to power up your people skills and soft skills, and how to care for your career like you would any other relationship. ● Effective perspectives to help balance your working life and personal life and to build stamina for the long haul. ● A global outlook that reveals how to excel in today's hybrid, often dispersed world of work. Whether you're just starting your first job or you're ready to rise to the C-suite, Don't Quit Your Day Job will help you advance and flourish in the workplace. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578885 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578885]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: HBR Guide to Managing Flexible Work Author: Harvard Business Review Narrator: Rachel Perry, Mike Lenz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 48 minutes Release date: May 24, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The nine-to-five office routine no longer exists. Many employees have the option to work anywhere, any time. But how do you find the flexible arrangement that's right for you? And how do you manage a team when they're all working in different places and on different schedules? The HBR Guide to Managing Flexible Work has the answers. Filled with tips, advice, and examples, this book helps individual contributors and managers alike assess the trade-offs that come with flexible work options, advocate for the arrangement that works for them, and remain productive and connected to team members at the same time. You'll learn to: ● Identify key job responsibilities and when and where each one can be done ● Establish the best arrangements for yourself and your team ● Create the conditions for success ● Stay connected and visible, no matter when or where you work Arm yourself with the advice you need to succeed on the job, with the most trusted brand in business. Packed with how-to essentials from leading experts, the HBR Guides provide smart answers to your most pressing work challenges. Harvard Business Review Tue, 24 May 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578885 thebookvoice.com 3:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578885]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: HBR Guide to Managing Flexible Work Author: Harvard Business Review Narrator: Rachel Perry, Mike Lenz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 48 minutes Release date: May 24, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The nine-to-five office routine no longer exists. Many employees have the option to work anywhere, any time. But how do you find the flexible arrangement that's right for you? And how do you manage a team when they're all working in different places and on different schedules? The HBR Guide to Managing Flexible Work has the answers. Filled with tips, advice, and examples, this book helps individual contributors and managers alike assess the trade-offs that come with flexible work options, advocate for the arrangement that works for them, and remain productive and connected to team members at the same time. You'll learn to: ● Identify key job responsibilities and when and where each one can be done ● Establish the best arrangements for yourself and your team ● Create the conditions for success ● Stay connected and visible, no matter when or where you work Arm yourself with the advice you need to succeed on the job, with the most trusted brand in business. Packed with how-to essentials from leading experts, the HBR Guides provide smart answers to your most pressing work challenges. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578885]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: HBR Guide to Managing Flexible Work Author: Harvard Business Review Narrator: Rachel Perry, Mike Lenz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 48 minutes Release date: May 24, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The nine-to-five office routine no longer exists. Many employees have the option to work anywhere, any time. But how do you find the flexible arrangement that's right for you? And how do you manage a team when they're all working in different places and on different schedules? The HBR Guide to Managing Flexible Work has the answers. Filled with tips, advice, and examples, this book helps individual contributors and managers alike assess the trade-offs that come with flexible work options, advocate for the arrangement that works for them, and remain productive and connected to team members at the same time. You'll learn to: ● Identify key job responsibilities and when and where each one can be done ● Establish the best arrangements for yourself and your team ● Create the conditions for success ● Stay connected and visible, no matter when or where you work Arm yourself with the advice you need to succeed on the job, with the most trusted brand in business. Packed with how-to essentials from leading experts, the HBR Guides provide smart answers to your most pressing work challenges. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578373 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578373]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Still Broke: Walmart's Remarkable Transformation and the Limits of Socially Conscious Capitalism Author: Rick Wartzman Narrator: Rick Wartzman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 15 minutes Release date: November 15, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: How America’s biggest company began taking better care of its workers--and why such efforts will never be enough. Fifteen years ago, Walmart was the most controversial company in America. By offering incredibly low prices, it had come to dominate the retail landscape. But with this dominance came a suite of ethical concerns. Walmart was accused of wiping out of mom-and-pop businesses across the country; ruthlessly pressuring suppliers to cut costs, even if it meant closing up U.S. factories and moving production overseas; and, above all, not taking adequate care of its own employees, who were paid so little that many wound up on public assistance.   Today, while Walmart remains America's largest employer, the picture is very different. It has become an environmental leader among businesses, and has taken many other steps to use its immense scale to have a positive social impact. Most notably, its starting wage has risen from $7.25 to $12, and employee benefits have improved. With internal and external threats to its business looming, the company began to change directions in 2005—a transformation that accelerated in 2014, with the arrival of CEO Doug McMillon. By undertaking such large-scale change without a legal mandate to do so, Walmart has joined a number of major corporations that say they are dedicated to practicing a new, socially conscious form of capitalism. In Still Broke, award-winning author Rick Wartzman goes inside the company's transformation, showing in novelistic detail how the company has gotten to where it is. Yet he also asks a critical question: is it enough? With a still-simmering public debate around the minimum wage and widespread movements by workers demanding better treatment, how far will $12 an hour go in today's economy? Or even $15? Or Walmart’s average wage, which now hovers above $17—but, even so, doesn’t pencil out to so much as $32,000 a year for a fulltime worker?   In the richest nation on earth, how did the bar get set so low? How did America find itself relying on an army of low-wage workers without ever acknowledging their most basic needs? And if Walmart's brand of change is the best we have, how can we ever expect to build a healthy society? With unparalleled access to the key executives and change-makers at Walmart, Still Broke does more than document a remarkable business makeover. It interrogates the role of business in American life, and asks what the future of our economy and country can be—and whose job it is to make it. Rick Wartzman Tue, 15 Nov 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578373 thebookvoice.com 7:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578373]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Still Broke: Walmart's Remarkable Transformation and the Limits of Socially Conscious Capitalism Author: Rick Wartzman Narrator: Rick Wartzman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 15 minutes Release date: November 15, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: How America’s biggest company began taking better care of its workers--and why such efforts will never be enough. Fifteen years ago, Walmart was the most controversial company in America. By offering incredibly low prices, it had come to dominate the retail landscape. But with this dominance came a suite of ethical concerns. Walmart was accused of wiping out of mom-and-pop businesses across the country; ruthlessly pressuring suppliers to cut costs, even if it meant closing up U.S. factories and moving production overseas; and, above all, not taking adequate care of its own employees, who were paid so little that many wound up on public assistance.   Today, while Walmart remains America's largest employer, the picture is very different. It has become an environmental leader among businesses, and has taken many other steps to use its immense scale to have a positive social impact. Most notably, its starting wage has risen from $7.25 to $12, and employee benefits have improved. With internal and external threats to its business looming, the company began to change directions in 2005—a transformation that accelerated in 2014, with the arrival of CEO Doug McMillon. By undertaking such large-scale change without a legal mandate to do so, Walmart has joined a number of major corporations that say they are dedicated to practicing a new, socially conscious form of capitalism. In Still Broke, award-winning author Rick Wartzman goes inside the company's transformation, showing in novelistic detail how the company has gotten to where it is. Yet he also asks a critical question: is it enough? With a still-simmering public debate around the minimum wage and widespread movements by workers demanding better treatment, how far will $12 an hour go in today's economy? Or even $15? Or Walmart’s average wage, which now hovers above $17—but, even so, doesn’t pencil out to so much as $32,000 a year for a fulltime worker?   In the richest nation on earth, how did the bar get set so low? How did America find itself relying on an army of low-wage workers without ever acknowledging their most basic needs? And if Walmart's brand of change is the best we have, how can we ever expect to build a healthy society? With unparalleled access to the key executives and change-makers at Walmart, Still Broke does more than document a remarkable business makeover. It interrogates the role of business in American life, and asks what the future of our economy and country can be—and whose job it is to make it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578373]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Still Broke: Walmart's Remarkable Transformation and the Limits of Socially Conscious Capitalism Author: Rick Wartzman Narrator: Rick Wartzman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 15 minutes Release date: November 15, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: How America’s biggest company began taking better care of its workers--and why such efforts will never be enough. Fifteen years ago, Walmart was the most controversial company in America. By offering incredibly low prices, it had come to dominate the retail landscape. But with this dominance came a suite of ethical concerns. Walmart was accused of wiping out of mom-and-pop businesses across the country; ruthlessly pressuring suppliers to cut costs, even if it meant closing up U.S. factories and moving production overseas; and, above all, not taking adequate care of its own employees, who were paid so little that many wound up on public assistance.   Today, while Walmart remains America's largest employer, the picture is very different. It has become an environmental leader among businesses, and has taken many other steps to use its immense scale to have a positive social impact. Most notably, its starting wage has risen from $7.25 to $12, and employee benefits have improved. With internal and external threats to its business looming, the company began to change directions in 2005—a transformation that accelerated in 2014, with the arrival of CEO Doug McMillon. By undertaking such large-scale change without a legal mandate to do so, Walmart has joined a number of major corporations that say they are dedicated to practicing a new, socially conscious form of capitalism. In Still Broke, award-winning author Rick Wartzman goes inside the company's transformation, showing in novelistic detail how the company has gotten to where it is. Yet he also asks a critical question: is it enough? With a still-simmering public debate around the minimum wage and widespread movements by workers demanding better treatment, how far will $12 an hour go in today's economy? Or even $15? Or Walmart’s average wage, which now hovers above $17—but, even so, doesn’t pencil out to so much as $32,000 a year for a fulltime worker?   In the richest nation on earth, how did the bar get set so low? How did America find itself relying on an army of low-wage workers without ever acknowledging their most basic needs? And if Walmart's brand of change is the best we have, how can we ever expect to build a healthy society? With unparalleled access to the key executives and change-makers at Walmart, Still Broke does more than document a remarkable business makeover. It interrogates the role of business in American life, and asks what the future of our economy and country can be—and whose job it is to make it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578306 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578306]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bully Market: My Story of Money and Misogyny at Goldman Sachs Author: Jamie Fiore Higgins Narrator: Jamie Fiore Higgins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 41 minutes Release date: August 30, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A “riveting and powerful” (Gretchen Carlson, cofounder of Lift Our Voices) insider’s account on Wall Street where greed coupled with misogyny and discrimination enforces a culture of exclusion in the upper echelons of Goldman Sachs. Jamie Fiore Higgins became one of the few women at the highest ranks of Goldman Sachs. Spurred on by the obligation she felt to her working-class immigrant family, she rose through the ranks and saw it all: out-of-control, lavish parties flowing with never-ending drinks; affairs flouted in the office; rampant drug use; and most pervasively, a discriminatory culture that seemed designed to hold back the few women and people of color employed at the company. Despite Goldman Sachs having the right talking points and statistics, Fiore Higgins soon realized that these provided a veneer to cover up what she found to be an abusive culture. Her “engrossing” (Julie Battilana and Tiziana Casciaro, authors of Power, for All) account is one filled with shocking stories of harassment and jaw-dropping tales of exclusionary behavior: when she was told she only got promoted because she is a woman; when her coworkers mooed at her after she pumped for her fourth child, defying the superior who had advised her not to breastfeed; or when a male boss used a racial epithet in front of her, other colleagues, and clients without any repercussions. Bully Market “exposes the #MeToo movement’s unfinished work on Wall Street” (Meighan Stone, author of Awakening: #MeToo and the Global Fight for Women’s Rights) sounds the alarm on the culture of finance and corporate America, while offering clear, actionable ideas for creating a fairer workplace. Both a revealing, extraordinary look at the industry and a top Wall Streeter’s explosive personal story, Bully Market is an essential account of one woman’s experience in a flawed system that speaks to the challenge and urgency for change. Jamie Fiore Higgins Tue, 30 Aug 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578306 thebookvoice.com 8:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578306]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bully Market: My Story of Money and Misogyny at Goldman Sachs Author: Jamie Fiore Higgins Narrator: Jamie Fiore Higgins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 41 minutes Release date: August 30, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A “riveting and powerful” (Gretchen Carlson, cofounder of Lift Our Voices) insider’s account on Wall Street where greed coupled with misogyny and discrimination enforces a culture of exclusion in the upper echelons of Goldman Sachs. Jamie Fiore Higgins became one of the few women at the highest ranks of Goldman Sachs. Spurred on by the obligation she felt to her working-class immigrant family, she rose through the ranks and saw it all: out-of-control, lavish parties flowing with never-ending drinks; affairs flouted in the office; rampant drug use; and most pervasively, a discriminatory culture that seemed designed to hold back the few women and people of color employed at the company. Despite Goldman Sachs having the right talking points and statistics, Fiore Higgins soon realized that these provided a veneer to cover up what she found to be an abusive culture. Her “engrossing” (Julie Battilana and Tiziana Casciaro, authors of Power, for All) account is one filled with shocking stories of harassment and jaw-dropping tales of exclusionary behavior: when she was told she only got promoted because she is a woman; when her coworkers mooed at her after she pumped for her fourth child, defying the superior who had advised her not to breastfeed; or when a male boss used a racial epithet in front of her, other colleagues, and clients without any repercussions. Bully Market “exposes the #MeToo movement’s unfinished work on Wall Street” (Meighan Stone, author of Awakening: #MeToo and the Global Fight for Women’s Rights) sounds the alarm on the culture of finance and corporate America, while offering clear, actionable ideas for creating a fairer workplace. Both a revealing, extraordinary look at the industry and a top Wall Streeter’s explosive personal story, Bully Market is an essential account of one woman’s experience in a flawed system that speaks to the challenge and urgency for change. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578306]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bully Market: My Story of Money and Misogyny at Goldman Sachs Author: Jamie Fiore Higgins Narrator: Jamie Fiore Higgins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 41 minutes Release date: August 30, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A “riveting and powerful” (Gretchen Carlson, cofounder of Lift Our Voices) insider’s account on Wall Street where greed coupled with misogyny and discrimination enforces a culture of exclusion in the upper echelons of Goldman Sachs. Jamie Fiore Higgins became one of the few women at the highest ranks of Goldman Sachs. Spurred on by the obligation she felt to her working-class immigrant family, she rose through the ranks and saw it all: out-of-control, lavish parties flowing with never-ending drinks; affairs flouted in the office; rampant drug use; and most pervasively, a discriminatory culture that seemed designed to hold back the few women and people of color employed at the company. Despite Goldman Sachs having the right talking points and statistics, Fiore Higgins soon realized that these provided a veneer to cover up what she found to be an abusive culture. Her “engrossing” (Julie Battilana and Tiziana Casciaro, authors of Power, for All) account is one filled with shocking stories of harassment and jaw-dropping tales of exclusionary behavior: when she was told she only got promoted because she is a woman; when her coworkers mooed at her after she pumped for her fourth child, defying the superior who had advised her not to breastfeed; or when a male boss used a racial epithet in front of her, other colleagues, and clients without any repercussions. Bully Market “exposes the #MeToo movement’s unfinished work on Wall Street” (Meighan Stone, author of Awakening: #MeToo and the Global Fight for Women’s Rights) sounds the alarm on the culture of finance and corporate America, while offering clear, actionable ideas for creating a fairer workplace. Both a revealing, extraordinary look at the industry and a top Wall Streeter’s explosive personal story, Bully Market is an essential account of one woman’s experience in a flawed system that speaks to the challenge and urgency for change. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578253 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578253]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Geek Girls: Inequality and Opportunity in Silicon Valley Author: France Winddance Twine Narrator: Machelle Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 33 minutes Release date: May 24, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In Geek Girls, France Winddance Twine provides the first book by a sociologist that 'lifts the Silicon veil' to provide firsthand accounts of inequality and opportunity in the tech ecosystem. With a sharp eye for detail and compelling testimonials from industry insiders, Twine shows how the technology industry remains rigged against women, and especially Black, Latinx, and Native American women from working class backgrounds. From recruitment and hiring practices, to social and educational segregation, to academic prestige hierarchies, Twine reveals how women are blocked from entering this industry. Twine argues that closed social networks and routine hiring practices described by employees reinforce the status quo and reproduce inequality. The myth of meritocracy and gender stereotypes produce a culture where the use of race-, color-, and power-evasive language makes it difficult for individuals to name the micro-aggressions and forms of discrimination that they experience. Twine offers concrete insights into how the technology industry can address ongoing racial and gender disparities, create more transparency, and empower women from underrepresented groups. France Winddance Twine Tue, 24 May 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578253 thebookvoice.com 9:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578253]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Geek Girls: Inequality and Opportunity in Silicon Valley Author: France Winddance Twine Narrator: Machelle Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 33 minutes Release date: May 24, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In Geek Girls, France Winddance Twine provides the first book by a sociologist that 'lifts the Silicon veil' to provide firsthand accounts of inequality and opportunity in the tech ecosystem. With a sharp eye for detail and compelling testimonials from industry insiders, Twine shows how the technology industry remains rigged against women, and especially Black, Latinx, and Native American women from working class backgrounds. From recruitment and hiring practices, to social and educational segregation, to academic prestige hierarchies, Twine reveals how women are blocked from entering this industry. Twine argues that closed social networks and routine hiring practices described by employees reinforce the status quo and reproduce inequality. The myth of meritocracy and gender stereotypes produce a culture where the use of race-, color-, and power-evasive language makes it difficult for individuals to name the micro-aggressions and forms of discrimination that they experience. Twine offers concrete insights into how the technology industry can address ongoing racial and gender disparities, create more transparency, and empower women from underrepresented groups. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578253]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Geek Girls: Inequality and Opportunity in Silicon Valley Author: France Winddance Twine Narrator: Machelle Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 33 minutes Release date: May 24, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In Geek Girls, France Winddance Twine provides the first book by a sociologist that 'lifts the Silicon veil' to provide firsthand accounts of inequality and opportunity in the tech ecosystem. With a sharp eye for detail and compelling testimonials from industry insiders, Twine shows how the technology industry remains rigged against women, and especially Black, Latinx, and Native American women from working class backgrounds. From recruitment and hiring practices, to social and educational segregation, to academic prestige hierarchies, Twine reveals how women are blocked from entering this industry. Twine argues that closed social networks and routine hiring practices described by employees reinforce the status quo and reproduce inequality. The myth of meritocracy and gender stereotypes produce a culture where the use of race-, color-, and power-evasive language makes it difficult for individuals to name the micro-aggressions and forms of discrimination that they experience. Twine offers concrete insights into how the technology industry can address ongoing racial and gender disparities, create more transparency, and empower women from underrepresented groups. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578212 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578212]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Women in the Workforce: What Everyone Needs to Know ® Author: Laura M. Argys, Susan L. Averett Narrator: Lisa S. Ware Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: June 1, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Women are joining the workforce in increasing numbers, making inroads as entrepreneurs and leaders, acquiring more education, marrying later, and having fewer children—all trends consistent with spending a far greater fraction of their adult lives in the labor force. And yet, even as women break the glass ceiling and challenge gender and sexual norms, they are told they need to 'lean in' and powerful movements like #TimesUP and #MeToo are still necessary to expose and overcome endemic discrimination, exploitation, harassment, and worse. Women in the Workforce: What Everyone Needs to Know® provides an essential and accessible introduction to the significance of women in the economy and the obstacles they face in claiming equal status. Economists Laura M. Argys and Susan L. Averett tackle timely topics like the wage gap, 'women's work,' and gendered workplace interactions in an easy-to-read question and answer format. The book focuses on the choices people make and how these are framed by institutional impediments that create inequalities in the options available to men and women. Argys and Averett highlight how the experience of being a woman in the labor market varies, sometimes dramatically, by race, ethnicity, sexual orientation, and socioeconomic status. They also explore how living in cities, towns, and rural areas influence choices and outcomes. Laura M. Argys, Susan L. Averett Wed, 01 Jun 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578212 thebookvoice.com 7:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578212]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Women in the Workforce: What Everyone Needs to Know ® Author: Laura M. Argys, Susan L. Averett Narrator: Lisa S. Ware Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: June 1, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Women are joining the workforce in increasing numbers, making inroads as entrepreneurs and leaders, acquiring more education, marrying later, and having fewer children—all trends consistent with spending a far greater fraction of their adult lives in the labor force. And yet, even as women break the glass ceiling and challenge gender and sexual norms, they are told they need to 'lean in' and powerful movements like #TimesUP and #MeToo are still necessary to expose and overcome endemic discrimination, exploitation, harassment, and worse. Women in the Workforce: What Everyone Needs to Know® provides an essential and accessible introduction to the significance of women in the economy and the obstacles they face in claiming equal status. Economists Laura M. Argys and Susan L. Averett tackle timely topics like the wage gap, 'women's work,' and gendered workplace interactions in an easy-to-read question and answer format. The book focuses on the choices people make and how these are framed by institutional impediments that create inequalities in the options available to men and women. Argys and Averett highlight how the experience of being a woman in the labor market varies, sometimes dramatically, by race, ethnicity, sexual orientation, and socioeconomic status. They also explore how living in cities, towns, and rural areas influence choices and outcomes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578212]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Women in the Workforce: What Everyone Needs to Know ® Author: Laura M. Argys, Susan L. Averett Narrator: Lisa S. Ware Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: June 1, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Women are joining the workforce in increasing numbers, making inroads as entrepreneurs and leaders, acquiring more education, marrying later, and having fewer children—all trends consistent with spending a far greater fraction of their adult lives in the labor force. And yet, even as women break the glass ceiling and challenge gender and sexual norms, they are told they need to 'lean in' and powerful movements like #TimesUP and #MeToo are still necessary to expose and overcome endemic discrimination, exploitation, harassment, and worse. Women in the Workforce: What Everyone Needs to Know® provides an essential and accessible introduction to the significance of women in the economy and the obstacles they face in claiming equal status. Economists Laura M. Argys and Susan L. Averett tackle timely topics like the wage gap, 'women's work,' and gendered workplace interactions in an easy-to-read question and answer format. The book focuses on the choices people make and how these are framed by institutional impediments that create inequalities in the options available to men and women. Argys and Averett highlight how the experience of being a woman in the labor market varies, sometimes dramatically, by race, ethnicity, sexual orientation, and socioeconomic status. They also explore how living in cities, towns, and rural areas influence choices and outcomes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578169 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578169]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Win from Within: Build Organizational Culture for Competitive Advantage Author: James Heskett Narrator: Christopher Douyard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 7 minutes Release date: May 10, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: There is significant evidence that an effective organizational culture provides a major competitive edge—higher levels of employee and customer engagement and loyalty translate into higher growth and profits. Many business leaders know this, yet few are doing much to improve their organizations' cultures. They are discouraged by misguided beliefs that an executive's tenure and an organization's attention span are too short for meaningful transformation. James Heskett provides a roadmap for achievable and fast-paced culture change. He demonstrates that an effective culture supplies the trust that makes managing change of all kinds easier. It provides a foundation on which changes in strategy can be based, and it's a competitive edge that can’t easily be hacked or copied. Examining leading companies around the world, Heskett details how organizational culture makes employees more loyal, more productive, and more creative. He discusses how to quantify its effects in order to sell the notion of culture change to the organization and considers how to preserve an organization's culture in the face of the trend toward remote work hastened by the COVID-19 pandemic. Showing how leadership can bring about significant changes in a surprisingly short time span, Win from Within offers a playbook for developing and deploying culture that enables outsized results. James Heskett Tue, 10 May 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578169 thebookvoice.com 6:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578169]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Win from Within: Build Organizational Culture for Competitive Advantage Author: James Heskett Narrator: Christopher Douyard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 7 minutes Release date: May 10, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: There is significant evidence that an effective organizational culture provides a major competitive edge—higher levels of employee and customer engagement and loyalty translate into higher growth and profits. Many business leaders know this, yet few are doing much to improve their organizations' cultures. They are discouraged by misguided beliefs that an executive's tenure and an organization's attention span are too short for meaningful transformation. James Heskett provides a roadmap for achievable and fast-paced culture change. He demonstrates that an effective culture supplies the trust that makes managing change of all kinds easier. It provides a foundation on which changes in strategy can be based, and it's a competitive edge that can’t easily be hacked or copied. Examining leading companies around the world, Heskett details how organizational culture makes employees more loyal, more productive, and more creative. He discusses how to quantify its effects in order to sell the notion of culture change to the organization and considers how to preserve an organization's culture in the face of the trend toward remote work hastened by the COVID-19 pandemic. Showing how leadership can bring about significant changes in a surprisingly short time span, Win from Within offers a playbook for developing and deploying culture that enables outsized results. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578169]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Win from Within: Build Organizational Culture for Competitive Advantage Author: James Heskett Narrator: Christopher Douyard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 7 minutes Release date: May 10, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: There is significant evidence that an effective organizational culture provides a major competitive edge—higher levels of employee and customer engagement and loyalty translate into higher growth and profits. Many business leaders know this, yet few are doing much to improve their organizations' cultures. They are discouraged by misguided beliefs that an executive's tenure and an organization's attention span are too short for meaningful transformation. James Heskett provides a roadmap for achievable and fast-paced culture change. He demonstrates that an effective culture supplies the trust that makes managing change of all kinds easier. It provides a foundation on which changes in strategy can be based, and it's a competitive edge that can’t easily be hacked or copied. Examining leading companies around the world, Heskett details how organizational culture makes employees more loyal, more productive, and more creative. He discusses how to quantify its effects in order to sell the notion of culture change to the organization and considers how to preserve an organization's culture in the face of the trend toward remote work hastened by the COVID-19 pandemic. Showing how leadership can bring about significant changes in a surprisingly short time span, Win from Within offers a playbook for developing and deploying culture that enables outsized results. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577487 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577487]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El auténtico liderazgo Series: Part of [Spanish Edition] Harvard Emotional Intelligence Author: Gareth Jones, Rob Goffee, Harvard Business Review, Herminia Ibarra, Bill George Narrator: Ivan González Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 15 minutes Release date: March 15, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: La mayoría de los líderes consideran la “presencia ejecutiva” como un factor decisivo en las promociones y ascensos. Pero, ¿en qué consiste esa virtud tan ambigua y cómo se desarrolla?.De la mano de especialistas de Harvard Business Review, en este libro se explica cómo es posibleforjar el carisma, la seguridad y la determinación que proyectan los grandes líderes. Tanto si estás realizando una exposición decisiva como si diriges una reunión tensa, te sentirás preparado para abordar cualquier situación con renovada confanza Gareth Jones, Rob Goffee, Harvard Business Review, Herminia Ibarra, Bill George Tue, 15 Mar 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577487 thebookvoice.com 2:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577487]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El auténtico liderazgo Series: Part of [Spanish Edition] Harvard Emotional Intelligence Author: Gareth Jones, Rob Goffee, Harvard Business Review, Herminia Ibarra, Bill George Narrator: Ivan González Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 15 minutes Release date: March 15, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: La mayoría de los líderes consideran la “presencia ejecutiva” como un factor decisivo en las promociones y ascensos. Pero, ¿en qué consiste esa virtud tan ambigua y cómo se desarrolla?.De la mano de especialistas de Harvard Business Review, en este libro se explica cómo es posibleforjar el carisma, la seguridad y la determinación que proyectan los grandes líderes. Tanto si estás realizando una exposición decisiva como si diriges una reunión tensa, te sentirás preparado para abordar cualquier situación con renovada confanza Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577487]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El auténtico liderazgo Series: Part of [Spanish Edition] Harvard Emotional Intelligence Author: Gareth Jones, Rob Goffee, Harvard Business Review, Herminia Ibarra, Bill George Narrator: Ivan González Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 15 minutes Release date: March 15, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: La mayoría de los líderes consideran la “presencia ejecutiva” como un factor decisivo en las promociones y ascensos. Pero, ¿en qué consiste esa virtud tan ambigua y cómo se desarrolla?.De la mano de especialistas de Harvard Business Review, en este libro se explica cómo es posibleforjar el carisma, la seguridad y la determinación que proyectan los grandes líderes. Tanto si estás realizando una exposición decisiva como si diriges una reunión tensa, te sentirás preparado para abordar cualquier situación con renovada confanza https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577488 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577488]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Autoconciencia Series: Part of [Spanish Edition] Harvard Emotional Intelligence Author: Tasha Eurich, Harvard Business Review, Robert S. Kaplan, Susan David, Daniel Goleman Narrator: Ivan González Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 18 minutes Release date: March 15, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: La autoconciencia es el componente más importante de la inteligencia emocional e implica tener un conocimiento profundo de nuestras emociones, fortalezas, debilidades, necesidades e impulsos. Pero no serás capaz de conseguir una autoconciencia plena empleando únicamente la retroalimentación y autorre?exión habituales. Este libro te enseñará a comprender tus pensamientos y emociones, a persuadir a tus colegas para que compartan lo que realmente piensan de ti y a conseguir establecer relaciones más productivas y gratifcantes con tus empleados y jefes Tasha Eurich, Harvard Business Review, Robert S. Kaplan, Susan David, Daniel Goleman Tue, 15 Mar 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577488 thebookvoice.com 2:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577488]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Autoconciencia Series: Part of [Spanish Edition] Harvard Emotional Intelligence Author: Tasha Eurich, Harvard Business Review, Robert S. Kaplan, Susan David, Daniel Goleman Narrator: Ivan González Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 18 minutes Release date: March 15, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: La autoconciencia es el componente más importante de la inteligencia emocional e implica tener un conocimiento profundo de nuestras emociones, fortalezas, debilidades, necesidades e impulsos. Pero no serás capaz de conseguir una autoconciencia plena empleando únicamente la retroalimentación y autorre?exión habituales. Este libro te enseñará a comprender tus pensamientos y emociones, a persuadir a tus colegas para que compartan lo que realmente piensan de ti y a conseguir establecer relaciones más productivas y gratifcantes con tus empleados y jefes Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577488]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Autoconciencia Series: Part of [Spanish Edition] Harvard Emotional Intelligence Author: Tasha Eurich, Harvard Business Review, Robert S. Kaplan, Susan David, Daniel Goleman Narrator: Ivan González Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 18 minutes Release date: March 15, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: La autoconciencia es el componente más importante de la inteligencia emocional e implica tener un conocimiento profundo de nuestras emociones, fortalezas, debilidades, necesidades e impulsos. Pero no serás capaz de conseguir una autoconciencia plena empleando únicamente la retroalimentación y autorre?exión habituales. Este libro te enseñará a comprender tus pensamientos y emociones, a persuadir a tus colegas para que compartan lo que realmente piensan de ti y a conseguir establecer relaciones más productivas y gratifcantes con tus empleados y jefes https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577486 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577486]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Liderazgo Series: Part of [Spanish Edition] Harvard Emotional Intelligence Author: Amy J.C. Cuddy, John Beeson, Harvard Business Review, Amy Jen Su, Deborah Tannen Narrator: Ivan González Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 13 minutes Release date: March 15, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: La mayoría de los líderes consideran la “presencia ejecutiva” como un factor decisivo en laspromociones y ascensos. Pero, ¿en qué consiste esa virtud tan ambigua y cómo se desarrolla?.De la mano de especialistas de Harvard Business Review, en este libro se explica cómo es posibleforjar el carisma, la seguridad y la determinación que proyectan los grandes líderes. Tanto si estás realizando una exposición decisiva como si diriges una reunión tensa, te sentirás preparado para abordar cualquier situación con renovada confanza Amy J.C. Cuddy, John Beeson, Harvard Business Review, Amy Jen Su, Deborah Tannen Tue, 15 Mar 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577486 thebookvoice.com 2:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577486]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Liderazgo Series: Part of [Spanish Edition] Harvard Emotional Intelligence Author: Amy J.C. Cuddy, John Beeson, Harvard Business Review, Amy Jen Su, Deborah Tannen Narrator: Ivan González Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 13 minutes Release date: March 15, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: La mayoría de los líderes consideran la “presencia ejecutiva” como un factor decisivo en laspromociones y ascensos. Pero, ¿en qué consiste esa virtud tan ambigua y cómo se desarrolla?.De la mano de especialistas de Harvard Business Review, en este libro se explica cómo es posibleforjar el carisma, la seguridad y la determinación que proyectan los grandes líderes. Tanto si estás realizando una exposición decisiva como si diriges una reunión tensa, te sentirás preparado para abordar cualquier situación con renovada confanza Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577486]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Liderazgo Series: Part of [Spanish Edition] Harvard Emotional Intelligence Author: Amy J.C. Cuddy, John Beeson, Harvard Business Review, Amy Jen Su, Deborah Tannen Narrator: Ivan González Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 13 minutes Release date: March 15, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: La mayoría de los líderes consideran la “presencia ejecutiva” como un factor decisivo en laspromociones y ascensos. Pero, ¿en qué consiste esa virtud tan ambigua y cómo se desarrolla?.De la mano de especialistas de Harvard Business Review, en este libro se explica cómo es posibleforjar el carisma, la seguridad y la determinación que proyectan los grandes líderes. Tanto si estás realizando una exposición decisiva como si diriges una reunión tensa, te sentirás preparado para abordar cualquier situación con renovada confanza https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577031 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577031]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Come Back Culture: 10 Business Practices That Create Lifelong Customers Author: Jason Young, Jonathan Malm Narrator: Jim Denison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 24 minutes Release date: May 17, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Everything equal, customers choose whether they will return based on the feeling they get when interacting with your brand. Research reveals that a high number of customers will go through the trouble of switching brands due to a bad customer experience. Great businesses know how to make a customer feel seen, understood, and valued. Those satisfied customers trust you more and come back—and they tell their friends. Backed by plenty of on-the-ground research and illustrated with real-life examples, The Come Back Culture shows you how to create an experience that keeps people coming back for more. It shows you how to: ● Build a hospitable team ● Know your guest ● Create moments that impress ● Recover quickly when things go wrong Whether you offer a service or a product online or at a physical location, you can use the principles in this book to turn your customers into raving fans of your business who not only spend their money but continue to spread awareness of your brand. Jason Young, Jonathan Malm Tue, 17 May 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577031 thebookvoice.com 4:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577031]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Come Back Culture: 10 Business Practices That Create Lifelong Customers Author: Jason Young, Jonathan Malm Narrator: Jim Denison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 24 minutes Release date: May 17, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Everything equal, customers choose whether they will return based on the feeling they get when interacting with your brand. Research reveals that a high number of customers will go through the trouble of switching brands due to a bad customer experience. Great businesses know how to make a customer feel seen, understood, and valued. Those satisfied customers trust you more and come back—and they tell their friends. Backed by plenty of on-the-ground research and illustrated with real-life examples, The Come Back Culture shows you how to create an experience that keeps people coming back for more. It shows you how to: ● Build a hospitable team ● Know your guest ● Create moments that impress ● Recover quickly when things go wrong Whether you offer a service or a product online or at a physical location, you can use the principles in this book to turn your customers into raving fans of your business who not only spend their money but continue to spread awareness of your brand. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577031]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Come Back Culture: 10 Business Practices That Create Lifelong Customers Author: Jason Young, Jonathan Malm Narrator: Jim Denison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 24 minutes Release date: May 17, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Everything equal, customers choose whether they will return based on the feeling they get when interacting with your brand. Research reveals that a high number of customers will go through the trouble of switching brands due to a bad customer experience. Great businesses know how to make a customer feel seen, understood, and valued. Those satisfied customers trust you more and come back—and they tell their friends. Backed by plenty of on-the-ground research and illustrated with real-life examples, The Come Back Culture shows you how to create an experience that keeps people coming back for more. It shows you how to: ● Build a hospitable team ● Know your guest ● Create moments that impress ● Recover quickly when things go wrong Whether you offer a service or a product online or at a physical location, you can use the principles in this book to turn your customers into raving fans of your business who not only spend their money but continue to spread awareness of your brand. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577020 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577020]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: ReCulturing: Design Your Company Culture to Connect with Strategy and Purpose for Lasting Success Author: Melissa Daimler Narrator: Tanya Eby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 17 minutes Release date: May 10, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: It's no secret that culture is the key to attracting and engaging top talent and seizing the competitive edge. But the vast majority of culture efforts fail as quickly as they started. Why? Because leaders are missing the big picture. They're creating and communicating values but failing to ensure the values are tied to the purpose and the strategy of the company while also being integrated into processes, operations, and behaviors. In ReCulturing, Melissa Daimler solves this persistent problem by helping you develop a 'systems' perspective of culture. One of today's most renowned thought leaders and practitioners on the issue, Daimler, provides the playbook for building a business in which employees are fully engaged, are high performers, and stay with their company for the long haul. The book also features illuminating real-life stories recounting what has and hasn't worked at some of today's largest and most influential companies. Whether you're launching a startup, running a global firm, or overseeing the shift to a hybrid work setting, ReCulturing provides everything you need to create the kind of culture that drives long-term business success. Melissa Daimler Tue, 10 May 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577020 thebookvoice.com 6:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577020]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: ReCulturing: Design Your Company Culture to Connect with Strategy and Purpose for Lasting Success Author: Melissa Daimler Narrator: Tanya Eby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 17 minutes Release date: May 10, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: It's no secret that culture is the key to attracting and engaging top talent and seizing the competitive edge. But the vast majority of culture efforts fail as quickly as they started. Why? Because leaders are missing the big picture. They're creating and communicating values but failing to ensure the values are tied to the purpose and the strategy of the company while also being integrated into processes, operations, and behaviors. In ReCulturing, Melissa Daimler solves this persistent problem by helping you develop a 'systems' perspective of culture. One of today's most renowned thought leaders and practitioners on the issue, Daimler, provides the playbook for building a business in which employees are fully engaged, are high performers, and stay with their company for the long haul. The book also features illuminating real-life stories recounting what has and hasn't worked at some of today's largest and most influential companies. Whether you're launching a startup, running a global firm, or overseeing the shift to a hybrid work setting, ReCulturing provides everything you need to create the kind of culture that drives long-term business success. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577020]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: ReCulturing: Design Your Company Culture to Connect with Strategy and Purpose for Lasting Success Author: Melissa Daimler Narrator: Tanya Eby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 17 minutes Release date: May 10, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: It's no secret that culture is the key to attracting and engaging top talent and seizing the competitive edge. But the vast majority of culture efforts fail as quickly as they started. Why? Because leaders are missing the big picture. They're creating and communicating values but failing to ensure the values are tied to the purpose and the strategy of the company while also being integrated into processes, operations, and behaviors. In ReCulturing, Melissa Daimler solves this persistent problem by helping you develop a 'systems' perspective of culture. One of today's most renowned thought leaders and practitioners on the issue, Daimler, provides the playbook for building a business in which employees are fully engaged, are high performers, and stay with their company for the long haul. The book also features illuminating real-life stories recounting what has and hasn't worked at some of today's largest and most influential companies. Whether you're launching a startup, running a global firm, or overseeing the shift to a hybrid work setting, ReCulturing provides everything you need to create the kind of culture that drives long-term business success. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577008 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577008]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Get Out of My Head: Creating Modern Clarity With Stoic Wisdom Author: Andrew Mcconnell Narrator: Andrew Mcconnell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: June 14, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Are self-doubt and other negative feelings living rent free in your mind? Get Out of My Head is a lifeline for overwhelmed professionals seeking direction and tranquility in turbulent times, whether navigating daily stressors or experiencing defining moments. Author M. Andrew McConnell, CEO of RENTED, INC., shows you it's possible to achieve clarity, make good decisions, and rise in your career, by illustrating that the human mind is not unlike real estate: adopting an owner's mindset can make all the difference. Drawing on ancient Stoic philosophy, modern science, and remarkable stories of contemporary innovators in business, sports, and more, Get Out of My Head demonstrates how to effectively allocate your mental resources, set mental boundaries, and overcome challenges by seizing ownership of your own mind and channeling adversity as a vehicle for growth. Beyond giving you the tools to set boundaries and develop better resilience—the remedy to chronic stress—Get Out of My Head shares the stories of high-achieving modern Stoics who have successfully reclaimed their headspace so that you, too, can transition from 'mind rentership' to 'mind ownership.' Andrew Mcconnell Tue, 14 Jun 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577008 thebookvoice.com 6:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577008]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Get Out of My Head: Creating Modern Clarity With Stoic Wisdom Author: Andrew Mcconnell Narrator: Andrew Mcconnell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: June 14, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Are self-doubt and other negative feelings living rent free in your mind? Get Out of My Head is a lifeline for overwhelmed professionals seeking direction and tranquility in turbulent times, whether navigating daily stressors or experiencing defining moments. Author M. Andrew McConnell, CEO of RENTED, INC., shows you it's possible to achieve clarity, make good decisions, and rise in your career, by illustrating that the human mind is not unlike real estate: adopting an owner's mindset can make all the difference. Drawing on ancient Stoic philosophy, modern science, and remarkable stories of contemporary innovators in business, sports, and more, Get Out of My Head demonstrates how to effectively allocate your mental resources, set mental boundaries, and overcome challenges by seizing ownership of your own mind and channeling adversity as a vehicle for growth. Beyond giving you the tools to set boundaries and develop better resilience—the remedy to chronic stress—Get Out of My Head shares the stories of high-achieving modern Stoics who have successfully reclaimed their headspace so that you, too, can transition from 'mind rentership' to 'mind ownership.' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577008]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Get Out of My Head: Creating Modern Clarity With Stoic Wisdom Author: Andrew Mcconnell Narrator: Andrew Mcconnell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: June 14, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Are self-doubt and other negative feelings living rent free in your mind? Get Out of My Head is a lifeline for overwhelmed professionals seeking direction and tranquility in turbulent times, whether navigating daily stressors or experiencing defining moments. Author M. Andrew McConnell, CEO of RENTED, INC., shows you it's possible to achieve clarity, make good decisions, and rise in your career, by illustrating that the human mind is not unlike real estate: adopting an owner's mindset can make all the difference. Drawing on ancient Stoic philosophy, modern science, and remarkable stories of contemporary innovators in business, sports, and more, Get Out of My Head demonstrates how to effectively allocate your mental resources, set mental boundaries, and overcome challenges by seizing ownership of your own mind and channeling adversity as a vehicle for growth. Beyond giving you the tools to set boundaries and develop better resilience—the remedy to chronic stress—Get Out of My Head shares the stories of high-achieving modern Stoics who have successfully reclaimed their headspace so that you, too, can transition from 'mind rentership' to 'mind ownership.' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577006 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577006]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Principled Entrepreneurship: Creating Enduring Value Author: Andreas Widmer Narrator: Andreas Widmer, Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 49 minutes Release date: April 19, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Are you an entrepreneur, manager, employee, or business student seeking to lead in a people-centered way? The Art of Principled Entrepreneurship is an insightful, practical guide to how businesses can and should be run to be both virtuous and profitable. Art Ciocca orchestrated the creation of the largest wine brand that has dominated the industry for over twenty years. It is an achievement that even the best entrepreneurs can only dream of, yet perhaps you've never even heard his name. Inspired by Art, Andreas Widmer crafts a practical model of principled entrepreneurship that anyone can adopt in their work. Widmer outlines five pillars that form the foundation of an entrepreneurial mindset that places the human person at the center of work: (1) The Economy Exists for People, Not People for the Economy; (2) To Work Is to Create; To Create Is to be Human; (3) Culture Eats Strategy for Breakfast; (4) Principled Business Creates Win-Win Solutions; (5) Always Think Like an Entrepreneur. The Art of Principled Entrepreneurship is your guide to getting started today on developing the habits that can enable you to do good, create value, and empower others to achieve excellence. Andreas Widmer Tue, 19 Apr 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577006 thebookvoice.com 6:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577006]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Principled Entrepreneurship: Creating Enduring Value Author: Andreas Widmer Narrator: Andreas Widmer, Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 49 minutes Release date: April 19, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Are you an entrepreneur, manager, employee, or business student seeking to lead in a people-centered way? The Art of Principled Entrepreneurship is an insightful, practical guide to how businesses can and should be run to be both virtuous and profitable. Art Ciocca orchestrated the creation of the largest wine brand that has dominated the industry for over twenty years. It is an achievement that even the best entrepreneurs can only dream of, yet perhaps you've never even heard his name. Inspired by Art, Andreas Widmer crafts a practical model of principled entrepreneurship that anyone can adopt in their work. Widmer outlines five pillars that form the foundation of an entrepreneurial mindset that places the human person at the center of work: (1) The Economy Exists for People, Not People for the Economy; (2) To Work Is to Create; To Create Is to be Human; (3) Culture Eats Strategy for Breakfast; (4) Principled Business Creates Win-Win Solutions; (5) Always Think Like an Entrepreneur. The Art of Principled Entrepreneurship is your guide to getting started today on developing the habits that can enable you to do good, create value, and empower others to achieve excellence. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577006]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Principled Entrepreneurship: Creating Enduring Value Author: Andreas Widmer Narrator: Andreas Widmer, Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 49 minutes Release date: April 19, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Are you an entrepreneur, manager, employee, or business student seeking to lead in a people-centered way? The Art of Principled Entrepreneurship is an insightful, practical guide to how businesses can and should be run to be both virtuous and profitable. Art Ciocca orchestrated the creation of the largest wine brand that has dominated the industry for over twenty years. It is an achievement that even the best entrepreneurs can only dream of, yet perhaps you've never even heard his name. Inspired by Art, Andreas Widmer crafts a practical model of principled entrepreneurship that anyone can adopt in their work. Widmer outlines five pillars that form the foundation of an entrepreneurial mindset that places the human person at the center of work: (1) The Economy Exists for People, Not People for the Economy; (2) To Work Is to Create; To Create Is to be Human; (3) Culture Eats Strategy for Breakfast; (4) Principled Business Creates Win-Win Solutions; (5) Always Think Like an Entrepreneur. The Art of Principled Entrepreneurship is your guide to getting started today on developing the habits that can enable you to do good, create value, and empower others to achieve excellence. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577000 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577000]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Human Resource Management: A Very Short Introduction Author: Adrian Wilkinson Narrator: Christine Rendel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 31 minutes Release date: May 24, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The way in which organizations manage their people has always been pivotal to their performance, long before formal human resource management coalesced into a definable and somewhat fashionable discipline in the mid-1980s. Earlier campaigns for worker welfare in the eighteenth and nineteenth century were driven by a mix of humanitarian, religious, philanthropic, and business motives, and sought workplace amenities such as medical care, housing, and libraries. At the same time functionaries and departments specializing in HR processes such as hiring, payroll, and record keeping emerged. This Very Short Introduction describes how the key players and watershed moments in labor history shaped the state of human resource management today. In our era of globalization human resource management has to contend with a number of new and increasingly complex factors, such as global sourcing, regional trade agreements and labor standards, remote working, strategic alliances, and innovation driven by competition. As traditional sources of competitive advantage such as access to capital, protected markets, or proprietary technologies evaporate, firms increasingly look to human resource management to offer a competitive edge. In the 'laboratory' of university departments or in the gritty and sweaty reality of the shop floor, there is no single model of human resource management. Instead human resource management today is as able to impact everything from small owner-managed shops in Brick Lane to the high tech behemoths of Silicon Valley. Adrian Wilkinson shows how human resource management covers the relations between employees and their employers, and explores the range of HR practices, processes, and line management activities. Adrian Wilkinson Tue, 24 May 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577000 thebookvoice.com 4:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577000]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Human Resource Management: A Very Short Introduction Author: Adrian Wilkinson Narrator: Christine Rendel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 31 minutes Release date: May 24, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The way in which organizations manage their people has always been pivotal to their performance, long before formal human resource management coalesced into a definable and somewhat fashionable discipline in the mid-1980s. Earlier campaigns for worker welfare in the eighteenth and nineteenth century were driven by a mix of humanitarian, religious, philanthropic, and business motives, and sought workplace amenities such as medical care, housing, and libraries. At the same time functionaries and departments specializing in HR processes such as hiring, payroll, and record keeping emerged. This Very Short Introduction describes how the key players and watershed moments in labor history shaped the state of human resource management today. In our era of globalization human resource management has to contend with a number of new and increasingly complex factors, such as global sourcing, regional trade agreements and labor standards, remote working, strategic alliances, and innovation driven by competition. As traditional sources of competitive advantage such as access to capital, protected markets, or proprietary technologies evaporate, firms increasingly look to human resource management to offer a competitive edge. In the 'laboratory' of university departments or in the gritty and sweaty reality of the shop floor, there is no single model of human resource management. Instead human resource management today is as able to impact everything from small owner-managed shops in Brick Lane to the high tech behemoths of Silicon Valley. Adrian Wilkinson shows how human resource management covers the relations between employees and their employers, and explores the range of HR practices, processes, and line management activities. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577000]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Human Resource Management: A Very Short Introduction Author: Adrian Wilkinson Narrator: Christine Rendel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 31 minutes Release date: May 24, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The way in which organizations manage their people has always been pivotal to their performance, long before formal human resource management coalesced into a definable and somewhat fashionable discipline in the mid-1980s. Earlier campaigns for worker welfare in the eighteenth and nineteenth century were driven by a mix of humanitarian, religious, philanthropic, and business motives, and sought workplace amenities such as medical care, housing, and libraries. At the same time functionaries and departments specializing in HR processes such as hiring, payroll, and record keeping emerged. This Very Short Introduction describes how the key players and watershed moments in labor history shaped the state of human resource management today. In our era of globalization human resource management has to contend with a number of new and increasingly complex factors, such as global sourcing, regional trade agreements and labor standards, remote working, strategic alliances, and innovation driven by competition. As traditional sources of competitive advantage such as access to capital, protected markets, or proprietary technologies evaporate, firms increasingly look to human resource management to offer a competitive edge. In the 'laboratory' of university departments or in the gritty and sweaty reality of the shop floor, there is no single model of human resource management. Instead human resource management today is as able to impact everything from small owner-managed shops in Brick Lane to the high tech behemoths of Silicon Valley. Adrian Wilkinson shows how human resource management covers the relations between employees and their employers, and explores the range of HR practices, processes, and line management activities. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576970 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576970]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inclusive Growth: Future-proof your business by creating a diverse workplace Author: Toby Mildon Narrator: Toby Mildon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 12 minutes Release date: February 25, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Inclusive Growth provides a practical framework that enables you to deliver a sustainable, diverse and inclusive workplace that allows your organisation to grow.You will understand how to: - Strategically align diversity and inclusion to organisational growth - Change the culture and motivate senior leaders to 'walk the talk' for inclusivity - Design and implement a sustainable inclusivity infrastructure - Work as a whole organisation rather than in HR isolation - Celebrate your inclusivity to become an employer of choice in your industry Toby Mildon Fri, 25 Feb 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576970 thebookvoice.com 4:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576970]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inclusive Growth: Future-proof your business by creating a diverse workplace Author: Toby Mildon Narrator: Toby Mildon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 12 minutes Release date: February 25, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Inclusive Growth provides a practical framework that enables you to deliver a sustainable, diverse and inclusive workplace that allows your organisation to grow.You will understand how to: - Strategically align diversity and inclusion to organisational growth - Change the culture and motivate senior leaders to 'walk the talk' for inclusivity - Design and implement a sustainable inclusivity infrastructure - Work as a whole organisation rather than in HR isolation - Celebrate your inclusivity to become an employer of choice in your industry Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576970]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inclusive Growth: Future-proof your business by creating a diverse workplace Author: Toby Mildon Narrator: Toby Mildon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 12 minutes Release date: February 25, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Inclusive Growth provides a practical framework that enables you to deliver a sustainable, diverse and inclusive workplace that allows your organisation to grow.You will understand how to: - Strategically align diversity and inclusion to organisational growth - Change the culture and motivate senior leaders to 'walk the talk' for inclusivity - Design and implement a sustainable inclusivity infrastructure - Work as a whole organisation rather than in HR isolation - Celebrate your inclusivity to become an employer of choice in your industry https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576860 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576860]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Deliberate Calm: How to Learn and Lead in a Volatile World Author: Michiel Kruyt, Aaron De Smet, Jacqueline Brassey Narrator: Samantha Desz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: November 29, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A trio of McKinsey & Company veterans draws from a unique combination of psychology, neuroscience, and consciousness practices plus a combined 50-plus years of international board room experience to offer a unique approach to learning and leading with awareness and intentional choice, even amidst the most challenging circumstances. As the speed of change in our increasingly complex world accelerates daily, leaders are tasked with performing outside of their familiar zones both in their personal and professional lives. This requires us to adapt. Yet, the same conditions that make adapting so important can also trigger fear, leading us to resist change and default to reactive behavior. The authors call this the “adaptability paradox”: when we most need to learn and change, we stick with what we know, often in ways that stifle learning and innovation. To avoid this trap, leaders must become proactive so they can lead ahead of the curve. Enter Deliberate Calm, a tangible guide that combines cutting-edge neuroscience, psychology, and consciousness practices, along with the authors’ decades of experience working with leaders around the globe. By practicing Dual Awareness, which integrates our internal and external experiences, leaders can become fluid and respond to challenges with intentional choice instead of being limited by their old success models. With Deliberate Calm, anyone can lead and learn with awareness and choice to realize their full potential, even in times of uncertainty, complexity, and change. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Michiel Kruyt, Aaron De Smet, Jacqueline Brassey Tue, 29 Nov 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576860 thebookvoice.com 9:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576860]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Deliberate Calm: How to Learn and Lead in a Volatile World Author: Michiel Kruyt, Aaron De Smet, Jacqueline Brassey Narrator: Samantha Desz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: November 29, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A trio of McKinsey & Company veterans draws from a unique combination of psychology, neuroscience, and consciousness practices plus a combined 50-plus years of international board room experience to offer a unique approach to learning and leading with awareness and intentional choice, even amidst the most challenging circumstances. As the speed of change in our increasingly complex world accelerates daily, leaders are tasked with performing outside of their familiar zones both in their personal and professional lives. This requires us to adapt. Yet, the same conditions that make adapting so important can also trigger fear, leading us to resist change and default to reactive behavior. The authors call this the “adaptability paradox”: when we most need to learn and change, we stick with what we know, often in ways that stifle learning and innovation. To avoid this trap, leaders must become proactive so they can lead ahead of the curve. Enter Deliberate Calm, a tangible guide that combines cutting-edge neuroscience, psychology, and consciousness practices, along with the authors’ decades of experience working with leaders around the globe. By practicing Dual Awareness, which integrates our internal and external experiences, leaders can become fluid and respond to challenges with intentional choice instead of being limited by their old success models. With Deliberate Calm, anyone can lead and learn with awareness and choice to realize their full potential, even in times of uncertainty, complexity, and change. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576860]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Deliberate Calm: How to Learn and Lead in a Volatile World Author: Michiel Kruyt, Aaron De Smet, Jacqueline Brassey Narrator: Samantha Desz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: November 29, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A trio of McKinsey & Company veterans draws from a unique combination of psychology, neuroscience, and consciousness practices plus a combined 50-plus years of international board room experience to offer a unique approach to learning and leading with awareness and intentional choice, even amidst the most challenging circumstances. As the speed of change in our increasingly complex world accelerates daily, leaders are tasked with performing outside of their familiar zones both in their personal and professional lives. This requires us to adapt. Yet, the same conditions that make adapting so important can also trigger fear, leading us to resist change and default to reactive behavior. The authors call this the “adaptability paradox”: when we most need to learn and change, we stick with what we know, often in ways that stifle learning and innovation. To avoid this trap, leaders must become proactive so they can lead ahead of the curve. Enter Deliberate Calm, a tangible guide that combines cutting-edge neuroscience, psychology, and consciousness practices, along with the authors’ decades of experience working with leaders around the globe. By practicing Dual Awareness, which integrates our internal and external experiences, leaders can become fluid and respond to challenges with intentional choice instead of being limited by their old success models. With Deliberate Calm, anyone can lead and learn with awareness and choice to realize their full potential, even in times of uncertainty, complexity, and change. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576511 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576511]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Essential Diversity Mindset: How to Cultivate a More Inclusive Culture and Environment Author: Soo Bong Peer Narrator: June Angela Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 29 minutes Release date: March 1, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A fresh and practical approach to diversity—as a mindset, not as a formula. “A rich combination of personal stories, research data, and excellent advice to help us think and talk beyond the limits of labels to see, respect, and appreciate the individuals within.” — from the foreword by Clarence Page In our divided climate with heightened concerns and emotions over inclusion, racism, and activism, The Essential Diversity Mindset offers a transformative approach to diversity―as a mindset, not as a formula. Thoughts, feelings, and behaviors (not enforcements, compliances, or statistics) drive diversity outcomes. The Essential Diversity Mindset provides answers to businesses, organizations, and people searching for alternate perspectives and strategies to advance diversity and inclusion. It is for those who feel different or alienated, and want to foster their sense of self-empowerment and connect with others. And it’s for those who want to deepen their capacity to build greater empathy, open-mindedness, and connection. The Essential Diversity Mindset will inspire readers to pause and reflect on where they are and explore how we all can make positive shifts to thrive in unity with differences. Soo Bong Peer Mon, 01 Mar 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576511 thebookvoice.com 7:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576511]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Essential Diversity Mindset: How to Cultivate a More Inclusive Culture and Environment Author: Soo Bong Peer Narrator: June Angela Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 29 minutes Release date: March 1, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A fresh and practical approach to diversity—as a mindset, not as a formula. “A rich combination of personal stories, research data, and excellent advice to help us think and talk beyond the limits of labels to see, respect, and appreciate the individuals within.” — from the foreword by Clarence Page In our divided climate with heightened concerns and emotions over inclusion, racism, and activism, The Essential Diversity Mindset offers a transformative approach to diversity―as a mindset, not as a formula. Thoughts, feelings, and behaviors (not enforcements, compliances, or statistics) drive diversity outcomes. The Essential Diversity Mindset provides answers to businesses, organizations, and people searching for alternate perspectives and strategies to advance diversity and inclusion. It is for those who feel different or alienated, and want to foster their sense of self-empowerment and connect with others. And it’s for those who want to deepen their capacity to build greater empathy, open-mindedness, and connection. The Essential Diversity Mindset will inspire readers to pause and reflect on where they are and explore how we all can make positive shifts to thrive in unity with differences. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576511]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Essential Diversity Mindset: How to Cultivate a More Inclusive Culture and Environment Author: Soo Bong Peer Narrator: June Angela Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 29 minutes Release date: March 1, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A fresh and practical approach to diversity—as a mindset, not as a formula. “A rich combination of personal stories, research data, and excellent advice to help us think and talk beyond the limits of labels to see, respect, and appreciate the individuals within.” — from the foreword by Clarence Page In our divided climate with heightened concerns and emotions over inclusion, racism, and activism, The Essential Diversity Mindset offers a transformative approach to diversity―as a mindset, not as a formula. Thoughts, feelings, and behaviors (not enforcements, compliances, or statistics) drive diversity outcomes. The Essential Diversity Mindset provides answers to businesses, organizations, and people searching for alternate perspectives and strategies to advance diversity and inclusion. It is for those who feel different or alienated, and want to foster their sense of self-empowerment and connect with others. And it’s for those who want to deepen their capacity to build greater empathy, open-mindedness, and connection. The Essential Diversity Mindset will inspire readers to pause and reflect on where they are and explore how we all can make positive shifts to thrive in unity with differences. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576196 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576196]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Social Brain: The Psychology of Successful Groups Author: Samantha Rockey, Tracey Camilleri, Robin Dunbar Narrator: Anna Wilson-Jones Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 54 minutes Release date: February 23, 2023 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. How many people does the ideal team contain? How do groups bond, earn trust and forge shared identities? How can leaders build environments adaptable enough to respond to shocks and still enable people to thrive together? How can you feel close to people if your only point of contact is a phone or a computer? In The Social Brain leading experts from the worlds of evolutionary psychology and business management come together to offer a primer on great team working. They explain what size groups work and how to shape them according to the nature of the task at hand. They offer practical hints on how to diffuse tensions and encourage cooperation. And they demonstrate the vital importance of balancing unity and the need for different views and outlooks. By explaining precisely how the 'social brain' works, they show how human groups function and how to create great, high-performing teams. ©2023 Robin Dunbar (P)2023 Penguin Audio Samantha Rockey, Tracey Camilleri, Robin Dunbar Thu, 23 Feb 2023 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576196 thebookvoice.com 8:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576196]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Social Brain: The Psychology of Successful Groups Author: Samantha Rockey, Tracey Camilleri, Robin Dunbar Narrator: Anna Wilson-Jones Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 54 minutes Release date: February 23, 2023 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. How many people does the ideal team contain? How do groups bond, earn trust and forge shared identities? How can leaders build environments adaptable enough to respond to shocks and still enable people to thrive together? How can you feel close to people if your only point of contact is a phone or a computer? In The Social Brain leading experts from the worlds of evolutionary psychology and business management come together to offer a primer on great team working. They explain what size groups work and how to shape them according to the nature of the task at hand. They offer practical hints on how to diffuse tensions and encourage cooperation. And they demonstrate the vital importance of balancing unity and the need for different views and outlooks. By explaining precisely how the 'social brain' works, they show how human groups function and how to create great, high-performing teams. ©2023 Robin Dunbar (P)2023 Penguin Audio Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576196]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Social Brain: The Psychology of Successful Groups Author: Samantha Rockey, Tracey Camilleri, Robin Dunbar Narrator: Anna Wilson-Jones Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 54 minutes Release date: February 23, 2023 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. How many people does the ideal team contain? How do groups bond, earn trust and forge shared identities? How can leaders build environments adaptable enough to respond to shocks and still enable people to thrive together? How can you feel close to people if your only point of contact is a phone or a computer? In The Social Brain leading experts from the worlds of evolutionary psychology and business management come together to offer a primer on great team working. They explain what size groups work and how to shape them according to the nature of the task at hand. They offer practical hints on how to diffuse tensions and encourage cooperation. And they demonstrate the vital importance of balancing unity and the need for different views and outlooks. By explaining precisely how the 'social brain' works, they show how human groups function and how to create great, high-performing teams. ©2023 Robin Dunbar (P)2023 Penguin Audio https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576084 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576084]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Empathy Works: The Key to Competitive Advantage in the New Era of Work Author: A. Sophie Wade Narrator: A. Sophie Wade Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 57 minutes Release date: May 3, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The Future of Work has arrived. And it’s powered by empathy. We are in a period of change. We need to think and act differently. The new world of work is significantly more digitized and decentralized than before—a transformation accelerated by the COVID-19 crisis. We need to orient ourselves differently to be successful, shifting from transactional to human-centric management, mindsets, and methods to deal with the faster pace of business developments, continuing uncertainties, more complex issues, and an increase in multidimensional projects. In Empathy Works, work futurist, international keynote speaker, popular online course instructor and workforce consultant Sophie Wade shows you why empathy is a critical corporate value, mindset, and skill for improving engagement and productivity, and achieving sustained growth as we emerge from the pandemic. Sharing data and insights from brain science, organizational psychology, as well as real situations, stories, and solutions from around the world, Wade guides you through the steps to cultivate empathy throughout both the Customer Journey and the Employee Journey—encompassing culture and leadership, managing distributed workers, fostering effective sales teams, and bridging generations. You’ll learn how to integrate empathy habits into management practices and daily operations, nurturing customer experiences empowered by human-centric connection and understanding. You will be able to gain sustainable competitive advantage by cultivating a more supportive, meaningful, and positive workplace as you manage, motivate, and enhance team performance and business results. An invaluable resource for both established and rising executives and managers, Empathy Works provides you with essential insights and knowledge to adapt, thrive, and grow—no matter what the future holds. A. Sophie Wade Tue, 03 May 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576084 thebookvoice.com 7:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576084]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Empathy Works: The Key to Competitive Advantage in the New Era of Work Author: A. Sophie Wade Narrator: A. Sophie Wade Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 57 minutes Release date: May 3, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The Future of Work has arrived. And it’s powered by empathy. We are in a period of change. We need to think and act differently. The new world of work is significantly more digitized and decentralized than before—a transformation accelerated by the COVID-19 crisis. We need to orient ourselves differently to be successful, shifting from transactional to human-centric management, mindsets, and methods to deal with the faster pace of business developments, continuing uncertainties, more complex issues, and an increase in multidimensional projects. In Empathy Works, work futurist, international keynote speaker, popular online course instructor and workforce consultant Sophie Wade shows you why empathy is a critical corporate value, mindset, and skill for improving engagement and productivity, and achieving sustained growth as we emerge from the pandemic. Sharing data and insights from brain science, organizational psychology, as well as real situations, stories, and solutions from around the world, Wade guides you through the steps to cultivate empathy throughout both the Customer Journey and the Employee Journey—encompassing culture and leadership, managing distributed workers, fostering effective sales teams, and bridging generations. You’ll learn how to integrate empathy habits into management practices and daily operations, nurturing customer experiences empowered by human-centric connection and understanding. You will be able to gain sustainable competitive advantage by cultivating a more supportive, meaningful, and positive workplace as you manage, motivate, and enhance team performance and business results. An invaluable resource for both established and rising executives and managers, Empathy Works provides you with essential insights and knowledge to adapt, thrive, and grow—no matter what the future holds. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576084]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Empathy Works: The Key to Competitive Advantage in the New Era of Work Author: A. Sophie Wade Narrator: A. Sophie Wade Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 57 minutes Release date: May 3, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The Future of Work has arrived. And it’s powered by empathy. We are in a period of change. We need to think and act differently. The new world of work is significantly more digitized and decentralized than before—a transformation accelerated by the COVID-19 crisis. We need to orient ourselves differently to be successful, shifting from transactional to human-centric management, mindsets, and methods to deal with the faster pace of business developments, continuing uncertainties, more complex issues, and an increase in multidimensional projects. In Empathy Works, work futurist, international keynote speaker, popular online course instructor and workforce consultant Sophie Wade shows you why empathy is a critical corporate value, mindset, and skill for improving engagement and productivity, and achieving sustained growth as we emerge from the pandemic. Sharing data and insights from brain science, organizational psychology, as well as real situations, stories, and solutions from around the world, Wade guides you through the steps to cultivate empathy throughout both the Customer Journey and the Employee Journey—encompassing culture and leadership, managing distributed workers, fostering effective sales teams, and bridging generations. You’ll learn how to integrate empathy habits into management practices and daily operations, nurturing customer experiences empowered by human-centric connection and understanding. You will be able to gain sustainable competitive advantage by cultivating a more supportive, meaningful, and positive workplace as you manage, motivate, and enhance team performance and business results. An invaluable resource for both established and rising executives and managers, Empathy Works provides you with essential insights and knowledge to adapt, thrive, and grow—no matter what the future holds. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576046 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576046]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bet the Farm: The Dollars and Sense of Growing Food in America Author: Beth Hoffman Narrator: Susan Ericksen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: May 10, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Beth Hoffman was living the good life: she had a successful career as a journalist and professor, a comfortable home in San Francisco, and plenty of close friends and family. Yet in her late forties, she and her husband decided to leave the big city and move to his family ranch in Iowa—all for the dream of becoming a farmer. There was just one problem: money. Half of America's two million farms made less than $300 in 2019. Between rising land costs, ever-more expensive equipment, the growing uncertainty of the climate, and few options for health care, farming today is a risky business. For many, simply staying afloat is a constant struggle. Bet the Farm chronicles this struggle through Beth's eyes as a beginning farmer. She must contend with her father-in-law, who is reluctant to hand over control of the land. Growing oats is good for the environment but ends up being very bad for the wallet. The couple also must balance the books, hoping that farming isn't a romantic fantasy that takes every cent of their savings. Bet the Farm is a first-hand account of the perils of farming today and a personal exploration of more just and sustainable ways of producing food. Beth Hoffman Tue, 10 May 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576046 thebookvoice.com 7:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576046]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bet the Farm: The Dollars and Sense of Growing Food in America Author: Beth Hoffman Narrator: Susan Ericksen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: May 10, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Beth Hoffman was living the good life: she had a successful career as a journalist and professor, a comfortable home in San Francisco, and plenty of close friends and family. Yet in her late forties, she and her husband decided to leave the big city and move to his family ranch in Iowa—all for the dream of becoming a farmer. There was just one problem: money. Half of America's two million farms made less than $300 in 2019. Between rising land costs, ever-more expensive equipment, the growing uncertainty of the climate, and few options for health care, farming today is a risky business. For many, simply staying afloat is a constant struggle. Bet the Farm chronicles this struggle through Beth's eyes as a beginning farmer. She must contend with her father-in-law, who is reluctant to hand over control of the land. Growing oats is good for the environment but ends up being very bad for the wallet. The couple also must balance the books, hoping that farming isn't a romantic fantasy that takes every cent of their savings. Bet the Farm is a first-hand account of the perils of farming today and a personal exploration of more just and sustainable ways of producing food. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576046]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bet the Farm: The Dollars and Sense of Growing Food in America Author: Beth Hoffman Narrator: Susan Ericksen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: May 10, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Beth Hoffman was living the good life: she had a successful career as a journalist and professor, a comfortable home in San Francisco, and plenty of close friends and family. Yet in her late forties, she and her husband decided to leave the big city and move to his family ranch in Iowa—all for the dream of becoming a farmer. There was just one problem: money. Half of America's two million farms made less than $300 in 2019. Between rising land costs, ever-more expensive equipment, the growing uncertainty of the climate, and few options for health care, farming today is a risky business. For many, simply staying afloat is a constant struggle. Bet the Farm chronicles this struggle through Beth's eyes as a beginning farmer. She must contend with her father-in-law, who is reluctant to hand over control of the land. Growing oats is good for the environment but ends up being very bad for the wallet. The couple also must balance the books, hoping that farming isn't a romantic fantasy that takes every cent of their savings. Bet the Farm is a first-hand account of the perils of farming today and a personal exploration of more just and sustainable ways of producing food. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576043 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576043]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Courage Playbook: Five Steps to Overcome Your Fears and Become Your Best Self Author: Gus Lee Narrator: Chris Reilly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 37 minutes Release date: April 19, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A practical pathway to a meaningful life and courageous leadership In The Courage Playbook: Five Steps to Overcome Your Fears and Become Your Best Self, Gus Lee, bestselling author and leadership expert, delivers an astonishing reveal that with moral courage, we can overcome our fears. This is a practical guide to gaining your courage to live rightly, treat others without bias, and lead inspirationally. Listeners will acquire Five Steps to Courage, 3 NO's, 3 GO's, and Courageous Communication Plays. These lend deeper meaning to life, strengthen our character, improve relationships, and allow us to help others for the common good. They lead to contentment, love, and even happiness. The Playbook is a practical, behavior-based 'Other-Help' guide that equips us more effectively than the worried 'self-help' approach. The Courage Playbook includes: skills and strategies for healthfully and authentically deploying courage in your life; ways to actually solve tough moral problems and conflicts at their root cause, genuinely help others, model strength, and close the 'Courage Gap'; and methods for courageous and inspirational communication and leadership for all manner of situations—professionally, personally, relationally, and organizationally. Gus Lee Tue, 19 Apr 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576043 thebookvoice.com 9:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576043]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Courage Playbook: Five Steps to Overcome Your Fears and Become Your Best Self Author: Gus Lee Narrator: Chris Reilly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 37 minutes Release date: April 19, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A practical pathway to a meaningful life and courageous leadership In The Courage Playbook: Five Steps to Overcome Your Fears and Become Your Best Self, Gus Lee, bestselling author and leadership expert, delivers an astonishing reveal that with moral courage, we can overcome our fears. This is a practical guide to gaining your courage to live rightly, treat others without bias, and lead inspirationally. Listeners will acquire Five Steps to Courage, 3 NO's, 3 GO's, and Courageous Communication Plays. These lend deeper meaning to life, strengthen our character, improve relationships, and allow us to help others for the common good. They lead to contentment, love, and even happiness. The Playbook is a practical, behavior-based 'Other-Help' guide that equips us more effectively than the worried 'self-help' approach. The Courage Playbook includes: skills and strategies for healthfully and authentically deploying courage in your life; ways to actually solve tough moral problems and conflicts at their root cause, genuinely help others, model strength, and close the 'Courage Gap'; and methods for courageous and inspirational communication and leadership for all manner of situations—professionally, personally, relationally, and organizationally. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576043]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Courage Playbook: Five Steps to Overcome Your Fears and Become Your Best Self Author: Gus Lee Narrator: Chris Reilly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 37 minutes Release date: April 19, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A practical pathway to a meaningful life and courageous leadership In The Courage Playbook: Five Steps to Overcome Your Fears and Become Your Best Self, Gus Lee, bestselling author and leadership expert, delivers an astonishing reveal that with moral courage, we can overcome our fears. This is a practical guide to gaining your courage to live rightly, treat others without bias, and lead inspirationally. Listeners will acquire Five Steps to Courage, 3 NO's, 3 GO's, and Courageous Communication Plays. These lend deeper meaning to life, strengthen our character, improve relationships, and allow us to help others for the common good. They lead to contentment, love, and even happiness. The Playbook is a practical, behavior-based 'Other-Help' guide that equips us more effectively than the worried 'self-help' approach. The Courage Playbook includes: skills and strategies for healthfully and authentically deploying courage in your life; ways to actually solve tough moral problems and conflicts at their root cause, genuinely help others, model strength, and close the 'Courage Gap'; and methods for courageous and inspirational communication and leadership for all manner of situations—professionally, personally, relationally, and organizationally. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576028 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576028]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Straight Talk: Influence Skills for Collaboration and Commitment Author: Rick Brandon Narrator: Jim Denison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 51 minutes Release date: May 10, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The costs of faulty communication are enormous for companies. Each year, billions of dollars are lost, precious time is wasted, innovation is thwarted, and morale suffers. But sharpening influence skills can address these challenges and create huge payoffs. Drawing from thirty-five years of performance improvement experience, Rick Brandon, PhD, trains thousands of people to improve their results and work relationships by improving the clarity and persuasiveness of their communication. Straight Talk is his 'edu-taining' workshop-in-a-book for anyone who wants to develop direct, empathetic, and positive communication skills that will benefit themselves, their teammates, and their companies. It's common sense but not always common practice to work on improving interpersonal skills in order to achieve accountability and a more productive and harmonious work climate. Straight Talk shows how thoughtful changes to communication can create a ripple effect across teams and organizations. Each chapter is packed with practical tips, simple how-to instruction, real-world examples, involvement exercises, and humor, to help listeners build positive influence skills with competence and confidence. Rick Brandon Tue, 10 May 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576028 thebookvoice.com 8:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576028]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Straight Talk: Influence Skills for Collaboration and Commitment Author: Rick Brandon Narrator: Jim Denison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 51 minutes Release date: May 10, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The costs of faulty communication are enormous for companies. Each year, billions of dollars are lost, precious time is wasted, innovation is thwarted, and morale suffers. But sharpening influence skills can address these challenges and create huge payoffs. Drawing from thirty-five years of performance improvement experience, Rick Brandon, PhD, trains thousands of people to improve their results and work relationships by improving the clarity and persuasiveness of their communication. Straight Talk is his 'edu-taining' workshop-in-a-book for anyone who wants to develop direct, empathetic, and positive communication skills that will benefit themselves, their teammates, and their companies. It's common sense but not always common practice to work on improving interpersonal skills in order to achieve accountability and a more productive and harmonious work climate. Straight Talk shows how thoughtful changes to communication can create a ripple effect across teams and organizations. Each chapter is packed with practical tips, simple how-to instruction, real-world examples, involvement exercises, and humor, to help listeners build positive influence skills with competence and confidence. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576028]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Straight Talk: Influence Skills for Collaboration and Commitment Author: Rick Brandon Narrator: Jim Denison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 51 minutes Release date: May 10, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The costs of faulty communication are enormous for companies. Each year, billions of dollars are lost, precious time is wasted, innovation is thwarted, and morale suffers. But sharpening influence skills can address these challenges and create huge payoffs. Drawing from thirty-five years of performance improvement experience, Rick Brandon, PhD, trains thousands of people to improve their results and work relationships by improving the clarity and persuasiveness of their communication. Straight Talk is his 'edu-taining' workshop-in-a-book for anyone who wants to develop direct, empathetic, and positive communication skills that will benefit themselves, their teammates, and their companies. It's common sense but not always common practice to work on improving interpersonal skills in order to achieve accountability and a more productive and harmonious work climate. Straight Talk shows how thoughtful changes to communication can create a ripple effect across teams and organizations. Each chapter is packed with practical tips, simple how-to instruction, real-world examples, involvement exercises, and humor, to help listeners build positive influence skills with competence and confidence. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575059 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575059]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Elephant and the Mouse: Moving Beyond the Illusion of Inclusion to Create a Truly Diverse and Equitable Workplace Author: Laura A. Liswood Narrator: Alison Ewing Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 23 minutes Release date: April 5, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In The Elephant and the Mouse, award-winning speaker and diversity and inclusion expert Laura Liswood delivers a thought-provoking and insightful new business guide that explores workplace diversity and offers new ideas for gaining the real benefits from your diversity, equity, and inclusion initiatives. The Elephant and the Mouse refers to the dynamic in organizations that are roadblocks to consciously inclusive success. The Elephant, often dominant group leadership, knows little about the experiences of the Mouse, the non-dominant groups, while the Mouse knows so much more about the Elephant. In diverse workplaces, these two groups live in different worlds. Success will come only if everyone works in a true meritocracy. You learn what may be easy for some to do in their career is much harder for others to do. In this book, which builds upon Liswood's groundbreaking book, The Loudest Duck, you'll explore the powerful case for diversity, equity, and inclusion and the often-overlooked risks posed by a homogeneous workforce. You will learn the hard truths about why many DE&I efforts fail, millions of dollars are wasted, and why organizations confuse efforts with outcomes. You'll also consider new ways of leading others, with a strong emphasis on tactics and strategies employed by successful Elephant and Mouse leaders, including women leaders. Laura A. Liswood Tue, 05 Apr 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575059 thebookvoice.com 4:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575059]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Elephant and the Mouse: Moving Beyond the Illusion of Inclusion to Create a Truly Diverse and Equitable Workplace Author: Laura A. Liswood Narrator: Alison Ewing Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 23 minutes Release date: April 5, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In The Elephant and the Mouse, award-winning speaker and diversity and inclusion expert Laura Liswood delivers a thought-provoking and insightful new business guide that explores workplace diversity and offers new ideas for gaining the real benefits from your diversity, equity, and inclusion initiatives. The Elephant and the Mouse refers to the dynamic in organizations that are roadblocks to consciously inclusive success. The Elephant, often dominant group leadership, knows little about the experiences of the Mouse, the non-dominant groups, while the Mouse knows so much more about the Elephant. In diverse workplaces, these two groups live in different worlds. Success will come only if everyone works in a true meritocracy. You learn what may be easy for some to do in their career is much harder for others to do. In this book, which builds upon Liswood's groundbreaking book, The Loudest Duck, you'll explore the powerful case for diversity, equity, and inclusion and the often-overlooked risks posed by a homogeneous workforce. You will learn the hard truths about why many DE&I efforts fail, millions of dollars are wasted, and why organizations confuse efforts with outcomes. You'll also consider new ways of leading others, with a strong emphasis on tactics and strategies employed by successful Elephant and Mouse leaders, including women leaders. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575059]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Elephant and the Mouse: Moving Beyond the Illusion of Inclusion to Create a Truly Diverse and Equitable Workplace Author: Laura A. Liswood Narrator: Alison Ewing Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 23 minutes Release date: April 5, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In The Elephant and the Mouse, award-winning speaker and diversity and inclusion expert Laura Liswood delivers a thought-provoking and insightful new business guide that explores workplace diversity and offers new ideas for gaining the real benefits from your diversity, equity, and inclusion initiatives. The Elephant and the Mouse refers to the dynamic in organizations that are roadblocks to consciously inclusive success. The Elephant, often dominant group leadership, knows little about the experiences of the Mouse, the non-dominant groups, while the Mouse knows so much more about the Elephant. In diverse workplaces, these two groups live in different worlds. Success will come only if everyone works in a true meritocracy. You learn what may be easy for some to do in their career is much harder for others to do. In this book, which builds upon Liswood's groundbreaking book, The Loudest Duck, you'll explore the powerful case for diversity, equity, and inclusion and the often-overlooked risks posed by a homogeneous workforce. You will learn the hard truths about why many DE&I efforts fail, millions of dollars are wasted, and why organizations confuse efforts with outcomes. You'll also consider new ways of leading others, with a strong emphasis on tactics and strategies employed by successful Elephant and Mouse leaders, including women leaders. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/574000 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/574000]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Poder + Influencia Series: Part of [Spanish Edition] Harvard Emotional Intelligence Author: Brendan Canning, Harvard Business Review, Dacher Keltner, Peter Bregman, Harrison Monarth Narrator: Victor Bedoya Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 51 minutes Release date: February 15, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: La autoridad formal conlleva implícita el poder. Pero muy poca gente es consciente deque también existe un poder informal, que no está vinculado a ningún cargo o jerarquía,pero capaz de ejercer un gran impacto. ¿Cómo puedes usar tu poder para que tenga mayorin?uencia?Este libro explica cómo el poder incide en nuestras emociones, en nuestro comportamientoy en el modo en que interactuamos con los demás. Aprenderás a ser consciente de ti mismopara mantener tu poder bajo control, así como a relacionarte con las personas adecuadas paragenerar más valor y reaccionar ante los abusos de poder, de manera que puedas lograr que tulegado sea profundo y duradero Brendan Canning, Harvard Business Review, Dacher Keltner, Peter Bregman, Harrison Monarth Tue, 15 Feb 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/574000 thebookvoice.com 1:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/574000]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Poder + Influencia Series: Part of [Spanish Edition] Harvard Emotional Intelligence Author: Brendan Canning, Harvard Business Review, Dacher Keltner, Peter Bregman, Harrison Monarth Narrator: Victor Bedoya Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 51 minutes Release date: February 15, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: La autoridad formal conlleva implícita el poder. Pero muy poca gente es consciente deque también existe un poder informal, que no está vinculado a ningún cargo o jerarquía,pero capaz de ejercer un gran impacto. ¿Cómo puedes usar tu poder para que tenga mayorin?uencia?Este libro explica cómo el poder incide en nuestras emociones, en nuestro comportamientoy en el modo en que interactuamos con los demás. Aprenderás a ser consciente de ti mismopara mantener tu poder bajo control, así como a relacionarte con las personas adecuadas paragenerar más valor y reaccionar ante los abusos de poder, de manera que puedas lograr que tulegado sea profundo y duradero Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/574000]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Poder + Influencia Series: Part of [Spanish Edition] Harvard Emotional Intelligence Author: Brendan Canning, Harvard Business Review, Dacher Keltner, Peter Bregman, Harrison Monarth Narrator: Victor Bedoya Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 51 minutes Release date: February 15, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: La autoridad formal conlleva implícita el poder. Pero muy poca gente es consciente deque también existe un poder informal, que no está vinculado a ningún cargo o jerarquía,pero capaz de ejercer un gran impacto. ¿Cómo puedes usar tu poder para que tenga mayorin?uencia?Este libro explica cómo el poder incide en nuestras emociones, en nuestro comportamientoy en el modo en que interactuamos con los demás. Aprenderás a ser consciente de ti mismopara mantener tu poder bajo control, así como a relacionarte con las personas adecuadas paragenerar más valor y reaccionar ante los abusos de poder, de manera que puedas lograr que tulegado sea profundo y duradero https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573998 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573998]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Empatía Series: Part of [Spanish Edition] Harvard Emotional Intelligence Author: Adam Waytz, Harvard Business Review, Annie McKee, Daniel Goleman Narrator: Bobby Sánchez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 10 minutes Release date: February 15, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Necesitas confanza para transmitir seguridad, comunicarte de forma efectiva y tener éxito en tu organización.Pero tus propias inseguridades y tus temores pueden mermar tu capacidad para actuar condecisión y persuadir a otros. ¿Qué puedes hacer para superar esas inseguridades? Este librote explica cómo utilizar la inteligencia emocional para sentirte más seguro en el trabajo y entu vida personal. Adam Waytz, Harvard Business Review, Annie McKee, Daniel Goleman Tue, 15 Feb 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573998 thebookvoice.com 2:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573998]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Empatía Series: Part of [Spanish Edition] Harvard Emotional Intelligence Author: Adam Waytz, Harvard Business Review, Annie McKee, Daniel Goleman Narrator: Bobby Sánchez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 10 minutes Release date: February 15, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Necesitas confanza para transmitir seguridad, comunicarte de forma efectiva y tener éxito en tu organización.Pero tus propias inseguridades y tus temores pueden mermar tu capacidad para actuar condecisión y persuadir a otros. ¿Qué puedes hacer para superar esas inseguridades? Este librote explica cómo utilizar la inteligencia emocional para sentirte más seguro en el trabajo y entu vida personal. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573998]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Empatía Series: Part of [Spanish Edition] Harvard Emotional Intelligence Author: Adam Waytz, Harvard Business Review, Annie McKee, Daniel Goleman Narrator: Bobby Sánchez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 10 minutes Release date: February 15, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Necesitas confanza para transmitir seguridad, comunicarte de forma efectiva y tener éxito en tu organización.Pero tus propias inseguridades y tus temores pueden mermar tu capacidad para actuar condecisión y persuadir a otros. ¿Qué puedes hacer para superar esas inseguridades? Este librote explica cómo utilizar la inteligencia emocional para sentirte más seguro en el trabajo y entu vida personal. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573999 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573999]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Proposito, Sentido + Pasión Series: Part of [Spanish Edition] Harvard Emotional Intelligence Author: Scott A. Snook, Teresa M. Amabile, Harvard Business Review, Nick Craig, Morten T. Hansen Narrator: German Torres Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 27 minutes Release date: February 15, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: En un mundo ideal, nuestra vida laboral sería completamente satisfactoria y motivadora. Pero, ¿y si estás comprometido en un empleo cuando tu corazón ya no lo está? ¿O qué ocurre si la misión de tu empresa parece no estar en sintonía con tu trabajo? Este libro muestra el poder de la pasión y cómo tú y tu equipo pueden encontrarla en el trabajo.Este libro te ayudará a darle un sentido a tu trabajo, a recuperar la pasión por lo que haces, a crear tu propio propósito y ayudar a tus empleados a que encuentren el suyo, a dar sentido a un trabajo que no es tu vocación, a hacer que el trabajo de tu equipo sea signifcativo y a fomentar el emprendimiento con propósito Scott A. Snook, Teresa M. Amabile, Harvard Business Review, Nick Craig, Morten T. Hansen Tue, 15 Feb 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573999 thebookvoice.com 2:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573999]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Proposito, Sentido + Pasión Series: Part of [Spanish Edition] Harvard Emotional Intelligence Author: Scott A. Snook, Teresa M. Amabile, Harvard Business Review, Nick Craig, Morten T. Hansen Narrator: German Torres Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 27 minutes Release date: February 15, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: En un mundo ideal, nuestra vida laboral sería completamente satisfactoria y motivadora. Pero, ¿y si estás comprometido en un empleo cuando tu corazón ya no lo está? ¿O qué ocurre si la misión de tu empresa parece no estar en sintonía con tu trabajo? Este libro muestra el poder de la pasión y cómo tú y tu equipo pueden encontrarla en el trabajo.Este libro te ayudará a darle un sentido a tu trabajo, a recuperar la pasión por lo que haces, a crear tu propio propósito y ayudar a tus empleados a que encuentren el suyo, a dar sentido a un trabajo que no es tu vocación, a hacer que el trabajo de tu equipo sea signifcativo y a fomentar el emprendimiento con propósito Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573999]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Proposito, Sentido + Pasión Series: Part of [Spanish Edition] Harvard Emotional Intelligence Author: Scott A. Snook, Teresa M. Amabile, Harvard Business Review, Nick Craig, Morten T. Hansen Narrator: German Torres Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 27 minutes Release date: February 15, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: En un mundo ideal, nuestra vida laboral sería completamente satisfactoria y motivadora. Pero, ¿y si estás comprometido en un empleo cuando tu corazón ya no lo está? ¿O qué ocurre si la misión de tu empresa parece no estar en sintonía con tu trabajo? Este libro muestra el poder de la pasión y cómo tú y tu equipo pueden encontrarla en el trabajo.Este libro te ayudará a darle un sentido a tu trabajo, a recuperar la pasión por lo que haces, a crear tu propio propósito y ayudar a tus empleados a que encuentren el suyo, a dar sentido a un trabajo que no es tu vocación, a hacer que el trabajo de tu equipo sea signifcativo y a fomentar el emprendimiento con propósito https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573995 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573995]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Confianza Series: Part of [Spanish Edition] Harvard Emotional Intelligence Author: Harvard Business Review, Amy Jen Su, Tomas Chamorro-Premuzic, Peter Bregman, Rosabeth Moss Kanter Narrator: Rocío Velásquez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 14 minutes Release date: February 15, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Necesitas confanza para transmitir seguridad, comunicarte de forma efectiva y tener éxito en tu organización.Pero tus propias inseguridades y tus temores pueden mermar tu capacidad para actuar condecisión y persuadir a otros. ¿Qué puedes hacer para superar esas inseguridades? Este librote explica cómo utilizar la inteligencia emocional para sentirte más seguro en el trabajo y entu vida personal. Harvard Business Review, Amy Jen Su, Tomas Chamorro-Premuzic, Peter Bregman, Rosabeth Moss Kanter Tue, 15 Feb 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573995 thebookvoice.com 2:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573995]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Confianza Series: Part of [Spanish Edition] Harvard Emotional Intelligence Author: Harvard Business Review, Amy Jen Su, Tomas Chamorro-Premuzic, Peter Bregman, Rosabeth Moss Kanter Narrator: Rocío Velásquez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 14 minutes Release date: February 15, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Necesitas confanza para transmitir seguridad, comunicarte de forma efectiva y tener éxito en tu organización.Pero tus propias inseguridades y tus temores pueden mermar tu capacidad para actuar condecisión y persuadir a otros. ¿Qué puedes hacer para superar esas inseguridades? Este librote explica cómo utilizar la inteligencia emocional para sentirte más seguro en el trabajo y entu vida personal. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573995]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Confianza Series: Part of [Spanish Edition] Harvard Emotional Intelligence Author: Harvard Business Review, Amy Jen Su, Tomas Chamorro-Premuzic, Peter Bregman, Rosabeth Moss Kanter Narrator: Rocío Velásquez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 14 minutes Release date: February 15, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Necesitas confanza para transmitir seguridad, comunicarte de forma efectiva y tener éxito en tu organización.Pero tus propias inseguridades y tus temores pueden mermar tu capacidad para actuar condecisión y persuadir a otros. ¿Qué puedes hacer para superar esas inseguridades? Este librote explica cómo utilizar la inteligencia emocional para sentirte más seguro en el trabajo y entu vida personal. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573996 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573996]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Cómo tratar con gente difícil Series: Part of [Spanish Edition] Harvard Emotional Intelligence Author: Amy Gallo, Holly Weeks, Harvard Business Review, Mark Gerzon, Tony Schwartz Narrator: Bobby Sánchez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 17 minutes Release date: February 15, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: El secreto para tratar con personas difíciles consiste en saber controlar tanto tus emociones como lassuyas. ¿Cómo mantener la calma en una conversación tensa? ¿Cómo permanecer frme frente adeterminados comentarios? ¿Cómo saber si eres tú una persona con la que resulta difícil trabajar?De la mano de especialistas de Harvard Business Review, en este libro se exponen las investigacionesque explican nuestras respuestas emocionales ante personas difíciles y se muestra cómo desarrollar laempatía y la resiliencia necesarias para conseguir una relaciones más positivas Amy Gallo, Holly Weeks, Harvard Business Review, Mark Gerzon, Tony Schwartz Tue, 15 Feb 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573996 thebookvoice.com 2:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573996]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Cómo tratar con gente difícil Series: Part of [Spanish Edition] Harvard Emotional Intelligence Author: Amy Gallo, Holly Weeks, Harvard Business Review, Mark Gerzon, Tony Schwartz Narrator: Bobby Sánchez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 17 minutes Release date: February 15, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: El secreto para tratar con personas difíciles consiste en saber controlar tanto tus emociones como lassuyas. ¿Cómo mantener la calma en una conversación tensa? ¿Cómo permanecer frme frente adeterminados comentarios? ¿Cómo saber si eres tú una persona con la que resulta difícil trabajar?De la mano de especialistas de Harvard Business Review, en este libro se exponen las investigacionesque explican nuestras respuestas emocionales ante personas difíciles y se muestra cómo desarrollar laempatía y la resiliencia necesarias para conseguir una relaciones más positivas Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573996]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Cómo tratar con gente difícil Series: Part of [Spanish Edition] Harvard Emotional Intelligence Author: Amy Gallo, Holly Weeks, Harvard Business Review, Mark Gerzon, Tony Schwartz Narrator: Bobby Sánchez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 17 minutes Release date: February 15, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: El secreto para tratar con personas difíciles consiste en saber controlar tanto tus emociones como lassuyas. ¿Cómo mantener la calma en una conversación tensa? ¿Cómo permanecer frme frente adeterminados comentarios? ¿Cómo saber si eres tú una persona con la que resulta difícil trabajar?De la mano de especialistas de Harvard Business Review, en este libro se exponen las investigacionesque explican nuestras respuestas emocionales ante personas difíciles y se muestra cómo desarrollar laempatía y la resiliencia necesarias para conseguir una relaciones más positivas https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573997 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573997]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Felicidad Series: Part of [Spanish Edition] Harvard Emotional Intelligence Author: Gretchen Spreitzer, Harvard Business Review, Teresa Amabile, Daniel Gilbert, Annie McKee Narrator: Rocío Velásquez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 56 minutes Release date: February 15, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: ¿Cuál es la naturaleza de la felicidad humana? ¿Cómo podemos alcanzarla en el ámbito profesional? ¿Vale la pena perseguirla?Este libro explora las respuestas a esas preguntas a través de las investigaciones que intentan averiguar, entre otras cosas, cómo se puede medir la felicidad, cuáles son los escenarios donde se desarrollanlos comportamientos personales y cuáles son las técnicas de gestion que facilitan la felicidad en el lugarde trabajo. Pero además advierte de aquellos aspectos de la Felicidad que la publicidad ha exagerado Gretchen Spreitzer, Harvard Business Review, Teresa Amabile, Daniel Gilbert, Annie McKee Tue, 15 Feb 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573997 thebookvoice.com 2:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573997]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Felicidad Series: Part of [Spanish Edition] Harvard Emotional Intelligence Author: Gretchen Spreitzer, Harvard Business Review, Teresa Amabile, Daniel Gilbert, Annie McKee Narrator: Rocío Velásquez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 56 minutes Release date: February 15, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: ¿Cuál es la naturaleza de la felicidad humana? ¿Cómo podemos alcanzarla en el ámbito profesional? ¿Vale la pena perseguirla?Este libro explora las respuestas a esas preguntas a través de las investigaciones que intentan averiguar, entre otras cosas, cómo se puede medir la felicidad, cuáles son los escenarios donde se desarrollanlos comportamientos personales y cuáles son las técnicas de gestion que facilitan la felicidad en el lugarde trabajo. Pero además advierte de aquellos aspectos de la Felicidad que la publicidad ha exagerado Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573997]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Felicidad Series: Part of [Spanish Edition] Harvard Emotional Intelligence Author: Gretchen Spreitzer, Harvard Business Review, Teresa Amabile, Daniel Gilbert, Annie McKee Narrator: Rocío Velásquez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 56 minutes Release date: February 15, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: ¿Cuál es la naturaleza de la felicidad humana? ¿Cómo podemos alcanzarla en el ámbito profesional? ¿Vale la pena perseguirla?Este libro explora las respuestas a esas preguntas a través de las investigaciones que intentan averiguar, entre otras cosas, cómo se puede medir la felicidad, cuáles son los escenarios donde se desarrollanlos comportamientos personales y cuáles son las técnicas de gestion que facilitan la felicidad en el lugarde trabajo. Pero además advierte de aquellos aspectos de la Felicidad que la publicidad ha exagerado https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573763 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573763]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Managers Matter: The Perils of the Bossless Company Author: Nicolai J Foss, Peter G Klein Narrator: Jorge Luis Pallo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 57 minutes Release date: October 4, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A manifesto on managers and hierarchy that bucks the trend of the lean, flat, leaderless organization As business struggles to adapt to a rapidly changing world, managers are bombarded with a bewildering array of schemes for how to be a boss and make an organization tick. It’s tempting to be seduced by futurist fantasies where every company has the culture of a startup, and where employees in wacky, whimsical office settings, liberated from hierarchies and bosses that oppress them, are the foundation for breakthrough performance. “Get real,” warn Nicolai J. Foss and Peter G. Klein. These fads ironically lead to micromanaging and, often, to disaster. Companies and societies, they show, need authority and hierarchy to coordinate work, including creative work. And, counterintuitively, Foss and Klein illustrate how the creative use of authority and hierarchy helps companies to be more agile and flexible, enabling educated, motivated people and teams to thrive. And not a moment too soon: Foss and Klein provide evidence that global challenges such as the proliferation of artificial intelligence, economic disruption, empowered knowledge workers, and black swan events such as the pandemic actually make hierarchy and the job of the manager more important than ever. Nicolai J Foss, Peter G Klein Tue, 04 Oct 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573763 thebookvoice.com 11:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573763]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Managers Matter: The Perils of the Bossless Company Author: Nicolai J Foss, Peter G Klein Narrator: Jorge Luis Pallo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 57 minutes Release date: October 4, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A manifesto on managers and hierarchy that bucks the trend of the lean, flat, leaderless organization As business struggles to adapt to a rapidly changing world, managers are bombarded with a bewildering array of schemes for how to be a boss and make an organization tick. It’s tempting to be seduced by futurist fantasies where every company has the culture of a startup, and where employees in wacky, whimsical office settings, liberated from hierarchies and bosses that oppress them, are the foundation for breakthrough performance. “Get real,” warn Nicolai J. Foss and Peter G. Klein. These fads ironically lead to micromanaging and, often, to disaster. Companies and societies, they show, need authority and hierarchy to coordinate work, including creative work. And, counterintuitively, Foss and Klein illustrate how the creative use of authority and hierarchy helps companies to be more agile and flexible, enabling educated, motivated people and teams to thrive. And not a moment too soon: Foss and Klein provide evidence that global challenges such as the proliferation of artificial intelligence, economic disruption, empowered knowledge workers, and black swan events such as the pandemic actually make hierarchy and the job of the manager more important than ever. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573763]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Managers Matter: The Perils of the Bossless Company Author: Nicolai J Foss, Peter G Klein Narrator: Jorge Luis Pallo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 57 minutes Release date: October 4, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A manifesto on managers and hierarchy that bucks the trend of the lean, flat, leaderless organization As business struggles to adapt to a rapidly changing world, managers are bombarded with a bewildering array of schemes for how to be a boss and make an organization tick. It’s tempting to be seduced by futurist fantasies where every company has the culture of a startup, and where employees in wacky, whimsical office settings, liberated from hierarchies and bosses that oppress them, are the foundation for breakthrough performance. “Get real,” warn Nicolai J. Foss and Peter G. Klein. These fads ironically lead to micromanaging and, often, to disaster. Companies and societies, they show, need authority and hierarchy to coordinate work, including creative work. And, counterintuitively, Foss and Klein illustrate how the creative use of authority and hierarchy helps companies to be more agile and flexible, enabling educated, motivated people and teams to thrive. And not a moment too soon: Foss and Klein provide evidence that global challenges such as the proliferation of artificial intelligence, economic disruption, empowered knowledge workers, and black swan events such as the pandemic actually make hierarchy and the job of the manager more important than ever. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573750 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573750]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Playing a New Game: A Black Woman's Guide to Being Well and Thriving in the Workplace Author: Tammy Lewis Wilborn PhD Narrator: Tammy Lewis Wilborn PhD Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 44 minutes Release date: October 11, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Drawing on first-hand clinical insight and scientific research, Dr. Wilborn offers much-needed advice on how women of color can be high-performing and successful professionally, without sacrificing their physical, mental, and emotional wellness.  Black and brown women have been making profound strides in leadership and professional achievement, despite facing the added hurdles of both sexism and racism in the workplace. But so often, excelling at work comes at the expense of their wellness: the chronic stressors and demands on Black women can result in negative physical health outcomes such as sleep disturbance, hypertension, and diabetes, and negative mental health outcomes including anxiety and depression. We cannot talk about career advancement for Black and brown women without talking about strategies that promote their total wellbeing. Playing a New Game offers women a new way forward, in which ambition and wellness can not only coexist, but bolster each other. With insights from her 20 years of professional counseling experience and extensive research, mental health expert Dr. Tammy Wilborn expands the dialogue on BIPOC women’s experiences of race and gender stereotypes at work, exploring them as a wellness issue.  Through her evidence-based best practices that promote self-care and self-empowerment as necessary tools for professional success, Black and brown women can flip the script by prioritizing their wellness even as they advance professionally. Tammy Lewis Wilborn PhD Tue, 11 Oct 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573750 thebookvoice.com 6:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573750]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Playing a New Game: A Black Woman's Guide to Being Well and Thriving in the Workplace Author: Tammy Lewis Wilborn PhD Narrator: Tammy Lewis Wilborn PhD Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 44 minutes Release date: October 11, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Drawing on first-hand clinical insight and scientific research, Dr. Wilborn offers much-needed advice on how women of color can be high-performing and successful professionally, without sacrificing their physical, mental, and emotional wellness.  Black and brown women have been making profound strides in leadership and professional achievement, despite facing the added hurdles of both sexism and racism in the workplace. But so often, excelling at work comes at the expense of their wellness: the chronic stressors and demands on Black women can result in negative physical health outcomes such as sleep disturbance, hypertension, and diabetes, and negative mental health outcomes including anxiety and depression. We cannot talk about career advancement for Black and brown women without talking about strategies that promote their total wellbeing. Playing a New Game offers women a new way forward, in which ambition and wellness can not only coexist, but bolster each other. With insights from her 20 years of professional counseling experience and extensive research, mental health expert Dr. Tammy Wilborn expands the dialogue on BIPOC women’s experiences of race and gender stereotypes at work, exploring them as a wellness issue.  Through her evidence-based best practices that promote self-care and self-empowerment as necessary tools for professional success, Black and brown women can flip the script by prioritizing their wellness even as they advance professionally. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573750]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Playing a New Game: A Black Woman's Guide to Being Well and Thriving in the Workplace Author: Tammy Lewis Wilborn PhD Narrator: Tammy Lewis Wilborn PhD Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 44 minutes Release date: October 11, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Drawing on first-hand clinical insight and scientific research, Dr. Wilborn offers much-needed advice on how women of color can be high-performing and successful professionally, without sacrificing their physical, mental, and emotional wellness.  Black and brown women have been making profound strides in leadership and professional achievement, despite facing the added hurdles of both sexism and racism in the workplace. But so often, excelling at work comes at the expense of their wellness: the chronic stressors and demands on Black women can result in negative physical health outcomes such as sleep disturbance, hypertension, and diabetes, and negative mental health outcomes including anxiety and depression. We cannot talk about career advancement for Black and brown women without talking about strategies that promote their total wellbeing. Playing a New Game offers women a new way forward, in which ambition and wellness can not only coexist, but bolster each other. With insights from her 20 years of professional counseling experience and extensive research, mental health expert Dr. Tammy Wilborn expands the dialogue on BIPOC women’s experiences of race and gender stereotypes at work, exploring them as a wellness issue.  Through her evidence-based best practices that promote self-care and self-empowerment as necessary tools for professional success, Black and brown women can flip the script by prioritizing their wellness even as they advance professionally. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573646 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573646]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: From CULTURE to CULTURE: The System to Define, Implement, Measure, and Improve Your Company Culture Author: Randall Powers And Dr. Donte Vaughn Narrator: Dion Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 42 minutes Release date: January 31, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Company culture | (noun) | kuhm-puh-nee kuhl-cher |: The values leaders and employees share, language they use, behaviors they display, and connections they have that establish how they engage and interact in the workplace. Company culture influences the roles and responsibilities of every employee within the organization, from executive leadership down to the front lines. A strong, healthy company culture drives productivity and raises profitability, and disengaged employees cost companies billions, yet many executives rarely associate their culture with their bottom line. Today, employee engagement stakes are higher than ever because executives have to consider the impact their company culture has on external stakeholders as well. Investors, consumers, and even the government are now interested in whether the organizations they do business with have values that align with theirs and demonstrate behaviors that match those values. Executive leadership must define company culture and understand how to implement it and, ultimately, measure and improve it. In From CULTURE to CULTURE, Dr. Donte Vaughn and Randall Powers introduce their culture performance management methodology and present a behavior-driven system to operationalize company culture and increase employee engagement. Randall Powers And Dr. Donte Vaughn Mon, 31 Jan 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573646 thebookvoice.com 4:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573646]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: From CULTURE to CULTURE: The System to Define, Implement, Measure, and Improve Your Company Culture Author: Randall Powers And Dr. Donte Vaughn Narrator: Dion Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 42 minutes Release date: January 31, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Company culture | (noun) | kuhm-puh-nee kuhl-cher |: The values leaders and employees share, language they use, behaviors they display, and connections they have that establish how they engage and interact in the workplace. Company culture influences the roles and responsibilities of every employee within the organization, from executive leadership down to the front lines. A strong, healthy company culture drives productivity and raises profitability, and disengaged employees cost companies billions, yet many executives rarely associate their culture with their bottom line. Today, employee engagement stakes are higher than ever because executives have to consider the impact their company culture has on external stakeholders as well. Investors, consumers, and even the government are now interested in whether the organizations they do business with have values that align with theirs and demonstrate behaviors that match those values. Executive leadership must define company culture and understand how to implement it and, ultimately, measure and improve it. In From CULTURE to CULTURE, Dr. Donte Vaughn and Randall Powers introduce their culture performance management methodology and present a behavior-driven system to operationalize company culture and increase employee engagement. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573646]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: From CULTURE to CULTURE: The System to Define, Implement, Measure, and Improve Your Company Culture Author: Randall Powers And Dr. Donte Vaughn Narrator: Dion Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 42 minutes Release date: January 31, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Company culture | (noun) | kuhm-puh-nee kuhl-cher |: The values leaders and employees share, language they use, behaviors they display, and connections they have that establish how they engage and interact in the workplace. Company culture influences the roles and responsibilities of every employee within the organization, from executive leadership down to the front lines. A strong, healthy company culture drives productivity and raises profitability, and disengaged employees cost companies billions, yet many executives rarely associate their culture with their bottom line. Today, employee engagement stakes are higher than ever because executives have to consider the impact their company culture has on external stakeholders as well. Investors, consumers, and even the government are now interested in whether the organizations they do business with have values that align with theirs and demonstrate behaviors that match those values. Executive leadership must define company culture and understand how to implement it and, ultimately, measure and improve it. In From CULTURE to CULTURE, Dr. Donte Vaughn and Randall Powers introduce their culture performance management methodology and present a behavior-driven system to operationalize company culture and increase employee engagement. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573597 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573597]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Effective Communication in the Workplace: As a Woman - Improve Your Interpersonal Communication with Assertiveness and Cogency in Your Workplace Author: Julia Arias Narrator: Samantha Novak Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 16 minutes Release date: February 3, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: ARE YOU TIRED OF FEELING UNHEARD, SIDELINED, OR MISUNDERSTOOD IN YOUR WORKPLACE? For women striving to build successful careers, the daily challenges of communication can feel isolating and overwhelming. Criticism, gossip, and relentless competition can leave you doubting yourself and questioning your place in the professional world. But it doesn’t have to be this way. 'Effective Communication in the Workplace' is the empowering guide every career-focused woman needs to take control of her voice, reclaim her confidence, and thrive amid the noise. This audiobook was written for you—the ambitious, capable woman who knows she has so much to offer but struggles with the intricacies of workplace dynamics. You’ll discover: . The Art of Listening and Understanding; . Resilience Against Gossip and Criticism; . Authentic Persuasion Techniques; . Conflict Management; . Talking to Anyone: Strategies to confidently engage with bosses, colleagues, subordinates, and even the most difficult customers; . Body Language and Non-Verbal Mastery; . And so much MORE! This is going to be your personal roadmap to a more confident, capable, and courageous version of yourself. Whether it's navigating tense meetings, asserting your ideas without fear, or handling written communication with grace, this audiobook arms you with the skills to stand tall in any professional setting. Stop feeling like your voice is a whisper in a storm. Embrace the power within you, communicate with assertiveness and cogency, and step boldly into the professional life you deserve. This is your moment to transform how you connect, lead, and succeed. GET YOUR AUDIO COPY NOW! Julia Arias Thu, 03 Feb 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573597 thebookvoice.com 4:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573597]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Effective Communication in the Workplace: As a Woman - Improve Your Interpersonal Communication with Assertiveness and Cogency in Your Workplace Author: Julia Arias Narrator: Samantha Novak Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 16 minutes Release date: February 3, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: ARE YOU TIRED OF FEELING UNHEARD, SIDELINED, OR MISUNDERSTOOD IN YOUR WORKPLACE? For women striving to build successful careers, the daily challenges of communication can feel isolating and overwhelming. Criticism, gossip, and relentless competition can leave you doubting yourself and questioning your place in the professional world. But it doesn’t have to be this way. 'Effective Communication in the Workplace' is the empowering guide every career-focused woman needs to take control of her voice, reclaim her confidence, and thrive amid the noise. This audiobook was written for you—the ambitious, capable woman who knows she has so much to offer but struggles with the intricacies of workplace dynamics. You’ll discover: . The Art of Listening and Understanding; . Resilience Against Gossip and Criticism; . Authentic Persuasion Techniques; . Conflict Management; . Talking to Anyone: Strategies to confidently engage with bosses, colleagues, subordinates, and even the most difficult customers; . Body Language and Non-Verbal Mastery; . And so much MORE! This is going to be your personal roadmap to a more confident, capable, and courageous version of yourself. Whether it's navigating tense meetings, asserting your ideas without fear, or handling written communication with grace, this audiobook arms you with the skills to stand tall in any professional setting. Stop feeling like your voice is a whisper in a storm. Embrace the power within you, communicate with assertiveness and cogency, and step boldly into the professional life you deserve. This is your moment to transform how you connect, lead, and succeed. GET YOUR AUDIO COPY NOW! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573597]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Effective Communication in the Workplace: As a Woman - Improve Your Interpersonal Communication with Assertiveness and Cogency in Your Workplace Author: Julia Arias Narrator: Samantha Novak Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 16 minutes Release date: February 3, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: ARE YOU TIRED OF FEELING UNHEARD, SIDELINED, OR MISUNDERSTOOD IN YOUR WORKPLACE? For women striving to build successful careers, the daily challenges of communication can feel isolating and overwhelming. Criticism, gossip, and relentless competition can leave you doubting yourself and questioning your place in the professional world. But it doesn’t have to be this way. 'Effective Communication in the Workplace' is the empowering guide every career-focused woman needs to take control of her voice, reclaim her confidence, and thrive amid the noise. This audiobook was written for you—the ambitious, capable woman who knows she has so much to offer but struggles with the intricacies of workplace dynamics. You’ll discover: . The Art of Listening and Understanding; . Resilience Against Gossip and Criticism; . Authentic Persuasion Techniques; . Conflict Management; . Talking to Anyone: Strategies to confidently engage with bosses, colleagues, subordinates, and even the most difficult customers; . Body Language and Non-Verbal Mastery; . And so much MORE! This is going to be your personal roadmap to a more confident, capable, and courageous version of yourself. Whether it's navigating tense meetings, asserting your ideas without fear, or handling written communication with grace, this audiobook arms you with the skills to stand tall in any professional setting. Stop feeling like your voice is a whisper in a storm. Embrace the power within you, communicate with assertiveness and cogency, and step boldly into the professional life you deserve. This is your moment to transform how you connect, lead, and succeed. GET YOUR AUDIO COPY NOW! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572789 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572789]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Anatomy of Peace, Fourth Edition: Resolving the Heart of Conflict Author: The Arbinger Institute Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39 minutes Release date: February 8, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: From the authors of Leadership and Self-Deception (over 2 million copies sold) comes a new edition of this bestseller that has been thoroughly revised to more effectively address the diversity, equity, and inclusion challenges that plague our communities and hinder our organizations. What if conflicts at home, at work, and in the world stem from the same root cause? What if we systematically misunderstand that cause? And what if, as a result, we unwittingly perpetuate the very problems we think we are trying to solve? This book uses a fictional story to reveal a powerful truth: the underlying mindset that perpetuates conflict. This fourth edition includes revisions throughout, as well as new materials and resources, that increase its relevance and usefulness at a time of deeply entrenched divisions throughout society. It is a unique and vital resource for combatting racism and prejudice in their many manifestations. The Anatomy of Peace is the story of an Arab and a Jew, each of whom lost their fathers at the hands of each other's cousins. We learn how they come together, how they help their warring parents and children come together, and how we too can find our way out of the personal, professional, and social conflicts that weigh us down. The Arbinger Institute Tue, 08 Feb 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572789 thebookvoice.com 7:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572789]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Anatomy of Peace, Fourth Edition: Resolving the Heart of Conflict Author: The Arbinger Institute Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39 minutes Release date: February 8, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: From the authors of Leadership and Self-Deception (over 2 million copies sold) comes a new edition of this bestseller that has been thoroughly revised to more effectively address the diversity, equity, and inclusion challenges that plague our communities and hinder our organizations. What if conflicts at home, at work, and in the world stem from the same root cause? What if we systematically misunderstand that cause? And what if, as a result, we unwittingly perpetuate the very problems we think we are trying to solve? This book uses a fictional story to reveal a powerful truth: the underlying mindset that perpetuates conflict. This fourth edition includes revisions throughout, as well as new materials and resources, that increase its relevance and usefulness at a time of deeply entrenched divisions throughout society. It is a unique and vital resource for combatting racism and prejudice in their many manifestations. The Anatomy of Peace is the story of an Arab and a Jew, each of whom lost their fathers at the hands of each other's cousins. We learn how they come together, how they help their warring parents and children come together, and how we too can find our way out of the personal, professional, and social conflicts that weigh us down. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572789]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Anatomy of Peace, Fourth Edition: Resolving the Heart of Conflict Author: The Arbinger Institute Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39 minutes Release date: February 8, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: From the authors of Leadership and Self-Deception (over 2 million copies sold) comes a new edition of this bestseller that has been thoroughly revised to more effectively address the diversity, equity, and inclusion challenges that plague our communities and hinder our organizations. What if conflicts at home, at work, and in the world stem from the same root cause? What if we systematically misunderstand that cause? And what if, as a result, we unwittingly perpetuate the very problems we think we are trying to solve? This book uses a fictional story to reveal a powerful truth: the underlying mindset that perpetuates conflict. This fourth edition includes revisions throughout, as well as new materials and resources, that increase its relevance and usefulness at a time of deeply entrenched divisions throughout society. It is a unique and vital resource for combatting racism and prejudice in their many manifestations. The Anatomy of Peace is the story of an Arab and a Jew, each of whom lost their fathers at the hands of each other's cousins. We learn how they come together, how they help their warring parents and children come together, and how we too can find our way out of the personal, professional, and social conflicts that weigh us down. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571344 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571344]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Forging An Ironclad Brand: A Leader's Guide Author: Lindsay Pedersen Narrator: Lindsay Pedersen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45 minutes Release date: March 2, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Good brand is just good business. Brand is the intentional leader’s North Star. It helps us engage customers and employees, unleash our competitive advantage, and fuel enduring growth. And yet, despite this power, brand is grossly underused. Few leaders leverage brand fully, believing (wrongly) that brand is squishy and elusive. But when a tool this vital is dismissed, the business suffers mightily. The good news is that all leaders can ignite brand to create value. Lindsay Pedersen deconstructs what brand is and why it is indispensable for leaders. Then she shares her step-by-step process to tame the infinite possibilities and pinpoint a brand positioning that is true and robust—ironclad—to unlock the most value. In this book, learn how to… •Leverage brand as a strategic platform for growing with purpose •Lead more effectively with brand as your North Star •Use brand to excite customers and employees •Identify your Uncommon Denominator and Benefit Ladder •Follow the principles of storytelling to generate business growth Brand is sorely underutilized. When you ignore it or use it only superficially, you forgo your most sustainable competitive advantage. It’s time to start using brand as your North Star—it’s time to make your brand ironclad. Lindsay Pedersen Wed, 02 Mar 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571344 thebookvoice.com 8:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571344]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Forging An Ironclad Brand: A Leader's Guide Author: Lindsay Pedersen Narrator: Lindsay Pedersen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45 minutes Release date: March 2, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Good brand is just good business. Brand is the intentional leader’s North Star. It helps us engage customers and employees, unleash our competitive advantage, and fuel enduring growth. And yet, despite this power, brand is grossly underused. Few leaders leverage brand fully, believing (wrongly) that brand is squishy and elusive. But when a tool this vital is dismissed, the business suffers mightily. The good news is that all leaders can ignite brand to create value. Lindsay Pedersen deconstructs what brand is and why it is indispensable for leaders. Then she shares her step-by-step process to tame the infinite possibilities and pinpoint a brand positioning that is true and robust—ironclad—to unlock the most value. In this book, learn how to… •Leverage brand as a strategic platform for growing with purpose •Lead more effectively with brand as your North Star •Use brand to excite customers and employees •Identify your Uncommon Denominator and Benefit Ladder •Follow the principles of storytelling to generate business growth Brand is sorely underutilized. When you ignore it or use it only superficially, you forgo your most sustainable competitive advantage. It’s time to start using brand as your North Star—it’s time to make your brand ironclad. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571344]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Forging An Ironclad Brand: A Leader's Guide Author: Lindsay Pedersen Narrator: Lindsay Pedersen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45 minutes Release date: March 2, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Good brand is just good business. Brand is the intentional leader’s North Star. It helps us engage customers and employees, unleash our competitive advantage, and fuel enduring growth. And yet, despite this power, brand is grossly underused. Few leaders leverage brand fully, believing (wrongly) that brand is squishy and elusive. But when a tool this vital is dismissed, the business suffers mightily. The good news is that all leaders can ignite brand to create value. Lindsay Pedersen deconstructs what brand is and why it is indispensable for leaders. Then she shares her step-by-step process to tame the infinite possibilities and pinpoint a brand positioning that is true and robust—ironclad—to unlock the most value. In this book, learn how to… •Leverage brand as a strategic platform for growing with purpose •Lead more effectively with brand as your North Star •Use brand to excite customers and employees •Identify your Uncommon Denominator and Benefit Ladder •Follow the principles of storytelling to generate business growth Brand is sorely underutilized. When you ignore it or use it only superficially, you forgo your most sustainable competitive advantage. It’s time to start using brand as your North Star—it’s time to make your brand ironclad. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571332 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571332]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leadership Lessons Volume 2 Author: James B. Rieley Narrator: James B. Rieley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 39 minutes Release date: January 22, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: LEADERSHIP LESSONS Volume 2 is a book that is all about How to Improve Organisational Performance. According to the Oxford dictionary, an essay “is a short piece of non-fiction about a particular topic.” The essays in this book are an accumulation of various projects that I have been involved in for more than a dozen years. The term “projects” spans quite a range of subject matter, and purposes for their existance. The reality is that the central focus of all these essays are improving the ability to understand the dynamics at play that are impacting their organisations. The purpose is to help organisations and the people within them to be able to realise their indifividual and collectve potential. Often business-type books require that a reader slogs all the way through until a light-bulb might possibly go on. By writing this book as a series of essays (each barely two pages long), with some luck, readers will be able to read in almost ‘’bite-size’’ increments, with each essay standing on its own. This makes Leadership Lessons perfect for travel or breaks between meetings. The essays contained in the subsequent pages are printed in more-or-less chronilogically in the order that they were written in, with many of the essays being titled in the form of a question. The reason for the title being in the form of a question is that whilst most any manager in an organisation will be (or should be) looking for answers, it now 2019 and it should be clear that if you don’t learn to ask better questions, you will never get the answers you really need. James B. Rieley Sat, 22 Jan 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571332 thebookvoice.com 8:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571332]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leadership Lessons Volume 2 Author: James B. Rieley Narrator: James B. Rieley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 39 minutes Release date: January 22, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: LEADERSHIP LESSONS Volume 2 is a book that is all about How to Improve Organisational Performance. According to the Oxford dictionary, an essay “is a short piece of non-fiction about a particular topic.” The essays in this book are an accumulation of various projects that I have been involved in for more than a dozen years. The term “projects” spans quite a range of subject matter, and purposes for their existance. The reality is that the central focus of all these essays are improving the ability to understand the dynamics at play that are impacting their organisations. The purpose is to help organisations and the people within them to be able to realise their indifividual and collectve potential. Often business-type books require that a reader slogs all the way through until a light-bulb might possibly go on. By writing this book as a series of essays (each barely two pages long), with some luck, readers will be able to read in almost ‘’bite-size’’ increments, with each essay standing on its own. This makes Leadership Lessons perfect for travel or breaks between meetings. The essays contained in the subsequent pages are printed in more-or-less chronilogically in the order that they were written in, with many of the essays being titled in the form of a question. The reason for the title being in the form of a question is that whilst most any manager in an organisation will be (or should be) looking for answers, it now 2019 and it should be clear that if you don’t learn to ask better questions, you will never get the answers you really need. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571332]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leadership Lessons Volume 2 Author: James B. Rieley Narrator: James B. Rieley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 39 minutes Release date: January 22, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: LEADERSHIP LESSONS Volume 2 is a book that is all about How to Improve Organisational Performance. According to the Oxford dictionary, an essay “is a short piece of non-fiction about a particular topic.” The essays in this book are an accumulation of various projects that I have been involved in for more than a dozen years. The term “projects” spans quite a range of subject matter, and purposes for their existance. The reality is that the central focus of all these essays are improving the ability to understand the dynamics at play that are impacting their organisations. The purpose is to help organisations and the people within them to be able to realise their indifividual and collectve potential. Often business-type books require that a reader slogs all the way through until a light-bulb might possibly go on. By writing this book as a series of essays (each barely two pages long), with some luck, readers will be able to read in almost ‘’bite-size’’ increments, with each essay standing on its own. This makes Leadership Lessons perfect for travel or breaks between meetings. The essays contained in the subsequent pages are printed in more-or-less chronilogically in the order that they were written in, with many of the essays being titled in the form of a question. The reason for the title being in the form of a question is that whilst most any manager in an organisation will be (or should be) looking for answers, it now 2019 and it should be clear that if you don’t learn to ask better questions, you will never get the answers you really need. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570965 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570965]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Kind Leader: A Practical Guide to Eliminating Fear, Creating Trust, and Leading with Kindness Author: Karyn Ross Narrator: Jennifer Sun Bell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: April 19, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Kindness and leadership aren't often synonymous. Ask someone to describe 'good leadership' to you and you will hear many adjectives used. And though there are many more that come to mind, kindness isn't one of them. And here's the problem with that. What a leader models—how they think, speak, and act—influences the people they lead. Leaders who think, speak, and act unkindly give legitimacy and permission to those they lead to think, speak, and act in exactly the same unkind ways. In an increasingly fragmented, polarized, and divided world, we need leaders who will bring people together, not divide them. We need kindness to become synonymous with good leadership. The purpose of this book is to teach leaders how to lead with kindness so they can influence the people they lead to create kinder workplaces, organizations, and the world. This book gives you a deep theoretical understanding of the importance of leading with kindness and also provides practical exercises for you to use. By the time you finish the book, you will feel confident in your ability to lead with kindness and also to address organizational problems at work, at home, and in the community with kindness. Karyn Ross Tue, 19 Apr 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570965 thebookvoice.com 7:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570965]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Kind Leader: A Practical Guide to Eliminating Fear, Creating Trust, and Leading with Kindness Author: Karyn Ross Narrator: Jennifer Sun Bell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: April 19, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Kindness and leadership aren't often synonymous. Ask someone to describe 'good leadership' to you and you will hear many adjectives used. And though there are many more that come to mind, kindness isn't one of them. And here's the problem with that. What a leader models—how they think, speak, and act—influences the people they lead. Leaders who think, speak, and act unkindly give legitimacy and permission to those they lead to think, speak, and act in exactly the same unkind ways. In an increasingly fragmented, polarized, and divided world, we need leaders who will bring people together, not divide them. We need kindness to become synonymous with good leadership. The purpose of this book is to teach leaders how to lead with kindness so they can influence the people they lead to create kinder workplaces, organizations, and the world. This book gives you a deep theoretical understanding of the importance of leading with kindness and also provides practical exercises for you to use. By the time you finish the book, you will feel confident in your ability to lead with kindness and also to address organizational problems at work, at home, and in the community with kindness. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570965]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Kind Leader: A Practical Guide to Eliminating Fear, Creating Trust, and Leading with Kindness Author: Karyn Ross Narrator: Jennifer Sun Bell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: April 19, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Kindness and leadership aren't often synonymous. Ask someone to describe 'good leadership' to you and you will hear many adjectives used. And though there are many more that come to mind, kindness isn't one of them. And here's the problem with that. What a leader models—how they think, speak, and act—influences the people they lead. Leaders who think, speak, and act unkindly give legitimacy and permission to those they lead to think, speak, and act in exactly the same unkind ways. In an increasingly fragmented, polarized, and divided world, we need leaders who will bring people together, not divide them. We need kindness to become synonymous with good leadership. The purpose of this book is to teach leaders how to lead with kindness so they can influence the people they lead to create kinder workplaces, organizations, and the world. This book gives you a deep theoretical understanding of the importance of leading with kindness and also provides practical exercises for you to use. By the time you finish the book, you will feel confident in your ability to lead with kindness and also to address organizational problems at work, at home, and in the community with kindness. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570577 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570577]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Running Remote: Master the Lessons from the World’s Most Successful Remote-Work Pioneers Author: Rob Rawson, Liam Martin Narrator: Josh Childs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 35 minutes Release date: August 16, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Wall Street Journal and Publishers Weekly Bestseller Learn success secrets from original remote work pioneers on the mindset and strategies they developed to build and grow successful organizations from the ground up. With the unprecedented rise in remote work due to the pandemic, many businesses have struggled with how to effectively transition to a distributed format. Meanwhile, companies who had always been remote-first had a unique advantage: a highly scalable set of work processes, a unique communication style, and the proper “async mindset” required to succeed without an office.   This groundbreaking guide unlocks the secrets and lessons discovered by those pioneer entrepreneurs and founders who have figured out how to harness the async mindset and grow their businesses remotely in the most seamless, freeing, and cost-effective ways. Once you accept and master some fundamental differences, remote work can fuel higher productivity, eliminate time-wasting meetings and treacherous commutes, and strip away the ugly politics that often undermine the most talented employees. It also leads to great cultural inclusivity and richer cultural exchange.   Running Remote is for ventures of all stripes—companies small and large, one-person operations, mom-and-pop shops, and global megacorporations. The lessons herein are as valuable for on-premises organizations as they are for the tech worker.  Readers will: - Master the fundamentals of the async mindset by exploring three overarching principles—deliberate overcommunication, democratized workflow, and detailed metrics. - Learn nuts-and-bolts techniques and real-life lessons from remote work trailblazers who built successful all-remote organizations prior to the pandemic. - Gain a better understanding of why hiring, on-ramping, and managing in a remote context is totally different—again with methods and first-hand stories from the founders and leaders that did it first. - Lean how moving to a remote business model impacts traditional management and work processes. Accompanying figures, step-by-step instructions, and URLs are included in the audiobook companion PDF download. Rob Rawson, Liam Martin Tue, 16 Aug 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570577 thebookvoice.com 6:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570577]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Running Remote: Master the Lessons from the World’s Most Successful Remote-Work Pioneers Author: Rob Rawson, Liam Martin Narrator: Josh Childs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 35 minutes Release date: August 16, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Wall Street Journal and Publishers Weekly Bestseller Learn success secrets from original remote work pioneers on the mindset and strategies they developed to build and grow successful organizations from the ground up. With the unprecedented rise in remote work due to the pandemic, many businesses have struggled with how to effectively transition to a distributed format. Meanwhile, companies who had always been remote-first had a unique advantage: a highly scalable set of work processes, a unique communication style, and the proper “async mindset” required to succeed without an office.   This groundbreaking guide unlocks the secrets and lessons discovered by those pioneer entrepreneurs and founders who have figured out how to harness the async mindset and grow their businesses remotely in the most seamless, freeing, and cost-effective ways. Once you accept and master some fundamental differences, remote work can fuel higher productivity, eliminate time-wasting meetings and treacherous commutes, and strip away the ugly politics that often undermine the most talented employees. It also leads to great cultural inclusivity and richer cultural exchange.   Running Remote is for ventures of all stripes—companies small and large, one-person operations, mom-and-pop shops, and global megacorporations. The lessons herein are as valuable for on-premises organizations as they are for the tech worker.  Readers will: - Master the fundamentals of the async mindset by exploring three overarching principles—deliberate overcommunication, democratized workflow, and detailed metrics. - Learn nuts-and-bolts techniques and real-life lessons from remote work trailblazers who built successful all-remote organizations prior to the pandemic. - Gain a better understanding of why hiring, on-ramping, and managing in a remote context is totally different—again with methods and first-hand stories from the founders and leaders that did it first. - Lean how moving to a remote business model impacts traditional management and work processes. Accompanying figures, step-by-step instructions, and URLs are included in the audiobook companion PDF download. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570577]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Running Remote: Master the Lessons from the World’s Most Successful Remote-Work Pioneers Author: Rob Rawson, Liam Martin Narrator: Josh Childs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 35 minutes Release date: August 16, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Wall Street Journal and Publishers Weekly Bestseller Learn success secrets from original remote work pioneers on the mindset and strategies they developed to build and grow successful organizations from the ground up. With the unprecedented rise in remote work due to the pandemic, many businesses have struggled with how to effectively transition to a distributed format. Meanwhile, companies who had always been remote-first had a unique advantage: a highly scalable set of work processes, a unique communication style, and the proper “async mindset” required to succeed without an office.   This groundbreaking guide unlocks the secrets and lessons discovered by those pioneer entrepreneurs and founders who have figured out how to harness the async mindset and grow their businesses remotely in the most seamless, freeing, and cost-effective ways. Once you accept and master some fundamental differences, remote work can fuel higher productivity, eliminate time-wasting meetings and treacherous commutes, and strip away the ugly politics that often undermine the most talented employees. It also leads to great cultural inclusivity and richer cultural exchange.   Running Remote is for ventures of all stripes—companies small and large, one-person operations, mom-and-pop shops, and global megacorporations. The lessons herein are as valuable for on-premises organizations as they are for the tech worker.  Readers will: - Master the fundamentals of the async mindset by exploring three overarching principles—deliberate overcommunication, democratized workflow, and detailed metrics. - Learn nuts-and-bolts techniques and real-life lessons from remote work trailblazers who built successful all-remote organizations prior to the pandemic. - Gain a better understanding of why hiring, on-ramping, and managing in a remote context is totally different—again with methods and first-hand stories from the founders and leaders that did it first. - Lean how moving to a remote business model impacts traditional management and work processes. Accompanying figures, step-by-step instructions, and URLs are included in the audiobook companion PDF download. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570275 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570275]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ideaflow: The Only Business Metric That Matters Author: Perry Klebahn, Jeremy Utley Narrator: Perry Klebahn, Jeremy Utley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 14 minutes Release date: October 25, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: “Teams succeed to the degree that there is a free flow of ideas. Read this book to learn how to bring out the best in others—and in yourself.” — Scott Galloway, bestselling author of The Four and Post Corona Ideaflow: the number of ideas you or your team can generate in a set amount of time We all want great ideas, but few actually understand how they’re born. Innovation doesn’t come from a sprint or a hackathon--it’s a result of maximizing ideaflow.   Jeremy Utley and Perry Klebahn of Stanford’s renowned Hasso Plattner Institute of Design (aka the “d.school”) offer a proven strategy for coming up with great ideas by yourself or with your team, and quickly determining which are worthy. Drawing upon their combined decades of experience leading Stanford’s premier Launchpad accelerator and advising some of the world’s most innovative organizations, like Microsoft, Michelin, Keller Williams Realty, and Hyatt, they’ll teach you how to:   • Overcome dangerous thinking traps • Find inspiration in unexpected places • Trick your own brain to be more creative • Design and deploy affordable experiments • Fill your innovation pipeline • Unleash your own creative potential, as well as the potential of others   Perhaps you have experienced low ideaflow. Have you been in that quiet conference room, with a half-filled whiteboard, and an unmet business target?. With the proven system in this book, entrepreneurs, managers, and leaders will learn how to tap into surprising and valuable ideas on demand and fill the creative pipeline with breakthrough ideas. Perry Klebahn, Jeremy Utley Tue, 25 Oct 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570275 thebookvoice.com 9:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570275]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ideaflow: The Only Business Metric That Matters Author: Perry Klebahn, Jeremy Utley Narrator: Perry Klebahn, Jeremy Utley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 14 minutes Release date: October 25, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: “Teams succeed to the degree that there is a free flow of ideas. Read this book to learn how to bring out the best in others—and in yourself.” — Scott Galloway, bestselling author of The Four and Post Corona Ideaflow: the number of ideas you or your team can generate in a set amount of time We all want great ideas, but few actually understand how they’re born. Innovation doesn’t come from a sprint or a hackathon--it’s a result of maximizing ideaflow.   Jeremy Utley and Perry Klebahn of Stanford’s renowned Hasso Plattner Institute of Design (aka the “d.school”) offer a proven strategy for coming up with great ideas by yourself or with your team, and quickly determining which are worthy. Drawing upon their combined decades of experience leading Stanford’s premier Launchpad accelerator and advising some of the world’s most innovative organizations, like Microsoft, Michelin, Keller Williams Realty, and Hyatt, they’ll teach you how to:   • Overcome dangerous thinking traps • Find inspiration in unexpected places • Trick your own brain to be more creative • Design and deploy affordable experiments • Fill your innovation pipeline • Unleash your own creative potential, as well as the potential of others   Perhaps you have experienced low ideaflow. Have you been in that quiet conference room, with a half-filled whiteboard, and an unmet business target?. With the proven system in this book, entrepreneurs, managers, and leaders will learn how to tap into surprising and valuable ideas on demand and fill the creative pipeline with breakthrough ideas. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570275]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ideaflow: The Only Business Metric That Matters Author: Perry Klebahn, Jeremy Utley Narrator: Perry Klebahn, Jeremy Utley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 14 minutes Release date: October 25, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: “Teams succeed to the degree that there is a free flow of ideas. Read this book to learn how to bring out the best in others—and in yourself.” — Scott Galloway, bestselling author of The Four and Post Corona Ideaflow: the number of ideas you or your team can generate in a set amount of time We all want great ideas, but few actually understand how they’re born. Innovation doesn’t come from a sprint or a hackathon--it’s a result of maximizing ideaflow.   Jeremy Utley and Perry Klebahn of Stanford’s renowned Hasso Plattner Institute of Design (aka the “d.school”) offer a proven strategy for coming up with great ideas by yourself or with your team, and quickly determining which are worthy. Drawing upon their combined decades of experience leading Stanford’s premier Launchpad accelerator and advising some of the world’s most innovative organizations, like Microsoft, Michelin, Keller Williams Realty, and Hyatt, they’ll teach you how to:   • Overcome dangerous thinking traps • Find inspiration in unexpected places • Trick your own brain to be more creative • Design and deploy affordable experiments • Fill your innovation pipeline • Unleash your own creative potential, as well as the potential of others   Perhaps you have experienced low ideaflow. Have you been in that quiet conference room, with a half-filled whiteboard, and an unmet business target?. With the proven system in this book, entrepreneurs, managers, and leaders will learn how to tap into surprising and valuable ideas on demand and fill the creative pipeline with breakthrough ideas. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570017 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570017]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leadership Lessons Author: James B Rieley Narrator: James B Rieley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: LEADERSHIP LESSONS is a book that is all about How to Improve Organisational Performance. According to the Oxford dictionary, an essay “is a short piece of non-fiction about a particular topic.” The essays in this book are an accumulation of various projects that I have been involved in for more than a dozen years. The term “projects” spans quite a range of subject matter, and purposes for their existance. The reality is that the central focus of all these essays are improving the ability to understand the dynamics at play that are impacting their organisations. The purpose is to help organisations and the people within them to be able to realise their indifividual and collectve potential. Often business-type books require that a reader slogs all the way through until a light-bulb might possibly go on. By writing this book as a series of essays (each barely two pages long), with some luck, readers will be able to read in almost ‘’bite-size’’ increments, with each essay standing on its own. This makes Leadership Lessons perfect for travel or breaks between meetings. The essays contained in the subsequent pages are printed in more-or-less chronilogically in the order that they were written in, with many of the essays being titled in the form of a question. The reason for the title being in the form of a question is that whilst most any manager in an organisation will be (or should be) looking for answers, it now 2019 and it should be clear that if you don’t learn to ask better questions, you will never get the answers you really need. James B Rieley Mon, 07 Oct 2019 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570017 thebookvoice.com 9:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570017]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leadership Lessons Author: James B Rieley Narrator: James B Rieley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: LEADERSHIP LESSONS is a book that is all about How to Improve Organisational Performance. According to the Oxford dictionary, an essay “is a short piece of non-fiction about a particular topic.” The essays in this book are an accumulation of various projects that I have been involved in for more than a dozen years. The term “projects” spans quite a range of subject matter, and purposes for their existance. The reality is that the central focus of all these essays are improving the ability to understand the dynamics at play that are impacting their organisations. The purpose is to help organisations and the people within them to be able to realise their indifividual and collectve potential. Often business-type books require that a reader slogs all the way through until a light-bulb might possibly go on. By writing this book as a series of essays (each barely two pages long), with some luck, readers will be able to read in almost ‘’bite-size’’ increments, with each essay standing on its own. This makes Leadership Lessons perfect for travel or breaks between meetings. The essays contained in the subsequent pages are printed in more-or-less chronilogically in the order that they were written in, with many of the essays being titled in the form of a question. The reason for the title being in the form of a question is that whilst most any manager in an organisation will be (or should be) looking for answers, it now 2019 and it should be clear that if you don’t learn to ask better questions, you will never get the answers you really need. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570017]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leadership Lessons Author: James B Rieley Narrator: James B Rieley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: LEADERSHIP LESSONS is a book that is all about How to Improve Organisational Performance. According to the Oxford dictionary, an essay “is a short piece of non-fiction about a particular topic.” The essays in this book are an accumulation of various projects that I have been involved in for more than a dozen years. The term “projects” spans quite a range of subject matter, and purposes for their existance. The reality is that the central focus of all these essays are improving the ability to understand the dynamics at play that are impacting their organisations. The purpose is to help organisations and the people within them to be able to realise their indifividual and collectve potential. Often business-type books require that a reader slogs all the way through until a light-bulb might possibly go on. By writing this book as a series of essays (each barely two pages long), with some luck, readers will be able to read in almost ‘’bite-size’’ increments, with each essay standing on its own. This makes Leadership Lessons perfect for travel or breaks between meetings. The essays contained in the subsequent pages are printed in more-or-less chronilogically in the order that they were written in, with many of the essays being titled in the form of a question. The reason for the title being in the form of a question is that whilst most any manager in an organisation will be (or should be) looking for answers, it now 2019 and it should be clear that if you don’t learn to ask better questions, you will never get the answers you really need. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569550 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569550]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Simple Truths of Leadership: 52 Ways to Be a Servant Leader and Build Trust Author: Randy Conley, Ken Blanchard Narrator: Jeff Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 56 minutes Release date: February 1, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Leadership legend and bestselling author Ken Blanchard and trust expert and thought leader Randy Conley present this carefully curated collection of fifty-two essential leadership principles that are easy to implement and practice. Effective leadership comes down to implementing everyday, commonsense practices to help organizations thrive-and yet so many leaders are still missing these fundamental principles from their personal and professional lives. Renowned business experts Ken Blanchard and Randy Conley disclose the simple truths about leadership they have gathered over their long and distinguished careers to help bring common sense into common practice. Featuring two sections-servant leadership and building trust-this book is a collection of Blanchard's greatest hits. It is chock-full of profound and memorable (and in some cases counterintuitive) leadership wisdom, such as - Create autonomy through boundaries. - People who plan the battle rarely battle the plan. - A relationship with no trust is like a cell phone with no internet. All you can do is play games. - The most important part of leadership is what happens when you're not there. This book will help readers incorporate these integral practices into their leadership style, build trust through servant leadership, and make a difference in their own life and the lives of those they influence. Randy Conley, Ken Blanchard Tue, 01 Feb 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569550 thebookvoice.com 1:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569550]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Simple Truths of Leadership: 52 Ways to Be a Servant Leader and Build Trust Author: Randy Conley, Ken Blanchard Narrator: Jeff Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 56 minutes Release date: February 1, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Leadership legend and bestselling author Ken Blanchard and trust expert and thought leader Randy Conley present this carefully curated collection of fifty-two essential leadership principles that are easy to implement and practice. Effective leadership comes down to implementing everyday, commonsense practices to help organizations thrive-and yet so many leaders are still missing these fundamental principles from their personal and professional lives. Renowned business experts Ken Blanchard and Randy Conley disclose the simple truths about leadership they have gathered over their long and distinguished careers to help bring common sense into common practice. Featuring two sections-servant leadership and building trust-this book is a collection of Blanchard's greatest hits. It is chock-full of profound and memorable (and in some cases counterintuitive) leadership wisdom, such as - Create autonomy through boundaries. - People who plan the battle rarely battle the plan. - A relationship with no trust is like a cell phone with no internet. All you can do is play games. - The most important part of leadership is what happens when you're not there. This book will help readers incorporate these integral practices into their leadership style, build trust through servant leadership, and make a difference in their own life and the lives of those they influence. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569550]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Simple Truths of Leadership: 52 Ways to Be a Servant Leader and Build Trust Author: Randy Conley, Ken Blanchard Narrator: Jeff Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 56 minutes Release date: February 1, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Leadership legend and bestselling author Ken Blanchard and trust expert and thought leader Randy Conley present this carefully curated collection of fifty-two essential leadership principles that are easy to implement and practice. Effective leadership comes down to implementing everyday, commonsense practices to help organizations thrive-and yet so many leaders are still missing these fundamental principles from their personal and professional lives. Renowned business experts Ken Blanchard and Randy Conley disclose the simple truths about leadership they have gathered over their long and distinguished careers to help bring common sense into common practice. Featuring two sections-servant leadership and building trust-this book is a collection of Blanchard's greatest hits. It is chock-full of profound and memorable (and in some cases counterintuitive) leadership wisdom, such as - Create autonomy through boundaries. - People who plan the battle rarely battle the plan. - A relationship with no trust is like a cell phone with no internet. All you can do is play games. - The most important part of leadership is what happens when you're not there. This book will help readers incorporate these integral practices into their leadership style, build trust through servant leadership, and make a difference in their own life and the lives of those they influence. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569551 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569551]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Using Scenarios: Scenario Planning for Improving Organizations Author: Thomas J. Chermack Narrator: Mike Lenz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 10 minutes Release date: February 1, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: This is the first book to offer detailed guidance on how scenarios can be used to help organizations make their toughest decisions in a world of ever-escalating crisis and opportunity. To reap the full benefits of scenarios, you have to be able to apply them in the real world. This groundbreaking book goes beyond the theoretical to clearly explain different ways scenarios can be used in business decision-making-from strategic planning and financial modeling to crisis response. Connecting scenarios to strategy and action can have many benefits, including the abilities to react quickly, anticipate major changes in the environment, and identify major opportunities. Thomas Chermack, a top expert on scenario planning, offers seven specific ways organizations can use scenarios, and provides a wide variety of examples, along with proven processes, exercises, and workshops that have been used successfully in organizations across industries and countries for more than fifteen years. Thomas J. Chermack Tue, 01 Feb 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569551 thebookvoice.com 5:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569551]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Using Scenarios: Scenario Planning for Improving Organizations Author: Thomas J. Chermack Narrator: Mike Lenz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 10 minutes Release date: February 1, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: This is the first book to offer detailed guidance on how scenarios can be used to help organizations make their toughest decisions in a world of ever-escalating crisis and opportunity. To reap the full benefits of scenarios, you have to be able to apply them in the real world. This groundbreaking book goes beyond the theoretical to clearly explain different ways scenarios can be used in business decision-making-from strategic planning and financial modeling to crisis response. Connecting scenarios to strategy and action can have many benefits, including the abilities to react quickly, anticipate major changes in the environment, and identify major opportunities. Thomas Chermack, a top expert on scenario planning, offers seven specific ways organizations can use scenarios, and provides a wide variety of examples, along with proven processes, exercises, and workshops that have been used successfully in organizations across industries and countries for more than fifteen years. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569551]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Using Scenarios: Scenario Planning for Improving Organizations Author: Thomas J. Chermack Narrator: Mike Lenz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 10 minutes Release date: February 1, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: This is the first book to offer detailed guidance on how scenarios can be used to help organizations make their toughest decisions in a world of ever-escalating crisis and opportunity. To reap the full benefits of scenarios, you have to be able to apply them in the real world. This groundbreaking book goes beyond the theoretical to clearly explain different ways scenarios can be used in business decision-making-from strategic planning and financial modeling to crisis response. Connecting scenarios to strategy and action can have many benefits, including the abilities to react quickly, anticipate major changes in the environment, and identify major opportunities. Thomas Chermack, a top expert on scenario planning, offers seven specific ways organizations can use scenarios, and provides a wide variety of examples, along with proven processes, exercises, and workshops that have been used successfully in organizations across industries and countries for more than fifteen years. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569489 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569489]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unreasonable Hospitality: The Remarkable Power of Giving People More Than They Expect Author: Will Guidara Narrator: Will Guidara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 37 minutes Release date: October 25, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.82 of Total 77 Ratings of Narrator: 4.58 of Total 26 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The must-read New York Times bestseller that's redefining hospitality and inspiring readers in every industry.  - Featured in FX's The Bear and Showtime's Billions - JP Morgan NextList Pick Will Guidara was twenty-six when he took the helm of Eleven Madison Park, a struggling two-star brasserie that had never quite lived up to its majestic room. Eleven years later, EMP was named the best restaurant in the world.   How did Guidara pull off this unprecedented transformation? Radical reinvention, a true partnership between the kitchen and the dining room—and memorable, over-the-top, bespoke hospitality. Guidara’s team surprised a family who had never seen snow with a magical sledding trip to Central Park after their dinner; they filled a private dining room with sand, complete with mai-tais and beach chairs, to console a couple with a cancelled vacation. And his hospitality extended beyond those dining at the restaurant to his own team, who learned to deliver praise and criticism with intention; why the answer to some of the most pernicious business dilemmas is to give more—not less; and the magic that can happen when a busser starts thinking like an owner.   Today, every business can choose to be a hospitality business—and we can all transform ordinary transactions into extraordinary experiences. Featuring sparkling stories of his journey through restaurants, with the industry’s most famous players like Daniel Boulud and Danny Meyer, Guidara urges us all to find the magic in what we do—for ourselves, the people we work with, and the people we serve. Will Guidara Tue, 25 Oct 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569489 thebookvoice.com 8:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569489]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unreasonable Hospitality: The Remarkable Power of Giving People More Than They Expect Author: Will Guidara Narrator: Will Guidara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 37 minutes Release date: October 25, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.82 of Total 77 Ratings of Narrator: 4.58 of Total 26 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The must-read New York Times bestseller that's redefining hospitality and inspiring readers in every industry.  - Featured in FX's The Bear and Showtime's Billions - JP Morgan NextList Pick Will Guidara was twenty-six when he took the helm of Eleven Madison Park, a struggling two-star brasserie that had never quite lived up to its majestic room. Eleven years later, EMP was named the best restaurant in the world.   How did Guidara pull off this unprecedented transformation? Radical reinvention, a true partnership between the kitchen and the dining room—and memorable, over-the-top, bespoke hospitality. Guidara’s team surprised a family who had never seen snow with a magical sledding trip to Central Park after their dinner; they filled a private dining room with sand, complete with mai-tais and beach chairs, to console a couple with a cancelled vacation. And his hospitality extended beyond those dining at the restaurant to his own team, who learned to deliver praise and criticism with intention; why the answer to some of the most pernicious business dilemmas is to give more—not less; and the magic that can happen when a busser starts thinking like an owner.   Today, every business can choose to be a hospitality business—and we can all transform ordinary transactions into extraordinary experiences. Featuring sparkling stories of his journey through restaurants, with the industry’s most famous players like Daniel Boulud and Danny Meyer, Guidara urges us all to find the magic in what we do—for ourselves, the people we work with, and the people we serve. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569489]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unreasonable Hospitality: The Remarkable Power of Giving People More Than They Expect Author: Will Guidara Narrator: Will Guidara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 37 minutes Release date: October 25, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.82 of Total 77 Ratings of Narrator: 4.58 of Total 26 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The must-read New York Times bestseller that's redefining hospitality and inspiring readers in every industry.  - Featured in FX's The Bear and Showtime's Billions - JP Morgan NextList Pick Will Guidara was twenty-six when he took the helm of Eleven Madison Park, a struggling two-star brasserie that had never quite lived up to its majestic room. Eleven years later, EMP was named the best restaurant in the world.   How did Guidara pull off this unprecedented transformation? Radical reinvention, a true partnership between the kitchen and the dining room—and memorable, over-the-top, bespoke hospitality. Guidara’s team surprised a family who had never seen snow with a magical sledding trip to Central Park after their dinner; they filled a private dining room with sand, complete with mai-tais and beach chairs, to console a couple with a cancelled vacation. And his hospitality extended beyond those dining at the restaurant to his own team, who learned to deliver praise and criticism with intention; why the answer to some of the most pernicious business dilemmas is to give more—not less; and the magic that can happen when a busser starts thinking like an owner.   Today, every business can choose to be a hospitality business—and we can all transform ordinary transactions into extraordinary experiences. Featuring sparkling stories of his journey through restaurants, with the industry’s most famous players like Daniel Boulud and Danny Meyer, Guidara urges us all to find the magic in what we do—for ourselves, the people we work with, and the people we serve. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569156 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569156]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading from Anywhere: The Essential Guide to Managing Remote Teams Author: David Burkus Narrator: David Burkus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 58 minutes Release date: January 5, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: “Leading from Anywhere is the best book on remote work I’ve ever read—incisive, original, and eminently practical. Read it—and take notes!”—Daniel H. Pink, author of When, Drive, and To Sell Is Human The ultimate guide to leading remote teams, tackling the key challenges that managers face—from hiring and onboarding new members from afar to building culture remotely, tracking productivity, communicating speedily, and avoiding burnout It’s undeniable that we’re entering a new era of remote work. While many leaders seek to run business as usual, why settle for the usual when remote teams allow us to work even better? The research shows that employees are more productive and engaged when they have the freedom to work from anywhere. Which means leaders need the skills to lead from anywhere. In this meticulously researched, refreshingly practical book, top business thought leader David Burkus provides managers with the field guide to leading remotely, packed with everyday examples and illuminating insights. Structured around the life cycle of working on a team, Burkus tackles the key inflection points and challenges that remote managers face, from taking the team remote and adding new members to communicating effectively and quickly, managing performance, keeping the team engaged, and even helping them strike the right balance between work and life. Leading from Anywhere provides everything you’ll need to survive and thrive as the leader of a remote team—something all leaders will need to consider themselves from now on. David Burkus Tue, 05 Jan 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569156 thebookvoice.com 4:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569156]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading from Anywhere: The Essential Guide to Managing Remote Teams Author: David Burkus Narrator: David Burkus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 58 minutes Release date: January 5, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: “Leading from Anywhere is the best book on remote work I’ve ever read—incisive, original, and eminently practical. Read it—and take notes!”—Daniel H. Pink, author of When, Drive, and To Sell Is Human The ultimate guide to leading remote teams, tackling the key challenges that managers face—from hiring and onboarding new members from afar to building culture remotely, tracking productivity, communicating speedily, and avoiding burnout It’s undeniable that we’re entering a new era of remote work. While many leaders seek to run business as usual, why settle for the usual when remote teams allow us to work even better? The research shows that employees are more productive and engaged when they have the freedom to work from anywhere. Which means leaders need the skills to lead from anywhere. In this meticulously researched, refreshingly practical book, top business thought leader David Burkus provides managers with the field guide to leading remotely, packed with everyday examples and illuminating insights. Structured around the life cycle of working on a team, Burkus tackles the key inflection points and challenges that remote managers face, from taking the team remote and adding new members to communicating effectively and quickly, managing performance, keeping the team engaged, and even helping them strike the right balance between work and life. Leading from Anywhere provides everything you’ll need to survive and thrive as the leader of a remote team—something all leaders will need to consider themselves from now on. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569156]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading from Anywhere: The Essential Guide to Managing Remote Teams Author: David Burkus Narrator: David Burkus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 58 minutes Release date: January 5, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: “Leading from Anywhere is the best book on remote work I’ve ever read—incisive, original, and eminently practical. Read it—and take notes!”—Daniel H. Pink, author of When, Drive, and To Sell Is Human The ultimate guide to leading remote teams, tackling the key challenges that managers face—from hiring and onboarding new members from afar to building culture remotely, tracking productivity, communicating speedily, and avoiding burnout It’s undeniable that we’re entering a new era of remote work. While many leaders seek to run business as usual, why settle for the usual when remote teams allow us to work even better? The research shows that employees are more productive and engaged when they have the freedom to work from anywhere. Which means leaders need the skills to lead from anywhere. In this meticulously researched, refreshingly practical book, top business thought leader David Burkus provides managers with the field guide to leading remotely, packed with everyday examples and illuminating insights. Structured around the life cycle of working on a team, Burkus tackles the key inflection points and challenges that remote managers face, from taking the team remote and adding new members to communicating effectively and quickly, managing performance, keeping the team engaged, and even helping them strike the right balance between work and life. Leading from Anywhere provides everything you’ll need to survive and thrive as the leader of a remote team—something all leaders will need to consider themselves from now on. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569028 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569028]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ministry of Common Sense: How to Eliminate Bureaucratic Red Tape, Bad Excuses, and Corporate BS Author: Martin Lindstrom Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: January 19, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: WALL STREET JOURNAL Bestseller A humorous yet practical five-step guide to ridding ourselves—and our companies—of bureaucratic bottlenecks and red tape   During the COVID-19 pandemic, the TSA is allowing passengers to board planes with unlimited amounts of hand sanitizer, while maintaining its 3.4-ounce limit on all other liquids. You need a chainsaw to pry open your new pair of headphones from their package. Your eighth Zoom meeting of the day keeps freezing, and if you hear “No, wait; no, you go first” again, you will implode. But first you have to sit through an endless Power Point presentation that everyone claims they’ve read, no one has, and that could have been summarized in one page.   What has happened to common sense? And how can we get it back? Companies, it seems, have become so entangled in their own internal issues, and further beset by reams of invisible red tape, that they’ve lost sight of their core purpose. Inevitably, they pay the price.   Best-selling author Martin Lindstrom combines numerous real‑life examples of corporate common sense gone wrong with his own ingenious plan for restoring logic—and sanity—to the companies and people that need it most. A must-read for today’s executives, managers, and employees, The Ministry of Common Sense is funny, entertaining, and immensely practical. Martin Lindstrom Tue, 19 Jan 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569028 thebookvoice.com 7:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569028]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ministry of Common Sense: How to Eliminate Bureaucratic Red Tape, Bad Excuses, and Corporate BS Author: Martin Lindstrom Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: January 19, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: WALL STREET JOURNAL Bestseller A humorous yet practical five-step guide to ridding ourselves—and our companies—of bureaucratic bottlenecks and red tape   During the COVID-19 pandemic, the TSA is allowing passengers to board planes with unlimited amounts of hand sanitizer, while maintaining its 3.4-ounce limit on all other liquids. You need a chainsaw to pry open your new pair of headphones from their package. Your eighth Zoom meeting of the day keeps freezing, and if you hear “No, wait; no, you go first” again, you will implode. But first you have to sit through an endless Power Point presentation that everyone claims they’ve read, no one has, and that could have been summarized in one page.   What has happened to common sense? And how can we get it back? Companies, it seems, have become so entangled in their own internal issues, and further beset by reams of invisible red tape, that they’ve lost sight of their core purpose. Inevitably, they pay the price.   Best-selling author Martin Lindstrom combines numerous real‑life examples of corporate common sense gone wrong with his own ingenious plan for restoring logic—and sanity—to the companies and people that need it most. A must-read for today’s executives, managers, and employees, The Ministry of Common Sense is funny, entertaining, and immensely practical. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569028]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ministry of Common Sense: How to Eliminate Bureaucratic Red Tape, Bad Excuses, and Corporate BS Author: Martin Lindstrom Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: January 19, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: WALL STREET JOURNAL Bestseller A humorous yet practical five-step guide to ridding ourselves—and our companies—of bureaucratic bottlenecks and red tape   During the COVID-19 pandemic, the TSA is allowing passengers to board planes with unlimited amounts of hand sanitizer, while maintaining its 3.4-ounce limit on all other liquids. You need a chainsaw to pry open your new pair of headphones from their package. Your eighth Zoom meeting of the day keeps freezing, and if you hear “No, wait; no, you go first” again, you will implode. But first you have to sit through an endless Power Point presentation that everyone claims they’ve read, no one has, and that could have been summarized in one page.   What has happened to common sense? And how can we get it back? Companies, it seems, have become so entangled in their own internal issues, and further beset by reams of invisible red tape, that they’ve lost sight of their core purpose. Inevitably, they pay the price.   Best-selling author Martin Lindstrom combines numerous real‑life examples of corporate common sense gone wrong with his own ingenious plan for restoring logic—and sanity—to the companies and people that need it most. A must-read for today’s executives, managers, and employees, The Ministry of Common Sense is funny, entertaining, and immensely practical. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568345 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568345]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Vom Burnout zurück ins Leben (Ungekürzt) Author: Patricia Zinnecker Narrator: Martin Kautz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 12 minutes Release date: December 18, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: 'Nein' ist eines der einfachsten und zugleich schwierigsten Worte. Jeder Burnout-Erkrankte tut sich schwer damit - doch wieso ist das so? Was vor wenigen Jahren noch ein Tabuthema war, tritt immer häufiger auf. Allein in den letzten 15 Jahren hat sich die Burnout-Rate versechsfacht. Tendenz steigend. Patricia Zinnecker erklärt anhand ihrer persönlichen Geschichte im Unternehmertum die Diagnose Burnout, wie es entsteht, wie es sich ankündigt und vor allem welche Wege herausführen, wenn man bereits mitten drin steckt. Für alle, die an einer positiven Wende in ihrem Leben arbeiten. Patricia Zinnecker Sat, 18 Dec 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568345 thebookvoice.com 3:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568345]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Vom Burnout zurück ins Leben (Ungekürzt) Author: Patricia Zinnecker Narrator: Martin Kautz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 12 minutes Release date: December 18, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: 'Nein' ist eines der einfachsten und zugleich schwierigsten Worte. Jeder Burnout-Erkrankte tut sich schwer damit - doch wieso ist das so? Was vor wenigen Jahren noch ein Tabuthema war, tritt immer häufiger auf. Allein in den letzten 15 Jahren hat sich die Burnout-Rate versechsfacht. Tendenz steigend. Patricia Zinnecker erklärt anhand ihrer persönlichen Geschichte im Unternehmertum die Diagnose Burnout, wie es entsteht, wie es sich ankündigt und vor allem welche Wege herausführen, wenn man bereits mitten drin steckt. Für alle, die an einer positiven Wende in ihrem Leben arbeiten. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568345]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Vom Burnout zurück ins Leben (Ungekürzt) Author: Patricia Zinnecker Narrator: Martin Kautz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 12 minutes Release date: December 18, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: 'Nein' ist eines der einfachsten und zugleich schwierigsten Worte. Jeder Burnout-Erkrankte tut sich schwer damit - doch wieso ist das so? Was vor wenigen Jahren noch ein Tabuthema war, tritt immer häufiger auf. Allein in den letzten 15 Jahren hat sich die Burnout-Rate versechsfacht. Tendenz steigend. Patricia Zinnecker erklärt anhand ihrer persönlichen Geschichte im Unternehmertum die Diagnose Burnout, wie es entsteht, wie es sich ankündigt und vor allem welche Wege herausführen, wenn man bereits mitten drin steckt. Für alle, die an einer positiven Wende in ihrem Leben arbeiten. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567903 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567903]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Holacracy: The Revolutionary Management System that Abolishes Hierarchy Author: Brian J. Robertson Narrator: Brian J. Robertson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 57 minutes Release date: April 7, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. In Holacracy, Brian J Robertson outlines a ground-breaking approach to organisation: no managers, only roles In traditional companies, managers make decisions, and workers execute the plan. But Holacracy is a revolutionary and tried-and-tested new system which turns everyone into a leader. The organisation looks like a nest of circles, not a pyramid -- but it's not anarchy. It's finally clear who should make each decision -- the person on the frontline has that authority -- and the organisation succeeds by adapting swiftly to pursue its purpose. In Holacracy, pioneer Brian Robertson explains how to adopt this system across your organisation -- and what you can do just within your department or for yourself -- and how to overcome any obstacles along the way. 'Holacracy is the opposite of the cliché way to run a start-up. It creates clarity: who is in charge of what, and who makes each kind of decision' - Evan Williams, cofounder of Blogger, Twitter and Medium © Brain J. Robertson 2016 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Brian J. Robertson Thu, 07 Apr 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567903 thebookvoice.com 4:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567903]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Holacracy: The Revolutionary Management System that Abolishes Hierarchy Author: Brian J. Robertson Narrator: Brian J. Robertson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 57 minutes Release date: April 7, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. In Holacracy, Brian J Robertson outlines a ground-breaking approach to organisation: no managers, only roles In traditional companies, managers make decisions, and workers execute the plan. But Holacracy is a revolutionary and tried-and-tested new system which turns everyone into a leader. The organisation looks like a nest of circles, not a pyramid -- but it's not anarchy. It's finally clear who should make each decision -- the person on the frontline has that authority -- and the organisation succeeds by adapting swiftly to pursue its purpose. In Holacracy, pioneer Brian Robertson explains how to adopt this system across your organisation -- and what you can do just within your department or for yourself -- and how to overcome any obstacles along the way. 'Holacracy is the opposite of the cliché way to run a start-up. It creates clarity: who is in charge of what, and who makes each kind of decision' - Evan Williams, cofounder of Blogger, Twitter and Medium © Brain J. Robertson 2016 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567903]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Holacracy: The Revolutionary Management System that Abolishes Hierarchy Author: Brian J. Robertson Narrator: Brian J. Robertson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 57 minutes Release date: April 7, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. In Holacracy, Brian J Robertson outlines a ground-breaking approach to organisation: no managers, only roles In traditional companies, managers make decisions, and workers execute the plan. But Holacracy is a revolutionary and tried-and-tested new system which turns everyone into a leader. The organisation looks like a nest of circles, not a pyramid -- but it's not anarchy. It's finally clear who should make each decision -- the person on the frontline has that authority -- and the organisation succeeds by adapting swiftly to pursue its purpose. In Holacracy, pioneer Brian Robertson explains how to adopt this system across your organisation -- and what you can do just within your department or for yourself -- and how to overcome any obstacles along the way. 'Holacracy is the opposite of the cliché way to run a start-up. It creates clarity: who is in charge of what, and who makes each kind of decision' - Evan Williams, cofounder of Blogger, Twitter and Medium © Brain J. Robertson 2016 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567677 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567677]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Employment Law for Private Member Golf Clubs: Keeping you out of the rough! Author: Carolyne Wahlen Narrator: Jemma Churchill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 17 minutes Release date: January 14, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Running a golf club is hard work, and for the average manager, thereʼs A LOT on the to-do list, from members coming through the door to dealing with the committee, from ensuring F&B is running smoothly to making sure the course is up to scratch. And thatʼs before we even get onto dealing with the staff! People management is one of the hardest tasks in any organisation, but in a golf club it can be even more challenging. This book is designed to help you navigate those challenges, keep you out of the rough and run your club safely, legally and profitably. Carolyne Wahlen Fri, 14 Jan 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567677 thebookvoice.com 7:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567677]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Employment Law for Private Member Golf Clubs: Keeping you out of the rough! Author: Carolyne Wahlen Narrator: Jemma Churchill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 17 minutes Release date: January 14, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Running a golf club is hard work, and for the average manager, thereʼs A LOT on the to-do list, from members coming through the door to dealing with the committee, from ensuring F&B is running smoothly to making sure the course is up to scratch. And thatʼs before we even get onto dealing with the staff! People management is one of the hardest tasks in any organisation, but in a golf club it can be even more challenging. This book is designed to help you navigate those challenges, keep you out of the rough and run your club safely, legally and profitably. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567677]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Employment Law for Private Member Golf Clubs: Keeping you out of the rough! Author: Carolyne Wahlen Narrator: Jemma Churchill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 17 minutes Release date: January 14, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Running a golf club is hard work, and for the average manager, thereʼs A LOT on the to-do list, from members coming through the door to dealing with the committee, from ensuring F&B is running smoothly to making sure the course is up to scratch. And thatʼs before we even get onto dealing with the staff! People management is one of the hardest tasks in any organisation, but in a golf club it can be even more challenging. This book is designed to help you navigate those challenges, keep you out of the rough and run your club safely, legally and profitably. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567637 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567637]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cutting Through: Your Company’s High Performance Management System Author: Bernie Haffey Narrator: Brian Callanan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 58 minutes Release date: October 12, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The financial health of your organization depends on it! Bernie Haffey’s Cutting Through is a comprehensive exploration into the nuances of the key high performance management systems that turn good companies into great ones! SUCCESS BEGINS WITH A SYSTEM! Doctors, mechanics, pilots … What do all of these professionals have in common? Simple: each operates within the framework of an established set of principles that guides all they do. Just as you wouldn’t build a house by first tacking on a roof, you can’t expect your business to flourish without understanding the underlying mechanisms that drive it. You need a foundation, an order, a system. Cutting Through is the blueprint to discovering and optimizing that system. The ideological quicksand of leadership trial-by-fire is gone. The best businesses of tomorrow will need to be equipped with a robust management system that drives performance from the ground up! How do you get there? Here’s a hint: you can’t intuit it; it’s going to take some work. Eliminate, simplify, and optimize your internal processes to achieve breakthrough business results! Bernie Haffey Tue, 12 Oct 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567637 thebookvoice.com 3:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567637]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cutting Through: Your Company’s High Performance Management System Author: Bernie Haffey Narrator: Brian Callanan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 58 minutes Release date: October 12, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The financial health of your organization depends on it! Bernie Haffey’s Cutting Through is a comprehensive exploration into the nuances of the key high performance management systems that turn good companies into great ones! SUCCESS BEGINS WITH A SYSTEM! Doctors, mechanics, pilots … What do all of these professionals have in common? Simple: each operates within the framework of an established set of principles that guides all they do. Just as you wouldn’t build a house by first tacking on a roof, you can’t expect your business to flourish without understanding the underlying mechanisms that drive it. You need a foundation, an order, a system. Cutting Through is the blueprint to discovering and optimizing that system. The ideological quicksand of leadership trial-by-fire is gone. The best businesses of tomorrow will need to be equipped with a robust management system that drives performance from the ground up! How do you get there? Here’s a hint: you can’t intuit it; it’s going to take some work. Eliminate, simplify, and optimize your internal processes to achieve breakthrough business results! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567637]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cutting Through: Your Company’s High Performance Management System Author: Bernie Haffey Narrator: Brian Callanan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 58 minutes Release date: October 12, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The financial health of your organization depends on it! Bernie Haffey’s Cutting Through is a comprehensive exploration into the nuances of the key high performance management systems that turn good companies into great ones! SUCCESS BEGINS WITH A SYSTEM! Doctors, mechanics, pilots … What do all of these professionals have in common? Simple: each operates within the framework of an established set of principles that guides all they do. Just as you wouldn’t build a house by first tacking on a roof, you can’t expect your business to flourish without understanding the underlying mechanisms that drive it. You need a foundation, an order, a system. Cutting Through is the blueprint to discovering and optimizing that system. The ideological quicksand of leadership trial-by-fire is gone. The best businesses of tomorrow will need to be equipped with a robust management system that drives performance from the ground up! How do you get there? Here’s a hint: you can’t intuit it; it’s going to take some work. Eliminate, simplify, and optimize your internal processes to achieve breakthrough business results! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567573 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567573]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beating Burnout at Work: Why Teams Hold the Secret to Well-Being and Resilience Author: Paula Davis Narrator: Cassidy Brown Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 10 minutes Release date: February 22, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Burnout has become one of the most talked about workplace topics, and its impact is far-reaching. The 24/7 pace of work, constant demands, and scant resources can easily put busy professionals on a path to burnout, a cycle that has only accelerated during the COVID-19 pandemic. Burnout affects the health and well-being of the entire organization, yet most attempts to help focus on quick-fix strategies aimed at individuals. Something is missing. In Beating Burnout at Work, Paula Davis, founder of the Stress & Resilience Institute, provides a new framework to help organizations prevent employee burnout. Davis's research-driven, actionable book is the first of its kind to explore a new solution to the burnout problem at work: a comprehensive approach focused on building the resilience of teams of all sizes. Beating Burnout at Work explores: how Davis navigated her own burnout as a lawyer, and how that led her to launch a business with the aim of helping organizations and their employees become more resilient; how teams and leaders can utilize simple, science-backed strategies to create cultures that promote resilience and well-being and reduce burnout; how the Mayo Clinic has developed a powerful model to reduce burnout in its organization; how organizations dealing with high-stress challenges, including the US Army, work to increase resilience in a systemic way; and more. Paula Davis Tue, 22 Feb 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567573 thebookvoice.com 3:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567573]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beating Burnout at Work: Why Teams Hold the Secret to Well-Being and Resilience Author: Paula Davis Narrator: Cassidy Brown Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 10 minutes Release date: February 22, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Burnout has become one of the most talked about workplace topics, and its impact is far-reaching. The 24/7 pace of work, constant demands, and scant resources can easily put busy professionals on a path to burnout, a cycle that has only accelerated during the COVID-19 pandemic. Burnout affects the health and well-being of the entire organization, yet most attempts to help focus on quick-fix strategies aimed at individuals. Something is missing. In Beating Burnout at Work, Paula Davis, founder of the Stress & Resilience Institute, provides a new framework to help organizations prevent employee burnout. Davis's research-driven, actionable book is the first of its kind to explore a new solution to the burnout problem at work: a comprehensive approach focused on building the resilience of teams of all sizes. Beating Burnout at Work explores: how Davis navigated her own burnout as a lawyer, and how that led her to launch a business with the aim of helping organizations and their employees become more resilient; how teams and leaders can utilize simple, science-backed strategies to create cultures that promote resilience and well-being and reduce burnout; how the Mayo Clinic has developed a powerful model to reduce burnout in its organization; how organizations dealing with high-stress challenges, including the US Army, work to increase resilience in a systemic way; and more. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567573]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beating Burnout at Work: Why Teams Hold the Secret to Well-Being and Resilience Author: Paula Davis Narrator: Cassidy Brown Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 10 minutes Release date: February 22, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Burnout has become one of the most talked about workplace topics, and its impact is far-reaching. The 24/7 pace of work, constant demands, and scant resources can easily put busy professionals on a path to burnout, a cycle that has only accelerated during the COVID-19 pandemic. Burnout affects the health and well-being of the entire organization, yet most attempts to help focus on quick-fix strategies aimed at individuals. Something is missing. In Beating Burnout at Work, Paula Davis, founder of the Stress & Resilience Institute, provides a new framework to help organizations prevent employee burnout. Davis's research-driven, actionable book is the first of its kind to explore a new solution to the burnout problem at work: a comprehensive approach focused on building the resilience of teams of all sizes. Beating Burnout at Work explores: how Davis navigated her own burnout as a lawyer, and how that led her to launch a business with the aim of helping organizations and their employees become more resilient; how teams and leaders can utilize simple, science-backed strategies to create cultures that promote resilience and well-being and reduce burnout; how the Mayo Clinic has developed a powerful model to reduce burnout in its organization; how organizations dealing with high-stress challenges, including the US Army, work to increase resilience in a systemic way; and more. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567284 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567284]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: To Be Honest: Lead with the Power of Truth, Justice and Purpose Author: Ron A. Carucci Narrator: Ron A. Carucci Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 42 minutes Release date: January 1, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Based on 15 years of research, To Be Honest explains how four factors (Clear Identity, Accountability, Governance and Cross-Functional Relationships) affect honesty, justice and purpose within a company. When these factors are absent or ineffective, the organizational conditions compel employees to choose dishonesty and self-interest. But when done well, the organization is 16 times more likely to have people tell the truth, behave fairly and serve a greater good. To Be Honest shares the stories of leaders who have acted with purpose, honesty and justice even when it was difficult to do so. In-depth interviews with CEOs and senior executives from exemplar companies such as Patagonia, Cabot Creamery, Microsoft and others reveal what it takes to build purpose-driven companies of honesty and justice. Interviews with thought leaders like Jonathan Haidt, Amy Edmondson, Dan Ariely and James Detert offer rich insights on how leaders can become more honest and purposeful. You'll learn how Hubert Joly took Best Buy from a company on the brink of bankruptcy to one that is profitable, thriving and purposeful. Filled with real-life examples, To Be Honest offers actionable steps, practical tools and approaches that any leader or manager can use to create a culture of purpose, honesty and justice. Ron A. Carucci Sat, 01 Jan 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567284 thebookvoice.com 9:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567284]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: To Be Honest: Lead with the Power of Truth, Justice and Purpose Author: Ron A. Carucci Narrator: Ron A. Carucci Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 42 minutes Release date: January 1, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Based on 15 years of research, To Be Honest explains how four factors (Clear Identity, Accountability, Governance and Cross-Functional Relationships) affect honesty, justice and purpose within a company. When these factors are absent or ineffective, the organizational conditions compel employees to choose dishonesty and self-interest. But when done well, the organization is 16 times more likely to have people tell the truth, behave fairly and serve a greater good. To Be Honest shares the stories of leaders who have acted with purpose, honesty and justice even when it was difficult to do so. In-depth interviews with CEOs and senior executives from exemplar companies such as Patagonia, Cabot Creamery, Microsoft and others reveal what it takes to build purpose-driven companies of honesty and justice. Interviews with thought leaders like Jonathan Haidt, Amy Edmondson, Dan Ariely and James Detert offer rich insights on how leaders can become more honest and purposeful. You'll learn how Hubert Joly took Best Buy from a company on the brink of bankruptcy to one that is profitable, thriving and purposeful. Filled with real-life examples, To Be Honest offers actionable steps, practical tools and approaches that any leader or manager can use to create a culture of purpose, honesty and justice. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567284]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: To Be Honest: Lead with the Power of Truth, Justice and Purpose Author: Ron A. Carucci Narrator: Ron A. Carucci Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 42 minutes Release date: January 1, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Based on 15 years of research, To Be Honest explains how four factors (Clear Identity, Accountability, Governance and Cross-Functional Relationships) affect honesty, justice and purpose within a company. When these factors are absent or ineffective, the organizational conditions compel employees to choose dishonesty and self-interest. But when done well, the organization is 16 times more likely to have people tell the truth, behave fairly and serve a greater good. To Be Honest shares the stories of leaders who have acted with purpose, honesty and justice even when it was difficult to do so. In-depth interviews with CEOs and senior executives from exemplar companies such as Patagonia, Cabot Creamery, Microsoft and others reveal what it takes to build purpose-driven companies of honesty and justice. Interviews with thought leaders like Jonathan Haidt, Amy Edmondson, Dan Ariely and James Detert offer rich insights on how leaders can become more honest and purposeful. You'll learn how Hubert Joly took Best Buy from a company on the brink of bankruptcy to one that is profitable, thriving and purposeful. Filled with real-life examples, To Be Honest offers actionable steps, practical tools and approaches that any leader or manager can use to create a culture of purpose, honesty and justice. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567268 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567268]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 5 Rules of Production: Production Management for Seniors Managers Author: Marcus Karl Haman Narrator: Frank Block Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 11 minutes Release date: January 5, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Production is a lively cultural process with its own rules and structures. In order to understand production correctly, it must be learnt and experienced. Not in the lecture hall – but on the shopfloor! Like every other discipline, the production too is a field of enterprise with its own rules and structures. Comparable with a kitchen. It gives recipes and in-gredients, pots and other utensils, which the cook can use to create a symposium of a treat. A top cook learns the hard craft over several years; despite that the taste is not of the same quality for every cook. An example for this: A champion cook writes a cookery book, wherein he lists and describes the ingredients, mentions exact quantities and discloses his very precise recipe, so that just about everything is explained and described. Do you really believe that it tastes as good if it is cooked by someone else? Perhaps, however, it will always taste differently and never the same. To the question, as to why this is so, there can only be one explanation: „Not everyone can cook!“ And that is how it is also with the production. Production must be understood. Whosoever thinks that he has learnt production in the university makes a mistake. Production is learnt on the shopfloor, starting from scratch. On the production line and not in the lecture hall. And one thing is certain: Production is more complex than one thinks. Marcus Karl Haman Wed, 05 Jan 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567268 thebookvoice.com 1:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567268]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 5 Rules of Production: Production Management for Seniors Managers Author: Marcus Karl Haman Narrator: Frank Block Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 11 minutes Release date: January 5, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Production is a lively cultural process with its own rules and structures. In order to understand production correctly, it must be learnt and experienced. Not in the lecture hall – but on the shopfloor! Like every other discipline, the production too is a field of enterprise with its own rules and structures. Comparable with a kitchen. It gives recipes and in-gredients, pots and other utensils, which the cook can use to create a symposium of a treat. A top cook learns the hard craft over several years; despite that the taste is not of the same quality for every cook. An example for this: A champion cook writes a cookery book, wherein he lists and describes the ingredients, mentions exact quantities and discloses his very precise recipe, so that just about everything is explained and described. Do you really believe that it tastes as good if it is cooked by someone else? Perhaps, however, it will always taste differently and never the same. To the question, as to why this is so, there can only be one explanation: „Not everyone can cook!“ And that is how it is also with the production. Production must be understood. Whosoever thinks that he has learnt production in the university makes a mistake. Production is learnt on the shopfloor, starting from scratch. On the production line and not in the lecture hall. And one thing is certain: Production is more complex than one thinks. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567268]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 5 Rules of Production: Production Management for Seniors Managers Author: Marcus Karl Haman Narrator: Frank Block Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 11 minutes Release date: January 5, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Production is a lively cultural process with its own rules and structures. In order to understand production correctly, it must be learnt and experienced. Not in the lecture hall – but on the shopfloor! Like every other discipline, the production too is a field of enterprise with its own rules and structures. Comparable with a kitchen. It gives recipes and in-gredients, pots and other utensils, which the cook can use to create a symposium of a treat. A top cook learns the hard craft over several years; despite that the taste is not of the same quality for every cook. An example for this: A champion cook writes a cookery book, wherein he lists and describes the ingredients, mentions exact quantities and discloses his very precise recipe, so that just about everything is explained and described. Do you really believe that it tastes as good if it is cooked by someone else? Perhaps, however, it will always taste differently and never the same. To the question, as to why this is so, there can only be one explanation: „Not everyone can cook!“ And that is how it is also with the production. Production must be understood. Whosoever thinks that he has learnt production in the university makes a mistake. Production is learnt on the shopfloor, starting from scratch. On the production line and not in the lecture hall. And one thing is certain: Production is more complex than one thinks. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566919 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566919]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Story of Tata: 1868 to 2021 Author: Peter Casey Narrator: Anuj Datta Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 26 minutes Release date: January 11, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In 1868, Jamsetji Tata, a visionary of his time, lit the flame that went on to become Tata and its group of companies. This business grew into an extraordinary one. One that some may even call 'the greatest company in the world'. Over the decades, the business expanded and prospered under the leadership of the various keepers of the flame, such as Sir Dorabji Tata, J.R.D Tata and Ratan Tata, to name a few. But, one day, the headlines boldly declared that the chairman of the board of Tata Sons, Cyrus Mistry, had been fired. What went wrong? In this exclusive and authorized book, insiders of the Tata businesses open up to Peter Casey for the first time to tell the story. From its humble beginnings as a mercantile company to its growth as a successful yet philanthropic organization to its recent brush with Mistry, this is a book that every business-minded individual must read. Peter Casey Tue, 11 Jan 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566919 thebookvoice.com 7:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566919]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Story of Tata: 1868 to 2021 Author: Peter Casey Narrator: Anuj Datta Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 26 minutes Release date: January 11, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In 1868, Jamsetji Tata, a visionary of his time, lit the flame that went on to become Tata and its group of companies. This business grew into an extraordinary one. One that some may even call 'the greatest company in the world'. Over the decades, the business expanded and prospered under the leadership of the various keepers of the flame, such as Sir Dorabji Tata, J.R.D Tata and Ratan Tata, to name a few. But, one day, the headlines boldly declared that the chairman of the board of Tata Sons, Cyrus Mistry, had been fired. What went wrong? In this exclusive and authorized book, insiders of the Tata businesses open up to Peter Casey for the first time to tell the story. From its humble beginnings as a mercantile company to its growth as a successful yet philanthropic organization to its recent brush with Mistry, this is a book that every business-minded individual must read. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566919]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Story of Tata: 1868 to 2021 Author: Peter Casey Narrator: Anuj Datta Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 26 minutes Release date: January 11, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In 1868, Jamsetji Tata, a visionary of his time, lit the flame that went on to become Tata and its group of companies. This business grew into an extraordinary one. One that some may even call 'the greatest company in the world'. Over the decades, the business expanded and prospered under the leadership of the various keepers of the flame, such as Sir Dorabji Tata, J.R.D Tata and Ratan Tata, to name a few. But, one day, the headlines boldly declared that the chairman of the board of Tata Sons, Cyrus Mistry, had been fired. What went wrong? In this exclusive and authorized book, insiders of the Tata businesses open up to Peter Casey for the first time to tell the story. From its humble beginnings as a mercantile company to its growth as a successful yet philanthropic organization to its recent brush with Mistry, this is a book that every business-minded individual must read. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565029 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565029]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Prep, Push, Pivot: Essential Career Strategies for Underrepresented Women Author: Octavia Goredema Narrator: Zoleka Vundla Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 26 minutes Release date: March 8, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Advance your career with this insightful playbook for underrepresented women In Prep, Push, Pivot, award-winning career coach and author Octavia Goredema delivers an indispensable career coaching guide for women looking for a new job, dealing with job loss, pivoting to a new career, or returning to the workforce after an extended absence. You'll discover practical strategies you can implement at crucial times during your career, ensuring your considerable talents and skills are used to their full potential. In this important book, you'll: ● Discover your true worth, cement your career values, and carve out a realistic and aspirational career plan ● Learn how to position yourself for a promotion, navigate a break in your career, and integrate your role as a mother or caregiver with your professional life ● Deal with monumental career changes, contribute to the development of the women around you, and benefit from an array of professional resources in your journey forward Perfect for women who are ready to overcome any obstacles that await them, Prep, Push, Pivot is a thoughtful road map to help women chart their professional and personal success. Octavia Goredema Tue, 08 Mar 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565029 thebookvoice.com 5:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565029]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Prep, Push, Pivot: Essential Career Strategies for Underrepresented Women Author: Octavia Goredema Narrator: Zoleka Vundla Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 26 minutes Release date: March 8, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Advance your career with this insightful playbook for underrepresented women In Prep, Push, Pivot, award-winning career coach and author Octavia Goredema delivers an indispensable career coaching guide for women looking for a new job, dealing with job loss, pivoting to a new career, or returning to the workforce after an extended absence. You'll discover practical strategies you can implement at crucial times during your career, ensuring your considerable talents and skills are used to their full potential. In this important book, you'll: ● Discover your true worth, cement your career values, and carve out a realistic and aspirational career plan ● Learn how to position yourself for a promotion, navigate a break in your career, and integrate your role as a mother or caregiver with your professional life ● Deal with monumental career changes, contribute to the development of the women around you, and benefit from an array of professional resources in your journey forward Perfect for women who are ready to overcome any obstacles that await them, Prep, Push, Pivot is a thoughtful road map to help women chart their professional and personal success. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565029]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Prep, Push, Pivot: Essential Career Strategies for Underrepresented Women Author: Octavia Goredema Narrator: Zoleka Vundla Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 26 minutes Release date: March 8, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Advance your career with this insightful playbook for underrepresented women In Prep, Push, Pivot, award-winning career coach and author Octavia Goredema delivers an indispensable career coaching guide for women looking for a new job, dealing with job loss, pivoting to a new career, or returning to the workforce after an extended absence. You'll discover practical strategies you can implement at crucial times during your career, ensuring your considerable talents and skills are used to their full potential. In this important book, you'll: ● Discover your true worth, cement your career values, and carve out a realistic and aspirational career plan ● Learn how to position yourself for a promotion, navigate a break in your career, and integrate your role as a mother or caregiver with your professional life ● Deal with monumental career changes, contribute to the development of the women around you, and benefit from an array of professional resources in your journey forward Perfect for women who are ready to overcome any obstacles that await them, Prep, Push, Pivot is a thoughtful road map to help women chart their professional and personal success. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564943 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564943]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Disrupción: Mi desventura en la burbuja de las startups Author: Dan Lyons, Violeta Arranz (translator) Narrator: Germán Gijón Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 51 minutes Release date: December 14, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: 'Con tono desdeñoso e hilarante, Lyons expone lo ridículas y derrochadoras que pueden ser las startups.'—TheNew York Times 'Una aguda mirada a una cultura empresarial que parece construida sobre arenas movedizas financieras.'—Los Angeles Times 'Un apasionante derribo de la burbuja de las startups y su juvenil cultura corporativa.'—Kirkus Review Durante veinticinco años, Dan Lyons fue redactor de Newsweek. Hasta que un viernes por la mañana recibió una llamada: su trabajo ya no existía. Había que contratar a gente más joven. Con cincuenta años, esposa y dos niños pequeños, estaba jodido. Pero le vino una idea a la cabeza: había escrito mucho sobre Silicon Valley y la explosión tecnológica, ¿por qué no sumarse a ella? Fue así como decidió contactar con HubSpot, una startup de Boston, que acabó haciéndole una buena oferta en acciones a cambio de que aceptase un extraño papel: «asociado de marketing». ¿Qué podía salir mal? Los HubSpotters eran verdaderos creyentes: estaban haciendo del mundo un lugar mejor… vendiendo spam. El ambiente de la oficina era una mezcla de fraternidad universitaria y secta: las fiestas duraban hasta bien entrada la noche, las duchas servían para tener sexo, un 'club de flexiones' se reunía a mediodía en el vestíbulo, mientras en la 'fábrica de contenidos' otros jugaban a pegarse tiros en un videojuego. Y en medio de todo esto estaba Lyons, con el doble de edad del empleado promedio de HubSpot, sentado ante el escritorio, sobre una pelota hinchable que se suponía que era su silla. Pero este libro va más allá de HubSpot. Es una historia sobre lo que significa reinventarse y empezar una nueva carrera a los cincuenta años, en una industria hostil a los trabajadores mayores. Dan Lyons, Violeta Arranz (translator) Wed, 14 Dec 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564943 thebookvoice.com 10:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564943]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Disrupción: Mi desventura en la burbuja de las startups Author: Dan Lyons, Violeta Arranz (translator) Narrator: Germán Gijón Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 51 minutes Release date: December 14, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: 'Con tono desdeñoso e hilarante, Lyons expone lo ridículas y derrochadoras que pueden ser las startups.'—TheNew York Times 'Una aguda mirada a una cultura empresarial que parece construida sobre arenas movedizas financieras.'—Los Angeles Times 'Un apasionante derribo de la burbuja de las startups y su juvenil cultura corporativa.'—Kirkus Review Durante veinticinco años, Dan Lyons fue redactor de Newsweek. Hasta que un viernes por la mañana recibió una llamada: su trabajo ya no existía. Había que contratar a gente más joven. Con cincuenta años, esposa y dos niños pequeños, estaba jodido. Pero le vino una idea a la cabeza: había escrito mucho sobre Silicon Valley y la explosión tecnológica, ¿por qué no sumarse a ella? Fue así como decidió contactar con HubSpot, una startup de Boston, que acabó haciéndole una buena oferta en acciones a cambio de que aceptase un extraño papel: «asociado de marketing». ¿Qué podía salir mal? Los HubSpotters eran verdaderos creyentes: estaban haciendo del mundo un lugar mejor… vendiendo spam. El ambiente de la oficina era una mezcla de fraternidad universitaria y secta: las fiestas duraban hasta bien entrada la noche, las duchas servían para tener sexo, un 'club de flexiones' se reunía a mediodía en el vestíbulo, mientras en la 'fábrica de contenidos' otros jugaban a pegarse tiros en un videojuego. Y en medio de todo esto estaba Lyons, con el doble de edad del empleado promedio de HubSpot, sentado ante el escritorio, sobre una pelota hinchable que se suponía que era su silla. Pero este libro va más allá de HubSpot. Es una historia sobre lo que significa reinventarse y empezar una nueva carrera a los cincuenta años, en una industria hostil a los trabajadores mayores. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564943]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Disrupción: Mi desventura en la burbuja de las startups Author: Dan Lyons, Violeta Arranz (translator) Narrator: Germán Gijón Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 51 minutes Release date: December 14, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: 'Con tono desdeñoso e hilarante, Lyons expone lo ridículas y derrochadoras que pueden ser las startups.'—TheNew York Times 'Una aguda mirada a una cultura empresarial que parece construida sobre arenas movedizas financieras.'—Los Angeles Times 'Un apasionante derribo de la burbuja de las startups y su juvenil cultura corporativa.'—Kirkus Review Durante veinticinco años, Dan Lyons fue redactor de Newsweek. Hasta que un viernes por la mañana recibió una llamada: su trabajo ya no existía. Había que contratar a gente más joven. Con cincuenta años, esposa y dos niños pequeños, estaba jodido. Pero le vino una idea a la cabeza: había escrito mucho sobre Silicon Valley y la explosión tecnológica, ¿por qué no sumarse a ella? Fue así como decidió contactar con HubSpot, una startup de Boston, que acabó haciéndole una buena oferta en acciones a cambio de que aceptase un extraño papel: «asociado de marketing». ¿Qué podía salir mal? Los HubSpotters eran verdaderos creyentes: estaban haciendo del mundo un lugar mejor… vendiendo spam. El ambiente de la oficina era una mezcla de fraternidad universitaria y secta: las fiestas duraban hasta bien entrada la noche, las duchas servían para tener sexo, un 'club de flexiones' se reunía a mediodía en el vestíbulo, mientras en la 'fábrica de contenidos' otros jugaban a pegarse tiros en un videojuego. Y en medio de todo esto estaba Lyons, con el doble de edad del empleado promedio de HubSpot, sentado ante el escritorio, sobre una pelota hinchable que se suponía que era su silla. Pero este libro va más allá de HubSpot. Es una historia sobre lo que significa reinventarse y empezar una nueva carrera a los cincuenta años, en una industria hostil a los trabajadores mayores. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564887 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564887]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Essential HR Handbook, 10th Anniversary Edition: A Quick and Handy Resource for Any Manager or HR Professional Author: Sharon Armstrong, Barbara Mitchell Narrator: Robin Miles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 8 minutes Release date: January 12, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Since 2008, busy managers by the tens of thousands have turned to this best-selling book as a handy guide to the ins and outs of human resources. And no wonder! Because whether you're a small business owner, a manager in a business without an HR department, or even a seasoned HR professional, The Essential HR Handbook will help you handle any personnel problem--from onboarding to outplacement--quickly and easily. This fully updated 10th anniversary edition is packed with information, tools, checklists, sample forms, and timely tips to guide you through the maze of personnel issues in today's complex business environment. In it you'll find out how to: - Attract talented staff through social media recruiting - Identify legal pitfalls to avoid lawsuits and regulatory interference - Train a diverse and inclusive multigenerational workforce - Provide the compensation and benefits package that will make your organization an 'employer of choice' - Streamline your orientation and onboarding practices so new employees hit the ground running Whenever personnel problems arise, having The Essential HR Handbook on your bookshelf is like having a team of expert HR consultants at your beck and call! Sharon Armstrong, Barbara Mitchell Tue, 12 Jan 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564887 thebookvoice.com 6:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564887]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Essential HR Handbook, 10th Anniversary Edition: A Quick and Handy Resource for Any Manager or HR Professional Author: Sharon Armstrong, Barbara Mitchell Narrator: Robin Miles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 8 minutes Release date: January 12, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Since 2008, busy managers by the tens of thousands have turned to this best-selling book as a handy guide to the ins and outs of human resources. And no wonder! Because whether you're a small business owner, a manager in a business without an HR department, or even a seasoned HR professional, The Essential HR Handbook will help you handle any personnel problem--from onboarding to outplacement--quickly and easily. This fully updated 10th anniversary edition is packed with information, tools, checklists, sample forms, and timely tips to guide you through the maze of personnel issues in today's complex business environment. In it you'll find out how to: - Attract talented staff through social media recruiting - Identify legal pitfalls to avoid lawsuits and regulatory interference - Train a diverse and inclusive multigenerational workforce - Provide the compensation and benefits package that will make your organization an 'employer of choice' - Streamline your orientation and onboarding practices so new employees hit the ground running Whenever personnel problems arise, having The Essential HR Handbook on your bookshelf is like having a team of expert HR consultants at your beck and call! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564887]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Essential HR Handbook, 10th Anniversary Edition: A Quick and Handy Resource for Any Manager or HR Professional Author: Sharon Armstrong, Barbara Mitchell Narrator: Robin Miles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 8 minutes Release date: January 12, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Since 2008, busy managers by the tens of thousands have turned to this best-selling book as a handy guide to the ins and outs of human resources. And no wonder! Because whether you're a small business owner, a manager in a business without an HR department, or even a seasoned HR professional, The Essential HR Handbook will help you handle any personnel problem--from onboarding to outplacement--quickly and easily. This fully updated 10th anniversary edition is packed with information, tools, checklists, sample forms, and timely tips to guide you through the maze of personnel issues in today's complex business environment. In it you'll find out how to: - Attract talented staff through social media recruiting - Identify legal pitfalls to avoid lawsuits and regulatory interference - Train a diverse and inclusive multigenerational workforce - Provide the compensation and benefits package that will make your organization an 'employer of choice' - Streamline your orientation and onboarding practices so new employees hit the ground running Whenever personnel problems arise, having The Essential HR Handbook on your bookshelf is like having a team of expert HR consultants at your beck and call! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563827 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563827]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Capitalist and the Activist: Corporate Social Activism and the New Business of Change Author: Tom C. W. Lin Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 24 minutes Release date: January 11, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: 2023 Axiom Business Books Award Silver Medalist (Business Commentary) 2023 Nautilus Book Award Silver Medalist (Social Change & Social Justice) This is the first in-depth examination of the important ongoing fusion of activism, capitalism, and social change masterfully told through a compelling narrative filled with vivid stories and striking studies. Corporations and their executives are at the forefront of some of the most contentious and important social issues of our time. Through pronouncements, policies, boycotts, sponsorships, lobbying, and fundraising, corporations are actively engaged in issues like immigration reform, gun regulation, racial justice, gender equality, and religious freedom. Despite corporate social activism being everywhere these days-witness how quickly companies and progressives united to oppose North Carolina's 'bathroom bill' or support the Black Lives Matter movement-there has been no in-depth examination of the far-reaching consequences of this movement. What first principles should guide businesses' approaches? How should activists engage with businesses in a way that is most beneficial to their causes? What are potential pitfalls and risks associated with corporate social activism for activists, businesses, and society at large? Weaving studies and stories, Temple University professor of law, Tom C. W. Lin offers a road map for how we got here and a compass for where we are going as a nation of capitalists and activists seeking profit and progress. Tom C. W. Lin Tue, 11 Jan 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563827 thebookvoice.com 5:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563827]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Capitalist and the Activist: Corporate Social Activism and the New Business of Change Author: Tom C. W. Lin Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 24 minutes Release date: January 11, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: 2023 Axiom Business Books Award Silver Medalist (Business Commentary) 2023 Nautilus Book Award Silver Medalist (Social Change & Social Justice) This is the first in-depth examination of the important ongoing fusion of activism, capitalism, and social change masterfully told through a compelling narrative filled with vivid stories and striking studies. Corporations and their executives are at the forefront of some of the most contentious and important social issues of our time. Through pronouncements, policies, boycotts, sponsorships, lobbying, and fundraising, corporations are actively engaged in issues like immigration reform, gun regulation, racial justice, gender equality, and religious freedom. Despite corporate social activism being everywhere these days-witness how quickly companies and progressives united to oppose North Carolina's 'bathroom bill' or support the Black Lives Matter movement-there has been no in-depth examination of the far-reaching consequences of this movement. What first principles should guide businesses' approaches? How should activists engage with businesses in a way that is most beneficial to their causes? What are potential pitfalls and risks associated with corporate social activism for activists, businesses, and society at large? Weaving studies and stories, Temple University professor of law, Tom C. W. Lin offers a road map for how we got here and a compass for where we are going as a nation of capitalists and activists seeking profit and progress. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563827]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Capitalist and the Activist: Corporate Social Activism and the New Business of Change Author: Tom C. W. Lin Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 24 minutes Release date: January 11, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: 2023 Axiom Business Books Award Silver Medalist (Business Commentary) 2023 Nautilus Book Award Silver Medalist (Social Change & Social Justice) This is the first in-depth examination of the important ongoing fusion of activism, capitalism, and social change masterfully told through a compelling narrative filled with vivid stories and striking studies. Corporations and their executives are at the forefront of some of the most contentious and important social issues of our time. Through pronouncements, policies, boycotts, sponsorships, lobbying, and fundraising, corporations are actively engaged in issues like immigration reform, gun regulation, racial justice, gender equality, and religious freedom. Despite corporate social activism being everywhere these days-witness how quickly companies and progressives united to oppose North Carolina's 'bathroom bill' or support the Black Lives Matter movement-there has been no in-depth examination of the far-reaching consequences of this movement. What first principles should guide businesses' approaches? How should activists engage with businesses in a way that is most beneficial to their causes? What are potential pitfalls and risks associated with corporate social activism for activists, businesses, and society at large? Weaving studies and stories, Temple University professor of law, Tom C. W. Lin offers a road map for how we got here and a compass for where we are going as a nation of capitalists and activists seeking profit and progress. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563774 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563774]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Human Powered: Supercharge your digital product teams with emotional intelligence Author: Trenton Moss Narrator: Trenton Moss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 48 minutes Release date: December 13, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Working in a digital product environment? 85% of job success comes from well‐developed people skills. The greater your skills in leadership, emotional intelligence and resilience, the more likely you are to succeed. Human Powered is a concise and accessible guide that will help you collaboratively solve problems, resolve conflict and inspire others. Get everyone doing this and you'll have truly high-performing digital product teams. This audiobook will show you how to: - Influence, persuade and show true leadership to stakeholders, regardless of where you sit in the hierarchy - Communicate in ways that make everyone in your team feel unstoppable, and enhance team performance - Take responsibility for your job and workplace relationships as you've never done before - Develop the emotional intelligence and people skills to transform your working life and supercharge your performance - Gain lifelong people skills that you can use for the rest of your career  Get access to more resources at www.humanpoweredbook.com. Trenton Moss Mon, 13 Dec 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563774 thebookvoice.com 5:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563774]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Human Powered: Supercharge your digital product teams with emotional intelligence Author: Trenton Moss Narrator: Trenton Moss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 48 minutes Release date: December 13, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Working in a digital product environment? 85% of job success comes from well‐developed people skills. The greater your skills in leadership, emotional intelligence and resilience, the more likely you are to succeed. Human Powered is a concise and accessible guide that will help you collaboratively solve problems, resolve conflict and inspire others. Get everyone doing this and you'll have truly high-performing digital product teams. This audiobook will show you how to: - Influence, persuade and show true leadership to stakeholders, regardless of where you sit in the hierarchy - Communicate in ways that make everyone in your team feel unstoppable, and enhance team performance - Take responsibility for your job and workplace relationships as you've never done before - Develop the emotional intelligence and people skills to transform your working life and supercharge your performance - Gain lifelong people skills that you can use for the rest of your career  Get access to more resources at www.humanpoweredbook.com. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563774]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Human Powered: Supercharge your digital product teams with emotional intelligence Author: Trenton Moss Narrator: Trenton Moss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 48 minutes Release date: December 13, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Working in a digital product environment? 85% of job success comes from well‐developed people skills. The greater your skills in leadership, emotional intelligence and resilience, the more likely you are to succeed. Human Powered is a concise and accessible guide that will help you collaboratively solve problems, resolve conflict and inspire others. Get everyone doing this and you'll have truly high-performing digital product teams. This audiobook will show you how to: - Influence, persuade and show true leadership to stakeholders, regardless of where you sit in the hierarchy - Communicate in ways that make everyone in your team feel unstoppable, and enhance team performance - Take responsibility for your job and workplace relationships as you've never done before - Develop the emotional intelligence and people skills to transform your working life and supercharge your performance - Gain lifelong people skills that you can use for the rest of your career  Get access to more resources at www.humanpoweredbook.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563405 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563405]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: True North: Great Teams are Built, not Born Author: Mark Mcgregor And Lynda Dobbin-Turner Narrator: Mark Mcgregor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 13 minutes Release date: February 16, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In 2015, you were introduced to Michael Webber, a corporate powerhouse who almost lost everything when his pursuit of the almighty dollar took his health, his relationships, and his spirit. By embracing the power of the ‘10 Principles of Leadership and Life’, Michael managed to regain all of it, with the added bonus of an appreciation for the things that he nearly allowed himself to let go of.. Now, join Michael on the next leg of his journey, as he and Petra make a new life for themselves in Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, bringing with them the lessons of the past and the excitement for the future! Michael expands his skills, becoming a leadership trainer as the Webbers family grows witht the arrival twins, one who is diagnosed with Cerebra Palsy, a diagnosis that challenges Michael and his wife Petra to push the limits of how they once defined a ‘good life’. Micheal becomes a professional coach to Sue Henshaw, CEO of Future Tech Pharmaceuticals and a leader who is struggling to lead her dysfunctional team into the future. Sue embraces the opportunity and principles offered to her through training offered by Michaels and his mentor, Gregory Marks at development camps offered in Kenora, Ontario. While Michael and Gregory share their tips, tools, and training with the business world, Michael and Petra continue to navigate the disability world, as they work to create community and opportunities for their son Sam, as well as their other children Randy and Bianca. This authenticity helps readers to identify with the mistakes, experiences, and lessons learned within the story on a more personal level. Let the realistic anecdotes and personal reflections resonate with you and you will gain much more from this book than simple, bullet-pointed ‘how to’ lists. Most importantly, it’s because we teach leadership based on a whole person model. Mark Mcgregor And Lynda Dobbin-Turner Tue, 16 Feb 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563405 thebookvoice.com 12:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563405]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: True North: Great Teams are Built, not Born Author: Mark Mcgregor And Lynda Dobbin-Turner Narrator: Mark Mcgregor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 13 minutes Release date: February 16, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In 2015, you were introduced to Michael Webber, a corporate powerhouse who almost lost everything when his pursuit of the almighty dollar took his health, his relationships, and his spirit. By embracing the power of the ‘10 Principles of Leadership and Life’, Michael managed to regain all of it, with the added bonus of an appreciation for the things that he nearly allowed himself to let go of.. Now, join Michael on the next leg of his journey, as he and Petra make a new life for themselves in Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, bringing with them the lessons of the past and the excitement for the future! Michael expands his skills, becoming a leadership trainer as the Webbers family grows witht the arrival twins, one who is diagnosed with Cerebra Palsy, a diagnosis that challenges Michael and his wife Petra to push the limits of how they once defined a ‘good life’. Micheal becomes a professional coach to Sue Henshaw, CEO of Future Tech Pharmaceuticals and a leader who is struggling to lead her dysfunctional team into the future. Sue embraces the opportunity and principles offered to her through training offered by Michaels and his mentor, Gregory Marks at development camps offered in Kenora, Ontario. While Michael and Gregory share their tips, tools, and training with the business world, Michael and Petra continue to navigate the disability world, as they work to create community and opportunities for their son Sam, as well as their other children Randy and Bianca. This authenticity helps readers to identify with the mistakes, experiences, and lessons learned within the story on a more personal level. Let the realistic anecdotes and personal reflections resonate with you and you will gain much more from this book than simple, bullet-pointed ‘how to’ lists. Most importantly, it’s because we teach leadership based on a whole person model. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563405]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: True North: Great Teams are Built, not Born Author: Mark Mcgregor And Lynda Dobbin-Turner Narrator: Mark Mcgregor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 13 minutes Release date: February 16, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In 2015, you were introduced to Michael Webber, a corporate powerhouse who almost lost everything when his pursuit of the almighty dollar took his health, his relationships, and his spirit. By embracing the power of the ‘10 Principles of Leadership and Life’, Michael managed to regain all of it, with the added bonus of an appreciation for the things that he nearly allowed himself to let go of.. Now, join Michael on the next leg of his journey, as he and Petra make a new life for themselves in Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, bringing with them the lessons of the past and the excitement for the future! Michael expands his skills, becoming a leadership trainer as the Webbers family grows witht the arrival twins, one who is diagnosed with Cerebra Palsy, a diagnosis that challenges Michael and his wife Petra to push the limits of how they once defined a ‘good life’. Micheal becomes a professional coach to Sue Henshaw, CEO of Future Tech Pharmaceuticals and a leader who is struggling to lead her dysfunctional team into the future. Sue embraces the opportunity and principles offered to her through training offered by Michaels and his mentor, Gregory Marks at development camps offered in Kenora, Ontario. While Michael and Gregory share their tips, tools, and training with the business world, Michael and Petra continue to navigate the disability world, as they work to create community and opportunities for their son Sam, as well as their other children Randy and Bianca. This authenticity helps readers to identify with the mistakes, experiences, and lessons learned within the story on a more personal level. Let the realistic anecdotes and personal reflections resonate with you and you will gain much more from this book than simple, bullet-pointed ‘how to’ lists. Most importantly, it’s because we teach leadership based on a whole person model. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563398 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563398]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fractional Leadership: Landing Executive Talent You Thought Was Out of Reach Author: Ben Wolf Narrator: Tom Mcelroy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 27 minutes Release date: December 6, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Do you own a small or midsize business? Wish you could find (and afford) game-changing executive talent to take your business to the next level? Now, you can. Fractional Leadership shows you step-by-step how to land the experienced, been-there-done-that executive talent you thought was out of reach. If you’re ready to step up your game in marketing, sales, operations, finance, or technology but you can’t justify hiring a top-dollar executive full-time, a fractional leader can help you bridge the gap. Through personal stories and real-world examples, you'll learn exactly what fractional leaders are, how business owners use them to break through the ceilings they hit in their business growth, the kinds of problems that are perfect for them, and how to find the right fractional leader for maximum impact and performance. Stop waiting until you can afford a full-time C-level suite. Engage experts who can break through those challenges and take your business to the next level today. Ben Wolf Mon, 06 Dec 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563398 thebookvoice.com 5:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563398]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fractional Leadership: Landing Executive Talent You Thought Was Out of Reach Author: Ben Wolf Narrator: Tom Mcelroy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 27 minutes Release date: December 6, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Do you own a small or midsize business? Wish you could find (and afford) game-changing executive talent to take your business to the next level? Now, you can. Fractional Leadership shows you step-by-step how to land the experienced, been-there-done-that executive talent you thought was out of reach. If you’re ready to step up your game in marketing, sales, operations, finance, or technology but you can’t justify hiring a top-dollar executive full-time, a fractional leader can help you bridge the gap. Through personal stories and real-world examples, you'll learn exactly what fractional leaders are, how business owners use them to break through the ceilings they hit in their business growth, the kinds of problems that are perfect for them, and how to find the right fractional leader for maximum impact and performance. Stop waiting until you can afford a full-time C-level suite. Engage experts who can break through those challenges and take your business to the next level today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563398]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fractional Leadership: Landing Executive Talent You Thought Was Out of Reach Author: Ben Wolf Narrator: Tom Mcelroy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 27 minutes Release date: December 6, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Do you own a small or midsize business? Wish you could find (and afford) game-changing executive talent to take your business to the next level? Now, you can. Fractional Leadership shows you step-by-step how to land the experienced, been-there-done-that executive talent you thought was out of reach. If you’re ready to step up your game in marketing, sales, operations, finance, or technology but you can’t justify hiring a top-dollar executive full-time, a fractional leader can help you bridge the gap. Through personal stories and real-world examples, you'll learn exactly what fractional leaders are, how business owners use them to break through the ceilings they hit in their business growth, the kinds of problems that are perfect for them, and how to find the right fractional leader for maximum impact and performance. Stop waiting until you can afford a full-time C-level suite. Engage experts who can break through those challenges and take your business to the next level today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563394 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563394]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Game On: Reinventing Organizational Culture with Gamification Author: Arthur Carmazzi Narrator: Sara Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 25 minutes Release date: December 8, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The Definition of Work Gamification: “The Systematic facilitation of helping team members combine measurement, motivational psychology, and basic fun in existing or improved Work Processes or Activities, with the objective of fostering desired behaviors and results”. Game On shares research, case studies and step by step processes that will take you on a fun journey of culture evolution success while impacting your teams’ innovation and lives. And with Pandemic ready strategies, you can easily start getting results immediately WHAT EXPERTS SAY 'The reinvention of organizational culture to build positive lasting change where people enjoy work, find meaning and purpose in work, and support others to do the same. But GAME ON, takes it a step further so that we not only cultivate a happier more productive work environment but also a fun one.' Dr Marshall Goldsmith, New York Times best selling author of 'MOJO' and 'What Got You Here Won't Get You There' 'A revolution in Culture Change, Arthur’s Gamification research make it easy and fun to achieve visible engagement and innovation in a short time, and with the step by step virtual implementation, this is a must get book for current times. A must read!' Chester Elton, Best-Selling author of 'All In' and 'Leading With Gratitude' “Game On is a timely book, providing proven tools and techniques to make working together more fun. This is vital in the world today, when new learning, greater joy, and better collaboration are keys to your success.” Ron Kaufman, New York Times bestselling author of 'Uplifting Service' 'This book is a 'game changer' in the new normal, it expands on the emotional and motivational foundations of passion at work with practical and fun strategies that can truly redefine an organizational culture.' Arthur Carmazzi Wed, 08 Dec 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563394 thebookvoice.com 3:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563394]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Game On: Reinventing Organizational Culture with Gamification Author: Arthur Carmazzi Narrator: Sara Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 25 minutes Release date: December 8, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The Definition of Work Gamification: “The Systematic facilitation of helping team members combine measurement, motivational psychology, and basic fun in existing or improved Work Processes or Activities, with the objective of fostering desired behaviors and results”. Game On shares research, case studies and step by step processes that will take you on a fun journey of culture evolution success while impacting your teams’ innovation and lives. And with Pandemic ready strategies, you can easily start getting results immediately WHAT EXPERTS SAY 'The reinvention of organizational culture to build positive lasting change where people enjoy work, find meaning and purpose in work, and support others to do the same. But GAME ON, takes it a step further so that we not only cultivate a happier more productive work environment but also a fun one.' Dr Marshall Goldsmith, New York Times best selling author of 'MOJO' and 'What Got You Here Won't Get You There' 'A revolution in Culture Change, Arthur’s Gamification research make it easy and fun to achieve visible engagement and innovation in a short time, and with the step by step virtual implementation, this is a must get book for current times. A must read!' Chester Elton, Best-Selling author of 'All In' and 'Leading With Gratitude' “Game On is a timely book, providing proven tools and techniques to make working together more fun. This is vital in the world today, when new learning, greater joy, and better collaboration are keys to your success.” Ron Kaufman, New York Times bestselling author of 'Uplifting Service' 'This book is a 'game changer' in the new normal, it expands on the emotional and motivational foundations of passion at work with practical and fun strategies that can truly redefine an organizational culture.' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563394]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Game On: Reinventing Organizational Culture with Gamification Author: Arthur Carmazzi Narrator: Sara Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 25 minutes Release date: December 8, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The Definition of Work Gamification: “The Systematic facilitation of helping team members combine measurement, motivational psychology, and basic fun in existing or improved Work Processes or Activities, with the objective of fostering desired behaviors and results”. Game On shares research, case studies and step by step processes that will take you on a fun journey of culture evolution success while impacting your teams’ innovation and lives. And with Pandemic ready strategies, you can easily start getting results immediately WHAT EXPERTS SAY 'The reinvention of organizational culture to build positive lasting change where people enjoy work, find meaning and purpose in work, and support others to do the same. But GAME ON, takes it a step further so that we not only cultivate a happier more productive work environment but also a fun one.' Dr Marshall Goldsmith, New York Times best selling author of 'MOJO' and 'What Got You Here Won't Get You There' 'A revolution in Culture Change, Arthur’s Gamification research make it easy and fun to achieve visible engagement and innovation in a short time, and with the step by step virtual implementation, this is a must get book for current times. A must read!' Chester Elton, Best-Selling author of 'All In' and 'Leading With Gratitude' “Game On is a timely book, providing proven tools and techniques to make working together more fun. This is vital in the world today, when new learning, greater joy, and better collaboration are keys to your success.” Ron Kaufman, New York Times bestselling author of 'Uplifting Service' 'This book is a 'game changer' in the new normal, it expands on the emotional and motivational foundations of passion at work with practical and fun strategies that can truly redefine an organizational culture.' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563273 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563273]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Upper Hand: The Future of Work for the Rest of Us Author: Sherrell Dorsey Narrator: Carmen Jewel Jones Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 1 minute Release date: February 22, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In Upper Hand, celebrated founder and CEO of The Plug, Sherrell Dorsey, delivers a personal and eye-opening exploration of how to ensure that marginalized communities aren't left behind as technology continues its inexorable march forward. In the book, listeners will learn to think about how we can strategically shape the coming decade to include Black and Brown communities. Upper Hand offers guidelines, insights, and frameworks for navigating the new world of work that is dominated by Silicon Valley-rooted technologies, inaccessible networks, and constant automation that continues to slash jobs in the Black and Latinx population. You'll find ways to: help families and community leaders design clear pathways to understanding alternatives to obsolescence; thrive in an ever-changing, tech-driven economy that is beginning to leave people of color behind; and embrace new strategies that guarantee a place for Black and brown people in the new economy. The startling and insightful discussion in Upper Hand will earn it a place in the libraries of families, teachers, community advocates, workforce development leaders, professionals of color, as well as anyone interested in learning how to distribute the benefits of the new tech economy to those historically left out. Sherrell Dorsey Tue, 22 Feb 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563273 thebookvoice.com 7:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563273]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Upper Hand: The Future of Work for the Rest of Us Author: Sherrell Dorsey Narrator: Carmen Jewel Jones Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 1 minute Release date: February 22, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In Upper Hand, celebrated founder and CEO of The Plug, Sherrell Dorsey, delivers a personal and eye-opening exploration of how to ensure that marginalized communities aren't left behind as technology continues its inexorable march forward. In the book, listeners will learn to think about how we can strategically shape the coming decade to include Black and Brown communities. Upper Hand offers guidelines, insights, and frameworks for navigating the new world of work that is dominated by Silicon Valley-rooted technologies, inaccessible networks, and constant automation that continues to slash jobs in the Black and Latinx population. You'll find ways to: help families and community leaders design clear pathways to understanding alternatives to obsolescence; thrive in an ever-changing, tech-driven economy that is beginning to leave people of color behind; and embrace new strategies that guarantee a place for Black and brown people in the new economy. The startling and insightful discussion in Upper Hand will earn it a place in the libraries of families, teachers, community advocates, workforce development leaders, professionals of color, as well as anyone interested in learning how to distribute the benefits of the new tech economy to those historically left out. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563273]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Upper Hand: The Future of Work for the Rest of Us Author: Sherrell Dorsey Narrator: Carmen Jewel Jones Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 1 minute Release date: February 22, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In Upper Hand, celebrated founder and CEO of The Plug, Sherrell Dorsey, delivers a personal and eye-opening exploration of how to ensure that marginalized communities aren't left behind as technology continues its inexorable march forward. In the book, listeners will learn to think about how we can strategically shape the coming decade to include Black and Brown communities. Upper Hand offers guidelines, insights, and frameworks for navigating the new world of work that is dominated by Silicon Valley-rooted technologies, inaccessible networks, and constant automation that continues to slash jobs in the Black and Latinx population. You'll find ways to: help families and community leaders design clear pathways to understanding alternatives to obsolescence; thrive in an ever-changing, tech-driven economy that is beginning to leave people of color behind; and embrace new strategies that guarantee a place for Black and brown people in the new economy. The startling and insightful discussion in Upper Hand will earn it a place in the libraries of families, teachers, community advocates, workforce development leaders, professionals of color, as well as anyone interested in learning how to distribute the benefits of the new tech economy to those historically left out. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563266 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563266]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cultivating Culture: 101 Ways to Foster Engagement in 15 Minutes or Less Author: Brad Federman Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 42 minutes Release date: March 1, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Culture cannot be a set-it-and-forget-it aspect of your business. Weaving culture-building into your daily and weekly activities strengthens the engagement of your people and reinforces the key principles of your desired culture, making it a reality. In Cultivating Culture, author, speaker, and leadership coach Brad Federman provides actionable tools for immediately promoting better teamwork, creating two-way conversations with your people, and gaining better feedback about how things are really going. With the belief that we are what we talk about, Federman offers more than 100 ways to engage your team in conversations that matter. Make your meetings about more than tasks, deadlines, and problems, and instead utilize Cultivating Culture's pre-meeting notes and activities to grow a deeper understanding of the work you’re doing and why. Activities are divided into eight key focus areas: leadership, communication, talent development, inclusion, team harmony, solution seeking, safety, and serving your customers. Regular attention to these principles will not only sustain your culture and amplify the presence of your values at work, but result in exponential growth in all of your endeavors. Cultivating Culture is your practical, accessible guide to becoming the most effective leader you can, fifteen purposeful minutes at a time. Brad Federman Tue, 01 Mar 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563266 thebookvoice.com 5:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563266]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cultivating Culture: 101 Ways to Foster Engagement in 15 Minutes or Less Author: Brad Federman Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 42 minutes Release date: March 1, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Culture cannot be a set-it-and-forget-it aspect of your business. Weaving culture-building into your daily and weekly activities strengthens the engagement of your people and reinforces the key principles of your desired culture, making it a reality. In Cultivating Culture, author, speaker, and leadership coach Brad Federman provides actionable tools for immediately promoting better teamwork, creating two-way conversations with your people, and gaining better feedback about how things are really going. With the belief that we are what we talk about, Federman offers more than 100 ways to engage your team in conversations that matter. Make your meetings about more than tasks, deadlines, and problems, and instead utilize Cultivating Culture's pre-meeting notes and activities to grow a deeper understanding of the work you’re doing and why. Activities are divided into eight key focus areas: leadership, communication, talent development, inclusion, team harmony, solution seeking, safety, and serving your customers. Regular attention to these principles will not only sustain your culture and amplify the presence of your values at work, but result in exponential growth in all of your endeavors. Cultivating Culture is your practical, accessible guide to becoming the most effective leader you can, fifteen purposeful minutes at a time. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563266]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cultivating Culture: 101 Ways to Foster Engagement in 15 Minutes or Less Author: Brad Federman Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 42 minutes Release date: March 1, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Culture cannot be a set-it-and-forget-it aspect of your business. Weaving culture-building into your daily and weekly activities strengthens the engagement of your people and reinforces the key principles of your desired culture, making it a reality. In Cultivating Culture, author, speaker, and leadership coach Brad Federman provides actionable tools for immediately promoting better teamwork, creating two-way conversations with your people, and gaining better feedback about how things are really going. With the belief that we are what we talk about, Federman offers more than 100 ways to engage your team in conversations that matter. Make your meetings about more than tasks, deadlines, and problems, and instead utilize Cultivating Culture's pre-meeting notes and activities to grow a deeper understanding of the work you’re doing and why. Activities are divided into eight key focus areas: leadership, communication, talent development, inclusion, team harmony, solution seeking, safety, and serving your customers. Regular attention to these principles will not only sustain your culture and amplify the presence of your values at work, but result in exponential growth in all of your endeavors. Cultivating Culture is your practical, accessible guide to becoming the most effective leader you can, fifteen purposeful minutes at a time. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562652 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562652]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hybrid Workplace: The Insights You Need from Harvard Business Review Author: Harvard Business Review Narrator: Rachel Perry, Daniel Henning Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 2 minutes Release date: March 15, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Reinvent your organization for the hybrid age. Hybrid work is here to stay—but what will it look like at your company? Organizations that mandate rigid, prepandemic policies of five days a week at the traditional, co-located office may risk a mass exodus of talent. But designing a hybrid office that furthers your business goals while staying true to your culture will require experimentation and rigorous planning. Hybrid Workplace: The Insights You Need from Harvard Business Review will help you adopt technological, cultural, and management practices that will let you seize the benefits and avoid the pitfalls of the hybrid age. Business is changing. Will you adapt or be left behind? Get up to speed and deepen your understanding of the topics that are shaping your company's future with the Insights You Need from Harvard Business Review series. Featuring HBR's smartest thinking on fast-moving issues—blockchain, cybersecurity, AI, and more—each book provides the foundational introduction and practical case studies your organization needs to compete today and collects the best research, interviews, and analysis to get it ready for tomorrow. You can't afford to ignore how these issues will transform the landscape of business and society. The Insights You Need series will help you grasp these critical ideas—and prepare you and your company for the future. Harvard Business Review Tue, 15 Mar 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562652 thebookvoice.com 3:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562652]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hybrid Workplace: The Insights You Need from Harvard Business Review Author: Harvard Business Review Narrator: Rachel Perry, Daniel Henning Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 2 minutes Release date: March 15, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Reinvent your organization for the hybrid age. Hybrid work is here to stay—but what will it look like at your company? Organizations that mandate rigid, prepandemic policies of five days a week at the traditional, co-located office may risk a mass exodus of talent. But designing a hybrid office that furthers your business goals while staying true to your culture will require experimentation and rigorous planning. Hybrid Workplace: The Insights You Need from Harvard Business Review will help you adopt technological, cultural, and management practices that will let you seize the benefits and avoid the pitfalls of the hybrid age. Business is changing. Will you adapt or be left behind? Get up to speed and deepen your understanding of the topics that are shaping your company's future with the Insights You Need from Harvard Business Review series. Featuring HBR's smartest thinking on fast-moving issues—blockchain, cybersecurity, AI, and more—each book provides the foundational introduction and practical case studies your organization needs to compete today and collects the best research, interviews, and analysis to get it ready for tomorrow. You can't afford to ignore how these issues will transform the landscape of business and society. The Insights You Need series will help you grasp these critical ideas—and prepare you and your company for the future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562652]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hybrid Workplace: The Insights You Need from Harvard Business Review Author: Harvard Business Review Narrator: Rachel Perry, Daniel Henning Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 2 minutes Release date: March 15, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Reinvent your organization for the hybrid age. Hybrid work is here to stay—but what will it look like at your company? Organizations that mandate rigid, prepandemic policies of five days a week at the traditional, co-located office may risk a mass exodus of talent. But designing a hybrid office that furthers your business goals while staying true to your culture will require experimentation and rigorous planning. Hybrid Workplace: The Insights You Need from Harvard Business Review will help you adopt technological, cultural, and management practices that will let you seize the benefits and avoid the pitfalls of the hybrid age. Business is changing. Will you adapt or be left behind? Get up to speed and deepen your understanding of the topics that are shaping your company's future with the Insights You Need from Harvard Business Review series. Featuring HBR's smartest thinking on fast-moving issues—blockchain, cybersecurity, AI, and more—each book provides the foundational introduction and practical case studies your organization needs to compete today and collects the best research, interviews, and analysis to get it ready for tomorrow. You can't afford to ignore how these issues will transform the landscape of business and society. The Insights You Need series will help you grasp these critical ideas—and prepare you and your company for the future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560145 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560145]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Carreras extraordinarias para gente común: Cómo evitar hundirse en la vida profesional Author: Andrés Hatum Narrator: Leto Dugatkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 47 minutes Release date: November 30, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Este libro encara la problemática del mercado laboral y el desarrollo de la carrera profesional para todas aquellas personas que, en etapas diferentes de sus trayectorias, requieran entender los pasos a dar o no dar. Los desafíos en las diferentes etapas no son iguales, así como las preguntas que cada uno se realiza. «En el debate sobre la innovación y el futuro cercano se suele hablar de 'exponencialidad' para el avance tecnológico, pero lo cierto es que hoy presenciamos dinámicas exponenciales tan o más interesantes en el campo social, cultural y de vínculos. Nuestra relación con el trabajo es un claro ejemplo de estos cambios cámbricos que están definiendo un mundo muy distinto al que conocimos. Con ejemplos prácticos, rigor académico y una prosa llana de divulgación en management, en Carreras extraordinarias para gente común Andrés Hatum nos lleva de viaje por este océano de olas cada vez más altas. Donde la elección y la gestión de una carrera laboral pueden definir la suerte de una vida desdichada o plena en bienestar emocional». Sebastián Campanario, periodista y economista, autor de Ideas en la ducha, Modo esponja y Revolución senior «Necesitamos desesperadamente una brújula que marque el camino hacia la reconversión profesional. Por abundancia o falta de trabajo, por conformidad que entumece o por la convicción de cambiar para hacer algo que dé sentido; el escenario actual laboral es tan desafiante como rico en posibilidades. Andrés hizo un libro con su experiencia diaria que es, justamente, extraordinaria: decenas de entrevistas de primera mano, lecturas, tendencias y una mirada sin edulcorante del mundo ejecutivo del que está impregnado; y derrama acá desmitificaciones, ideas y consejos concretos, atendiendo cada frente posible para que cualquiera de nosotros pueda mirar su presente laboral y se haga las preguntas correctas hacia un presente y futuro profesional anclado en decisiones discernidas. Eso sí, abróchense los cinturones, porque el camino es de ripio». Martina Rua, periodista y autora de La fábrica del tiempo «¡Imperdible! Con una visión realista, que comprende el futuro del trabajo, Andrés Hatum nos guía por el camino más relevante e incierto de nuestras vidas: nuestra carrera profesional». Guibert Englebienne, fundador y socio de Globant, Chairman Endeavor Argentina Andrés Hatum Tue, 30 Nov 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560145 thebookvoice.com 5:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560145]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Carreras extraordinarias para gente común: Cómo evitar hundirse en la vida profesional Author: Andrés Hatum Narrator: Leto Dugatkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 47 minutes Release date: November 30, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Este libro encara la problemática del mercado laboral y el desarrollo de la carrera profesional para todas aquellas personas que, en etapas diferentes de sus trayectorias, requieran entender los pasos a dar o no dar. Los desafíos en las diferentes etapas no son iguales, así como las preguntas que cada uno se realiza. «En el debate sobre la innovación y el futuro cercano se suele hablar de 'exponencialidad' para el avance tecnológico, pero lo cierto es que hoy presenciamos dinámicas exponenciales tan o más interesantes en el campo social, cultural y de vínculos. Nuestra relación con el trabajo es un claro ejemplo de estos cambios cámbricos que están definiendo un mundo muy distinto al que conocimos. Con ejemplos prácticos, rigor académico y una prosa llana de divulgación en management, en Carreras extraordinarias para gente común Andrés Hatum nos lleva de viaje por este océano de olas cada vez más altas. Donde la elección y la gestión de una carrera laboral pueden definir la suerte de una vida desdichada o plena en bienestar emocional». Sebastián Campanario, periodista y economista, autor de Ideas en la ducha, Modo esponja y Revolución senior «Necesitamos desesperadamente una brújula que marque el camino hacia la reconversión profesional. Por abundancia o falta de trabajo, por conformidad que entumece o por la convicción de cambiar para hacer algo que dé sentido; el escenario actual laboral es tan desafiante como rico en posibilidades. Andrés hizo un libro con su experiencia diaria que es, justamente, extraordinaria: decenas de entrevistas de primera mano, lecturas, tendencias y una mirada sin edulcorante del mundo ejecutivo del que está impregnado; y derrama acá desmitificaciones, ideas y consejos concretos, atendiendo cada frente posible para que cualquiera de nosotros pueda mirar su presente laboral y se haga las preguntas correctas hacia un presente y futuro profesional anclado en decisiones discernidas. Eso sí, abróchense los cinturones, porque el camino es de ripio». Martina Rua, periodista y autora de La fábrica del tiempo «¡Imperdible! Con una visión realista, que comprende el futuro del trabajo, Andrés Hatum nos guía por el camino más relevante e incierto de nuestras vidas: nuestra carrera profesional». Guibert Englebienne, fundador y socio de Globant, Chairman Endeavor Argentina Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560145]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Carreras extraordinarias para gente común: Cómo evitar hundirse en la vida profesional Author: Andrés Hatum Narrator: Leto Dugatkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 47 minutes Release date: November 30, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Este libro encara la problemática del mercado laboral y el desarrollo de la carrera profesional para todas aquellas personas que, en etapas diferentes de sus trayectorias, requieran entender los pasos a dar o no dar. Los desafíos en las diferentes etapas no son iguales, así como las preguntas que cada uno se realiza. «En el debate sobre la innovación y el futuro cercano se suele hablar de 'exponencialidad' para el avance tecnológico, pero lo cierto es que hoy presenciamos dinámicas exponenciales tan o más interesantes en el campo social, cultural y de vínculos. Nuestra relación con el trabajo es un claro ejemplo de estos cambios cámbricos que están definiendo un mundo muy distinto al que conocimos. Con ejemplos prácticos, rigor académico y una prosa llana de divulgación en management, en Carreras extraordinarias para gente común Andrés Hatum nos lleva de viaje por este océano de olas cada vez más altas. Donde la elección y la gestión de una carrera laboral pueden definir la suerte de una vida desdichada o plena en bienestar emocional». Sebastián Campanario, periodista y economista, autor de Ideas en la ducha, Modo esponja y Revolución senior «Necesitamos desesperadamente una brújula que marque el camino hacia la reconversión profesional. Por abundancia o falta de trabajo, por conformidad que entumece o por la convicción de cambiar para hacer algo que dé sentido; el escenario actual laboral es tan desafiante como rico en posibilidades. Andrés hizo un libro con su experiencia diaria que es, justamente, extraordinaria: decenas de entrevistas de primera mano, lecturas, tendencias y una mirada sin edulcorante del mundo ejecutivo del que está impregnado; y derrama acá desmitificaciones, ideas y consejos concretos, atendiendo cada frente posible para que cualquiera de nosotros pueda mirar su presente laboral y se haga las preguntas correctas hacia un presente y futuro profesional anclado en decisiones discernidas. Eso sí, abróchense los cinturones, porque el camino es de ripio». Martina Rua, periodista y autora de La fábrica del tiempo «¡Imperdible! Con una visión realista, que comprende el futuro del trabajo, Andrés Hatum nos guía por el camino más relevante e incierto de nuestras vidas: nuestra carrera profesional». Guibert Englebienne, fundador y socio de Globant, Chairman Endeavor Argentina https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558846 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558846]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anti-Racist Leadership: How to Transform Corporate Culture in a Race-Conscious World Author: James D. White Narrator: William Andrew Quinn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 55 minutes Release date: March 22, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Building anti-racist companies by design creates great places to work for all. Business leaders who are ready to take a bold stance to make the world better for their employees, consumers, and community: listen to this book. This book is not apolitical. This book is explicitly anti-racist. This book takes the stance that Black Lives Matter, LGBTQIA+ rights are human rights, people of all abilities deserve respect and access, and people of all genders have the right to sovereignty over their identities. This book acknowledges that capitalism is built on a foundation of systemic racism. Business leaders, you hold an important position in the power structure, and you have the unique ability to reach thousands of employees and millions of consumers with your leadership. It's time for you to build a truly diverse, equitable, and inclusive work environment. This book is the comprehensive plan for leaders who are ready to get serious about diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) and creating an anti-racist company culture. Transformational leader James D. White has gained a deep understanding of how to operationalize and integrate DEI agendas as a leader with thirty-plus years of experience at large companies. and as his lived experience as a Black man at that highest levels of corporate America. Most recently he was CEO and chairman of the global smoothie chain Jamba Juice, where he led a remarkable turnaround to make it a model of strong performance built on a foundation of a deeply diverse, anti-racist culture. And he draws on the experiences of other leaders on the vanguard of DEI. Practical lessons and real-world examples of techniques used by best practitioners will empower leaders who are asking themselves at this urgent moment what so many have asked White: What can I do? Listen to this book. James D. White Tue, 22 Mar 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558846 thebookvoice.com 5:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558846]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anti-Racist Leadership: How to Transform Corporate Culture in a Race-Conscious World Author: James D. White Narrator: William Andrew Quinn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 55 minutes Release date: March 22, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Building anti-racist companies by design creates great places to work for all. Business leaders who are ready to take a bold stance to make the world better for their employees, consumers, and community: listen to this book. This book is not apolitical. This book is explicitly anti-racist. This book takes the stance that Black Lives Matter, LGBTQIA+ rights are human rights, people of all abilities deserve respect and access, and people of all genders have the right to sovereignty over their identities. This book acknowledges that capitalism is built on a foundation of systemic racism. Business leaders, you hold an important position in the power structure, and you have the unique ability to reach thousands of employees and millions of consumers with your leadership. It's time for you to build a truly diverse, equitable, and inclusive work environment. This book is the comprehensive plan for leaders who are ready to get serious about diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) and creating an anti-racist company culture. Transformational leader James D. White has gained a deep understanding of how to operationalize and integrate DEI agendas as a leader with thirty-plus years of experience at large companies. and as his lived experience as a Black man at that highest levels of corporate America. Most recently he was CEO and chairman of the global smoothie chain Jamba Juice, where he led a remarkable turnaround to make it a model of strong performance built on a foundation of a deeply diverse, anti-racist culture. And he draws on the experiences of other leaders on the vanguard of DEI. Practical lessons and real-world examples of techniques used by best practitioners will empower leaders who are asking themselves at this urgent moment what so many have asked White: What can I do? Listen to this book. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558846]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anti-Racist Leadership: How to Transform Corporate Culture in a Race-Conscious World Author: James D. White Narrator: William Andrew Quinn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 55 minutes Release date: March 22, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Building anti-racist companies by design creates great places to work for all. Business leaders who are ready to take a bold stance to make the world better for their employees, consumers, and community: listen to this book. This book is not apolitical. This book is explicitly anti-racist. This book takes the stance that Black Lives Matter, LGBTQIA+ rights are human rights, people of all abilities deserve respect and access, and people of all genders have the right to sovereignty over their identities. This book acknowledges that capitalism is built on a foundation of systemic racism. Business leaders, you hold an important position in the power structure, and you have the unique ability to reach thousands of employees and millions of consumers with your leadership. It's time for you to build a truly diverse, equitable, and inclusive work environment. This book is the comprehensive plan for leaders who are ready to get serious about diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) and creating an anti-racist company culture. Transformational leader James D. White has gained a deep understanding of how to operationalize and integrate DEI agendas as a leader with thirty-plus years of experience at large companies. and as his lived experience as a Black man at that highest levels of corporate America. Most recently he was CEO and chairman of the global smoothie chain Jamba Juice, where he led a remarkable turnaround to make it a model of strong performance built on a foundation of a deeply diverse, anti-racist culture. And he draws on the experiences of other leaders on the vanguard of DEI. Practical lessons and real-world examples of techniques used by best practitioners will empower leaders who are asking themselves at this urgent moment what so many have asked White: What can I do? Listen to this book. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558844 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558844]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Authority Gap: Why Women are Taken Less Seriously Than Men and What We Can Do About It Author: Mary Ann Sieghart Narrator: Mary Ann Seighhart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 5 minutes Release date: February 8, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Imagine living in a world in which you were routinely patronized by women. Imagine having your views ignored or your expertise frequently challenged by them. Imagine people always addressing the woman you are with before you. Now imagine a world in which the reverse of this is true. The Authority Gap provides a startling perspective on the unseen bias at work in our everyday lives, to reveal the scale of the gap that still persists between men and women. Would you believe that US Supreme Court Justices are interrupted four times more often than male ones . . . 96% of the time by men? Or that British parents, when asked to estimate their child's IQ, will place their son at 115 and their daughter at 107? Marshalling a wealth of data with precision and insight, and including interviews with pioneering women such as Baroness Hale, Mary Beard, and Bernadine Evaristo, Mary Ann Sieghart exposes unconscious bias in this fresh feminist take on how to address and counteract systemic sexism in ways that benefit us all. Mary Ann Sieghart Tue, 08 Feb 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558844 thebookvoice.com 10:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558844]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Authority Gap: Why Women are Taken Less Seriously Than Men and What We Can Do About It Author: Mary Ann Sieghart Narrator: Mary Ann Seighhart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 5 minutes Release date: February 8, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Imagine living in a world in which you were routinely patronized by women. Imagine having your views ignored or your expertise frequently challenged by them. Imagine people always addressing the woman you are with before you. Now imagine a world in which the reverse of this is true. The Authority Gap provides a startling perspective on the unseen bias at work in our everyday lives, to reveal the scale of the gap that still persists between men and women. Would you believe that US Supreme Court Justices are interrupted four times more often than male ones . . . 96% of the time by men? Or that British parents, when asked to estimate their child's IQ, will place their son at 115 and their daughter at 107? Marshalling a wealth of data with precision and insight, and including interviews with pioneering women such as Baroness Hale, Mary Beard, and Bernadine Evaristo, Mary Ann Sieghart exposes unconscious bias in this fresh feminist take on how to address and counteract systemic sexism in ways that benefit us all. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558844]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Authority Gap: Why Women are Taken Less Seriously Than Men and What We Can Do About It Author: Mary Ann Sieghart Narrator: Mary Ann Seighhart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 5 minutes Release date: February 8, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Imagine living in a world in which you were routinely patronized by women. Imagine having your views ignored or your expertise frequently challenged by them. Imagine people always addressing the woman you are with before you. Now imagine a world in which the reverse of this is true. The Authority Gap provides a startling perspective on the unseen bias at work in our everyday lives, to reveal the scale of the gap that still persists between men and women. Would you believe that US Supreme Court Justices are interrupted four times more often than male ones . . . 96% of the time by men? Or that British parents, when asked to estimate their child's IQ, will place their son at 115 and their daughter at 107? Marshalling a wealth of data with precision and insight, and including interviews with pioneering women such as Baroness Hale, Mary Beard, and Bernadine Evaristo, Mary Ann Sieghart exposes unconscious bias in this fresh feminist take on how to address and counteract systemic sexism in ways that benefit us all. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558840 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558840]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 8 Steps to High Performance: Focus On What You Can Change (Ignore the Rest) Author: Marc Effron Narrator: Daniel Henning Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 5 minutes Release date: February 1, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The steps you need, for the results you want. There's no shortage of advice out there on how to perform better, and better than others, at work. The problem is knowing which methods are actually proven to work—and how you should act on them to get the best results. In 8 Steps to High Performance, talent expert and bestselling author Marc Effron cuts through the noise with his signature 'science-based simplicity' approach to identify what matters most and show you how to optimally apply your time and effort to boost your performance. It turns out that higher performance comes from doing many things well—but some of those things are not in your power to change. Effron reveals the eight key factors you do control and practical steps for improving yourself on each one. You'll learn: how to set goals that create higher performance; which behaviors predict higher performance in different situations; how to quickly develop the most important capabilities; who to connect with and why; how to understand and adapt to your company's strategy; why you sometimes shouldn't be the 'genuine' you; how to best manage your body to sustain your performance; and how to avoid management fads that distract you from high performance. Research-based and practical, this short, powerful book will help you and anyone on your team deliver outstanding results. Marc Effron Tue, 01 Feb 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558840 thebookvoice.com 5:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558840]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 8 Steps to High Performance: Focus On What You Can Change (Ignore the Rest) Author: Marc Effron Narrator: Daniel Henning Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 5 minutes Release date: February 1, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The steps you need, for the results you want. There's no shortage of advice out there on how to perform better, and better than others, at work. The problem is knowing which methods are actually proven to work—and how you should act on them to get the best results. In 8 Steps to High Performance, talent expert and bestselling author Marc Effron cuts through the noise with his signature 'science-based simplicity' approach to identify what matters most and show you how to optimally apply your time and effort to boost your performance. It turns out that higher performance comes from doing many things well—but some of those things are not in your power to change. Effron reveals the eight key factors you do control and practical steps for improving yourself on each one. You'll learn: how to set goals that create higher performance; which behaviors predict higher performance in different situations; how to quickly develop the most important capabilities; who to connect with and why; how to understand and adapt to your company's strategy; why you sometimes shouldn't be the 'genuine' you; how to best manage your body to sustain your performance; and how to avoid management fads that distract you from high performance. Research-based and practical, this short, powerful book will help you and anyone on your team deliver outstanding results. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558840]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 8 Steps to High Performance: Focus On What You Can Change (Ignore the Rest) Author: Marc Effron Narrator: Daniel Henning Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 5 minutes Release date: February 1, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The steps you need, for the results you want. There's no shortage of advice out there on how to perform better, and better than others, at work. The problem is knowing which methods are actually proven to work—and how you should act on them to get the best results. In 8 Steps to High Performance, talent expert and bestselling author Marc Effron cuts through the noise with his signature 'science-based simplicity' approach to identify what matters most and show you how to optimally apply your time and effort to boost your performance. It turns out that higher performance comes from doing many things well—but some of those things are not in your power to change. Effron reveals the eight key factors you do control and practical steps for improving yourself on each one. You'll learn: how to set goals that create higher performance; which behaviors predict higher performance in different situations; how to quickly develop the most important capabilities; who to connect with and why; how to understand and adapt to your company's strategy; why you sometimes shouldn't be the 'genuine' you; how to best manage your body to sustain your performance; and how to avoid management fads that distract you from high performance. Research-based and practical, this short, powerful book will help you and anyone on your team deliver outstanding results. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558838 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558838]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Diversity and Inclusion Matters: Tactics and Tools to Inspire Equity and Game-Changing Performance Author: Jason Thompson Narrator: Leon Nixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 31 minutes Release date: April 26, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In Diversity and Inclusion Matters: Tactics and Tools to Inspire Equity and Game-Changing Performance, award-winning diversity, equity, and inclusion (DE&I) expert Jason R. Thompson delivers a practical and engaging handbook for implementing a DE&I program in your organization. The CAPE technique, developed by the author, gives you a clear blueprint and the tools you'll need to make your diversity program a success. In this book, you'll learn how to achieve early and significant wins to create the necessary and long term organizational change needed for successful DE&I programs. Find out what data you need to collect, how to analyze it, and choose the right goals for your organization. In addition, the CAPE technique will show your progress and ROI. You will learn to: manage and lead a diversity council and implement diversity initiatives in the correct order; get early buy-in and long-term commitment from a Chief Executive Officer by knowing what to ask for and when; and set appropriate and realistic expectations for a DE&I program with the executive leadership team. Perfect for diversity and inclusion professionals, human resources leaders, founders, business owners, and executives, Diversity and Inclusion Matters will also earn a place in the libraries of students of human resources, leadership, management, and finance. Jason Thompson Tue, 26 Apr 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558838 thebookvoice.com 7:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558838]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Diversity and Inclusion Matters: Tactics and Tools to Inspire Equity and Game-Changing Performance Author: Jason Thompson Narrator: Leon Nixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 31 minutes Release date: April 26, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In Diversity and Inclusion Matters: Tactics and Tools to Inspire Equity and Game-Changing Performance, award-winning diversity, equity, and inclusion (DE&I) expert Jason R. Thompson delivers a practical and engaging handbook for implementing a DE&I program in your organization. The CAPE technique, developed by the author, gives you a clear blueprint and the tools you'll need to make your diversity program a success. In this book, you'll learn how to achieve early and significant wins to create the necessary and long term organizational change needed for successful DE&I programs. Find out what data you need to collect, how to analyze it, and choose the right goals for your organization. In addition, the CAPE technique will show your progress and ROI. You will learn to: manage and lead a diversity council and implement diversity initiatives in the correct order; get early buy-in and long-term commitment from a Chief Executive Officer by knowing what to ask for and when; and set appropriate and realistic expectations for a DE&I program with the executive leadership team. Perfect for diversity and inclusion professionals, human resources leaders, founders, business owners, and executives, Diversity and Inclusion Matters will also earn a place in the libraries of students of human resources, leadership, management, and finance. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558838]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Diversity and Inclusion Matters: Tactics and Tools to Inspire Equity and Game-Changing Performance Author: Jason Thompson Narrator: Leon Nixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 31 minutes Release date: April 26, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In Diversity and Inclusion Matters: Tactics and Tools to Inspire Equity and Game-Changing Performance, award-winning diversity, equity, and inclusion (DE&I) expert Jason R. Thompson delivers a practical and engaging handbook for implementing a DE&I program in your organization. The CAPE technique, developed by the author, gives you a clear blueprint and the tools you'll need to make your diversity program a success. In this book, you'll learn how to achieve early and significant wins to create the necessary and long term organizational change needed for successful DE&I programs. Find out what data you need to collect, how to analyze it, and choose the right goals for your organization. In addition, the CAPE technique will show your progress and ROI. You will learn to: manage and lead a diversity council and implement diversity initiatives in the correct order; get early buy-in and long-term commitment from a Chief Executive Officer by knowing what to ask for and when; and set appropriate and realistic expectations for a DE&I program with the executive leadership team. Perfect for diversity and inclusion professionals, human resources leaders, founders, business owners, and executives, Diversity and Inclusion Matters will also earn a place in the libraries of students of human resources, leadership, management, and finance. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558325 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558325]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading Global Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion: A Guide for Systemic Change in Multinational Organizations Author: Rohini Anand Narrator: Sundeep Morrison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 4 minutes Release date: November 30, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: This book offers five proven principles so multinational companies can advance diversity, equity, and inclusion with a nuanced understanding of local contexts across countries and cultures. DEI cannot be addressed globally through a single-culture worldview. The specifics of a successful DEI change effort in the United States may be irrelevant in another country. Succeeding locally - understanding the market and acknowledging local beliefs, regulations, and customs - is essential to succeeding globally. Thus, the question is, How do companies find the right balance between anchoring their efforts in the local context while pushing for change that may disrupt some of the cultural norms? This book offers five overarching principles for transforming cultures to be inclusive globally: 1. Make it local. 2. Leaders change to lead change. 3. And it's good business too. 4. Go deep, wide, and inside out. 5. Know what matters, and count it. These principles arise from Rohini Anand's own journey, as well as examples of more than thirty leaders from a variety of industries. Despite the urgency of the topic, little has been written on how to take cultural nuances into account while promoting social justice. This book makes a powerful contribution. Rohini Anand Tue, 30 Nov 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558325 thebookvoice.com 6:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558325]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading Global Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion: A Guide for Systemic Change in Multinational Organizations Author: Rohini Anand Narrator: Sundeep Morrison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 4 minutes Release date: November 30, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: This book offers five proven principles so multinational companies can advance diversity, equity, and inclusion with a nuanced understanding of local contexts across countries and cultures. DEI cannot be addressed globally through a single-culture worldview. The specifics of a successful DEI change effort in the United States may be irrelevant in another country. Succeeding locally - understanding the market and acknowledging local beliefs, regulations, and customs - is essential to succeeding globally. Thus, the question is, How do companies find the right balance between anchoring their efforts in the local context while pushing for change that may disrupt some of the cultural norms? This book offers five overarching principles for transforming cultures to be inclusive globally: 1. Make it local. 2. Leaders change to lead change. 3. And it's good business too. 4. Go deep, wide, and inside out. 5. Know what matters, and count it. These principles arise from Rohini Anand's own journey, as well as examples of more than thirty leaders from a variety of industries. Despite the urgency of the topic, little has been written on how to take cultural nuances into account while promoting social justice. This book makes a powerful contribution. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558325]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading Global Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion: A Guide for Systemic Change in Multinational Organizations Author: Rohini Anand Narrator: Sundeep Morrison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 4 minutes Release date: November 30, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: This book offers five proven principles so multinational companies can advance diversity, equity, and inclusion with a nuanced understanding of local contexts across countries and cultures. DEI cannot be addressed globally through a single-culture worldview. The specifics of a successful DEI change effort in the United States may be irrelevant in another country. Succeeding locally - understanding the market and acknowledging local beliefs, regulations, and customs - is essential to succeeding globally. Thus, the question is, How do companies find the right balance between anchoring their efforts in the local context while pushing for change that may disrupt some of the cultural norms? This book offers five overarching principles for transforming cultures to be inclusive globally: 1. Make it local. 2. Leaders change to lead change. 3. And it's good business too. 4. Go deep, wide, and inside out. 5. Know what matters, and count it. These principles arise from Rohini Anand's own journey, as well as examples of more than thirty leaders from a variety of industries. Despite the urgency of the topic, little has been written on how to take cultural nuances into account while promoting social justice. This book makes a powerful contribution. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558281 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558281]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Running with Purpose: How Brooks Outpaced Goliath Competitors to Lead the Pack Author: Jim Weber Narrator: James Weber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: April 26, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Read by the author. Discover how Brooks Running Company CEO Jim Weber transformed a failing business into a billion-dollar brand in the ultracompetitive global running market. Running with Purpose is a leadership memoir with insights, inspirational stories, and tangible takeaways for current and aspiring leaders, entrepreneurs, and the 150+ million runners worldwide and those in the broader running community who continually invest in themselves. This leadership memoir starts with Jim Weber's seventh-grade dream to run a successful company that delivered something people passionately valued. Fast forward to 2001, Jim became the CEO of Brooks and, as the struggling brand's fourth CEO in two years, he faced strong headwinds. A lifelong competitor, Jim devised a one-page strategy that he believed would not only save the company but would also lay the foundation for Brooks to become a leading brand in the athletic, fitness, and outdoor categories. To succeed, he had to get his team to first believe it was possible and then employ the conviction, fortitude, and constancy of purpose to outperform larger brands. Brooks’s success was validated when Warren Buffett made it a standalone Berkshire Hathaway subsidiary in 2012. In Running with Purpose, you will find: - Brooks’s bold strategy and unique brand positioning that fueled its move from the back of the pack to lead. - The key to building a purpose-driven brand that is oriented around customer obsession, building trust, competing with heart, and having fun along the way. - The six clear leadership lessons Jim has learned along his path and applies at Brooks to develop staff into authentic leaders. - How Berkshire Hathaway's support and influence provided a tailwind for Brooks’s business and brand to surge. - An inside look at the ups and downs of Jim's personal journey, which led to his conviction that life is too short not to enjoy what you do and the people by your side. Photos and graphics are included in the audiobook companion PDF download. Jim Weber Tue, 26 Apr 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558281 thebookvoice.com 6:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558281]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Running with Purpose: How Brooks Outpaced Goliath Competitors to Lead the Pack Author: Jim Weber Narrator: James Weber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: April 26, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Read by the author. Discover how Brooks Running Company CEO Jim Weber transformed a failing business into a billion-dollar brand in the ultracompetitive global running market. Running with Purpose is a leadership memoir with insights, inspirational stories, and tangible takeaways for current and aspiring leaders, entrepreneurs, and the 150+ million runners worldwide and those in the broader running community who continually invest in themselves. This leadership memoir starts with Jim Weber's seventh-grade dream to run a successful company that delivered something people passionately valued. Fast forward to 2001, Jim became the CEO of Brooks and, as the struggling brand's fourth CEO in two years, he faced strong headwinds. A lifelong competitor, Jim devised a one-page strategy that he believed would not only save the company but would also lay the foundation for Brooks to become a leading brand in the athletic, fitness, and outdoor categories. To succeed, he had to get his team to first believe it was possible and then employ the conviction, fortitude, and constancy of purpose to outperform larger brands. Brooks’s success was validated when Warren Buffett made it a standalone Berkshire Hathaway subsidiary in 2012. In Running with Purpose, you will find: - Brooks’s bold strategy and unique brand positioning that fueled its move from the back of the pack to lead. - The key to building a purpose-driven brand that is oriented around customer obsession, building trust, competing with heart, and having fun along the way. - The six clear leadership lessons Jim has learned along his path and applies at Brooks to develop staff into authentic leaders. - How Berkshire Hathaway's support and influence provided a tailwind for Brooks’s business and brand to surge. - An inside look at the ups and downs of Jim's personal journey, which led to his conviction that life is too short not to enjoy what you do and the people by your side. Photos and graphics are included in the audiobook companion PDF download. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558281]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Running with Purpose: How Brooks Outpaced Goliath Competitors to Lead the Pack Author: Jim Weber Narrator: James Weber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: April 26, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Read by the author. Discover how Brooks Running Company CEO Jim Weber transformed a failing business into a billion-dollar brand in the ultracompetitive global running market. Running with Purpose is a leadership memoir with insights, inspirational stories, and tangible takeaways for current and aspiring leaders, entrepreneurs, and the 150+ million runners worldwide and those in the broader running community who continually invest in themselves. This leadership memoir starts with Jim Weber's seventh-grade dream to run a successful company that delivered something people passionately valued. Fast forward to 2001, Jim became the CEO of Brooks and, as the struggling brand's fourth CEO in two years, he faced strong headwinds. A lifelong competitor, Jim devised a one-page strategy that he believed would not only save the company but would also lay the foundation for Brooks to become a leading brand in the athletic, fitness, and outdoor categories. To succeed, he had to get his team to first believe it was possible and then employ the conviction, fortitude, and constancy of purpose to outperform larger brands. Brooks’s success was validated when Warren Buffett made it a standalone Berkshire Hathaway subsidiary in 2012. In Running with Purpose, you will find: - Brooks’s bold strategy and unique brand positioning that fueled its move from the back of the pack to lead. - The key to building a purpose-driven brand that is oriented around customer obsession, building trust, competing with heart, and having fun along the way. - The six clear leadership lessons Jim has learned along his path and applies at Brooks to develop staff into authentic leaders. - How Berkshire Hathaway's support and influence provided a tailwind for Brooks’s business and brand to surge. - An inside look at the ups and downs of Jim's personal journey, which led to his conviction that life is too short not to enjoy what you do and the people by your side. Photos and graphics are included in the audiobook companion PDF download. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557993 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557993]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Big Book of HR, 10th Anniversary Edition Author: Cornelia Gamlem, Barbara Mitchell Narrator: Randye Kaye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 36 minutes Release date: January 11, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The ultimate guide to human resources challenges, issues, emerging trends, and best practices by two of the most seasoned and respected HR professionals. Every leader will agree that managing people is challenging and growing more complex. Since The Big Book of HR was first published, dramatic changes have taken place in the workplace and the workforce. This tenth anniversary edition incorporates discussions and reflections on these changes which are useful for any business owner, manager, or HR professional. The Big Book of HR, 10th Anniversary Edition includes up-to-date information about: flexibility and work; diversity, equity, and inclusion; respectful workplaces and harassment prevention; technology for today's digital workplaces; pay equity and its effect on transparency in compensation; benefits that meet the needs of a multigenerational workforce; and microlearning and employee development strategy. Get the most from your organization's talent—from strategic HR-related issues to the smallest tactical details. And, of course, there's information on remaining legally compliant, including state and local laws addressing societal changes. Cornelia Gamlem, Barbara Mitchell Tue, 11 Jan 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557993 thebookvoice.com 12:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557993]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Big Book of HR, 10th Anniversary Edition Author: Cornelia Gamlem, Barbara Mitchell Narrator: Randye Kaye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 36 minutes Release date: January 11, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The ultimate guide to human resources challenges, issues, emerging trends, and best practices by two of the most seasoned and respected HR professionals. Every leader will agree that managing people is challenging and growing more complex. Since The Big Book of HR was first published, dramatic changes have taken place in the workplace and the workforce. This tenth anniversary edition incorporates discussions and reflections on these changes which are useful for any business owner, manager, or HR professional. The Big Book of HR, 10th Anniversary Edition includes up-to-date information about: flexibility and work; diversity, equity, and inclusion; respectful workplaces and harassment prevention; technology for today's digital workplaces; pay equity and its effect on transparency in compensation; benefits that meet the needs of a multigenerational workforce; and microlearning and employee development strategy. Get the most from your organization's talent—from strategic HR-related issues to the smallest tactical details. And, of course, there's information on remaining legally compliant, including state and local laws addressing societal changes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557993]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Big Book of HR, 10th Anniversary Edition Author: Cornelia Gamlem, Barbara Mitchell Narrator: Randye Kaye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 36 minutes Release date: January 11, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The ultimate guide to human resources challenges, issues, emerging trends, and best practices by two of the most seasoned and respected HR professionals. Every leader will agree that managing people is challenging and growing more complex. Since The Big Book of HR was first published, dramatic changes have taken place in the workplace and the workforce. This tenth anniversary edition incorporates discussions and reflections on these changes which are useful for any business owner, manager, or HR professional. The Big Book of HR, 10th Anniversary Edition includes up-to-date information about: flexibility and work; diversity, equity, and inclusion; respectful workplaces and harassment prevention; technology for today's digital workplaces; pay equity and its effect on transparency in compensation; benefits that meet the needs of a multigenerational workforce; and microlearning and employee development strategy. Get the most from your organization's talent—from strategic HR-related issues to the smallest tactical details. And, of course, there's information on remaining legally compliant, including state and local laws addressing societal changes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557863 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557863]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Secretos de liderazgo efectivo: El camino al éxito al alcance de todos Author: José Luis Zavala Narrator: Rafael Armesto Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 52 minutes Release date: November 25, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: SECRETOS DE UN EMPRESARIO MEXICANO DE TALLA MUNDIAL PARA TRIUNFAR EN LA VIDA Y EN LOS NEGOCIOS José Luis Zavala, presidente del Consejo de Administración de CEMZA, el consorcio especializado en servicios offshore para la industria Oil & Gas y una de las 500 empresas más importantes de México, comparte a sus lectores consejos, herramientas, habilidades y conocimientos que fueron determinantes para impulsar su desarrollo profesional y personal. A lo largo de sus páginas Secretos de liderazgo efectivo reúne las anécdotas de vida que el autor ha experimentado a lo largo de su trayectoria en la consolidación de uno de los grupos empresariales más relevantes del país, desde cómo CEMZA logró ser la primera empresa mexicana en brindar servicios de recuperación de cápsulas aeroespaciales a la NASA hasta cómo ha solucionado conflictos del día a día en la rutina de un empresario mexicano, así como las lecciones que ha aprendido en el camino. Los 200 secretos de Zavala te ayudarán a mejorar actitudes, alcanzar objetivos, tomar riesgos, impulsar el crecimiento, mejorar la organización de tu empresa, desarrollar tu liderazgo, ser el mejor en atención al cliente, combatir la competencia, ser un excelente negociador, vender más, cuidar las finanzas de tu proyecto, solucionar problemas, enfrentar el cambio y motivar a la acción. Una extraordinaria guía de actitudes y habilidades para el camino hacia alcanzar tu misión, para crecer como líder y para llevar tu negocio al éxito. Un libro que podría cambiar tu vida para siempre. José Luis Zavala Thu, 25 Nov 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557863 thebookvoice.com 5:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557863]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Secretos de liderazgo efectivo: El camino al éxito al alcance de todos Author: José Luis Zavala Narrator: Rafael Armesto Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 52 minutes Release date: November 25, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: SECRETOS DE UN EMPRESARIO MEXICANO DE TALLA MUNDIAL PARA TRIUNFAR EN LA VIDA Y EN LOS NEGOCIOS José Luis Zavala, presidente del Consejo de Administración de CEMZA, el consorcio especializado en servicios offshore para la industria Oil & Gas y una de las 500 empresas más importantes de México, comparte a sus lectores consejos, herramientas, habilidades y conocimientos que fueron determinantes para impulsar su desarrollo profesional y personal. A lo largo de sus páginas Secretos de liderazgo efectivo reúne las anécdotas de vida que el autor ha experimentado a lo largo de su trayectoria en la consolidación de uno de los grupos empresariales más relevantes del país, desde cómo CEMZA logró ser la primera empresa mexicana en brindar servicios de recuperación de cápsulas aeroespaciales a la NASA hasta cómo ha solucionado conflictos del día a día en la rutina de un empresario mexicano, así como las lecciones que ha aprendido en el camino. Los 200 secretos de Zavala te ayudarán a mejorar actitudes, alcanzar objetivos, tomar riesgos, impulsar el crecimiento, mejorar la organización de tu empresa, desarrollar tu liderazgo, ser el mejor en atención al cliente, combatir la competencia, ser un excelente negociador, vender más, cuidar las finanzas de tu proyecto, solucionar problemas, enfrentar el cambio y motivar a la acción. Una extraordinaria guía de actitudes y habilidades para el camino hacia alcanzar tu misión, para crecer como líder y para llevar tu negocio al éxito. Un libro que podría cambiar tu vida para siempre. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557863]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Secretos de liderazgo efectivo: El camino al éxito al alcance de todos Author: José Luis Zavala Narrator: Rafael Armesto Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 52 minutes Release date: November 25, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: SECRETOS DE UN EMPRESARIO MEXICANO DE TALLA MUNDIAL PARA TRIUNFAR EN LA VIDA Y EN LOS NEGOCIOS José Luis Zavala, presidente del Consejo de Administración de CEMZA, el consorcio especializado en servicios offshore para la industria Oil & Gas y una de las 500 empresas más importantes de México, comparte a sus lectores consejos, herramientas, habilidades y conocimientos que fueron determinantes para impulsar su desarrollo profesional y personal. A lo largo de sus páginas Secretos de liderazgo efectivo reúne las anécdotas de vida que el autor ha experimentado a lo largo de su trayectoria en la consolidación de uno de los grupos empresariales más relevantes del país, desde cómo CEMZA logró ser la primera empresa mexicana en brindar servicios de recuperación de cápsulas aeroespaciales a la NASA hasta cómo ha solucionado conflictos del día a día en la rutina de un empresario mexicano, así como las lecciones que ha aprendido en el camino. Los 200 secretos de Zavala te ayudarán a mejorar actitudes, alcanzar objetivos, tomar riesgos, impulsar el crecimiento, mejorar la organización de tu empresa, desarrollar tu liderazgo, ser el mejor en atención al cliente, combatir la competencia, ser un excelente negociador, vender más, cuidar las finanzas de tu proyecto, solucionar problemas, enfrentar el cambio y motivar a la acción. Una extraordinaria guía de actitudes y habilidades para el camino hacia alcanzar tu misión, para crecer como líder y para llevar tu negocio al éxito. Un libro que podría cambiar tu vida para siempre. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557862 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557862]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Cómo domar tus pantallas: Claves para el détox digital y el bienestar en la era conectada Author: Martina Rua, Pablo Martín Fernández Narrator: Pablo Martín Fernández, Martina Rua Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 49 minutes Release date: November 20, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: El nuevo libro de dos de los especialistas más reconocidos de la Argentina sobre varios de los temas fundamentales del presente y nuestro futuro inmediato: el impacto de la economía de la atención en nuestras vidas, los nuevos conocimientos necesarios para la organización del trabajo remoto y presencial y una administración equilibrada del uso de la tecnología digital. Justo en el momento en que empezábamos a entender cómo mejorar nuestra relación con las pantallas -la del celular, la computadora, el streaming- se desató una pandemia que cambió de la noche a la mañana nuestro día a día. Justo cuando el home office empezaba a ser una posibilidad real y tentadora para muchos, el destino lo impuso con fuerza y sin preguntar en las existencias de quienes trabajan o estudian. Hoy sabemos que el trabajo será cada vez más remoto y digital y que las plataformas tendrán un impacto mayor en nuestras vidas. Será necesario adquirir distintas habilidades, y ya nos aquejan nuevos malestares: la misma tecnología que nos abrió un mundo de posibilidades puede abrumarnos. ¿Cómo desconectarnos si el trabajo vive en la misma pantalla que nos mantiene comunicados con familiares y amigos? ¿Cómo trazar límites? En otras palabras, ¿cómo recuperar el control de nuestras vidas? Frente a estos nuevos desafíos y con el mismo espíritu de taller de La fábrica de tiempo, Martina Rua y Pablo Martín Fernández nos acercan en Cómo domar tus pantallas las ideas más actuales y potentes para el desarrollo de un entorno saludable, de bienestar digital y trabajo productivo. Una verdadera caja de herramientas -con técnicas, ejercicios prácticos y las experiencias directas de figuras tan diversas como Carl Honoré, Narda Lepes y Juan Pablo Varsky- que nos ayudarán a alcanzar un equilibrio en el uso de nuestras pantallas y el tiempo que les dedicamos. Es decir, a reordenarnos, de cara a los cambios que ya estamos experimentando y a los que vendrán, para vivir mejor. «Martina y Pablo nos proponen replantear las bases mismas con las que nos pensamos en relación con los teléfonos inteligentes, los dispositivos y las aplicaciones, un paso fundamental para dejar atrás lo peor de la 'vieja normalidad' y encarar con mayor franqueza lo que vendrá». Tomás Balmaceda A través de un estilo dinámico y accesible forjado en la infinidad de charlas y talleres que ofrecen desde hace años y siguen dando con éxito en Argentina, Latinoamérica y España, Martina y Pablo abordan temas esenciales relacionados con los mayores desafíos del presente, fuente de consultas y ansiedades laborales, sociales y personales. Martina Rua, Pablo Martín Fernández Sat, 20 Nov 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557862 thebookvoice.com 5:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557862]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Cómo domar tus pantallas: Claves para el détox digital y el bienestar en la era conectada Author: Martina Rua, Pablo Martín Fernández Narrator: Pablo Martín Fernández, Martina Rua Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 49 minutes Release date: November 20, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: El nuevo libro de dos de los especialistas más reconocidos de la Argentina sobre varios de los temas fundamentales del presente y nuestro futuro inmediato: el impacto de la economía de la atención en nuestras vidas, los nuevos conocimientos necesarios para la organización del trabajo remoto y presencial y una administración equilibrada del uso de la tecnología digital. Justo en el momento en que empezábamos a entender cómo mejorar nuestra relación con las pantallas -la del celular, la computadora, el streaming- se desató una pandemia que cambió de la noche a la mañana nuestro día a día. Justo cuando el home office empezaba a ser una posibilidad real y tentadora para muchos, el destino lo impuso con fuerza y sin preguntar en las existencias de quienes trabajan o estudian. Hoy sabemos que el trabajo será cada vez más remoto y digital y que las plataformas tendrán un impacto mayor en nuestras vidas. Será necesario adquirir distintas habilidades, y ya nos aquejan nuevos malestares: la misma tecnología que nos abrió un mundo de posibilidades puede abrumarnos. ¿Cómo desconectarnos si el trabajo vive en la misma pantalla que nos mantiene comunicados con familiares y amigos? ¿Cómo trazar límites? En otras palabras, ¿cómo recuperar el control de nuestras vidas? Frente a estos nuevos desafíos y con el mismo espíritu de taller de La fábrica de tiempo, Martina Rua y Pablo Martín Fernández nos acercan en Cómo domar tus pantallas las ideas más actuales y potentes para el desarrollo de un entorno saludable, de bienestar digital y trabajo productivo. Una verdadera caja de herramientas -con técnicas, ejercicios prácticos y las experiencias directas de figuras tan diversas como Carl Honoré, Narda Lepes y Juan Pablo Varsky- que nos ayudarán a alcanzar un equilibrio en el uso de nuestras pantallas y el tiempo que les dedicamos. Es decir, a reordenarnos, de cara a los cambios que ya estamos experimentando y a los que vendrán, para vivir mejor. «Martina y Pablo nos proponen replantear las bases mismas con las que nos pensamos en relación con los teléfonos inteligentes, los dispositivos y las aplicaciones, un paso fundamental para dejar atrás lo peor de la 'vieja normalidad' y encarar con mayor franqueza lo que vendrá». Tomás Balmaceda A través de un estilo dinámico y accesible forjado en la infinidad de charlas y talleres que ofrecen desde hace años y siguen dando con éxito en Argentina, Latinoamérica y España, Martina y Pablo abordan temas esenciales relacionados con los mayores desafíos del presente, fuente de consultas y ansiedades laborales, sociales y personales. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/557862]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Cómo domar tus pantallas: Claves para el détox digital y el bienestar en la era conectada Author: Martina Rua, Pablo Martín Fernández Narrator: Pablo Martín Fernández, Martina Rua Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 49 minutes Release date: November 20, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: El nuevo libro de dos de los especialistas más reconocidos de la Argentina sobre varios de los temas fundamentales del presente y nuestro futuro inmediato: el impacto de la economía de la atención en nuestras vidas, los nuevos conocimientos necesarios para la organización del trabajo remoto y presencial y una administración equilibrada del uso de la tecnología digital. Justo en el momento en que empezábamos a entender cómo mejorar nuestra relación con las pantallas -la del celular, la computadora, el streaming- se desató una pandemia que cambió de la noche a la mañana nuestro día a día. Justo cuando el home office empezaba a ser una posibilidad real y tentadora para muchos, el destino lo impuso con fuerza y sin preguntar en las existencias de quienes trabajan o estudian. Hoy sabemos que el trabajo será cada vez más remoto y digital y que las plataformas tendrán un impacto mayor en nuestras vidas. Será necesario adquirir distintas habilidades, y ya nos aquejan nuevos malestares: la misma tecnología que nos abrió un mundo de posibilidades puede abrumarnos. ¿Cómo desconectarnos si el trabajo vive en la misma pantalla que nos mantiene comunicados con familiares y amigos? ¿Cómo trazar límites? En otras palabras, ¿cómo recuperar el control de nuestras vidas? Frente a estos nuevos desafíos y con el mismo espíritu de taller de La fábrica de tiempo, Martina Rua y Pablo Martín Fernández nos acercan en Cómo domar tus pantallas las ideas más actuales y potentes para el desarrollo de un entorno saludable, de bienestar digital y trabajo productivo. Una verdadera caja de herramientas -con técnicas, ejercicios prácticos y las experiencias directas de figuras tan diversas como Carl Honoré, Narda Lepes y Juan Pablo Varsky- que nos ayudarán a alcanzar un equilibrio en el uso de nuestras pantallas y el tiempo que les dedicamos. Es decir, a reordenarnos, de cara a los cambios que ya estamos experimentando y a los que vendrán, para vivir mejor. «Martina y Pablo nos proponen replantear las bases mismas con las que nos pensamos en relación con los teléfonos inteligentes, los dispositivos y las aplicaciones, un paso fundamental para dejar atrás lo peor de la 'vieja normalidad' y encarar con mayor franqueza lo que vendrá». Tomás Balmaceda A través de un estilo dinámico y accesible forjado en la infinidad de charlas y talleres que ofrecen desde hace años y siguen dando con éxito en Argentina, Latinoamérica y España, Martina y Pablo abordan temas esenciales relacionados con los mayores desafíos del presente, fuente de consultas y ansiedades laborales, sociales y personales. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556978 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556978]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Root Cause: Rethink Your Approach to Solving Stubborn Enterprise-Wide Problems Author: Hans Norden Narrator: Peter Lerman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 48 minutes Release date: April 26, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Sooner or later, every executive has to confront problems that seem to be built into the way the business was designed, maintained, and managed. Whether it's information overload, profit margin issues, or adapting to new regulations, popular 'best practices' don't solve those problems. High-level executives, it turns out, are often the least able to diagnose—much less solve—an organization's systemic problems. Hans Norden draws on a wealth of experience in in-house change management to help both established and up-and-coming C-suite leaders analyze the problems and create authentic, sustainable solutions. In The Root Cause, listeners will learn how executing change initiatives requires a different form of leadership than routine operations. Norden explains why systemic problems fester, manifesting as disruptions in the workflow of different departments and levels in the company. While top-down management may work on a day-to-day basis, managing and fixing systemic problems requires intelligent collaboration with other management levels to implement improvements. Providing a clear, step-by-step road map to diagnosing issues and establishing authentic, holistic, and sustainable solutions, The Root Cause shows leaders a way to solve the seemingly unsolvable problems—and prevent more from arising in the future. Hans Norden Tue, 26 Apr 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556978 thebookvoice.com 12:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556978]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Root Cause: Rethink Your Approach to Solving Stubborn Enterprise-Wide Problems Author: Hans Norden Narrator: Peter Lerman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 48 minutes Release date: April 26, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Sooner or later, every executive has to confront problems that seem to be built into the way the business was designed, maintained, and managed. Whether it's information overload, profit margin issues, or adapting to new regulations, popular 'best practices' don't solve those problems. High-level executives, it turns out, are often the least able to diagnose—much less solve—an organization's systemic problems. Hans Norden draws on a wealth of experience in in-house change management to help both established and up-and-coming C-suite leaders analyze the problems and create authentic, sustainable solutions. In The Root Cause, listeners will learn how executing change initiatives requires a different form of leadership than routine operations. Norden explains why systemic problems fester, manifesting as disruptions in the workflow of different departments and levels in the company. While top-down management may work on a day-to-day basis, managing and fixing systemic problems requires intelligent collaboration with other management levels to implement improvements. Providing a clear, step-by-step road map to diagnosing issues and establishing authentic, holistic, and sustainable solutions, The Root Cause shows leaders a way to solve the seemingly unsolvable problems—and prevent more from arising in the future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556978]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Root Cause: Rethink Your Approach to Solving Stubborn Enterprise-Wide Problems Author: Hans Norden Narrator: Peter Lerman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 48 minutes Release date: April 26, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Sooner or later, every executive has to confront problems that seem to be built into the way the business was designed, maintained, and managed. Whether it's information overload, profit margin issues, or adapting to new regulations, popular 'best practices' don't solve those problems. High-level executives, it turns out, are often the least able to diagnose—much less solve—an organization's systemic problems. Hans Norden draws on a wealth of experience in in-house change management to help both established and up-and-coming C-suite leaders analyze the problems and create authentic, sustainable solutions. In The Root Cause, listeners will learn how executing change initiatives requires a different form of leadership than routine operations. Norden explains why systemic problems fester, manifesting as disruptions in the workflow of different departments and levels in the company. While top-down management may work on a day-to-day basis, managing and fixing systemic problems requires intelligent collaboration with other management levels to implement improvements. Providing a clear, step-by-step road map to diagnosing issues and establishing authentic, holistic, and sustainable solutions, The Root Cause shows leaders a way to solve the seemingly unsolvable problems—and prevent more from arising in the future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556171 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556171]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Infierno: Líderes y organizaciones que matan Author: Andrés Hatum Narrator: Leto Dugatkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 25 minutes Release date: November 25, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: ¿Cuándo aparecen estos líderes infernales en nuestras vidas? ¿Cómo determinan nuestra forma de pensar? ¿Por qué se hacen dueños de las organizaciones y logran liquidarlas y en el camino arruinar a las personas que allí trabajan? En este nuevo libro, Andrés Hatum nos muestra que este tipo de líderes siempre está latente en nuestra sociedad y en las empresas. «Desde hace años Andrés Hatum analiza el liderazgo dentro de las organizaciones facilitando el reconocimiento de personalidades tóxicas o positivas. Aquí retoma el lado oscuro del poder, desnudando a los líderes infernales y a los de tipo incompetente o idiotas. Señala sus características de modo original, zigzagueando por diversos períodos y líderes históricos. Y no solo apunta a la individualización de estas formas nocivas de autoridad, sino al uso de dicho conocimiento para -en palabras de Hatum- salvarnos de ellos, verdaderos monstruos que pueden estar esperando en cualquier oficina con una bella corbata.» Luciana Sabina, historiadora. Autora de Héroes y villanos «Infierno es un enorme libro que tiene una característica muy valorada: a cada paso encuentra centenares de historias pasadas que son disparadores de ejemplos presentes. Personalidades variadas aparecen para mostrarnos alguna conducta o forma que hoy naturalizamos. Ahora bien, esto está escrito por el gran Hatum y eso constituye un condimento especial. Imagino sus tonos, sus movimientos, su gracia, sus ejemplos presentados en vivo y hasta es posible pensarlo con un disfraz metido en el personaje que ayude a entender mejor.» Diego Cabot, periodista, prosecretario de Redacción de La Nación. Autor de Los cuadernos Andrés Hatum Thu, 25 Nov 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556171 thebookvoice.com 4:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556171]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Infierno: Líderes y organizaciones que matan Author: Andrés Hatum Narrator: Leto Dugatkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 25 minutes Release date: November 25, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: ¿Cuándo aparecen estos líderes infernales en nuestras vidas? ¿Cómo determinan nuestra forma de pensar? ¿Por qué se hacen dueños de las organizaciones y logran liquidarlas y en el camino arruinar a las personas que allí trabajan? En este nuevo libro, Andrés Hatum nos muestra que este tipo de líderes siempre está latente en nuestra sociedad y en las empresas. «Desde hace años Andrés Hatum analiza el liderazgo dentro de las organizaciones facilitando el reconocimiento de personalidades tóxicas o positivas. Aquí retoma el lado oscuro del poder, desnudando a los líderes infernales y a los de tipo incompetente o idiotas. Señala sus características de modo original, zigzagueando por diversos períodos y líderes históricos. Y no solo apunta a la individualización de estas formas nocivas de autoridad, sino al uso de dicho conocimiento para -en palabras de Hatum- salvarnos de ellos, verdaderos monstruos que pueden estar esperando en cualquier oficina con una bella corbata.» Luciana Sabina, historiadora. Autora de Héroes y villanos «Infierno es un enorme libro que tiene una característica muy valorada: a cada paso encuentra centenares de historias pasadas que son disparadores de ejemplos presentes. Personalidades variadas aparecen para mostrarnos alguna conducta o forma que hoy naturalizamos. Ahora bien, esto está escrito por el gran Hatum y eso constituye un condimento especial. Imagino sus tonos, sus movimientos, su gracia, sus ejemplos presentados en vivo y hasta es posible pensarlo con un disfraz metido en el personaje que ayude a entender mejor.» Diego Cabot, periodista, prosecretario de Redacción de La Nación. Autor de Los cuadernos Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556171]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Infierno: Líderes y organizaciones que matan Author: Andrés Hatum Narrator: Leto Dugatkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 25 minutes Release date: November 25, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: ¿Cuándo aparecen estos líderes infernales en nuestras vidas? ¿Cómo determinan nuestra forma de pensar? ¿Por qué se hacen dueños de las organizaciones y logran liquidarlas y en el camino arruinar a las personas que allí trabajan? En este nuevo libro, Andrés Hatum nos muestra que este tipo de líderes siempre está latente en nuestra sociedad y en las empresas. «Desde hace años Andrés Hatum analiza el liderazgo dentro de las organizaciones facilitando el reconocimiento de personalidades tóxicas o positivas. Aquí retoma el lado oscuro del poder, desnudando a los líderes infernales y a los de tipo incompetente o idiotas. Señala sus características de modo original, zigzagueando por diversos períodos y líderes históricos. Y no solo apunta a la individualización de estas formas nocivas de autoridad, sino al uso de dicho conocimiento para -en palabras de Hatum- salvarnos de ellos, verdaderos monstruos que pueden estar esperando en cualquier oficina con una bella corbata.» Luciana Sabina, historiadora. Autora de Héroes y villanos «Infierno es un enorme libro que tiene una característica muy valorada: a cada paso encuentra centenares de historias pasadas que son disparadores de ejemplos presentes. Personalidades variadas aparecen para mostrarnos alguna conducta o forma que hoy naturalizamos. Ahora bien, esto está escrito por el gran Hatum y eso constituye un condimento especial. Imagino sus tonos, sus movimientos, su gracia, sus ejemplos presentados en vivo y hasta es posible pensarlo con un disfraz metido en el personaje que ayude a entender mejor.» Diego Cabot, periodista, prosecretario de Redacción de La Nación. Autor de Los cuadernos https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556150 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556150]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Build for Tomorrow: An Action Plan for Embracing Change, Adapting Fast, and Future-Proofing Your Career Author: Jason Feifer Narrator: Jason Feifer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: September 6, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: “Build for Tomorrow will change the way you think so you can overcome any obstacle and reach your full potential.”—Jim Kwik, New York Times bestselling author of Limitless The moments of greatest change can also be the moments of greatest opportunity. Adapt more quickly and use the power of change to your advantage with this guide from the editor in chief of Entrepreneur magazine and host of the Build for Tomorrow podcast.   We experience change in four phases. The first is panic. Then we adapt. Then we find a new normal. And then, finally, we reach the phase we could not have imagined in the beginning, the moment when we realize that we wouldn’t go back. Build for Tomorrow is designed to accelerate that process—to help you lessen your panic, adapt faster, define the new normal, and thrive going forward. And it arrives as we all, in some way, have felt a shift in our lives. The pandemic forced a moment of collective change, and we are still being forced to make new plans and adjustments to our lives, families, and careers. Many of us will never go back, continuing to work from home, demanding higher wages, or starting new businesses. To help people along this journey, Entrepreneur magazine editor in chief Jason Feifer offers stories, lessons, and concrete exercises from the most potent sources of change in our world. He speaks to the world’s most successful changemakers—from global celebrities like Dwayne “The Rock” Johnson and Maria Sharapova to innovative CEOs and Main Street heroes—to learn how they decide what to protect, what to discard, and how to move forward without fear. He also draws lessons from history, looking at how massive changes across time can help us better understand the opportunities of today. For example, he finds guidance for our post-pandemic realities inside the power shifts that occurred after the Bubonic Plague, and he reveals how the history of innovations like the elevator and even the teddy bear can teach anyone to be more forward-thinking. We cannot anticipate tomorrow’s needs, but it shouldn’t take a crisis to push us forward. This book will show you how to make change on your own terms. Jason Feifer Tue, 06 Sep 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556150 thebookvoice.com 7:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556150]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Build for Tomorrow: An Action Plan for Embracing Change, Adapting Fast, and Future-Proofing Your Career Author: Jason Feifer Narrator: Jason Feifer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: September 6, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: “Build for Tomorrow will change the way you think so you can overcome any obstacle and reach your full potential.”—Jim Kwik, New York Times bestselling author of Limitless The moments of greatest change can also be the moments of greatest opportunity. Adapt more quickly and use the power of change to your advantage with this guide from the editor in chief of Entrepreneur magazine and host of the Build for Tomorrow podcast.   We experience change in four phases. The first is panic. Then we adapt. Then we find a new normal. And then, finally, we reach the phase we could not have imagined in the beginning, the moment when we realize that we wouldn’t go back. Build for Tomorrow is designed to accelerate that process—to help you lessen your panic, adapt faster, define the new normal, and thrive going forward. And it arrives as we all, in some way, have felt a shift in our lives. The pandemic forced a moment of collective change, and we are still being forced to make new plans and adjustments to our lives, families, and careers. Many of us will never go back, continuing to work from home, demanding higher wages, or starting new businesses. To help people along this journey, Entrepreneur magazine editor in chief Jason Feifer offers stories, lessons, and concrete exercises from the most potent sources of change in our world. He speaks to the world’s most successful changemakers—from global celebrities like Dwayne “The Rock” Johnson and Maria Sharapova to innovative CEOs and Main Street heroes—to learn how they decide what to protect, what to discard, and how to move forward without fear. He also draws lessons from history, looking at how massive changes across time can help us better understand the opportunities of today. For example, he finds guidance for our post-pandemic realities inside the power shifts that occurred after the Bubonic Plague, and he reveals how the history of innovations like the elevator and even the teddy bear can teach anyone to be more forward-thinking. We cannot anticipate tomorrow’s needs, but it shouldn’t take a crisis to push us forward. This book will show you how to make change on your own terms. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556150]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Build for Tomorrow: An Action Plan for Embracing Change, Adapting Fast, and Future-Proofing Your Career Author: Jason Feifer Narrator: Jason Feifer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: September 6, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: “Build for Tomorrow will change the way you think so you can overcome any obstacle and reach your full potential.”—Jim Kwik, New York Times bestselling author of Limitless The moments of greatest change can also be the moments of greatest opportunity. Adapt more quickly and use the power of change to your advantage with this guide from the editor in chief of Entrepreneur magazine and host of the Build for Tomorrow podcast.   We experience change in four phases. The first is panic. Then we adapt. Then we find a new normal. And then, finally, we reach the phase we could not have imagined in the beginning, the moment when we realize that we wouldn’t go back. Build for Tomorrow is designed to accelerate that process—to help you lessen your panic, adapt faster, define the new normal, and thrive going forward. And it arrives as we all, in some way, have felt a shift in our lives. The pandemic forced a moment of collective change, and we are still being forced to make new plans and adjustments to our lives, families, and careers. Many of us will never go back, continuing to work from home, demanding higher wages, or starting new businesses. To help people along this journey, Entrepreneur magazine editor in chief Jason Feifer offers stories, lessons, and concrete exercises from the most potent sources of change in our world. He speaks to the world’s most successful changemakers—from global celebrities like Dwayne “The Rock” Johnson and Maria Sharapova to innovative CEOs and Main Street heroes—to learn how they decide what to protect, what to discard, and how to move forward without fear. He also draws lessons from history, looking at how massive changes across time can help us better understand the opportunities of today. For example, he finds guidance for our post-pandemic realities inside the power shifts that occurred after the Bubonic Plague, and he reveals how the history of innovations like the elevator and even the teddy bear can teach anyone to be more forward-thinking. We cannot anticipate tomorrow’s needs, but it shouldn’t take a crisis to push us forward. This book will show you how to make change on your own terms. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555598 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555598]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lead with We: The Business Revolution That Will Save Our Future Author: Simon Mainwaring Narrator: Simon Mainwaring Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 40 minutes Release date: January 18, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The global coronavirus pandemic has thrown into stark relief how 'business as usual' is no longer serving us. The economic, business, and environmental models of the past do not reflect our current realities. And for our economy—for us—to survive, we need nothing less than a seismic shift in the way we do business. Enter Simon Mainwaring, founder and CEO of We First. A decade ago, he showed how business leaders and consumers could use social media to build a better world in We First. Now, after decades of research and field experience at the vanguard of the world's most successful brand revolutions, he provides in Lead With We a blueprint for doing business better in today's challenged world. By leading with 'we'—putting the collective above the individual, holding the sum above the parts, and emphasizing the importance of the role that everyone plays—you can not only help solve the challenges of today but also unlock extraordinary growth for your business, and abundance on our planet. Timely and compelling, this book's message is simple: The future of profit is people's purpose, aligned. Lead With We not only examines why we must all conduct business differently in order to grow in today's market, but provides the how—concrete steps anyone, wherever they find themselves in the business hierarchy, can take toward success. Simon Mainwaring Tue, 18 Jan 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555598 thebookvoice.com 12:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555598]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lead with We: The Business Revolution That Will Save Our Future Author: Simon Mainwaring Narrator: Simon Mainwaring Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 40 minutes Release date: January 18, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The global coronavirus pandemic has thrown into stark relief how 'business as usual' is no longer serving us. The economic, business, and environmental models of the past do not reflect our current realities. And for our economy—for us—to survive, we need nothing less than a seismic shift in the way we do business. Enter Simon Mainwaring, founder and CEO of We First. A decade ago, he showed how business leaders and consumers could use social media to build a better world in We First. Now, after decades of research and field experience at the vanguard of the world's most successful brand revolutions, he provides in Lead With We a blueprint for doing business better in today's challenged world. By leading with 'we'—putting the collective above the individual, holding the sum above the parts, and emphasizing the importance of the role that everyone plays—you can not only help solve the challenges of today but also unlock extraordinary growth for your business, and abundance on our planet. Timely and compelling, this book's message is simple: The future of profit is people's purpose, aligned. Lead With We not only examines why we must all conduct business differently in order to grow in today's market, but provides the how—concrete steps anyone, wherever they find themselves in the business hierarchy, can take toward success. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555598]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lead with We: The Business Revolution That Will Save Our Future Author: Simon Mainwaring Narrator: Simon Mainwaring Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 40 minutes Release date: January 18, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The global coronavirus pandemic has thrown into stark relief how 'business as usual' is no longer serving us. The economic, business, and environmental models of the past do not reflect our current realities. And for our economy—for us—to survive, we need nothing less than a seismic shift in the way we do business. Enter Simon Mainwaring, founder and CEO of We First. A decade ago, he showed how business leaders and consumers could use social media to build a better world in We First. Now, after decades of research and field experience at the vanguard of the world's most successful brand revolutions, he provides in Lead With We a blueprint for doing business better in today's challenged world. By leading with 'we'—putting the collective above the individual, holding the sum above the parts, and emphasizing the importance of the role that everyone plays—you can not only help solve the challenges of today but also unlock extraordinary growth for your business, and abundance on our planet. Timely and compelling, this book's message is simple: The future of profit is people's purpose, aligned. Lead With We not only examines why we must all conduct business differently in order to grow in today's market, but provides the how—concrete steps anyone, wherever they find themselves in the business hierarchy, can take toward success. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555313 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555313]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Big Fix: Seven Practical Steps to Save our Planet Author: Justin Gillis, Hal Harvey Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 18 minutes Release date: September 20, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A “smart, honest, and down-to-earth” (Elizabeth Kolbert) citizen’s guide to the seven urgent changes that will really make a difference for our climate. If you think the only thing you can do to combat climate change is to install a smart thermostat or cook plant-based meat, you’re thinking too small. In The Big Fix, energy policy advisor Hal Harvey and longtime New York Times reporter Justin Gillis offer a new, hopeful way to engage with one of the greatest problems of our age. Writing in a lively, accessible style, the pair illuminate how the really big decisions that affect our climate get made—whether by the most obscure public utilities commissions or in the lofty halls of state capitols—and reveal how each of us can influence these decisions to deliver change. The pair focus on the seven areas of our political economy where ambitious but practical changes will have the greatest effect: from what kind of power plants to build to how much insulation new houses require to how efficient cars must be before they’re allowed on the road. Equal parts pragmatic and inspiring—and “full of illustrative stories and compelling evidence” (Al Gore)—The Big Fix provides an action plan for anyone serious about holding our governments accountable and saving our threatened planet. Justin Gillis, Hal Harvey Tue, 20 Sep 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555313 thebookvoice.com 8:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555313]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Big Fix: Seven Practical Steps to Save our Planet Author: Justin Gillis, Hal Harvey Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 18 minutes Release date: September 20, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A “smart, honest, and down-to-earth” (Elizabeth Kolbert) citizen’s guide to the seven urgent changes that will really make a difference for our climate. If you think the only thing you can do to combat climate change is to install a smart thermostat or cook plant-based meat, you’re thinking too small. In The Big Fix, energy policy advisor Hal Harvey and longtime New York Times reporter Justin Gillis offer a new, hopeful way to engage with one of the greatest problems of our age. Writing in a lively, accessible style, the pair illuminate how the really big decisions that affect our climate get made—whether by the most obscure public utilities commissions or in the lofty halls of state capitols—and reveal how each of us can influence these decisions to deliver change. The pair focus on the seven areas of our political economy where ambitious but practical changes will have the greatest effect: from what kind of power plants to build to how much insulation new houses require to how efficient cars must be before they’re allowed on the road. Equal parts pragmatic and inspiring—and “full of illustrative stories and compelling evidence” (Al Gore)—The Big Fix provides an action plan for anyone serious about holding our governments accountable and saving our threatened planet. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555313]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Big Fix: Seven Practical Steps to Save our Planet Author: Justin Gillis, Hal Harvey Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 18 minutes Release date: September 20, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A “smart, honest, and down-to-earth” (Elizabeth Kolbert) citizen’s guide to the seven urgent changes that will really make a difference for our climate. If you think the only thing you can do to combat climate change is to install a smart thermostat or cook plant-based meat, you’re thinking too small. In The Big Fix, energy policy advisor Hal Harvey and longtime New York Times reporter Justin Gillis offer a new, hopeful way to engage with one of the greatest problems of our age. Writing in a lively, accessible style, the pair illuminate how the really big decisions that affect our climate get made—whether by the most obscure public utilities commissions or in the lofty halls of state capitols—and reveal how each of us can influence these decisions to deliver change. The pair focus on the seven areas of our political economy where ambitious but practical changes will have the greatest effect: from what kind of power plants to build to how much insulation new houses require to how efficient cars must be before they’re allowed on the road. Equal parts pragmatic and inspiring—and “full of illustrative stories and compelling evidence” (Al Gore)—The Big Fix provides an action plan for anyone serious about holding our governments accountable and saving our threatened planet. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554647 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554647]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Differentiated Workforce: Transforming Talent into Strategic Impact Author: Richard W. Beatty, Mark A. Huselid, Brian E. Becker Narrator: Rudy Sanda Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 14 minutes Release date: December 28, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Do you think of your company's talent as an investment to be managed like a portfolio? You should, according to authors Becker, Huselid, and Beatty, if you're interested in strategy execution. Many companies fall into the trap of spending too much time and money on low performers, while high performers aren't getting the necessary resources, development opportunities, or rewards. In The Differentiated Workforce, the authors expand on their previous books, The HR Scorecard and The Workforce Scorecard, and recommend that you manage your workforce like a portfolio—with disproportionate investments in the jobs that create the most wealth. You'll learn to: rise above talent management 'best practice' and instead create a differentiated workforce that can't be easily copied by competitors; differentiate those capabilities in your company that are truly strategic; identify your wealth-creating 'A' positions; create a new relationship between HR and line managers, and articulate the role each plays in a differentiated workforce strategy; and develop the right measures for your organization. Based on two decades of academic research and experience working with hundreds of executives, The Differentiated Workforce gives you the tools to translate your talent into strategic impact. Richard W. Beatty, Mark A. Huselid, Brian E. Becker Tue, 28 Dec 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554647 thebookvoice.com 7:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554647]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Differentiated Workforce: Transforming Talent into Strategic Impact Author: Richard W. Beatty, Mark A. Huselid, Brian E. Becker Narrator: Rudy Sanda Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 14 minutes Release date: December 28, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Do you think of your company's talent as an investment to be managed like a portfolio? You should, according to authors Becker, Huselid, and Beatty, if you're interested in strategy execution. Many companies fall into the trap of spending too much time and money on low performers, while high performers aren't getting the necessary resources, development opportunities, or rewards. In The Differentiated Workforce, the authors expand on their previous books, The HR Scorecard and The Workforce Scorecard, and recommend that you manage your workforce like a portfolio—with disproportionate investments in the jobs that create the most wealth. You'll learn to: rise above talent management 'best practice' and instead create a differentiated workforce that can't be easily copied by competitors; differentiate those capabilities in your company that are truly strategic; identify your wealth-creating 'A' positions; create a new relationship between HR and line managers, and articulate the role each plays in a differentiated workforce strategy; and develop the right measures for your organization. Based on two decades of academic research and experience working with hundreds of executives, The Differentiated Workforce gives you the tools to translate your talent into strategic impact. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554647]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Differentiated Workforce: Transforming Talent into Strategic Impact Author: Richard W. Beatty, Mark A. Huselid, Brian E. Becker Narrator: Rudy Sanda Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 14 minutes Release date: December 28, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Do you think of your company's talent as an investment to be managed like a portfolio? You should, according to authors Becker, Huselid, and Beatty, if you're interested in strategy execution. Many companies fall into the trap of spending too much time and money on low performers, while high performers aren't getting the necessary resources, development opportunities, or rewards. In The Differentiated Workforce, the authors expand on their previous books, The HR Scorecard and The Workforce Scorecard, and recommend that you manage your workforce like a portfolio—with disproportionate investments in the jobs that create the most wealth. You'll learn to: rise above talent management 'best practice' and instead create a differentiated workforce that can't be easily copied by competitors; differentiate those capabilities in your company that are truly strategic; identify your wealth-creating 'A' positions; create a new relationship between HR and line managers, and articulate the role each plays in a differentiated workforce strategy; and develop the right measures for your organization. Based on two decades of academic research and experience working with hundreds of executives, The Differentiated Workforce gives you the tools to translate your talent into strategic impact. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553740 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553740]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Outpacer: The Blueprint for Breakthrough Success in the Digital Era Author: Alex Holt Narrator: Alex Holt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 3 minutes Release date: June 30, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Over the past decade a small number of companies have changed every aspect of how we live, work and play. These Outpacers have become enormous global businesses with companies like Google, Amazon, Netflix, Salesforce, Meta, Tesla and Apple all totally redefining what a successful organization looks and feels like. Each chapter in Outpacer focusses on an Outpacer characteristic required for organisational greatness and features examples of what it is and how to achieve it, including; how to structure your company's mission and vision, foster the right entrepreneurial culture, innovate, collaborate and utilise agile technology and data driven insights to drive continuous progress, deliver an exceptional customer experience and achieve outstanding results. Each Outpacer characteristic is illustrated by fascinating profiles of business leaders from companies such as Google, Amazon, Apple and Tesla who have driven phenomenal success, alongside profiles of the stars of film, tv, music and sport who share the same winning characteristic such as Reese Witherspoon, Jay Z and Sir Lewis Hamilton. The combination of business leaders and popular icons illustrate and inspire the reader helping them to learn how they too can lead an Outpacer business. This is not business as usual. © Alex Holt 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Alex Holt Thu, 30 Jun 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553740 thebookvoice.com 7:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553740]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Outpacer: The Blueprint for Breakthrough Success in the Digital Era Author: Alex Holt Narrator: Alex Holt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 3 minutes Release date: June 30, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Over the past decade a small number of companies have changed every aspect of how we live, work and play. These Outpacers have become enormous global businesses with companies like Google, Amazon, Netflix, Salesforce, Meta, Tesla and Apple all totally redefining what a successful organization looks and feels like. Each chapter in Outpacer focusses on an Outpacer characteristic required for organisational greatness and features examples of what it is and how to achieve it, including; how to structure your company's mission and vision, foster the right entrepreneurial culture, innovate, collaborate and utilise agile technology and data driven insights to drive continuous progress, deliver an exceptional customer experience and achieve outstanding results. Each Outpacer characteristic is illustrated by fascinating profiles of business leaders from companies such as Google, Amazon, Apple and Tesla who have driven phenomenal success, alongside profiles of the stars of film, tv, music and sport who share the same winning characteristic such as Reese Witherspoon, Jay Z and Sir Lewis Hamilton. The combination of business leaders and popular icons illustrate and inspire the reader helping them to learn how they too can lead an Outpacer business. This is not business as usual. © Alex Holt 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553740]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Outpacer: The Blueprint for Breakthrough Success in the Digital Era Author: Alex Holt Narrator: Alex Holt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 3 minutes Release date: June 30, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Over the past decade a small number of companies have changed every aspect of how we live, work and play. These Outpacers have become enormous global businesses with companies like Google, Amazon, Netflix, Salesforce, Meta, Tesla and Apple all totally redefining what a successful organization looks and feels like. Each chapter in Outpacer focusses on an Outpacer characteristic required for organisational greatness and features examples of what it is and how to achieve it, including; how to structure your company's mission and vision, foster the right entrepreneurial culture, innovate, collaborate and utilise agile technology and data driven insights to drive continuous progress, deliver an exceptional customer experience and achieve outstanding results. Each Outpacer characteristic is illustrated by fascinating profiles of business leaders from companies such as Google, Amazon, Apple and Tesla who have driven phenomenal success, alongside profiles of the stars of film, tv, music and sport who share the same winning characteristic such as Reese Witherspoon, Jay Z and Sir Lewis Hamilton. The combination of business leaders and popular icons illustrate and inspire the reader helping them to learn how they too can lead an Outpacer business. This is not business as usual. © Alex Holt 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553605 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553605]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Cactus and Snowflake at Work: How the Logical and Sensitive Can Thrive Side by Side Author: Devora Zack Narrator: Devora Zack Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 17 minutes Release date: November 2, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: This hilarious and profound workplace guide proves the rigorously rational and the supremely sympathetic can meet in the middle and merge their strengths. Readers will discover how blending with their opposite opens the pathway to being their truest selves. We're all familiar with the introvert/extrovert divide, but there is another dichotomy that is just as significant. From the famed Myers-Briggs personality scale, Feelers put more weight on personal concerns and the people involved, and Thinkers are guided by objective principles and impersonal facts. This simple distinction lays the groundwork for the profoundly different ways that individuals make sense of and engage in both the workplace and the world. Devora Zack, herself a proud snowflake, says we can directly control only three things: what we say, what we think, and what we do. Zack makes a strong case that the best use of our energy is to focus on our own reactions and perceptions rather than trying to fix or change others. The book includes an assessment that readers can take to learn their placement on the Thinker/Feeler spectrum before exploring different modes of communication and motivation based on personality type. Zack guides her readers to channel their emotions and successfully connect with those on the other side, both inside and outside of the workplace. Devora Zack Tue, 02 Nov 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553605 thebookvoice.com 4:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553605]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Cactus and Snowflake at Work: How the Logical and Sensitive Can Thrive Side by Side Author: Devora Zack Narrator: Devora Zack Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 17 minutes Release date: November 2, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: This hilarious and profound workplace guide proves the rigorously rational and the supremely sympathetic can meet in the middle and merge their strengths. Readers will discover how blending with their opposite opens the pathway to being their truest selves. We're all familiar with the introvert/extrovert divide, but there is another dichotomy that is just as significant. From the famed Myers-Briggs personality scale, Feelers put more weight on personal concerns and the people involved, and Thinkers are guided by objective principles and impersonal facts. This simple distinction lays the groundwork for the profoundly different ways that individuals make sense of and engage in both the workplace and the world. Devora Zack, herself a proud snowflake, says we can directly control only three things: what we say, what we think, and what we do. Zack makes a strong case that the best use of our energy is to focus on our own reactions and perceptions rather than trying to fix or change others. The book includes an assessment that readers can take to learn their placement on the Thinker/Feeler spectrum before exploring different modes of communication and motivation based on personality type. Zack guides her readers to channel their emotions and successfully connect with those on the other side, both inside and outside of the workplace. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/553605]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Cactus and Snowflake at Work: How the Logical and Sensitive Can Thrive Side by Side Author: Devora Zack Narrator: Devora Zack Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 17 minutes Release date: November 2, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: This hilarious and profound workplace guide proves the rigorously rational and the supremely sympathetic can meet in the middle and merge their strengths. Readers will discover how blending with their opposite opens the pathway to being their truest selves. We're all familiar with the introvert/extrovert divide, but there is another dichotomy that is just as significant. From the famed Myers-Briggs personality scale, Feelers put more weight on personal concerns and the people involved, and Thinkers are guided by objective principles and impersonal facts. This simple distinction lays the groundwork for the profoundly different ways that individuals make sense of and engage in both the workplace and the world. Devora Zack, herself a proud snowflake, says we can directly control only three things: what we say, what we think, and what we do. Zack makes a strong case that the best use of our energy is to focus on our own reactions and perceptions rather than trying to fix or change others. The book includes an assessment that readers can take to learn their placement on the Thinker/Feeler spectrum before exploring different modes of communication and motivation based on personality type. Zack guides her readers to channel their emotions and successfully connect with those on the other side, both inside and outside of the workplace. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552863 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552863]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Explanation Required!: A Woman's Guide to Assert Your Confidence and Communicate to Win at Work Author: Carol Sankar Narrator: Patryce Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 36 minutes Release date: December 28, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: With only 5.8% of CEO positions in the S&P 500 held by women, it's clear that there are more women who deserve a seat at the table than actually have one. In No Explanation Required!, Carol Sankar gives you the strategies you need to create the success you deserve—today. Loaded with real-life examples and backed by proprietary research, No Explanation Required! coaches you on how to speak up for yourself, stop debating your decisions, and eliminate 'limiting' language. In example after example, it becomes clear how these too-frequent expressions ('I'm sorry,' 'Excuse me,' 'I'll get back to you') can strip you of your authority and credibility. Instead, you'll discover positive, practical ways to assert your confidence and master communication at work, with chapters that include 'The Self Promotion Gap,' 'Perception and Performance,' 'What's Like Got to Do with It?,' and 'The 8-Minute Rule'—how to create eight-minute micro conversations and connections. Every chapter offers key takeaways you'll want to put into effect immediately—and keep in mind always. With the tactics in No Explanation Required! mastered, you'll be better equipped to stop explaining and start negotiating—for gender parity, better compensation, opportunities, and so much more. Carol Sankar Tue, 28 Dec 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552863 thebookvoice.com 6:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552863]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Explanation Required!: A Woman's Guide to Assert Your Confidence and Communicate to Win at Work Author: Carol Sankar Narrator: Patryce Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 36 minutes Release date: December 28, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: With only 5.8% of CEO positions in the S&P 500 held by women, it's clear that there are more women who deserve a seat at the table than actually have one. In No Explanation Required!, Carol Sankar gives you the strategies you need to create the success you deserve—today. Loaded with real-life examples and backed by proprietary research, No Explanation Required! coaches you on how to speak up for yourself, stop debating your decisions, and eliminate 'limiting' language. In example after example, it becomes clear how these too-frequent expressions ('I'm sorry,' 'Excuse me,' 'I'll get back to you') can strip you of your authority and credibility. Instead, you'll discover positive, practical ways to assert your confidence and master communication at work, with chapters that include 'The Self Promotion Gap,' 'Perception and Performance,' 'What's Like Got to Do with It?,' and 'The 8-Minute Rule'—how to create eight-minute micro conversations and connections. Every chapter offers key takeaways you'll want to put into effect immediately—and keep in mind always. With the tactics in No Explanation Required! mastered, you'll be better equipped to stop explaining and start negotiating—for gender parity, better compensation, opportunities, and so much more. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552863]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Explanation Required!: A Woman's Guide to Assert Your Confidence and Communicate to Win at Work Author: Carol Sankar Narrator: Patryce Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 36 minutes Release date: December 28, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: With only 5.8% of CEO positions in the S&P 500 held by women, it's clear that there are more women who deserve a seat at the table than actually have one. In No Explanation Required!, Carol Sankar gives you the strategies you need to create the success you deserve—today. Loaded with real-life examples and backed by proprietary research, No Explanation Required! coaches you on how to speak up for yourself, stop debating your decisions, and eliminate 'limiting' language. In example after example, it becomes clear how these too-frequent expressions ('I'm sorry,' 'Excuse me,' 'I'll get back to you') can strip you of your authority and credibility. Instead, you'll discover positive, practical ways to assert your confidence and master communication at work, with chapters that include 'The Self Promotion Gap,' 'Perception and Performance,' 'What's Like Got to Do with It?,' and 'The 8-Minute Rule'—how to create eight-minute micro conversations and connections. Every chapter offers key takeaways you'll want to put into effect immediately—and keep in mind always. With the tactics in No Explanation Required! mastered, you'll be better equipped to stop explaining and start negotiating—for gender parity, better compensation, opportunities, and so much more. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552860 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552860]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Build Better Teams: Creating Winning Teams in the Digital Age Author: George Karseras Narrator: Mike Lenz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 12 minutes Release date: December 21, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: How Today's Highly Effective Leaders Develop High Performing Teams Teams today are more complex than ever before. With new team leader responsibilities like diversity training, virtual working, mental health awareness, individualism, and more, modern team leadership is in dire need of a new code. Author George Karseras, executive team development coach and founder of TeamUp, has coined such a code that he calls the 'TeamUp Playbook.' The code is a four-step sequence that any team leader can follow to produce high performing teams. TeamUp Playbook is a proven formula for how to be a great team leader today. Build Better Teams breaks down the historically poor track record of team performance and engagement in organizations, references academic studies, and equips leaders with practical tools and techniques. In this book, Karseras includes stories, examples, and tips in a casual, accessible format. Whether you're looking for ways to inspire teams or become an efficient remote leader, you'll find answers to questions like: what can I expect to be the impact of virtual working and digital transformations on my team?; how do I use a road map that science confirms works for all teams?; and how do I build a greater sense of community into the organization and, eventually, the world? George Karseras Tue, 21 Dec 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552860 thebookvoice.com 7:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552860]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Build Better Teams: Creating Winning Teams in the Digital Age Author: George Karseras Narrator: Mike Lenz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 12 minutes Release date: December 21, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: How Today's Highly Effective Leaders Develop High Performing Teams Teams today are more complex than ever before. With new team leader responsibilities like diversity training, virtual working, mental health awareness, individualism, and more, modern team leadership is in dire need of a new code. Author George Karseras, executive team development coach and founder of TeamUp, has coined such a code that he calls the 'TeamUp Playbook.' The code is a four-step sequence that any team leader can follow to produce high performing teams. TeamUp Playbook is a proven formula for how to be a great team leader today. Build Better Teams breaks down the historically poor track record of team performance and engagement in organizations, references academic studies, and equips leaders with practical tools and techniques. In this book, Karseras includes stories, examples, and tips in a casual, accessible format. Whether you're looking for ways to inspire teams or become an efficient remote leader, you'll find answers to questions like: what can I expect to be the impact of virtual working and digital transformations on my team?; how do I use a road map that science confirms works for all teams?; and how do I build a greater sense of community into the organization and, eventually, the world? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/552860]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Build Better Teams: Creating Winning Teams in the Digital Age Author: George Karseras Narrator: Mike Lenz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 12 minutes Release date: December 21, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: How Today's Highly Effective Leaders Develop High Performing Teams Teams today are more complex than ever before. With new team leader responsibilities like diversity training, virtual working, mental health awareness, individualism, and more, modern team leadership is in dire need of a new code. Author George Karseras, executive team development coach and founder of TeamUp, has coined such a code that he calls the 'TeamUp Playbook.' The code is a four-step sequence that any team leader can follow to produce high performing teams. TeamUp Playbook is a proven formula for how to be a great team leader today. Build Better Teams breaks down the historically poor track record of team performance and engagement in organizations, references academic studies, and equips leaders with practical tools and techniques. In this book, Karseras includes stories, examples, and tips in a casual, accessible format. Whether you're looking for ways to inspire teams or become an efficient remote leader, you'll find answers to questions like: what can I expect to be the impact of virtual working and digital transformations on my team?; how do I use a road map that science confirms works for all teams?; and how do I build a greater sense of community into the organization and, eventually, the world? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551857 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551857]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Seu chefe, como gerenciá-lo: muitas pessoas se demitem do seu chefe, não propriamente da empresa. Este livro vai te ajudar a gere Author: Vantuir D. Almeida Narrator: Equipe Multicast Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 31 minutes Release date: September 29, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Você já se demitiu ou conhece alguém que se demitiu do chefe? Aprender a gerenciar o chefe pode ser uma excelente alternativa para evitar esse tipo de situação. Além disso, considere que todos nós temos alguém que de alguma forma precisamos prestar contas. Esse livro traz uma compreensão clara sobre os principais motivos que todo profissional precisa entender sobre a arte de gerenciar seu próprio chefe. O autor toma por base suas experiências acumuladas por vários anos, e estudos de liderança, e desenvolve uma linha de raciocínio focada nas áreas mais importantes em que todo profissional deveria manter atenção no gerenciamento junto à pessoa que o lidera. O livro aponta várias dicas para cada área e situação que você pode lançar mão para aprimorar-se nessa difícil arte de gerenciar o próprio chefe e aumentar suas chances de sucesso profissional sem ter que abrir mão daquilo que realmente é importante. Vantuir D. Almeida Wed, 29 Sep 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551857 thebookvoice.com 2:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551857]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Seu chefe, como gerenciá-lo: muitas pessoas se demitem do seu chefe, não propriamente da empresa. Este livro vai te ajudar a gere Author: Vantuir D. Almeida Narrator: Equipe Multicast Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 31 minutes Release date: September 29, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Você já se demitiu ou conhece alguém que se demitiu do chefe? Aprender a gerenciar o chefe pode ser uma excelente alternativa para evitar esse tipo de situação. Além disso, considere que todos nós temos alguém que de alguma forma precisamos prestar contas. Esse livro traz uma compreensão clara sobre os principais motivos que todo profissional precisa entender sobre a arte de gerenciar seu próprio chefe. O autor toma por base suas experiências acumuladas por vários anos, e estudos de liderança, e desenvolve uma linha de raciocínio focada nas áreas mais importantes em que todo profissional deveria manter atenção no gerenciamento junto à pessoa que o lidera. O livro aponta várias dicas para cada área e situação que você pode lançar mão para aprimorar-se nessa difícil arte de gerenciar o próprio chefe e aumentar suas chances de sucesso profissional sem ter que abrir mão daquilo que realmente é importante. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551857]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Seu chefe, como gerenciá-lo: muitas pessoas se demitem do seu chefe, não propriamente da empresa. Este livro vai te ajudar a gere Author: Vantuir D. Almeida Narrator: Equipe Multicast Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 31 minutes Release date: September 29, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Você já se demitiu ou conhece alguém que se demitiu do chefe? Aprender a gerenciar o chefe pode ser uma excelente alternativa para evitar esse tipo de situação. Além disso, considere que todos nós temos alguém que de alguma forma precisamos prestar contas. Esse livro traz uma compreensão clara sobre os principais motivos que todo profissional precisa entender sobre a arte de gerenciar seu próprio chefe. O autor toma por base suas experiências acumuladas por vários anos, e estudos de liderança, e desenvolve uma linha de raciocínio focada nas áreas mais importantes em que todo profissional deveria manter atenção no gerenciamento junto à pessoa que o lidera. O livro aponta várias dicas para cada área e situação que você pode lançar mão para aprimorar-se nessa difícil arte de gerenciar o próprio chefe e aumentar suas chances de sucesso profissional sem ter que abrir mão daquilo que realmente é importante. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551809 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551809]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - No tengo tiempo. Geografías de la precariedad Author: Jorge Moruno Narrator: Quique Martínez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 5 minutes Release date: October 28, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: La demolición de los derechos de los trabajadores se observa en el lenguaje de la economía on demand: no trabajas para, sino que colaboras con; no te despiden, te desconectas; no te controlan, te valoran. Nos hemos convertido en pilas que fabrican datos, braceros de la información, jornaleros del consumo. Vivimos la servidumbre cotidiana como si fuera una actividad liberadora. La vida y el trabajo se integran, no se concilian, y las relaciones sociales capitalistas colapsan las arterias sociales con ese colesterol llamado 'mercancía'. Si todo depende de lo que pasa, nos convertimos en esclavos de la coyuntura, siempre disponibles por lo que pueda llegar a pasar en un mundo donde nos acaba pasando de todo. Este es el laberinto que tenemos que resolver: el tránsito que va del 'no tengo tiempo' a la sociedad del tiempo garantizado. 'Una guía fundamental para comprender las mutaciones del trabajo contemporáneo.' Raimundo Viejo 'Jorge Moruno se ha convertido en un pensador imprescindible de y contra la era de la precariedad.' Íñigo Errejón Jorge Moruno Thu, 28 Oct 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551809 thebookvoice.com 4:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551809]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - No tengo tiempo. Geografías de la precariedad Author: Jorge Moruno Narrator: Quique Martínez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 5 minutes Release date: October 28, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: La demolición de los derechos de los trabajadores se observa en el lenguaje de la economía on demand: no trabajas para, sino que colaboras con; no te despiden, te desconectas; no te controlan, te valoran. Nos hemos convertido en pilas que fabrican datos, braceros de la información, jornaleros del consumo. Vivimos la servidumbre cotidiana como si fuera una actividad liberadora. La vida y el trabajo se integran, no se concilian, y las relaciones sociales capitalistas colapsan las arterias sociales con ese colesterol llamado 'mercancía'. Si todo depende de lo que pasa, nos convertimos en esclavos de la coyuntura, siempre disponibles por lo que pueda llegar a pasar en un mundo donde nos acaba pasando de todo. Este es el laberinto que tenemos que resolver: el tránsito que va del 'no tengo tiempo' a la sociedad del tiempo garantizado. 'Una guía fundamental para comprender las mutaciones del trabajo contemporáneo.' Raimundo Viejo 'Jorge Moruno se ha convertido en un pensador imprescindible de y contra la era de la precariedad.' Íñigo Errejón Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551809]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - No tengo tiempo. Geografías de la precariedad Author: Jorge Moruno Narrator: Quique Martínez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 5 minutes Release date: October 28, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: La demolición de los derechos de los trabajadores se observa en el lenguaje de la economía on demand: no trabajas para, sino que colaboras con; no te despiden, te desconectas; no te controlan, te valoran. Nos hemos convertido en pilas que fabrican datos, braceros de la información, jornaleros del consumo. Vivimos la servidumbre cotidiana como si fuera una actividad liberadora. La vida y el trabajo se integran, no se concilian, y las relaciones sociales capitalistas colapsan las arterias sociales con ese colesterol llamado 'mercancía'. Si todo depende de lo que pasa, nos convertimos en esclavos de la coyuntura, siempre disponibles por lo que pueda llegar a pasar en un mundo donde nos acaba pasando de todo. Este es el laberinto que tenemos que resolver: el tránsito que va del 'no tengo tiempo' a la sociedad del tiempo garantizado. 'Una guía fundamental para comprender las mutaciones del trabajo contemporáneo.' Raimundo Viejo 'Jorge Moruno se ha convertido en un pensador imprescindible de y contra la era de la precariedad.' Íñigo Errejón https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551752 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551752]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Change from the Inside Out: Making You, Your Team, and Your Organization Change-Capable Author: Erika Andersen Narrator: Erika Andersen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Change initiatives fail because humans are hardwired to return to what's worked for us in the past. This book offers a straightforward process for rewiring ourselves and those we lead to be more change-capable.  Erika Andersen says avoiding change is a biological imperative. Change initiatives often fail because leaders don't overcome individuals' instinctive impulse toward homeostasis - stable conditions needed for survival. Incorporating a fictional story of a jewelry business changing generational hands, Andersen lays out a five-step process for addressing both the human side of change and its practical aspects:   Step 1-Clarify the change and why it's needed: Get clear on what the change is and the benefits it will bring. Step 2-Envision the future state: Build a shared picture of the post-change future. Step 3-Build the change: Bring together a change team, engage key stakeholders, and plan the change. Step 4-Lead the transition: Build a transition plan that supports the human side of the change, then engage the whole organization in making the change. Step 5-Keep the change going: Work to make your organization permanently more change-capable.   With engaging opportunities to self-reflect and try out the ideas and approaches throughout, this book is a practical guide to thriving in this era of nonstop change. Erika Andersen Tue, 26 Oct 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551752 thebookvoice.com 8:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551752]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Change from the Inside Out: Making You, Your Team, and Your Organization Change-Capable Author: Erika Andersen Narrator: Erika Andersen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Change initiatives fail because humans are hardwired to return to what's worked for us in the past. This book offers a straightforward process for rewiring ourselves and those we lead to be more change-capable.  Erika Andersen says avoiding change is a biological imperative. Change initiatives often fail because leaders don't overcome individuals' instinctive impulse toward homeostasis - stable conditions needed for survival. Incorporating a fictional story of a jewelry business changing generational hands, Andersen lays out a five-step process for addressing both the human side of change and its practical aspects:   Step 1-Clarify the change and why it's needed: Get clear on what the change is and the benefits it will bring. Step 2-Envision the future state: Build a shared picture of the post-change future. Step 3-Build the change: Bring together a change team, engage key stakeholders, and plan the change. Step 4-Lead the transition: Build a transition plan that supports the human side of the change, then engage the whole organization in making the change. Step 5-Keep the change going: Work to make your organization permanently more change-capable.   With engaging opportunities to self-reflect and try out the ideas and approaches throughout, this book is a practical guide to thriving in this era of nonstop change. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551752]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Change from the Inside Out: Making You, Your Team, and Your Organization Change-Capable Author: Erika Andersen Narrator: Erika Andersen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Change initiatives fail because humans are hardwired to return to what's worked for us in the past. This book offers a straightforward process for rewiring ourselves and those we lead to be more change-capable.  Erika Andersen says avoiding change is a biological imperative. Change initiatives often fail because leaders don't overcome individuals' instinctive impulse toward homeostasis - stable conditions needed for survival. Incorporating a fictional story of a jewelry business changing generational hands, Andersen lays out a five-step process for addressing both the human side of change and its practical aspects:   Step 1-Clarify the change and why it's needed: Get clear on what the change is and the benefits it will bring. Step 2-Envision the future state: Build a shared picture of the post-change future. Step 3-Build the change: Bring together a change team, engage key stakeholders, and plan the change. Step 4-Lead the transition: Build a transition plan that supports the human side of the change, then engage the whole organization in making the change. Step 5-Keep the change going: Work to make your organization permanently more change-capable.   With engaging opportunities to self-reflect and try out the ideas and approaches throughout, this book is a practical guide to thriving in this era of nonstop change. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551736 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551736]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Detox: Managing Insecurity in the Workplace Author: Melanie Pump Narrator: Alex Picard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 6 minutes Release date: September 26, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Is your team willing to propose game-changing ideas and offer diverse opinions? Will they take personal risks for the sake of your company and its reputation? Most leaders can't answer yes to these questions, especially during critical times of change. Why not? Because your team members instinctively understand your workplace culture, and they recognize the dangers of pushing beyond that culture's comfort zone. Through stories and examples, Detox demonstrates the real, tangible impact of toxic work environments that stifle innovation, collaboration, succession planning, and productivity—and shows you what you can do to change it. Learn how to create a healthy, secure environment that can dispel the natural insecurities and fears within your team. Instead of fostering a workplace that magnifies human frailties, discover the proven strategies and practices that can address your team's emotional needs and unlock their true potential. Melanie Pump Sun, 26 Sep 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551736 thebookvoice.com 8:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551736]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Detox: Managing Insecurity in the Workplace Author: Melanie Pump Narrator: Alex Picard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 6 minutes Release date: September 26, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Is your team willing to propose game-changing ideas and offer diverse opinions? Will they take personal risks for the sake of your company and its reputation? Most leaders can't answer yes to these questions, especially during critical times of change. Why not? Because your team members instinctively understand your workplace culture, and they recognize the dangers of pushing beyond that culture's comfort zone. Through stories and examples, Detox demonstrates the real, tangible impact of toxic work environments that stifle innovation, collaboration, succession planning, and productivity—and shows you what you can do to change it. Learn how to create a healthy, secure environment that can dispel the natural insecurities and fears within your team. Instead of fostering a workplace that magnifies human frailties, discover the proven strategies and practices that can address your team's emotional needs and unlock their true potential. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551736]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Detox: Managing Insecurity in the Workplace Author: Melanie Pump Narrator: Alex Picard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 6 minutes Release date: September 26, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Is your team willing to propose game-changing ideas and offer diverse opinions? Will they take personal risks for the sake of your company and its reputation? Most leaders can't answer yes to these questions, especially during critical times of change. Why not? Because your team members instinctively understand your workplace culture, and they recognize the dangers of pushing beyond that culture's comfort zone. Through stories and examples, Detox demonstrates the real, tangible impact of toxic work environments that stifle innovation, collaboration, succession planning, and productivity—and shows you what you can do to change it. Learn how to create a healthy, secure environment that can dispel the natural insecurities and fears within your team. Instead of fostering a workplace that magnifies human frailties, discover the proven strategies and practices that can address your team's emotional needs and unlock their true potential. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551689 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551689]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Men Lead Women:: Navigating the facts, fears and frustrations of gender equality as a male leader Author: Anneli Blundell Narrator: Anneli Blundell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 59 minutes Release date: May 20, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: This is a pocketbook about the unspoken responses of men to the rise of women at work. Men are grappling with their place in the fight for gender equality. They have questions, concerns, fears, and curiosities, about their presence and purpose in this issue, and are not always sure how to enter into discussions with sensitivity and support. Not all of their thoughts feel safe to explore in general discussion, without seeming sexist, ignorant or unsupportive. This book is an attempt to surface the conversations that feel taboo; that may be unpopular; that are perhaps a little too controversial to say out loud. It's an opportunity for men (and women) to engage in real dialogue and get answers to the questions they're hesitant to ask. Without a safe space to explore and understand the role men play in striving for equality, society as a whole will remain stuck in the status quo. The ideas in this book provide the pathway forward for a new dialogue between men and women: A dialogue where blame and fear are replaced with clarity and courage, and men feel not only encouraged to get involved, but crucial to the cause. Anneli Blundell Thu, 20 May 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551689 thebookvoice.com 0:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551689]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Men Lead Women:: Navigating the facts, fears and frustrations of gender equality as a male leader Author: Anneli Blundell Narrator: Anneli Blundell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 59 minutes Release date: May 20, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: This is a pocketbook about the unspoken responses of men to the rise of women at work. Men are grappling with their place in the fight for gender equality. They have questions, concerns, fears, and curiosities, about their presence and purpose in this issue, and are not always sure how to enter into discussions with sensitivity and support. Not all of their thoughts feel safe to explore in general discussion, without seeming sexist, ignorant or unsupportive. This book is an attempt to surface the conversations that feel taboo; that may be unpopular; that are perhaps a little too controversial to say out loud. It's an opportunity for men (and women) to engage in real dialogue and get answers to the questions they're hesitant to ask. Without a safe space to explore and understand the role men play in striving for equality, society as a whole will remain stuck in the status quo. The ideas in this book provide the pathway forward for a new dialogue between men and women: A dialogue where blame and fear are replaced with clarity and courage, and men feel not only encouraged to get involved, but crucial to the cause. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551689]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Men Lead Women:: Navigating the facts, fears and frustrations of gender equality as a male leader Author: Anneli Blundell Narrator: Anneli Blundell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 59 minutes Release date: May 20, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: This is a pocketbook about the unspoken responses of men to the rise of women at work. Men are grappling with their place in the fight for gender equality. They have questions, concerns, fears, and curiosities, about their presence and purpose in this issue, and are not always sure how to enter into discussions with sensitivity and support. Not all of their thoughts feel safe to explore in general discussion, without seeming sexist, ignorant or unsupportive. This book is an attempt to surface the conversations that feel taboo; that may be unpopular; that are perhaps a little too controversial to say out loud. It's an opportunity for men (and women) to engage in real dialogue and get answers to the questions they're hesitant to ask. Without a safe space to explore and understand the role men play in striving for equality, society as a whole will remain stuck in the status quo. The ideas in this book provide the pathway forward for a new dialogue between men and women: A dialogue where blame and fear are replaced with clarity and courage, and men feel not only encouraged to get involved, but crucial to the cause. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551292 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551292]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Heavy Metal: The Hard Days and Nights of the Shipyard Workers Who Build America's Supercarriers Author: Michael Fabey Narrator: Paul Heitsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 39 minutes Release date: June 14, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: An extraordinary story of American can-do, an inside look at the building of the most dangerous aircraft carrier in the world, the John F. Kennedy. Tip the Empire State Building onto its side and you’ll have a sense of the length of the United States Navy’s newest aircraft carrier, the most powerful in the world: the USS John F. Kennedy. Weighing 100,000 tons, Kennedy features the most futuristic technology ever put to sea, making it the most agile and lethal global weapon of war. Only one place possesses the brawn, brains and brass to transform naval warfare with such a creation – the Newport News Shipbuilding yard in Virginia and its 30,000 employees and shipyard workers. This is their story, the riggers, fitters, welders, electricians, machinists and other steelworkers who built the next-generation aircraft carrier.  Heavy Metal puts us on the waterfront and into the lives of these men and women as they battle layoffs, the elements, impossible deadlines, extraordinary pressure, workplace dangers and a pandemic to complete a ship that will be essential to protect America’s way of life. The city of Newport News owes its very existence to the company that bears its name. The shipyard dominates the town—physically, politically, financially, socially, and culturally. Thanks to the yard, the city grew from a backwater to be the home of the premier naval contractor in the United States. Heavy Metal captures an indelible moment in the history of a shipyard, a city, and a country. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Michael Fabey Tue, 14 Jun 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551292 thebookvoice.com 11:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551292]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Heavy Metal: The Hard Days and Nights of the Shipyard Workers Who Build America's Supercarriers Author: Michael Fabey Narrator: Paul Heitsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 39 minutes Release date: June 14, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: An extraordinary story of American can-do, an inside look at the building of the most dangerous aircraft carrier in the world, the John F. Kennedy. Tip the Empire State Building onto its side and you’ll have a sense of the length of the United States Navy’s newest aircraft carrier, the most powerful in the world: the USS John F. Kennedy. Weighing 100,000 tons, Kennedy features the most futuristic technology ever put to sea, making it the most agile and lethal global weapon of war. Only one place possesses the brawn, brains and brass to transform naval warfare with such a creation – the Newport News Shipbuilding yard in Virginia and its 30,000 employees and shipyard workers. This is their story, the riggers, fitters, welders, electricians, machinists and other steelworkers who built the next-generation aircraft carrier.  Heavy Metal puts us on the waterfront and into the lives of these men and women as they battle layoffs, the elements, impossible deadlines, extraordinary pressure, workplace dangers and a pandemic to complete a ship that will be essential to protect America’s way of life. The city of Newport News owes its very existence to the company that bears its name. The shipyard dominates the town—physically, politically, financially, socially, and culturally. Thanks to the yard, the city grew from a backwater to be the home of the premier naval contractor in the United States. Heavy Metal captures an indelible moment in the history of a shipyard, a city, and a country. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/551292]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Heavy Metal: The Hard Days and Nights of the Shipyard Workers Who Build America's Supercarriers Author: Michael Fabey Narrator: Paul Heitsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 39 minutes Release date: June 14, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: An extraordinary story of American can-do, an inside look at the building of the most dangerous aircraft carrier in the world, the John F. Kennedy. Tip the Empire State Building onto its side and you’ll have a sense of the length of the United States Navy’s newest aircraft carrier, the most powerful in the world: the USS John F. Kennedy. Weighing 100,000 tons, Kennedy features the most futuristic technology ever put to sea, making it the most agile and lethal global weapon of war. Only one place possesses the brawn, brains and brass to transform naval warfare with such a creation – the Newport News Shipbuilding yard in Virginia and its 30,000 employees and shipyard workers. This is their story, the riggers, fitters, welders, electricians, machinists and other steelworkers who built the next-generation aircraft carrier.  Heavy Metal puts us on the waterfront and into the lives of these men and women as they battle layoffs, the elements, impossible deadlines, extraordinary pressure, workplace dangers and a pandemic to complete a ship that will be essential to protect America’s way of life. The city of Newport News owes its very existence to the company that bears its name. The shipyard dominates the town—physically, politically, financially, socially, and culturally. Thanks to the yard, the city grew from a backwater to be the home of the premier naval contractor in the United States. Heavy Metal captures an indelible moment in the history of a shipyard, a city, and a country. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/550710 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/550710]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: One Thing: Rediscover a Simpler Faith in Our Complicated World Author: Dudley Rutherford Narrator: George W. Sarris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 24 minutes Release date: December 28, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Each day, thousands of choices, from the mundane to the weighty, press for your attention. On top of all that, our world is wrestling with numerous legitimate social concerns. It all shouts for us to weigh-in and take a side. Do you ever wonder how things became so complicated? Do you ever daydream about a simpler time in your life and faith? Was there ever a simpler time for you? With so many issues to ponder in our faith and in our crazy world, we have forgotten what is most important. Dudley Rutherford invites you to open your Bible and look closely at seven passages of Scripture where you'll find the beautifully uncomplicated phrase 'one thing.' These Scriptures will quiet all the noise that you're hearing and call you back to a simpler faith. Dudley Rutherford Tue, 28 Dec 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/550710 thebookvoice.com 6:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/550710]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: One Thing: Rediscover a Simpler Faith in Our Complicated World Author: Dudley Rutherford Narrator: George W. Sarris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 24 minutes Release date: December 28, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Each day, thousands of choices, from the mundane to the weighty, press for your attention. On top of all that, our world is wrestling with numerous legitimate social concerns. It all shouts for us to weigh-in and take a side. Do you ever wonder how things became so complicated? Do you ever daydream about a simpler time in your life and faith? Was there ever a simpler time for you? With so many issues to ponder in our faith and in our crazy world, we have forgotten what is most important. Dudley Rutherford invites you to open your Bible and look closely at seven passages of Scripture where you'll find the beautifully uncomplicated phrase 'one thing.' These Scriptures will quiet all the noise that you're hearing and call you back to a simpler faith. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/550710]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: One Thing: Rediscover a Simpler Faith in Our Complicated World Author: Dudley Rutherford Narrator: George W. Sarris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 24 minutes Release date: December 28, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Each day, thousands of choices, from the mundane to the weighty, press for your attention. On top of all that, our world is wrestling with numerous legitimate social concerns. It all shouts for us to weigh-in and take a side. Do you ever wonder how things became so complicated? Do you ever daydream about a simpler time in your life and faith? Was there ever a simpler time for you? With so many issues to ponder in our faith and in our crazy world, we have forgotten what is most important. Dudley Rutherford invites you to open your Bible and look closely at seven passages of Scripture where you'll find the beautifully uncomplicated phrase 'one thing.' These Scriptures will quiet all the noise that you're hearing and call you back to a simpler faith. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/550686 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/550686]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Too Proud to Lead: How Hubris Can Destroy Effective Leadership and What to Do About It Author: Rita Trehan, David Cobb, Ben Laker Narrator: Caroline Ramsay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 19 minutes Release date: November 2, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Too Proud to Lead provides essential advice on how to avoid hubristic behavior that can endanger businesses, as well as cope with arrogant overconfidence in others in the workplace. Laying out the dangers of arrogant overconfidence for both individuals and organizations, Too Proud To Lead explores the economic and psychological costs of hubristic behavior and argues for a new approach to leadership in order to avoid the pitfalls of hubris. Punctuated with award-winning research and practical solutions against the systemic hubris plaguing today's organizations, the authors reveal exactly how confidence can sour into overconfidence—and why it can happen to anyone. With this easily-absorbed book, packed with key insights, listeners acquire the essential arsenal of tools for understanding, identifying, anticipating and coping with hubris, in both themselves and in the workplace, leading to better lives and sustained success for years to come. Too Proud To Lead guides listeners on how to: speak up when no one wants to listen; challenge the status quo; create open and transparent cultures that promote inclusivity; foster positive recognition within an organization; and remove hubris and harassment from their workplace and life. Rita Trehan, David Cobb, Ben Laker Tue, 02 Nov 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/550686 thebookvoice.com 7:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/550686]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Too Proud to Lead: How Hubris Can Destroy Effective Leadership and What to Do About It Author: Rita Trehan, David Cobb, Ben Laker Narrator: Caroline Ramsay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 19 minutes Release date: November 2, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Too Proud to Lead provides essential advice on how to avoid hubristic behavior that can endanger businesses, as well as cope with arrogant overconfidence in others in the workplace. Laying out the dangers of arrogant overconfidence for both individuals and organizations, Too Proud To Lead explores the economic and psychological costs of hubristic behavior and argues for a new approach to leadership in order to avoid the pitfalls of hubris. Punctuated with award-winning research and practical solutions against the systemic hubris plaguing today's organizations, the authors reveal exactly how confidence can sour into overconfidence—and why it can happen to anyone. With this easily-absorbed book, packed with key insights, listeners acquire the essential arsenal of tools for understanding, identifying, anticipating and coping with hubris, in both themselves and in the workplace, leading to better lives and sustained success for years to come. Too Proud To Lead guides listeners on how to: speak up when no one wants to listen; challenge the status quo; create open and transparent cultures that promote inclusivity; foster positive recognition within an organization; and remove hubris and harassment from their workplace and life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/550686]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Too Proud to Lead: How Hubris Can Destroy Effective Leadership and What to Do About It Author: Rita Trehan, David Cobb, Ben Laker Narrator: Caroline Ramsay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 19 minutes Release date: November 2, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Too Proud to Lead provides essential advice on how to avoid hubristic behavior that can endanger businesses, as well as cope with arrogant overconfidence in others in the workplace. Laying out the dangers of arrogant overconfidence for both individuals and organizations, Too Proud To Lead explores the economic and psychological costs of hubristic behavior and argues for a new approach to leadership in order to avoid the pitfalls of hubris. Punctuated with award-winning research and practical solutions against the systemic hubris plaguing today's organizations, the authors reveal exactly how confidence can sour into overconfidence—and why it can happen to anyone. With this easily-absorbed book, packed with key insights, listeners acquire the essential arsenal of tools for understanding, identifying, anticipating and coping with hubris, in both themselves and in the workplace, leading to better lives and sustained success for years to come. Too Proud To Lead guides listeners on how to: speak up when no one wants to listen; challenge the status quo; create open and transparent cultures that promote inclusivity; foster positive recognition within an organization; and remove hubris and harassment from their workplace and life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/550253 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/550253]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mental Health at Work Series: #10 of Penguin Business Experts Series Author: James Routledge Narrator: James Routledge Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 29 minutes Release date: November 18, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. It has never been more essential to support our mental health at work. With one in four people experiencing poor mental health right now, we need to start talking about it. Penguin Business Expert James Routledge has worked with CEOs, HR directors, managers and people at all levels on successful mental-health strategies. In this book, he shares his stories, learnings and guidance. Learn how to: - Talk comfortably about mental health - Create a more open and inclusive community in your workplace - Implement unique changes that are authentic to you and your business Filled with honest and relatable stories, 'conversation starters' and exclusive case studies from a diverse range of businesses and their people, Mental Health at Work will support anyone with their mental health in the workplace journey. James Routledge Thu, 18 Nov 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/550253 thebookvoice.com 3:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/550253]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mental Health at Work Series: #10 of Penguin Business Experts Series Author: James Routledge Narrator: James Routledge Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 29 minutes Release date: November 18, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. It has never been more essential to support our mental health at work. With one in four people experiencing poor mental health right now, we need to start talking about it. Penguin Business Expert James Routledge has worked with CEOs, HR directors, managers and people at all levels on successful mental-health strategies. In this book, he shares his stories, learnings and guidance. Learn how to: - Talk comfortably about mental health - Create a more open and inclusive community in your workplace - Implement unique changes that are authentic to you and your business Filled with honest and relatable stories, 'conversation starters' and exclusive case studies from a diverse range of businesses and their people, Mental Health at Work will support anyone with their mental health in the workplace journey. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/550253]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mental Health at Work Series: #10 of Penguin Business Experts Series Author: James Routledge Narrator: James Routledge Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 29 minutes Release date: November 18, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. It has never been more essential to support our mental health at work. With one in four people experiencing poor mental health right now, we need to start talking about it. Penguin Business Expert James Routledge has worked with CEOs, HR directors, managers and people at all levels on successful mental-health strategies. In this book, he shares his stories, learnings and guidance. Learn how to: - Talk comfortably about mental health - Create a more open and inclusive community in your workplace - Implement unique changes that are authentic to you and your business Filled with honest and relatable stories, 'conversation starters' and exclusive case studies from a diverse range of businesses and their people, Mental Health at Work will support anyone with their mental health in the workplace journey. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/550073 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/550073]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Teamwork: How We Can All Work Better Together Author: Brian Goldman Narrator: Brian Goldman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 2 minutes Release date: April 26, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The national bestseller from the host of CBC Radio’s White Coat, Black Art—now in paperback! In the high-pressure and complex setting of health care, a new approach to teamwork is leading to healthier patients, happier staff and more efficient operations. Doctors are learning art appreciation to improve diagnostic skills. Hospitals are adopting airplane-style “black boxes” in operating rooms to reduce errors and create better teams. And lessons from the medical world are helping to build better teamwork outside hospitals. Through board games like Friday Night at the ER, Fortune 500 companies and other organizations are learning that running a busy emergency room provides valuable insight that can help anyone who is part of a team, or leads one, to be more effective. Although a group is not a team, any group can become a team. Drawing on groundbreaking research, including how to leverage the science of team building, Brian Goldman offers teachable strategies and examples from around the world that can make us all work better together. Brian Goldman Tue, 26 Apr 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/550073 thebookvoice.com 11:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/550073]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Teamwork: How We Can All Work Better Together Author: Brian Goldman Narrator: Brian Goldman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 2 minutes Release date: April 26, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The national bestseller from the host of CBC Radio’s White Coat, Black Art—now in paperback! In the high-pressure and complex setting of health care, a new approach to teamwork is leading to healthier patients, happier staff and more efficient operations. Doctors are learning art appreciation to improve diagnostic skills. Hospitals are adopting airplane-style “black boxes” in operating rooms to reduce errors and create better teams. And lessons from the medical world are helping to build better teamwork outside hospitals. Through board games like Friday Night at the ER, Fortune 500 companies and other organizations are learning that running a busy emergency room provides valuable insight that can help anyone who is part of a team, or leads one, to be more effective. Although a group is not a team, any group can become a team. Drawing on groundbreaking research, including how to leverage the science of team building, Brian Goldman offers teachable strategies and examples from around the world that can make us all work better together. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/550073]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Teamwork: How We Can All Work Better Together Author: Brian Goldman Narrator: Brian Goldman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 2 minutes Release date: April 26, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The national bestseller from the host of CBC Radio’s White Coat, Black Art—now in paperback! In the high-pressure and complex setting of health care, a new approach to teamwork is leading to healthier patients, happier staff and more efficient operations. Doctors are learning art appreciation to improve diagnostic skills. Hospitals are adopting airplane-style “black boxes” in operating rooms to reduce errors and create better teams. And lessons from the medical world are helping to build better teamwork outside hospitals. Through board games like Friday Night at the ER, Fortune 500 companies and other organizations are learning that running a busy emergency room provides valuable insight that can help anyone who is part of a team, or leads one, to be more effective. Although a group is not a team, any group can become a team. Drawing on groundbreaking research, including how to leverage the science of team building, Brian Goldman offers teachable strategies and examples from around the world that can make us all work better together. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/550010 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/550010]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Impact Networks: Create Connection, Spark Collaboration, and Catalyze Systemic Change Author: David Ehrlichman Narrator: Tristan Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 38 minutes Release date: October 12, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: This practical guide shows how to facilitate collaboration among diverse individuals and organizations to navigate complexity and create change in our interconnected world. We face complex problems today that resist linear solutions. They involve a variety of actors, organizations, and sectors, each focused on their own piece of the puzzle. Addressing homelessness, for example, requires coordinated action from unhoused people, healthcare workers, educators, police, local governments, businesses, residents, religious institutions, and nonprofits. This book explains how to create impact networks, the structures that enable diverse groups of people and organizations to connect, coordinate, and collaborate to do more together than is possible alone. A network approach combines the strategic rigor and agility of modern organizations with the deep connection and shared purpose of communities. Drawing on his experience working with over fifty impact networks over the past decade, David Ehrlichman describes how to cultivate a network mentality. He then goes deeply into the five Cs of creating impact networks: - clarify purpose and principles - convene the people - cultivate trust - coordinate actions - collaborate for systems change  Given the increasing urgency of the issues we face, impact networks have never been more essential. David Ehrlichman Tue, 12 Oct 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/550010 thebookvoice.com 5:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/550010]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Impact Networks: Create Connection, Spark Collaboration, and Catalyze Systemic Change Author: David Ehrlichman Narrator: Tristan Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 38 minutes Release date: October 12, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: This practical guide shows how to facilitate collaboration among diverse individuals and organizations to navigate complexity and create change in our interconnected world. We face complex problems today that resist linear solutions. They involve a variety of actors, organizations, and sectors, each focused on their own piece of the puzzle. Addressing homelessness, for example, requires coordinated action from unhoused people, healthcare workers, educators, police, local governments, businesses, residents, religious institutions, and nonprofits. This book explains how to create impact networks, the structures that enable diverse groups of people and organizations to connect, coordinate, and collaborate to do more together than is possible alone. A network approach combines the strategic rigor and agility of modern organizations with the deep connection and shared purpose of communities. Drawing on his experience working with over fifty impact networks over the past decade, David Ehrlichman describes how to cultivate a network mentality. He then goes deeply into the five Cs of creating impact networks: - clarify purpose and principles - convene the people - cultivate trust - coordinate actions - collaborate for systems change  Given the increasing urgency of the issues we face, impact networks have never been more essential. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/550010]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Impact Networks: Create Connection, Spark Collaboration, and Catalyze Systemic Change Author: David Ehrlichman Narrator: Tristan Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 38 minutes Release date: October 12, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: This practical guide shows how to facilitate collaboration among diverse individuals and organizations to navigate complexity and create change in our interconnected world. We face complex problems today that resist linear solutions. They involve a variety of actors, organizations, and sectors, each focused on their own piece of the puzzle. Addressing homelessness, for example, requires coordinated action from unhoused people, healthcare workers, educators, police, local governments, businesses, residents, religious institutions, and nonprofits. This book explains how to create impact networks, the structures that enable diverse groups of people and organizations to connect, coordinate, and collaborate to do more together than is possible alone. A network approach combines the strategic rigor and agility of modern organizations with the deep connection and shared purpose of communities. Drawing on his experience working with over fifty impact networks over the past decade, David Ehrlichman describes how to cultivate a network mentality. He then goes deeply into the five Cs of creating impact networks: - clarify purpose and principles - convene the people - cultivate trust - coordinate actions - collaborate for systems change  Given the increasing urgency of the issues we face, impact networks have never been more essential. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/549656 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/549656]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Redesigning Work: How to Transform Your Organisation and Make Hybrid Work for Everyone Author: Lynda Gratton Narrator: Lynda Gratton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 56 minutes Release date: March 17, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. We are experiencing the greatest global shift in the world of work for a century. So, how do we make the most of this unique opportunity and radically redesign the way we work - forever? Professor Lynda Gratton is the global thought-leader on the future of work. Based on thirty years of research into the technological, demographic, cultural and societal trends that are shaping work, and building on what we learnt through our experiences of the global pandemic, Lynda Gratton presents her innovative four step framework for redesigning work that will help you: Understand the challenges your business is facing Reimagine creative, new approaches and processes Model and Test these within your organisation Act and Create based on contemporary, data-led feedback Whether you're leading a small team or running a multinational, this is the time to make lasting change and equip your business for the future. Redesigning Work is the definitive book on how to transform your organisation and make hybrid working work for you. It will help your team embrace change, increase productivity and thrive in our new, more flexible working world. © Lynda Gratton 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Lynda Gratton Thu, 17 Mar 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/549656 thebookvoice.com 8:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/549656]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Redesigning Work: How to Transform Your Organisation and Make Hybrid Work for Everyone Author: Lynda Gratton Narrator: Lynda Gratton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 56 minutes Release date: March 17, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. We are experiencing the greatest global shift in the world of work for a century. So, how do we make the most of this unique opportunity and radically redesign the way we work - forever? Professor Lynda Gratton is the global thought-leader on the future of work. Based on thirty years of research into the technological, demographic, cultural and societal trends that are shaping work, and building on what we learnt through our experiences of the global pandemic, Lynda Gratton presents her innovative four step framework for redesigning work that will help you: Understand the challenges your business is facing Reimagine creative, new approaches and processes Model and Test these within your organisation Act and Create based on contemporary, data-led feedback Whether you're leading a small team or running a multinational, this is the time to make lasting change and equip your business for the future. Redesigning Work is the definitive book on how to transform your organisation and make hybrid working work for you. It will help your team embrace change, increase productivity and thrive in our new, more flexible working world. © Lynda Gratton 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/549656]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Redesigning Work: How to Transform Your Organisation and Make Hybrid Work for Everyone Author: Lynda Gratton Narrator: Lynda Gratton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 56 minutes Release date: March 17, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. We are experiencing the greatest global shift in the world of work for a century. So, how do we make the most of this unique opportunity and radically redesign the way we work - forever? Professor Lynda Gratton is the global thought-leader on the future of work. Based on thirty years of research into the technological, demographic, cultural and societal trends that are shaping work, and building on what we learnt through our experiences of the global pandemic, Lynda Gratton presents her innovative four step framework for redesigning work that will help you: Understand the challenges your business is facing Reimagine creative, new approaches and processes Model and Test these within your organisation Act and Create based on contemporary, data-led feedback Whether you're leading a small team or running a multinational, this is the time to make lasting change and equip your business for the future. Redesigning Work is the definitive book on how to transform your organisation and make hybrid working work for you. It will help your team embrace change, increase productivity and thrive in our new, more flexible working world. © Lynda Gratton 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/548818 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/548818]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seen, Heard, and Paid: The New Work Rules for the Marginalized Author: Alan Henry Narrator: Landon Woodson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 22 minutes Release date: June 7, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The real tools for career success and work satisfaction for anyone feeling undermined or marginalized at their job, from a productivity expert and editor at Wired. “Alan Henry doesn’t just illuminate the invisible barriers that often stand in the way of success—he shines a light on what you can do to break through them.”—Adam Grant, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Think Again and host of the TED podcast WorkLife For over twenty years, Alan Henry has written about using technology and productivity techniques to work and live better for publications such as Lifehacker, The New York Times, and Wired. But he found that as a Black man he didn’t have access to some of the more powerful ways to hack your job—like only checking email once a day or blocking out time on your calendar to do deep work. In fact, he found that even when he landed a prestigious title at the Times, there were moments when he was still overlooked and excluded from the most interesting and career-boosting work.  This led him to first explore these struggles in a Times piece titled “Productivity Without Privilege.” Now he goes even deeper, interviewing experts across multiple fields to come up with powerful tools to overcome the forces of marginalization. In Seen, Heard, and Paid, Henry shares the new work rules that may finally allow people of color, women, and LGBTQ+ folks to have the same access to career advancement and rewarding work as those with more privilege, including:    How to Be Seen: Only spend time on work that gets you attention. How to Be Heard: Figure out your unique contribution. How to Get Paid: Data is power and power is money.   Whether you’re dealing with microaggressions, trying to get the glamour work instead of the office housework, weighing the pluses and minuses of working remotely, or deciding it’s time to look for a new opportunity, Seen, Heard, and Paid will help you feel informed, supported, and empowered. Alan Henry Tue, 07 Jun 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/548818 thebookvoice.com 7:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/548818]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seen, Heard, and Paid: The New Work Rules for the Marginalized Author: Alan Henry Narrator: Landon Woodson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 22 minutes Release date: June 7, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The real tools for career success and work satisfaction for anyone feeling undermined or marginalized at their job, from a productivity expert and editor at Wired. “Alan Henry doesn’t just illuminate the invisible barriers that often stand in the way of success—he shines a light on what you can do to break through them.”—Adam Grant, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Think Again and host of the TED podcast WorkLife For over twenty years, Alan Henry has written about using technology and productivity techniques to work and live better for publications such as Lifehacker, The New York Times, and Wired. But he found that as a Black man he didn’t have access to some of the more powerful ways to hack your job—like only checking email once a day or blocking out time on your calendar to do deep work. In fact, he found that even when he landed a prestigious title at the Times, there were moments when he was still overlooked and excluded from the most interesting and career-boosting work.  This led him to first explore these struggles in a Times piece titled “Productivity Without Privilege.” Now he goes even deeper, interviewing experts across multiple fields to come up with powerful tools to overcome the forces of marginalization. In Seen, Heard, and Paid, Henry shares the new work rules that may finally allow people of color, women, and LGBTQ+ folks to have the same access to career advancement and rewarding work as those with more privilege, including:    How to Be Seen: Only spend time on work that gets you attention. How to Be Heard: Figure out your unique contribution. How to Get Paid: Data is power and power is money.   Whether you’re dealing with microaggressions, trying to get the glamour work instead of the office housework, weighing the pluses and minuses of working remotely, or deciding it’s time to look for a new opportunity, Seen, Heard, and Paid will help you feel informed, supported, and empowered. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/548818]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seen, Heard, and Paid: The New Work Rules for the Marginalized Author: Alan Henry Narrator: Landon Woodson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 22 minutes Release date: June 7, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The real tools for career success and work satisfaction for anyone feeling undermined or marginalized at their job, from a productivity expert and editor at Wired. “Alan Henry doesn’t just illuminate the invisible barriers that often stand in the way of success—he shines a light on what you can do to break through them.”—Adam Grant, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Think Again and host of the TED podcast WorkLife For over twenty years, Alan Henry has written about using technology and productivity techniques to work and live better for publications such as Lifehacker, The New York Times, and Wired. But he found that as a Black man he didn’t have access to some of the more powerful ways to hack your job—like only checking email once a day or blocking out time on your calendar to do deep work. In fact, he found that even when he landed a prestigious title at the Times, there were moments when he was still overlooked and excluded from the most interesting and career-boosting work.  This led him to first explore these struggles in a Times piece titled “Productivity Without Privilege.” Now he goes even deeper, interviewing experts across multiple fields to come up with powerful tools to overcome the forces of marginalization. In Seen, Heard, and Paid, Henry shares the new work rules that may finally allow people of color, women, and LGBTQ+ folks to have the same access to career advancement and rewarding work as those with more privilege, including:    How to Be Seen: Only spend time on work that gets you attention. How to Be Heard: Figure out your unique contribution. How to Get Paid: Data is power and power is money.   Whether you’re dealing with microaggressions, trying to get the glamour work instead of the office housework, weighing the pluses and minuses of working remotely, or deciding it’s time to look for a new opportunity, Seen, Heard, and Paid will help you feel informed, supported, and empowered. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/548788 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/548788]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Design for Belonging: How to Build Inclusion and Collaboration in Your Communities Author: Susie Wise Narrator: Susie Wise Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 23 minutes Release date: April 19, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A practical, illustrated guide to using the tools of design to create feelings of inclusion, collaboration, and respect in groups of any type or size—a classroom, a work team, an international organization—from Stanford University's d.school. “This is a beautiful book. Wise has applied the gift and imagination and lenses of the d.school to one of our most precious questions: how to create belonging.”—Priya Parker, author of the Art of Gathering and host of the New York Times podcast Together Apart Belonging brings out the best in everyone. Whether you’re a parent, teacher, community organizer, or leader of any sort, your group is unlikely to thrive if the individuals don’t feel welcomed, included, and valued for who they are. The good news is that you can use design to create feelings of inclusion in your organization: rituals that bring people together, spaces that promote calm, roles that create a sense of responsibility, systems that make people feel respected, and more. You can’t force feelings, but in Design for Belonging, author and educator Susie Wise explains how to use simple levers of design to set the stage for belonging to emerge. For example, add moveable furniture to a meeting space to customize for your group size; switch up the role of group leader regularly to increase visibility for everyone; or create a special ritual for people joining or leaving your organization to welcome fresh per­spectives and honor work well done. Inspiration and stories from leaders and scholars are paired with frameworks, tools, and tips, providing an opportunity to try on different approaches. By the end of the book, you’ll be able to spot where a greater sense of belonging is needed and actively shape your world to cultivate it—whether it’s a party, a high-stakes meeting, or a new national organization. *Includes a downloadable PDF of images and key exercises from the book Susie Wise Tue, 19 Apr 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/548788 thebookvoice.com 3:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/548788]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Design for Belonging: How to Build Inclusion and Collaboration in Your Communities Author: Susie Wise Narrator: Susie Wise Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 23 minutes Release date: April 19, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A practical, illustrated guide to using the tools of design to create feelings of inclusion, collaboration, and respect in groups of any type or size—a classroom, a work team, an international organization—from Stanford University's d.school. “This is a beautiful book. Wise has applied the gift and imagination and lenses of the d.school to one of our most precious questions: how to create belonging.”—Priya Parker, author of the Art of Gathering and host of the New York Times podcast Together Apart Belonging brings out the best in everyone. Whether you’re a parent, teacher, community organizer, or leader of any sort, your group is unlikely to thrive if the individuals don’t feel welcomed, included, and valued for who they are. The good news is that you can use design to create feelings of inclusion in your organization: rituals that bring people together, spaces that promote calm, roles that create a sense of responsibility, systems that make people feel respected, and more. You can’t force feelings, but in Design for Belonging, author and educator Susie Wise explains how to use simple levers of design to set the stage for belonging to emerge. For example, add moveable furniture to a meeting space to customize for your group size; switch up the role of group leader regularly to increase visibility for everyone; or create a special ritual for people joining or leaving your organization to welcome fresh per­spectives and honor work well done. Inspiration and stories from leaders and scholars are paired with frameworks, tools, and tips, providing an opportunity to try on different approaches. By the end of the book, you’ll be able to spot where a greater sense of belonging is needed and actively shape your world to cultivate it—whether it’s a party, a high-stakes meeting, or a new national organization. *Includes a downloadable PDF of images and key exercises from the book Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/548788]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Design for Belonging: How to Build Inclusion and Collaboration in Your Communities Author: Susie Wise Narrator: Susie Wise Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 23 minutes Release date: April 19, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A practical, illustrated guide to using the tools of design to create feelings of inclusion, collaboration, and respect in groups of any type or size—a classroom, a work team, an international organization—from Stanford University's d.school. “This is a beautiful book. Wise has applied the gift and imagination and lenses of the d.school to one of our most precious questions: how to create belonging.”—Priya Parker, author of the Art of Gathering and host of the New York Times podcast Together Apart Belonging brings out the best in everyone. Whether you’re a parent, teacher, community organizer, or leader of any sort, your group is unlikely to thrive if the individuals don’t feel welcomed, included, and valued for who they are. The good news is that you can use design to create feelings of inclusion in your organization: rituals that bring people together, spaces that promote calm, roles that create a sense of responsibility, systems that make people feel respected, and more. You can’t force feelings, but in Design for Belonging, author and educator Susie Wise explains how to use simple levers of design to set the stage for belonging to emerge. For example, add moveable furniture to a meeting space to customize for your group size; switch up the role of group leader regularly to increase visibility for everyone; or create a special ritual for people joining or leaving your organization to welcome fresh per­spectives and honor work well done. Inspiration and stories from leaders and scholars are paired with frameworks, tools, and tips, providing an opportunity to try on different approaches. By the end of the book, you’ll be able to spot where a greater sense of belonging is needed and actively shape your world to cultivate it—whether it’s a party, a high-stakes meeting, or a new national organization. *Includes a downloadable PDF of images and key exercises from the book https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/548474 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/548474]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading with Heart: Five Conversations That Unlock Creativity, Purpose, and Results Author: John Baird, Edward Sullivan Narrator: Lyle Blaker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 8 minutes Release date: June 21, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Two veteran executive coaches help today's leaders learn how to retain and inspire their teams through the one thing their research has found works: Leading with Heart.  In these pages, leadership coaches John Baird and Edward Sullivan share hundreds of hours of research and firsthand accounts of guiding leaders at some of the world's most respected big brands and small startups (Apple, Nike, Google, and Slack to name a few).  Through their coaching and research they uncovered the five behaviors transformative leaders engage in to connect authentically with their teams:  They are aware of their people's needs.  They help their people to confront the fears that hold them back. They understand their own desires and what drives their people.  They leverage their unique gifts and help people find their own.  They connect with their core sense of purpose and help people find theirs.  The key to achieving these behaviors is asking the right questions and having conversations that connect you and your employees on the deepest human level—conversations the authors coach you on how to navigate. At a time when workplaces are struggling to build high morale and connected cultures, Leading with Heart will help leaders to unlock the best version of themselves and those around them with transformative results. No matter where you are in your career, this book is your launch point to leading with heart. By encouraging you to ignore outdated “leadership hacks” and embrace introspection and growth, Leading with Heart guides you to ask the right questions and find your own answers. Now you too can create a leadership game-plan that is authentic to you and brings out the best in those around you. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. John Baird, Edward Sullivan Tue, 21 Jun 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/548474 thebookvoice.com 8:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/548474]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading with Heart: Five Conversations That Unlock Creativity, Purpose, and Results Author: John Baird, Edward Sullivan Narrator: Lyle Blaker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 8 minutes Release date: June 21, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Two veteran executive coaches help today's leaders learn how to retain and inspire their teams through the one thing their research has found works: Leading with Heart.  In these pages, leadership coaches John Baird and Edward Sullivan share hundreds of hours of research and firsthand accounts of guiding leaders at some of the world's most respected big brands and small startups (Apple, Nike, Google, and Slack to name a few).  Through their coaching and research they uncovered the five behaviors transformative leaders engage in to connect authentically with their teams:  They are aware of their people's needs.  They help their people to confront the fears that hold them back. They understand their own desires and what drives their people.  They leverage their unique gifts and help people find their own.  They connect with their core sense of purpose and help people find theirs.  The key to achieving these behaviors is asking the right questions and having conversations that connect you and your employees on the deepest human level—conversations the authors coach you on how to navigate. At a time when workplaces are struggling to build high morale and connected cultures, Leading with Heart will help leaders to unlock the best version of themselves and those around them with transformative results. No matter where you are in your career, this book is your launch point to leading with heart. By encouraging you to ignore outdated “leadership hacks” and embrace introspection and growth, Leading with Heart guides you to ask the right questions and find your own answers. Now you too can create a leadership game-plan that is authentic to you and brings out the best in those around you. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/548474]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading with Heart: Five Conversations That Unlock Creativity, Purpose, and Results Author: John Baird, Edward Sullivan Narrator: Lyle Blaker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 8 minutes Release date: June 21, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Two veteran executive coaches help today's leaders learn how to retain and inspire their teams through the one thing their research has found works: Leading with Heart.  In these pages, leadership coaches John Baird and Edward Sullivan share hundreds of hours of research and firsthand accounts of guiding leaders at some of the world's most respected big brands and small startups (Apple, Nike, Google, and Slack to name a few).  Through their coaching and research they uncovered the five behaviors transformative leaders engage in to connect authentically with their teams:  They are aware of their people's needs.  They help their people to confront the fears that hold them back. They understand their own desires and what drives their people.  They leverage their unique gifts and help people find their own.  They connect with their core sense of purpose and help people find theirs.  The key to achieving these behaviors is asking the right questions and having conversations that connect you and your employees on the deepest human level—conversations the authors coach you on how to navigate. At a time when workplaces are struggling to build high morale and connected cultures, Leading with Heart will help leaders to unlock the best version of themselves and those around them with transformative results. No matter where you are in your career, this book is your launch point to leading with heart. By encouraging you to ignore outdated “leadership hacks” and embrace introspection and growth, Leading with Heart guides you to ask the right questions and find your own answers. Now you too can create a leadership game-plan that is authentic to you and brings out the best in those around you. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/548343 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/548343]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Becoming a Coaching Leader: The Proven System for Building Your Own Team of Champions Author: Daniel S. Harkavy Narrator: Mark Smeby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: December 14, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: As a leader, a coach is the most significant role you can play. Discover how coaching makes developing people a high-payoff activity where you can equip tomorrow’s leaders, today. As a coach to some of the country’s highest-profile executives, Daniel Harkavy has witnessed the transformation - both professional and personal - that comes when leaders utilize coaching to turn their paycheck-driven teams into cultures of vibrant and successful growth.  Since founding his company Building Champions Inc. in 1996, Harkavy and his team have coached thousands and shared their knowledge by certifying coaching leaders across the country. Now, in this strategic and thought-provoking guide, he shares his proven strategy for improving your team’s performance while raising quality of life inside and outside of the office.  In Becoming a Coaching Leader, you will learn: - the core four foundations to every coaching strategy, - the most powerful leadership tools you can and should leverage, - and the key behaviors and disciplines of successful coaching leaders. Becoming a Coaching Leader shows you how to leverage coaching techniques to equip tomorrow’s leaders and pave a lasting leadership legacy. Quick leadership quizzes, companion graphics, and a quick-reference road map for implementation are available in the audiobook companion PDF download. Daniel S. Harkavy Tue, 14 Dec 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/548343 thebookvoice.com 5:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/548343]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Becoming a Coaching Leader: The Proven System for Building Your Own Team of Champions Author: Daniel S. Harkavy Narrator: Mark Smeby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: December 14, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: As a leader, a coach is the most significant role you can play. Discover how coaching makes developing people a high-payoff activity where you can equip tomorrow’s leaders, today. As a coach to some of the country’s highest-profile executives, Daniel Harkavy has witnessed the transformation - both professional and personal - that comes when leaders utilize coaching to turn their paycheck-driven teams into cultures of vibrant and successful growth.  Since founding his company Building Champions Inc. in 1996, Harkavy and his team have coached thousands and shared their knowledge by certifying coaching leaders across the country. Now, in this strategic and thought-provoking guide, he shares his proven strategy for improving your team’s performance while raising quality of life inside and outside of the office.  In Becoming a Coaching Leader, you will learn: - the core four foundations to every coaching strategy, - the most powerful leadership tools you can and should leverage, - and the key behaviors and disciplines of successful coaching leaders. Becoming a Coaching Leader shows you how to leverage coaching techniques to equip tomorrow’s leaders and pave a lasting leadership legacy. Quick leadership quizzes, companion graphics, and a quick-reference road map for implementation are available in the audiobook companion PDF download. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/548343]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Becoming a Coaching Leader: The Proven System for Building Your Own Team of Champions Author: Daniel S. Harkavy Narrator: Mark Smeby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: December 14, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: As a leader, a coach is the most significant role you can play. Discover how coaching makes developing people a high-payoff activity where you can equip tomorrow’s leaders, today. As a coach to some of the country’s highest-profile executives, Daniel Harkavy has witnessed the transformation - both professional and personal - that comes when leaders utilize coaching to turn their paycheck-driven teams into cultures of vibrant and successful growth.  Since founding his company Building Champions Inc. in 1996, Harkavy and his team have coached thousands and shared their knowledge by certifying coaching leaders across the country. Now, in this strategic and thought-provoking guide, he shares his proven strategy for improving your team’s performance while raising quality of life inside and outside of the office.  In Becoming a Coaching Leader, you will learn: - the core four foundations to every coaching strategy, - the most powerful leadership tools you can and should leverage, - and the key behaviors and disciplines of successful coaching leaders. Becoming a Coaching Leader shows you how to leverage coaching techniques to equip tomorrow’s leaders and pave a lasting leadership legacy. Quick leadership quizzes, companion graphics, and a quick-reference road map for implementation are available in the audiobook companion PDF download. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/548297 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/548297]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Good Comes First: How Today's Leaders Create an Uncompromising Company Culture That Doesn't Suck Author: S. Chris Edmonds, Mark S. Babbitt Narrator: Mike Lenz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 15 minutes Release date: September 28, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: For decades, talented people have tolerated old-school leaders who put results before respect, toxic company cultures, and workplaces that suck. But those days are over, and if leaders want to attract and retain the best employees, it's time for them to create work cultures where good comes first. The problem is that because the corporate world has too often been driven primarily by results, we seldom ask leaders to change their work cultures. Even if we did, most leaders don’t know how. This book provides the actionable inspiration and practical direction needed to make that change happen. In Good Comes First, S. Chris Edmonds and Mark S. Babbitt go beyond theoretical advice, using their combined fifty years of experience to present proven strategies for creating purposeful, positive, and productive work cultures. Cultures where good comes first for employees, customers, leaders, and stakeholders—and where improved business outcomes quickly follow. After listening to this book, you will see that when done right, change is not only possible—it's practical, powerful, and profitable. And you will realize that you are the right person, at the right time, to make that change happen. S. Chris Edmonds, Mark S. Babbitt Tue, 28 Sep 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/548297 thebookvoice.com 9:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/548297]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Good Comes First: How Today's Leaders Create an Uncompromising Company Culture That Doesn't Suck Author: S. Chris Edmonds, Mark S. Babbitt Narrator: Mike Lenz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 15 minutes Release date: September 28, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: For decades, talented people have tolerated old-school leaders who put results before respect, toxic company cultures, and workplaces that suck. But those days are over, and if leaders want to attract and retain the best employees, it's time for them to create work cultures where good comes first. The problem is that because the corporate world has too often been driven primarily by results, we seldom ask leaders to change their work cultures. Even if we did, most leaders don’t know how. This book provides the actionable inspiration and practical direction needed to make that change happen. In Good Comes First, S. Chris Edmonds and Mark S. Babbitt go beyond theoretical advice, using their combined fifty years of experience to present proven strategies for creating purposeful, positive, and productive work cultures. Cultures where good comes first for employees, customers, leaders, and stakeholders—and where improved business outcomes quickly follow. After listening to this book, you will see that when done right, change is not only possible—it's practical, powerful, and profitable. And you will realize that you are the right person, at the right time, to make that change happen. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/548297]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Good Comes First: How Today's Leaders Create an Uncompromising Company Culture That Doesn't Suck Author: S. Chris Edmonds, Mark S. Babbitt Narrator: Mike Lenz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 15 minutes Release date: September 28, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: For decades, talented people have tolerated old-school leaders who put results before respect, toxic company cultures, and workplaces that suck. But those days are over, and if leaders want to attract and retain the best employees, it's time for them to create work cultures where good comes first. The problem is that because the corporate world has too often been driven primarily by results, we seldom ask leaders to change their work cultures. Even if we did, most leaders don’t know how. This book provides the actionable inspiration and practical direction needed to make that change happen. In Good Comes First, S. Chris Edmonds and Mark S. Babbitt go beyond theoretical advice, using their combined fifty years of experience to present proven strategies for creating purposeful, positive, and productive work cultures. Cultures where good comes first for employees, customers, leaders, and stakeholders—and where improved business outcomes quickly follow. After listening to this book, you will see that when done right, change is not only possible—it's practical, powerful, and profitable. And you will realize that you are the right person, at the right time, to make that change happen. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/548295 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/548295]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Can Change Other People: The Four Steps to Help Your Colleagues, Employees Even Family Up Their Game Author: Howie Jacobson PhD, Peter Bregman Narrator: Peter Bregman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 59 minutes Release date: September 28, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Discover how to change the lives of the people around you In You Can Change Other People, the world's #1 executive coach, Peter Bregman, and Howie Jacobson, PhD, share the Four Steps to help the people around you make positive change—even if they've been stuck for years. The authors rely on over fifty years of collective professional experience to show you exactly what to say to influence those around you for the better. Changing the way you talk will stop you from being perceived as a critic, and turn you into a welcomed and effective ally. You'll learn how to: ● Disarm their defensiveness and increase their confidence to act ● Turn people's biggest problems into even bigger opportunities ● Ensure accountability and follow through without making them dependent on you No one wants to be changed; but change and personal growth are critical to success, and more importantly, to a fulfilled life. You Can Change Other People is a must-listen for those who want to improve their impact with coworkers, family members, and everyone in between. Howie Jacobson PhD, Peter Bregman Tue, 28 Sep 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/548295 thebookvoice.com 4:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/548295]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Can Change Other People: The Four Steps to Help Your Colleagues, Employees Even Family Up Their Game Author: Howie Jacobson PhD, Peter Bregman Narrator: Peter Bregman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 59 minutes Release date: September 28, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Discover how to change the lives of the people around you In You Can Change Other People, the world's #1 executive coach, Peter Bregman, and Howie Jacobson, PhD, share the Four Steps to help the people around you make positive change—even if they've been stuck for years. The authors rely on over fifty years of collective professional experience to show you exactly what to say to influence those around you for the better. Changing the way you talk will stop you from being perceived as a critic, and turn you into a welcomed and effective ally. You'll learn how to: ● Disarm their defensiveness and increase their confidence to act ● Turn people's biggest problems into even bigger opportunities ● Ensure accountability and follow through without making them dependent on you No one wants to be changed; but change and personal growth are critical to success, and more importantly, to a fulfilled life. You Can Change Other People is a must-listen for those who want to improve their impact with coworkers, family members, and everyone in between. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/548295]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Can Change Other People: The Four Steps to Help Your Colleagues, Employees Even Family Up Their Game Author: Howie Jacobson PhD, Peter Bregman Narrator: Peter Bregman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 59 minutes Release date: September 28, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Discover how to change the lives of the people around you In You Can Change Other People, the world's #1 executive coach, Peter Bregman, and Howie Jacobson, PhD, share the Four Steps to help the people around you make positive change—even if they've been stuck for years. The authors rely on over fifty years of collective professional experience to show you exactly what to say to influence those around you for the better. Changing the way you talk will stop you from being perceived as a critic, and turn you into a welcomed and effective ally. You'll learn how to: ● Disarm their defensiveness and increase their confidence to act ● Turn people's biggest problems into even bigger opportunities ● Ensure accountability and follow through without making them dependent on you No one wants to be changed; but change and personal growth are critical to success, and more importantly, to a fulfilled life. You Can Change Other People is a must-listen for those who want to improve their impact with coworkers, family members, and everyone in between. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547915 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547915]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Culture Playbook: 60 Highly Effective Actions to Help Your Group Succeed Author: Daniel Coyle Narrator: Daniel Coyle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 49 minutes Release date: May 5, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. What is great culture made of? How do you get more of it, or turn around a group that needs improving? In The Culture Playbook, Daniel Coyle delivers a simple, clear, field-tested guide for building a strong, cohesive, high-performing group. Coyle, author of the New York Times bestselling The Culture Code, has spent the last six years studying and consulting with some of the most successful groups on the planet - including IDEO, Pixar, the San Antonio Spurs, Navy SEALS Team 6 and others. Here, he distils his findings into 60 concise, actionable, scientifically proven tips for building safety, generating trust, and establishing purpose - plus a set of conversation-igniting exercises to help you assess and improve your current culture. The result is a book that will sharpen the skills of any leader and strengthen the cohesion of any team - because it demonstrates that great culture is not controlled by fate or luck; it's controlled by you. © Daniel Coyle 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Daniel Coyle Thu, 05 May 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547915 thebookvoice.com 2:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547915]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Culture Playbook: 60 Highly Effective Actions to Help Your Group Succeed Author: Daniel Coyle Narrator: Daniel Coyle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 49 minutes Release date: May 5, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. What is great culture made of? How do you get more of it, or turn around a group that needs improving? In The Culture Playbook, Daniel Coyle delivers a simple, clear, field-tested guide for building a strong, cohesive, high-performing group. Coyle, author of the New York Times bestselling The Culture Code, has spent the last six years studying and consulting with some of the most successful groups on the planet - including IDEO, Pixar, the San Antonio Spurs, Navy SEALS Team 6 and others. Here, he distils his findings into 60 concise, actionable, scientifically proven tips for building safety, generating trust, and establishing purpose - plus a set of conversation-igniting exercises to help you assess and improve your current culture. The result is a book that will sharpen the skills of any leader and strengthen the cohesion of any team - because it demonstrates that great culture is not controlled by fate or luck; it's controlled by you. © Daniel Coyle 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547915]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Culture Playbook: 60 Highly Effective Actions to Help Your Group Succeed Author: Daniel Coyle Narrator: Daniel Coyle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 49 minutes Release date: May 5, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. What is great culture made of? How do you get more of it, or turn around a group that needs improving? In The Culture Playbook, Daniel Coyle delivers a simple, clear, field-tested guide for building a strong, cohesive, high-performing group. Coyle, author of the New York Times bestselling The Culture Code, has spent the last six years studying and consulting with some of the most successful groups on the planet - including IDEO, Pixar, the San Antonio Spurs, Navy SEALS Team 6 and others. Here, he distils his findings into 60 concise, actionable, scientifically proven tips for building safety, generating trust, and establishing purpose - plus a set of conversation-igniting exercises to help you assess and improve your current culture. The result is a book that will sharpen the skills of any leader and strengthen the cohesion of any team - because it demonstrates that great culture is not controlled by fate or luck; it's controlled by you. © Daniel Coyle 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547520 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547520]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Be an Ally: Actions You Can Take for a Stronger, Happier Workplace Author: Melinda Briana Epler Narrator: Terry Lee-Fellows Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 6 minutes Release date: December 14, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: How can you help someone else thrive? How can you interrupt the biases, microaggressions, and inequities that prevent people around you from excelling? How can you build an innovative workplace fueled by equity, diversity and belonging? Every business leader today should be asking themselves these questions. Systems and processes have been skewed too long in favor of some at the expense of others, and things are changing—fast. How to Be an Ally shows how to take personal responsibility for driving change that's good for people—and for business. You'll learn the ins and outs of allyship and build the knowledge and skills you need to: listen and learn new perspectives; identify your own biases; avoid unintentionally harming people with microaggressions; express empathy with courage; advocate for people in small, everyday ways; rethink your work to be more inclusive, equitable, and accessible; build team norms that cultivate allyship; and create equitable, inclusive systems and processes. Uniquely insightful and extremely timely, How to Be an Ally humanizes diversity and inclusion and facilitates greater empathy and understanding between people of all identities. It teaches us that every individual can learn about the imbalance in opportunity and work to correct it. Melinda Briana Epler Tue, 14 Dec 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547520 thebookvoice.com 8:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547520]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Be an Ally: Actions You Can Take for a Stronger, Happier Workplace Author: Melinda Briana Epler Narrator: Terry Lee-Fellows Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 6 minutes Release date: December 14, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: How can you help someone else thrive? How can you interrupt the biases, microaggressions, and inequities that prevent people around you from excelling? How can you build an innovative workplace fueled by equity, diversity and belonging? Every business leader today should be asking themselves these questions. Systems and processes have been skewed too long in favor of some at the expense of others, and things are changing—fast. How to Be an Ally shows how to take personal responsibility for driving change that's good for people—and for business. You'll learn the ins and outs of allyship and build the knowledge and skills you need to: listen and learn new perspectives; identify your own biases; avoid unintentionally harming people with microaggressions; express empathy with courage; advocate for people in small, everyday ways; rethink your work to be more inclusive, equitable, and accessible; build team norms that cultivate allyship; and create equitable, inclusive systems and processes. Uniquely insightful and extremely timely, How to Be an Ally humanizes diversity and inclusion and facilitates greater empathy and understanding between people of all identities. It teaches us that every individual can learn about the imbalance in opportunity and work to correct it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547520]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Be an Ally: Actions You Can Take for a Stronger, Happier Workplace Author: Melinda Briana Epler Narrator: Terry Lee-Fellows Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 6 minutes Release date: December 14, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: How can you help someone else thrive? How can you interrupt the biases, microaggressions, and inequities that prevent people around you from excelling? How can you build an innovative workplace fueled by equity, diversity and belonging? Every business leader today should be asking themselves these questions. Systems and processes have been skewed too long in favor of some at the expense of others, and things are changing—fast. How to Be an Ally shows how to take personal responsibility for driving change that's good for people—and for business. You'll learn the ins and outs of allyship and build the knowledge and skills you need to: listen and learn new perspectives; identify your own biases; avoid unintentionally harming people with microaggressions; express empathy with courage; advocate for people in small, everyday ways; rethink your work to be more inclusive, equitable, and accessible; build team norms that cultivate allyship; and create equitable, inclusive systems and processes. Uniquely insightful and extremely timely, How to Be an Ally humanizes diversity and inclusion and facilitates greater empathy and understanding between people of all identities. It teaches us that every individual can learn about the imbalance in opportunity and work to correct it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547506 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547506]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bias Interrupted: Creating Inclusion For Real and For Good Author: Joan C. Williams Narrator: Elisabeth Rodgers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 15 minutes Release date: November 16, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A cutting edge, relentless, objective approach to inclusion. Companies spend billions of dollars annually on diversity efforts, with remarkably few results. Too often diversity efforts rest on the assumption that all that's needed is an earnest conversation about 'privilege.' That's not enough. To truly make progress with diversity, equity and inclusion, we must focus less on documenting the problem and more on just stopping the transmission of it. In Bias Interrupted, Joan C. Williams shows how it's done, and reassuringly, how easy it is to get started. Leaders just need to use standard business systems and standard business tools—data and metrics—to interrupt the bias that is constantly transmitted through formal systems like performance appraisals and the informal systems that control access to opportunities, like mentoring programs. The book presents fresh evidence based on Williams’s research and work with companies, in that interrupting bias helps every group—including white men. Comprehensive, though compact and straightforward, Bias Interrupted delivers real, practical value in as efficient and accessible manner as possible to an audience that has never needed it more. It's possible to interrupt bias. Here's where you start. Joan C. Williams Tue, 16 Nov 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547506 thebookvoice.com 5:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547506]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bias Interrupted: Creating Inclusion For Real and For Good Author: Joan C. Williams Narrator: Elisabeth Rodgers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 15 minutes Release date: November 16, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A cutting edge, relentless, objective approach to inclusion. Companies spend billions of dollars annually on diversity efforts, with remarkably few results. Too often diversity efforts rest on the assumption that all that's needed is an earnest conversation about 'privilege.' That's not enough. To truly make progress with diversity, equity and inclusion, we must focus less on documenting the problem and more on just stopping the transmission of it. In Bias Interrupted, Joan C. Williams shows how it's done, and reassuringly, how easy it is to get started. Leaders just need to use standard business systems and standard business tools—data and metrics—to interrupt the bias that is constantly transmitted through formal systems like performance appraisals and the informal systems that control access to opportunities, like mentoring programs. The book presents fresh evidence based on Williams’s research and work with companies, in that interrupting bias helps every group—including white men. Comprehensive, though compact and straightforward, Bias Interrupted delivers real, practical value in as efficient and accessible manner as possible to an audience that has never needed it more. It's possible to interrupt bias. Here's where you start. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547506]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bias Interrupted: Creating Inclusion For Real and For Good Author: Joan C. Williams Narrator: Elisabeth Rodgers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 15 minutes Release date: November 16, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A cutting edge, relentless, objective approach to inclusion. Companies spend billions of dollars annually on diversity efforts, with remarkably few results. Too often diversity efforts rest on the assumption that all that's needed is an earnest conversation about 'privilege.' That's not enough. To truly make progress with diversity, equity and inclusion, we must focus less on documenting the problem and more on just stopping the transmission of it. In Bias Interrupted, Joan C. Williams shows how it's done, and reassuringly, how easy it is to get started. Leaders just need to use standard business systems and standard business tools—data and metrics—to interrupt the bias that is constantly transmitted through formal systems like performance appraisals and the informal systems that control access to opportunities, like mentoring programs. The book presents fresh evidence based on Williams’s research and work with companies, in that interrupting bias helps every group—including white men. Comprehensive, though compact and straightforward, Bias Interrupted delivers real, practical value in as efficient and accessible manner as possible to an audience that has never needed it more. It's possible to interrupt bias. Here's where you start. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547378 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547378]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Powerful Phrases for Dealing with Difficult People: Over 325 Ready-to-Use Words and Phrases for Working with Challenging Personalities Author: Renee Evenson Narrator: Jill Blackwood Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 53 minutes Release date: December 21, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 18 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: How to Manage Work Relationships in a Constructive Way that Leads to Success. Learning how to maintain strong, harmonious work relationships is essential. Unfortunately, at some point in your career, you'll have to work with people whose personalities or habits make every interaction with them a trial. Communications expert Renee Evenson has written the definitive phrasebook on how to confront the situations that can arise when dealing with difficult personalities and bring about a positive outcome. Powerful Phrases for Dealing with Difficult People is packed with practical and easy-to-use tactics such as: - 325 powerful phrases to communicate effectively, as well as powerful actions to take in support of those phrases. - 30 common personality traits, behaviors, and workplace scenarios along with the phrases that work best with each. - Nonverbal communication actions to back up your words. - Sample dialogues that demonstrate how phrasing improves interactions. - A five-step process for moving from conflict to resolution. - 'Why This Works' sections that provide detailed explanations.   Often, an employee who can interact well with others and feels comfortable handling conflict will be promoted over an employee who possesses greater job or technical knowledge. From egotistical bosses to meeting monopolizers, you'll learn how to develop the skills to handle any type of conflict with anyone. Renee Evenson Tue, 21 Dec 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547378 thebookvoice.com 6:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547378]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Powerful Phrases for Dealing with Difficult People: Over 325 Ready-to-Use Words and Phrases for Working with Challenging Personalities Author: Renee Evenson Narrator: Jill Blackwood Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 53 minutes Release date: December 21, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 18 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: How to Manage Work Relationships in a Constructive Way that Leads to Success. Learning how to maintain strong, harmonious work relationships is essential. Unfortunately, at some point in your career, you'll have to work with people whose personalities or habits make every interaction with them a trial. Communications expert Renee Evenson has written the definitive phrasebook on how to confront the situations that can arise when dealing with difficult personalities and bring about a positive outcome. Powerful Phrases for Dealing with Difficult People is packed with practical and easy-to-use tactics such as: - 325 powerful phrases to communicate effectively, as well as powerful actions to take in support of those phrases. - 30 common personality traits, behaviors, and workplace scenarios along with the phrases that work best with each. - Nonverbal communication actions to back up your words. - Sample dialogues that demonstrate how phrasing improves interactions. - A five-step process for moving from conflict to resolution. - 'Why This Works' sections that provide detailed explanations.   Often, an employee who can interact well with others and feels comfortable handling conflict will be promoted over an employee who possesses greater job or technical knowledge. From egotistical bosses to meeting monopolizers, you'll learn how to develop the skills to handle any type of conflict with anyone. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547378]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Powerful Phrases for Dealing with Difficult People: Over 325 Ready-to-Use Words and Phrases for Working with Challenging Personalities Author: Renee Evenson Narrator: Jill Blackwood Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 53 minutes Release date: December 21, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 18 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: How to Manage Work Relationships in a Constructive Way that Leads to Success. Learning how to maintain strong, harmonious work relationships is essential. Unfortunately, at some point in your career, you'll have to work with people whose personalities or habits make every interaction with them a trial. Communications expert Renee Evenson has written the definitive phrasebook on how to confront the situations that can arise when dealing with difficult personalities and bring about a positive outcome. Powerful Phrases for Dealing with Difficult People is packed with practical and easy-to-use tactics such as: - 325 powerful phrases to communicate effectively, as well as powerful actions to take in support of those phrases. - 30 common personality traits, behaviors, and workplace scenarios along with the phrases that work best with each. - Nonverbal communication actions to back up your words. - Sample dialogues that demonstrate how phrasing improves interactions. - A five-step process for moving from conflict to resolution. - 'Why This Works' sections that provide detailed explanations.   Often, an employee who can interact well with others and feels comfortable handling conflict will be promoted over an employee who possesses greater job or technical knowledge. From egotistical bosses to meeting monopolizers, you'll learn how to develop the skills to handle any type of conflict with anyone. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547317 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547317]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Government Leader’s Field Guide to Organizational Agility: How to Navigate Complex and Turbulent Times Author: Shelley Kirkpatrick, Sarah C. Miller Narrator: Natalie Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 13 minutes Release date: September 14, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: This is the first book to fully adapt the principles of agility for government leaders who want to make their organizations more effective and nimble while better serving their public mission. This practical resource will equip government leaders with evidence-based, hands-on guidance for transforming their organizations, enabling them to better serve the public and their customers. While many books on organizational agility are available for leaders in for-profit companies, this is the first one tailored to the unique limitations and requirements government leaders face. Public servants are increasingly asked to do more with less and must also find a way to accomplish their mission while balancing constant change. New laws are passed that impact their agencies, new technologies are introduced, and unexpected events occur. Government leaders at all levels are often in a position for only two to four years, rotating within and across agencies as they gain experience. They have a relatively short amount of time to learn a new role, make changes, and then begin seeking out their next opportunity. This guide will help leaders weather the storm of that constant change so they can help their agencies realize their missions to provide services and be better stewards of taxpayer or donor dollars. Shelley Kirkpatrick, Sarah C. Miller Tue, 14 Sep 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547317 thebookvoice.com 6:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547317]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Government Leader’s Field Guide to Organizational Agility: How to Navigate Complex and Turbulent Times Author: Shelley Kirkpatrick, Sarah C. Miller Narrator: Natalie Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 13 minutes Release date: September 14, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: This is the first book to fully adapt the principles of agility for government leaders who want to make their organizations more effective and nimble while better serving their public mission. This practical resource will equip government leaders with evidence-based, hands-on guidance for transforming their organizations, enabling them to better serve the public and their customers. While many books on organizational agility are available for leaders in for-profit companies, this is the first one tailored to the unique limitations and requirements government leaders face. Public servants are increasingly asked to do more with less and must also find a way to accomplish their mission while balancing constant change. New laws are passed that impact their agencies, new technologies are introduced, and unexpected events occur. Government leaders at all levels are often in a position for only two to four years, rotating within and across agencies as they gain experience. They have a relatively short amount of time to learn a new role, make changes, and then begin seeking out their next opportunity. This guide will help leaders weather the storm of that constant change so they can help their agencies realize their missions to provide services and be better stewards of taxpayer or donor dollars. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547317]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Government Leader’s Field Guide to Organizational Agility: How to Navigate Complex and Turbulent Times Author: Shelley Kirkpatrick, Sarah C. Miller Narrator: Natalie Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 13 minutes Release date: September 14, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: This is the first book to fully adapt the principles of agility for government leaders who want to make their organizations more effective and nimble while better serving their public mission. This practical resource will equip government leaders with evidence-based, hands-on guidance for transforming their organizations, enabling them to better serve the public and their customers. While many books on organizational agility are available for leaders in for-profit companies, this is the first one tailored to the unique limitations and requirements government leaders face. Public servants are increasingly asked to do more with less and must also find a way to accomplish their mission while balancing constant change. New laws are passed that impact their agencies, new technologies are introduced, and unexpected events occur. Government leaders at all levels are often in a position for only two to four years, rotating within and across agencies as they gain experience. They have a relatively short amount of time to learn a new role, make changes, and then begin seeking out their next opportunity. This guide will help leaders weather the storm of that constant change so they can help their agencies realize their missions to provide services and be better stewards of taxpayer or donor dollars. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546988 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546988]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Engaged: The Neuroscience behind Creating Productive People in Successful Organizations Series: Part of The Neuroscience of Business Series Author: Amy Brann Narrator: Esther Wane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 8 minutes Release date: June 8, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Neuroscience is revolutionizing our understanding of human psychology and behavior. By showing how to apply this new understanding to how you recruit, manage, and develop your people, Brann is enabling you to deliver a step change in organizational performance and individual achievement. Amy Brann Tue, 08 Jun 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546988 thebookvoice.com 6:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546988]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Engaged: The Neuroscience behind Creating Productive People in Successful Organizations Series: Part of The Neuroscience of Business Series Author: Amy Brann Narrator: Esther Wane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 8 minutes Release date: June 8, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Neuroscience is revolutionizing our understanding of human psychology and behavior. By showing how to apply this new understanding to how you recruit, manage, and develop your people, Brann is enabling you to deliver a step change in organizational performance and individual achievement. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546988]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Engaged: The Neuroscience behind Creating Productive People in Successful Organizations Series: Part of The Neuroscience of Business Series Author: Amy Brann Narrator: Esther Wane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 8 minutes Release date: June 8, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Neuroscience is revolutionizing our understanding of human psychology and behavior. By showing how to apply this new understanding to how you recruit, manage, and develop your people, Brann is enabling you to deliver a step change in organizational performance and individual achievement. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546000 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546000]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Actions Speak Louder: A Step-by-Step Guide to Becoming an Inclusive Workplace Author: Deanna Singh Narrator: Deanna Singh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 20 minutes Release date: May 31, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: 'A timely, practical resource on creating teams and organizations where everyone has the opportunity to succeed.' --Adam Grant, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Think Again and host of the podcast WorkLife   A step-by-step guide for managers, teams, and DEI leaders looking to create impactful, lasting change in their organization, from recruitment to retention, and beyond. Are you tired of hollow promises about diversity, equity, and inclusion in your organization? Do you want to take steps towards real change – beyond issuing mission statements, signing checks, and holding listening sessions – but don’t know where to start? This book is your answer. Designed for teams to read together, Actions Speak Louder offers a comprehensive blueprint for leaders and teams who are ready to get out of their own way, look at their surroundings with new eyes, and turn their energy into a concrete plan.   Renowned DEI consultant Deanna Singh has led diversity trainings for a wide range of organizations, from non-profits to Fortune 500 companies. Using narratives, case studies, and the latest DEI research, as well as interactive exercises, Singh will teach you how to:     •  Write inclusive job advertisements because “minorities just don’t apply here” isn’t an excuse – you’re just not reaching them   •  Design an interview process that reduces status quo bias and challenges hiring decisions that are simply “no brainers”   •  Create a retention plan that considers and prioritizes the needs of underrepresented employees – if you haven’t intentionally designed one to be inclusive, you’ve unintentionally reinforced one that is exclusive.   •  Lead inclusive meetings – the bedrock of company culture – by practicing constructive dissent and elevating underrepresented perspectives   As Singh has seen time and time again, any organization can meaningfully change – you just need the right tools. * This audiobook includes a bonus PDF containing tables and charts. Deanna Singh Tue, 31 May 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546000 thebookvoice.com 6:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546000]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Actions Speak Louder: A Step-by-Step Guide to Becoming an Inclusive Workplace Author: Deanna Singh Narrator: Deanna Singh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 20 minutes Release date: May 31, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: 'A timely, practical resource on creating teams and organizations where everyone has the opportunity to succeed.' --Adam Grant, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Think Again and host of the podcast WorkLife   A step-by-step guide for managers, teams, and DEI leaders looking to create impactful, lasting change in their organization, from recruitment to retention, and beyond. Are you tired of hollow promises about diversity, equity, and inclusion in your organization? Do you want to take steps towards real change – beyond issuing mission statements, signing checks, and holding listening sessions – but don’t know where to start? This book is your answer. Designed for teams to read together, Actions Speak Louder offers a comprehensive blueprint for leaders and teams who are ready to get out of their own way, look at their surroundings with new eyes, and turn their energy into a concrete plan.   Renowned DEI consultant Deanna Singh has led diversity trainings for a wide range of organizations, from non-profits to Fortune 500 companies. Using narratives, case studies, and the latest DEI research, as well as interactive exercises, Singh will teach you how to:     •  Write inclusive job advertisements because “minorities just don’t apply here” isn’t an excuse – you’re just not reaching them   •  Design an interview process that reduces status quo bias and challenges hiring decisions that are simply “no brainers”   •  Create a retention plan that considers and prioritizes the needs of underrepresented employees – if you haven’t intentionally designed one to be inclusive, you’ve unintentionally reinforced one that is exclusive.   •  Lead inclusive meetings – the bedrock of company culture – by practicing constructive dissent and elevating underrepresented perspectives   As Singh has seen time and time again, any organization can meaningfully change – you just need the right tools. * This audiobook includes a bonus PDF containing tables and charts. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546000]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Actions Speak Louder: A Step-by-Step Guide to Becoming an Inclusive Workplace Author: Deanna Singh Narrator: Deanna Singh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 20 minutes Release date: May 31, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: 'A timely, practical resource on creating teams and organizations where everyone has the opportunity to succeed.' --Adam Grant, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Think Again and host of the podcast WorkLife   A step-by-step guide for managers, teams, and DEI leaders looking to create impactful, lasting change in their organization, from recruitment to retention, and beyond. Are you tired of hollow promises about diversity, equity, and inclusion in your organization? Do you want to take steps towards real change – beyond issuing mission statements, signing checks, and holding listening sessions – but don’t know where to start? This book is your answer. Designed for teams to read together, Actions Speak Louder offers a comprehensive blueprint for leaders and teams who are ready to get out of their own way, look at their surroundings with new eyes, and turn their energy into a concrete plan.   Renowned DEI consultant Deanna Singh has led diversity trainings for a wide range of organizations, from non-profits to Fortune 500 companies. Using narratives, case studies, and the latest DEI research, as well as interactive exercises, Singh will teach you how to:     •  Write inclusive job advertisements because “minorities just don’t apply here” isn’t an excuse – you’re just not reaching them   •  Design an interview process that reduces status quo bias and challenges hiring decisions that are simply “no brainers”   •  Create a retention plan that considers and prioritizes the needs of underrepresented employees – if you haven’t intentionally designed one to be inclusive, you’ve unintentionally reinforced one that is exclusive.   •  Lead inclusive meetings – the bedrock of company culture – by practicing constructive dissent and elevating underrepresented perspectives   As Singh has seen time and time again, any organization can meaningfully change – you just need the right tools. * This audiobook includes a bonus PDF containing tables and charts. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545720 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545720]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Diversity Intelligence: How to Create a Culture of Inclusion for your Business Author: Heidi R. Andersen Narrator: Jennifer Aquino Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: October 19, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A PRACTICAL HOW-TO GUIDE TO CREATING A CULTURE OF DIVERSITY AND INCLUSION AT YOUR WORKPLACE Companies from around the world are doing their best to achieve greater levels of diversity in senior leadership positions. However, their efforts are frequently unsuccessful, meeting widespread cultural resistance and pushback. Only a few firms create lasting change in the makeup of their boards and executive leadership. So, what sets these successful firms apart from their less successful counterparts? Diversity Intelligence provides listeners with a roadmap to achieving impactful change in the areas of diversity and inclusion. Offering a step-by-step guide to creating a culture of inclusion, author Heidi R. Andersen explores the why, what, and how of successful diversity initiatives. You'll learn about the overwhelming business case for creating a more diverse and inclusive environment at your company and how those who fail to do so suffer consequences to their bottom line. You'll also discover the steps to take, and the ones to avoid, in order to emulate the most successful changemakers around the world. Heidi R. Andersen Tue, 19 Oct 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545720 thebookvoice.com 7:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545720]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Diversity Intelligence: How to Create a Culture of Inclusion for your Business Author: Heidi R. Andersen Narrator: Jennifer Aquino Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: October 19, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A PRACTICAL HOW-TO GUIDE TO CREATING A CULTURE OF DIVERSITY AND INCLUSION AT YOUR WORKPLACE Companies from around the world are doing their best to achieve greater levels of diversity in senior leadership positions. However, their efforts are frequently unsuccessful, meeting widespread cultural resistance and pushback. Only a few firms create lasting change in the makeup of their boards and executive leadership. So, what sets these successful firms apart from their less successful counterparts? Diversity Intelligence provides listeners with a roadmap to achieving impactful change in the areas of diversity and inclusion. Offering a step-by-step guide to creating a culture of inclusion, author Heidi R. Andersen explores the why, what, and how of successful diversity initiatives. You'll learn about the overwhelming business case for creating a more diverse and inclusive environment at your company and how those who fail to do so suffer consequences to their bottom line. You'll also discover the steps to take, and the ones to avoid, in order to emulate the most successful changemakers around the world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545720]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Diversity Intelligence: How to Create a Culture of Inclusion for your Business Author: Heidi R. Andersen Narrator: Jennifer Aquino Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: October 19, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A PRACTICAL HOW-TO GUIDE TO CREATING A CULTURE OF DIVERSITY AND INCLUSION AT YOUR WORKPLACE Companies from around the world are doing their best to achieve greater levels of diversity in senior leadership positions. However, their efforts are frequently unsuccessful, meeting widespread cultural resistance and pushback. Only a few firms create lasting change in the makeup of their boards and executive leadership. So, what sets these successful firms apart from their less successful counterparts? Diversity Intelligence provides listeners with a roadmap to achieving impactful change in the areas of diversity and inclusion. Offering a step-by-step guide to creating a culture of inclusion, author Heidi R. Andersen explores the why, what, and how of successful diversity initiatives. You'll learn about the overwhelming business case for creating a more diverse and inclusive environment at your company and how those who fail to do so suffer consequences to their bottom line. You'll also discover the steps to take, and the ones to avoid, in order to emulate the most successful changemakers around the world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545714 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545714]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: People First: The 5 Steps to Pure Human Connection and a Thriving Organization Author: Jackie Carpenter, Three Carpenter Narrator: Bj Harrison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: November 16, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A five-step process for implementing a People First philosophy in your organization, where caring, connected leaders create loyalty, ownership, value, and excellence. In the hospitality space, Three and Jackie Carpenter know full well the importance of leading teams who are loyal, engaged, and happy. Working in an industry where customer expectations are at an extreme, Three and Jackie have applied a mindset of treating employees like customers. They've developed a five-step roadmap to creating positive employee experiences and company cultures where connection is the crux of the team's success. People First will teach you how to support, coach, and develop employees at every phase of the employee lifecycle—unleashing people's potential, sparking passion, and igniting purpose in a way that brings about amazing results for your organization. Jackie Carpenter, Three Carpenter Tue, 16 Nov 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545714 thebookvoice.com 7:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545714]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: People First: The 5 Steps to Pure Human Connection and a Thriving Organization Author: Jackie Carpenter, Three Carpenter Narrator: Bj Harrison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: November 16, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A five-step process for implementing a People First philosophy in your organization, where caring, connected leaders create loyalty, ownership, value, and excellence. In the hospitality space, Three and Jackie Carpenter know full well the importance of leading teams who are loyal, engaged, and happy. Working in an industry where customer expectations are at an extreme, Three and Jackie have applied a mindset of treating employees like customers. They've developed a five-step roadmap to creating positive employee experiences and company cultures where connection is the crux of the team's success. People First will teach you how to support, coach, and develop employees at every phase of the employee lifecycle—unleashing people's potential, sparking passion, and igniting purpose in a way that brings about amazing results for your organization. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545714]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: People First: The 5 Steps to Pure Human Connection and a Thriving Organization Author: Jackie Carpenter, Three Carpenter Narrator: Bj Harrison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: November 16, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A five-step process for implementing a People First philosophy in your organization, where caring, connected leaders create loyalty, ownership, value, and excellence. In the hospitality space, Three and Jackie Carpenter know full well the importance of leading teams who are loyal, engaged, and happy. Working in an industry where customer expectations are at an extreme, Three and Jackie have applied a mindset of treating employees like customers. They've developed a five-step roadmap to creating positive employee experiences and company cultures where connection is the crux of the team's success. People First will teach you how to support, coach, and develop employees at every phase of the employee lifecycle—unleashing people's potential, sparking passion, and igniting purpose in a way that brings about amazing results for your organization. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544740 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544740]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Made From Scratch: The Legendary Success Story of Texas Roadhouse Author: Kent Taylor Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 32 minutes Release date: August 31, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: * An Instant Wall Street Journal Bestseller * From founder Kent Taylor, the incredible made-from-scratch success story of Texas Roadhouse. In Made From Scratch, the late business maverick Kent Taylor tells the legendary story of Texas Roadhouse and in the process reveals its recipe for success: embracing unorthodox business practices. Because isn’t it a little unusual for a company to do almost no advertising? Is it wild to give away free peanuts and rolls and keep prices low, even as costs rise, or to keep the menu basically the same since it opened? Does it fly in the face of reason to prohibit coats and ties at headquarters and to have a CEO who dressed like he was part of the landscaping crew? These business practices might be unconventional, but for Kent and Texas Roadhouse, they worked. What Kent and his Roadies cooked up is an island of misfits who are cool with being different. They love to have fun, but are serious about following meticulous recipes to serve up hand-cut steaks, fall-off-the-bone ribs, made-from-scratch sides, ice-cold beer, and irresistible fresh-baked bread. It’s Legendary Food, Legendary Service, the Texas Roadhouse way. To show how this company became a staple of American dining and survived a once-in-a-lifetime pandemic, Kent took a trip back in time to offer the lessons learned from his pathbreaking life, revealing how a distracted kid from Louisville, Kentucky, created anything worthwhile at all. Kent Taylor Tue, 31 Aug 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544740 thebookvoice.com 8:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544740]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Made From Scratch: The Legendary Success Story of Texas Roadhouse Author: Kent Taylor Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 32 minutes Release date: August 31, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: * An Instant Wall Street Journal Bestseller * From founder Kent Taylor, the incredible made-from-scratch success story of Texas Roadhouse. In Made From Scratch, the late business maverick Kent Taylor tells the legendary story of Texas Roadhouse and in the process reveals its recipe for success: embracing unorthodox business practices. Because isn’t it a little unusual for a company to do almost no advertising? Is it wild to give away free peanuts and rolls and keep prices low, even as costs rise, or to keep the menu basically the same since it opened? Does it fly in the face of reason to prohibit coats and ties at headquarters and to have a CEO who dressed like he was part of the landscaping crew? These business practices might be unconventional, but for Kent and Texas Roadhouse, they worked. What Kent and his Roadies cooked up is an island of misfits who are cool with being different. They love to have fun, but are serious about following meticulous recipes to serve up hand-cut steaks, fall-off-the-bone ribs, made-from-scratch sides, ice-cold beer, and irresistible fresh-baked bread. It’s Legendary Food, Legendary Service, the Texas Roadhouse way. To show how this company became a staple of American dining and survived a once-in-a-lifetime pandemic, Kent took a trip back in time to offer the lessons learned from his pathbreaking life, revealing how a distracted kid from Louisville, Kentucky, created anything worthwhile at all. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544740]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Made From Scratch: The Legendary Success Story of Texas Roadhouse Author: Kent Taylor Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 32 minutes Release date: August 31, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: * An Instant Wall Street Journal Bestseller * From founder Kent Taylor, the incredible made-from-scratch success story of Texas Roadhouse. In Made From Scratch, the late business maverick Kent Taylor tells the legendary story of Texas Roadhouse and in the process reveals its recipe for success: embracing unorthodox business practices. Because isn’t it a little unusual for a company to do almost no advertising? Is it wild to give away free peanuts and rolls and keep prices low, even as costs rise, or to keep the menu basically the same since it opened? Does it fly in the face of reason to prohibit coats and ties at headquarters and to have a CEO who dressed like he was part of the landscaping crew? These business practices might be unconventional, but for Kent and Texas Roadhouse, they worked. What Kent and his Roadies cooked up is an island of misfits who are cool with being different. They love to have fun, but are serious about following meticulous recipes to serve up hand-cut steaks, fall-off-the-bone ribs, made-from-scratch sides, ice-cold beer, and irresistible fresh-baked bread. It’s Legendary Food, Legendary Service, the Texas Roadhouse way. To show how this company became a staple of American dining and survived a once-in-a-lifetime pandemic, Kent took a trip back in time to offer the lessons learned from his pathbreaking life, revealing how a distracted kid from Louisville, Kentucky, created anything worthwhile at all. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544379 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544379]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Equity: How to Design Organizations Where Everyone Thrives Author: Minal Bopaiah Narrator: D'Lo - Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 7, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A fast and engaging read, Equity helps leaders create more inclusive organizations using human-centered design and behavior change principles. Even the most passionate advocates for diversity, equity, and inclusion have been known to treat equity as the middle child - the concept they skip over in order to get to the warm, fuzzy feelings of inclusion. But as Minal Bopaiah shows throughout this book, equity is critical if organizations really want to leverage differences for greater impact. Equity probes the unconscious biases that blind us to seeing systems, making explicit what is often unseen. This slender book introduces us to leaders who have overcome the obstacles to equity and led transformative change. Managing partners at a consulting firm who learn to retell their story of success by crediting the system that supports them. News managers at NPR who discover how they can create systemic support for diversifying sources on the air. A philanthropic foundation that collaborates with grantees to better communicate the importance of equity in healthcare to policy-makers. And creative professionals who have begun weaving inclusion, diversity, equity, and accessibility into the content they create, thereby transforming how customers and audiences view the world. Filled with humor, heart, and pragmatism, Equity is a guidebook for change, answering the question of 'how?' that so many leaders are asking today. Minal Bopaiah Tue, 07 Sep 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544379 thebookvoice.com 3:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544379]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Equity: How to Design Organizations Where Everyone Thrives Author: Minal Bopaiah Narrator: D'Lo - Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 7, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A fast and engaging read, Equity helps leaders create more inclusive organizations using human-centered design and behavior change principles. Even the most passionate advocates for diversity, equity, and inclusion have been known to treat equity as the middle child - the concept they skip over in order to get to the warm, fuzzy feelings of inclusion. But as Minal Bopaiah shows throughout this book, equity is critical if organizations really want to leverage differences for greater impact. Equity probes the unconscious biases that blind us to seeing systems, making explicit what is often unseen. This slender book introduces us to leaders who have overcome the obstacles to equity and led transformative change. Managing partners at a consulting firm who learn to retell their story of success by crediting the system that supports them. News managers at NPR who discover how they can create systemic support for diversifying sources on the air. A philanthropic foundation that collaborates with grantees to better communicate the importance of equity in healthcare to policy-makers. And creative professionals who have begun weaving inclusion, diversity, equity, and accessibility into the content they create, thereby transforming how customers and audiences view the world. Filled with humor, heart, and pragmatism, Equity is a guidebook for change, answering the question of 'how?' that so many leaders are asking today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544379]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Equity: How to Design Organizations Where Everyone Thrives Author: Minal Bopaiah Narrator: D'Lo - Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 7, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A fast and engaging read, Equity helps leaders create more inclusive organizations using human-centered design and behavior change principles. Even the most passionate advocates for diversity, equity, and inclusion have been known to treat equity as the middle child - the concept they skip over in order to get to the warm, fuzzy feelings of inclusion. But as Minal Bopaiah shows throughout this book, equity is critical if organizations really want to leverage differences for greater impact. Equity probes the unconscious biases that blind us to seeing systems, making explicit what is often unseen. This slender book introduces us to leaders who have overcome the obstacles to equity and led transformative change. Managing partners at a consulting firm who learn to retell their story of success by crediting the system that supports them. News managers at NPR who discover how they can create systemic support for diversifying sources on the air. A philanthropic foundation that collaborates with grantees to better communicate the importance of equity in healthcare to policy-makers. And creative professionals who have begun weaving inclusion, diversity, equity, and accessibility into the content they create, thereby transforming how customers and audiences view the world. Filled with humor, heart, and pragmatism, Equity is a guidebook for change, answering the question of 'how?' that so many leaders are asking today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544377 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544377]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading Beyond Change: A Practical Guide to Evolving Business Agility Author: Audree Tara Sahota, Michael Sahota Narrator: Wayne Shepherd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 6 minutes Release date: August 24, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: This guide shows readers how to transform a traditional organization into an evolutionary one with a framework and mindset that offer a new way of leading and approaching change. The key to surviving organizational change is sorting through the truths, half-truths, and lies-beginning with the ones you tell yourself. That way you don't end up overpromising and underdelivering, and you can weather troubling times in your organization. Truth, including inner truth, is key to surviving organizational change and achieving truly agile leadership. Using case studies from the most successful companies, Michael and Audree Sahota demonstrate how creative, collaborative, and adaptive thinking can ripple from the leader outward. If you can change your own mindset, you can change your organization. This holistic approach bridges the gap between traditional management and agile ways of working. If you can truly understand the reasons people resist new ways of working, you will no longer meet passive resistance, and an authentic transformation will result. Audree Tara Sahota, Michael Sahota Tue, 24 Aug 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544377 thebookvoice.com 10:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544377]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading Beyond Change: A Practical Guide to Evolving Business Agility Author: Audree Tara Sahota, Michael Sahota Narrator: Wayne Shepherd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 6 minutes Release date: August 24, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: This guide shows readers how to transform a traditional organization into an evolutionary one with a framework and mindset that offer a new way of leading and approaching change. The key to surviving organizational change is sorting through the truths, half-truths, and lies-beginning with the ones you tell yourself. That way you don't end up overpromising and underdelivering, and you can weather troubling times in your organization. Truth, including inner truth, is key to surviving organizational change and achieving truly agile leadership. Using case studies from the most successful companies, Michael and Audree Sahota demonstrate how creative, collaborative, and adaptive thinking can ripple from the leader outward. If you can change your own mindset, you can change your organization. This holistic approach bridges the gap between traditional management and agile ways of working. If you can truly understand the reasons people resist new ways of working, you will no longer meet passive resistance, and an authentic transformation will result. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544377]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading Beyond Change: A Practical Guide to Evolving Business Agility Author: Audree Tara Sahota, Michael Sahota Narrator: Wayne Shepherd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 6 minutes Release date: August 24, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: This guide shows readers how to transform a traditional organization into an evolutionary one with a framework and mindset that offer a new way of leading and approaching change. The key to surviving organizational change is sorting through the truths, half-truths, and lies-beginning with the ones you tell yourself. That way you don't end up overpromising and underdelivering, and you can weather troubling times in your organization. Truth, including inner truth, is key to surviving organizational change and achieving truly agile leadership. Using case studies from the most successful companies, Michael and Audree Sahota demonstrate how creative, collaborative, and adaptive thinking can ripple from the leader outward. If you can change your own mindset, you can change your organization. This holistic approach bridges the gap between traditional management and agile ways of working. If you can truly understand the reasons people resist new ways of working, you will no longer meet passive resistance, and an authentic transformation will result. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544372 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544372]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Humanity Works Better: Five Practices to Lead with Awareness, Choice and the Courage to Change Author: Kate Roeske-Zummer, Debbie Cohen Narrator: Kate Roeske-Zummer, Debbie Cohen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 43 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In Humanity Works Better, leadership experts Debbie Cohen and Kate Roeske-Zummer chart a new path forward: one that brings humanity, awareness, choice, and courage to the workplace. Their five practices explain how leaders and their teams can build the muscle required to work together as engaged productive human beings - the magic for a healthy culture and better business results. Get the best—not just the most—out of your people. Our modern workforce is suffering. For too long, organizations and leaders have sought success through a focus on efficiency and productivity, and it’s costing us dearly. Workplaces have become toxic and getting work done is a lot harder than it needs to be. Bullying and abuse has reached epidemic levels—along with high rates of burnout, turnover, and fatigue. Clearly, something needs to change. In Humanity Works Better, leadership experts Debbie Cohen and Kate Roeske-Zummer chart a new path forward: one that brings humanity to the workplace through awareness, choice, and courage. The result? A healthier, more productive work environment that draws the best—rather than squeezes the most—out of people. Inspired by proven techniques they’ve used to transform teams at organizations like Mozilla, Pinterest, Saba, Articulate, and Charge EPC, the authors guide you through their Five Practices. Through these Practices, company culture converts from toxic to healthy, from competitive to collaborative, from fearful to trusting, one human at a time. That human we are talking about is you. Because, when you change, the people around you change. The Five Practices help you navigate the complex relationships that make us human beings, complexities that become roadblocks and make it hard to get important work done. This audiobook helps you build the awareness and master the skills to become a better person, and a better leader. Kate Roeske-Zummer, Debbie Cohen Tue, 26 Oct 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544372 thebookvoice.com 4:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544372]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Humanity Works Better: Five Practices to Lead with Awareness, Choice and the Courage to Change Author: Kate Roeske-Zummer, Debbie Cohen Narrator: Kate Roeske-Zummer, Debbie Cohen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 43 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In Humanity Works Better, leadership experts Debbie Cohen and Kate Roeske-Zummer chart a new path forward: one that brings humanity, awareness, choice, and courage to the workplace. Their five practices explain how leaders and their teams can build the muscle required to work together as engaged productive human beings - the magic for a healthy culture and better business results. Get the best—not just the most—out of your people. Our modern workforce is suffering. For too long, organizations and leaders have sought success through a focus on efficiency and productivity, and it’s costing us dearly. Workplaces have become toxic and getting work done is a lot harder than it needs to be. Bullying and abuse has reached epidemic levels—along with high rates of burnout, turnover, and fatigue. Clearly, something needs to change. In Humanity Works Better, leadership experts Debbie Cohen and Kate Roeske-Zummer chart a new path forward: one that brings humanity to the workplace through awareness, choice, and courage. The result? A healthier, more productive work environment that draws the best—rather than squeezes the most—out of people. Inspired by proven techniques they’ve used to transform teams at organizations like Mozilla, Pinterest, Saba, Articulate, and Charge EPC, the authors guide you through their Five Practices. Through these Practices, company culture converts from toxic to healthy, from competitive to collaborative, from fearful to trusting, one human at a time. That human we are talking about is you. Because, when you change, the people around you change. The Five Practices help you navigate the complex relationships that make us human beings, complexities that become roadblocks and make it hard to get important work done. This audiobook helps you build the awareness and master the skills to become a better person, and a better leader. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544372]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Humanity Works Better: Five Practices to Lead with Awareness, Choice and the Courage to Change Author: Kate Roeske-Zummer, Debbie Cohen Narrator: Kate Roeske-Zummer, Debbie Cohen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 43 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In Humanity Works Better, leadership experts Debbie Cohen and Kate Roeske-Zummer chart a new path forward: one that brings humanity, awareness, choice, and courage to the workplace. Their five practices explain how leaders and their teams can build the muscle required to work together as engaged productive human beings - the magic for a healthy culture and better business results. Get the best—not just the most—out of your people. Our modern workforce is suffering. For too long, organizations and leaders have sought success through a focus on efficiency and productivity, and it’s costing us dearly. Workplaces have become toxic and getting work done is a lot harder than it needs to be. Bullying and abuse has reached epidemic levels—along with high rates of burnout, turnover, and fatigue. Clearly, something needs to change. In Humanity Works Better, leadership experts Debbie Cohen and Kate Roeske-Zummer chart a new path forward: one that brings humanity to the workplace through awareness, choice, and courage. The result? A healthier, more productive work environment that draws the best—rather than squeezes the most—out of people. Inspired by proven techniques they’ve used to transform teams at organizations like Mozilla, Pinterest, Saba, Articulate, and Charge EPC, the authors guide you through their Five Practices. Through these Practices, company culture converts from toxic to healthy, from competitive to collaborative, from fearful to trusting, one human at a time. That human we are talking about is you. Because, when you change, the people around you change. The Five Practices help you navigate the complex relationships that make us human beings, complexities that become roadblocks and make it hard to get important work done. This audiobook helps you build the awareness and master the skills to become a better person, and a better leader. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544160 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544160]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Pivot: Addressing Global Problems Through Local Action Author: Steve Hamm Narrator: Shawn Compton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 33 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: When the world reemerges from the COVID-19 pandemic, it seems likely that it will have transformed irrevocably. Can societies already reeling from climate change, income inequality, and structural racism change for the better? Does the shock of the pandemic offer an opportunity to pivot to a more sustainable way of life? Early in the crisis, a global volunteer collaboration called Pivot Projects was formed to rethink how the world works. Some members are experts in the sciences and the humanities; others are environmental activists or regular people who see themselves as world citizens. In The Pivot, the journalist Steve Hamm—who embedded in the enterprise from the start—explores their efforts and shows how their approach provides a model for achieving systemic change. Chronicling the group's progress along an uncharted path, he shows how people with a variety of skills and personalities collaborate to get things done. Through their work, Hamm examines some of today's most important technologies and concepts, such as systems thinking and modeling, complexity theory, artificial intelligence, and new thinking about resilience. The book features vivid, informal profiles of a number of the group's members and brings to life the excitement and energy of dynamic, smart people trying to change the world. Steve Hamm Tue, 26 Oct 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544160 thebookvoice.com 9:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544160]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Pivot: Addressing Global Problems Through Local Action Author: Steve Hamm Narrator: Shawn Compton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 33 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: When the world reemerges from the COVID-19 pandemic, it seems likely that it will have transformed irrevocably. Can societies already reeling from climate change, income inequality, and structural racism change for the better? Does the shock of the pandemic offer an opportunity to pivot to a more sustainable way of life? Early in the crisis, a global volunteer collaboration called Pivot Projects was formed to rethink how the world works. Some members are experts in the sciences and the humanities; others are environmental activists or regular people who see themselves as world citizens. In The Pivot, the journalist Steve Hamm—who embedded in the enterprise from the start—explores their efforts and shows how their approach provides a model for achieving systemic change. Chronicling the group's progress along an uncharted path, he shows how people with a variety of skills and personalities collaborate to get things done. Through their work, Hamm examines some of today's most important technologies and concepts, such as systems thinking and modeling, complexity theory, artificial intelligence, and new thinking about resilience. The book features vivid, informal profiles of a number of the group's members and brings to life the excitement and energy of dynamic, smart people trying to change the world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544160]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Pivot: Addressing Global Problems Through Local Action Author: Steve Hamm Narrator: Shawn Compton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 33 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: When the world reemerges from the COVID-19 pandemic, it seems likely that it will have transformed irrevocably. Can societies already reeling from climate change, income inequality, and structural racism change for the better? Does the shock of the pandemic offer an opportunity to pivot to a more sustainable way of life? Early in the crisis, a global volunteer collaboration called Pivot Projects was formed to rethink how the world works. Some members are experts in the sciences and the humanities; others are environmental activists or regular people who see themselves as world citizens. In The Pivot, the journalist Steve Hamm—who embedded in the enterprise from the start—explores their efforts and shows how their approach provides a model for achieving systemic change. Chronicling the group's progress along an uncharted path, he shows how people with a variety of skills and personalities collaborate to get things done. Through their work, Hamm examines some of today's most important technologies and concepts, such as systems thinking and modeling, complexity theory, artificial intelligence, and new thinking about resilience. The book features vivid, informal profiles of a number of the group's members and brings to life the excitement and energy of dynamic, smart people trying to change the world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544052 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544052]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Business of Race: How to Create and Sustain an Antiracist Workplace - And Why it’s Actually Good for Business Author: Gina Greenlee, Margaret H. Greenberg Narrator: Machelle Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 7 minutes Release date: January 18, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In the business world, incident-driven, company position statements on Black Lives Matter or Stop Asian Hate are not proxies for the heavy lifting that will penetrate and sustain a shift in the status quo. Advancing racial equity to disrupt institutional racism requires more than a company-wide memo or a tab on a corporate website. Businesses often water down, negate or skirt this reality by touting successes from its cousin—diversity. However, you cannot advance a strategy you do not name. It's impossible to create an antiracist workplace when we avoid speaking the words 'race' and 'racism.' Coauthored by two business women, one Black and one White, The Business of Race can help us all prepare for this transformative work. The authors outline both the inner work (raising our own individual awareness and creating new ways of thinking and being), and the outer work organizations must undertake. Woven throughout The Business of Race are interviews with dozens of business professionals across myriad industries, fields, and organizational levels. Their stories bring voice to the challenges and opportunities businesses face every day, and provide listeners with the courage and tools to openly, honestly, and effectively address the deeply complex, emotional, and intimidating dynamic of race and racism in the workplace. Gina Greenlee, Margaret H. Greenberg Tue, 18 Jan 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544052 thebookvoice.com 10:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544052]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Business of Race: How to Create and Sustain an Antiracist Workplace - And Why it’s Actually Good for Business Author: Gina Greenlee, Margaret H. Greenberg Narrator: Machelle Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 7 minutes Release date: January 18, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In the business world, incident-driven, company position statements on Black Lives Matter or Stop Asian Hate are not proxies for the heavy lifting that will penetrate and sustain a shift in the status quo. Advancing racial equity to disrupt institutional racism requires more than a company-wide memo or a tab on a corporate website. Businesses often water down, negate or skirt this reality by touting successes from its cousin—diversity. However, you cannot advance a strategy you do not name. It's impossible to create an antiracist workplace when we avoid speaking the words 'race' and 'racism.' Coauthored by two business women, one Black and one White, The Business of Race can help us all prepare for this transformative work. The authors outline both the inner work (raising our own individual awareness and creating new ways of thinking and being), and the outer work organizations must undertake. Woven throughout The Business of Race are interviews with dozens of business professionals across myriad industries, fields, and organizational levels. Their stories bring voice to the challenges and opportunities businesses face every day, and provide listeners with the courage and tools to openly, honestly, and effectively address the deeply complex, emotional, and intimidating dynamic of race and racism in the workplace. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544052]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Business of Race: How to Create and Sustain an Antiracist Workplace - And Why it’s Actually Good for Business Author: Gina Greenlee, Margaret H. Greenberg Narrator: Machelle Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 7 minutes Release date: January 18, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In the business world, incident-driven, company position statements on Black Lives Matter or Stop Asian Hate are not proxies for the heavy lifting that will penetrate and sustain a shift in the status quo. Advancing racial equity to disrupt institutional racism requires more than a company-wide memo or a tab on a corporate website. Businesses often water down, negate or skirt this reality by touting successes from its cousin—diversity. However, you cannot advance a strategy you do not name. It's impossible to create an antiracist workplace when we avoid speaking the words 'race' and 'racism.' Coauthored by two business women, one Black and one White, The Business of Race can help us all prepare for this transformative work. The authors outline both the inner work (raising our own individual awareness and creating new ways of thinking and being), and the outer work organizations must undertake. Woven throughout The Business of Race are interviews with dozens of business professionals across myriad industries, fields, and organizational levels. Their stories bring voice to the challenges and opportunities businesses face every day, and provide listeners with the courage and tools to openly, honestly, and effectively address the deeply complex, emotional, and intimidating dynamic of race and racism in the workplace. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544031 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544031]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hire With Your Head, 4th Edition: Using Performance-Based Hiring to Build Outstanding Diverse Teams Author: Lou Adler Narrator: Stephen Bowlby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 56 minutes Release date: October 12, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In the newly revised Fourth Edition of Hire With Your Head: Using Performance-Based Hiring to Build Outstanding Diverse Teams, influential recruiting and hiring expert Lou Adler delivers a practical guide to consistently identifying and hiring the best people and scaling that process throughout your company. This book will help you address your hiring and recruitment issues, not just by making you more efficient, but also by reforming your entire process to align with how top talent actually look for new jobs, compare offers, and select opportunities. You'll discover: ● what it takes to ensure more Win-Win Hiring outcomes by hiring for the anniversary date rather than the start date ● how to use a 'High Tech, High Touch' approach to raise the talent bar ● how to expand the talent pool to include more outstanding, high potential and diverse talent by defining work as a series of key performance objectives Perfect for hiring managers, recruiters, and HR and business leaders, Hire with Your Head is a must-have resource for anyone seeking to improve their ability to find, attract, and retain the top talent the world has to offer. Lou Adler Tue, 12 Oct 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544031 thebookvoice.com 9:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544031]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hire With Your Head, 4th Edition: Using Performance-Based Hiring to Build Outstanding Diverse Teams Author: Lou Adler Narrator: Stephen Bowlby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 56 minutes Release date: October 12, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In the newly revised Fourth Edition of Hire With Your Head: Using Performance-Based Hiring to Build Outstanding Diverse Teams, influential recruiting and hiring expert Lou Adler delivers a practical guide to consistently identifying and hiring the best people and scaling that process throughout your company. This book will help you address your hiring and recruitment issues, not just by making you more efficient, but also by reforming your entire process to align with how top talent actually look for new jobs, compare offers, and select opportunities. You'll discover: ● what it takes to ensure more Win-Win Hiring outcomes by hiring for the anniversary date rather than the start date ● how to use a 'High Tech, High Touch' approach to raise the talent bar ● how to expand the talent pool to include more outstanding, high potential and diverse talent by defining work as a series of key performance objectives Perfect for hiring managers, recruiters, and HR and business leaders, Hire with Your Head is a must-have resource for anyone seeking to improve their ability to find, attract, and retain the top talent the world has to offer. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544031]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hire With Your Head, 4th Edition: Using Performance-Based Hiring to Build Outstanding Diverse Teams Author: Lou Adler Narrator: Stephen Bowlby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 56 minutes Release date: October 12, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In the newly revised Fourth Edition of Hire With Your Head: Using Performance-Based Hiring to Build Outstanding Diverse Teams, influential recruiting and hiring expert Lou Adler delivers a practical guide to consistently identifying and hiring the best people and scaling that process throughout your company. This book will help you address your hiring and recruitment issues, not just by making you more efficient, but also by reforming your entire process to align with how top talent actually look for new jobs, compare offers, and select opportunities. You'll discover: ● what it takes to ensure more Win-Win Hiring outcomes by hiring for the anniversary date rather than the start date ● how to use a 'High Tech, High Touch' approach to raise the talent bar ● how to expand the talent pool to include more outstanding, high potential and diverse talent by defining work as a series of key performance objectives Perfect for hiring managers, recruiters, and HR and business leaders, Hire with Your Head is a must-have resource for anyone seeking to improve their ability to find, attract, and retain the top talent the world has to offer. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543852 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543852]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leadership in Crisis: Lessons from the Global Pandemic Author: Thomas Nelson Narrator: Jill Blackwood, Van Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 38 minutes Release date: April 26, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The Covid crisis has been a proving ground of sorts for business leaders, forcing them to adapt to new realities and unprecedented uncertainty.  Leading through it has often been painful, but it’s also produced valuable lessons about rallying employees, navigating global pressures, and finding opportunity amid hardship. Leadership in Crisis profiles leaders of a range of business from auto giants like Telsa and General Motors to Moderna, the upstart that developed a Covid-19 vaccine, to a small grocery store in North Carolina.  Takeaways include: - Take advantage of a crisis to try something new. - Channel your scrappiness and tenacity. - Be of service. Turn to Leadership in Crisis and remember that when the world breaks, there are all kinds of opportunities to make it better, for your business and beyond. Thomas Nelson Tue, 26 Apr 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543852 thebookvoice.com 3:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543852]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leadership in Crisis: Lessons from the Global Pandemic Author: Thomas Nelson Narrator: Jill Blackwood, Van Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 38 minutes Release date: April 26, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The Covid crisis has been a proving ground of sorts for business leaders, forcing them to adapt to new realities and unprecedented uncertainty.  Leading through it has often been painful, but it’s also produced valuable lessons about rallying employees, navigating global pressures, and finding opportunity amid hardship. Leadership in Crisis profiles leaders of a range of business from auto giants like Telsa and General Motors to Moderna, the upstart that developed a Covid-19 vaccine, to a small grocery store in North Carolina.  Takeaways include: - Take advantage of a crisis to try something new. - Channel your scrappiness and tenacity. - Be of service. Turn to Leadership in Crisis and remember that when the world breaks, there are all kinds of opportunities to make it better, for your business and beyond. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543852]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leadership in Crisis: Lessons from the Global Pandemic Author: Thomas Nelson Narrator: Jill Blackwood, Van Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 38 minutes Release date: April 26, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The Covid crisis has been a proving ground of sorts for business leaders, forcing them to adapt to new realities and unprecedented uncertainty.  Leading through it has often been painful, but it’s also produced valuable lessons about rallying employees, navigating global pressures, and finding opportunity amid hardship. Leadership in Crisis profiles leaders of a range of business from auto giants like Telsa and General Motors to Moderna, the upstart that developed a Covid-19 vaccine, to a small grocery store in North Carolina.  Takeaways include: - Take advantage of a crisis to try something new. - Channel your scrappiness and tenacity. - Be of service. Turn to Leadership in Crisis and remember that when the world breaks, there are all kinds of opportunities to make it better, for your business and beyond. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/542758 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/542758]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Erfolgsfaktor Teamarchitektur: Aufbau, Entwicklung und Führung von High Performance Teams - mit einem Vorwort von Oliver Bierhoff Author: Stefan Kermas, Mario Reis Narrator: Frank Ferner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 23 minutes Release date: February 26, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Heute werden bereits rund achtzig Prozent der Unternehmensleistung in Teams erbracht. Und doch sind Teams bei weitem nicht so effektiv, wie sie sein könnten. Die Zahlen zu Engagement, Produktivität und Zufriedenheit sind hier seit Jahren eindeutig. Doch was hält Teams davon ab, mit voller Energie und Enthusiasmus zusammenzuarbeiten? Wie wird Rollenklarheit vor allem in kritischen Situationen der Zusammenarbeit geschaffen? Was macht High Performance am Arbeitsplatz wirklich aus und wie kann sie letztlich erreicht werden?- Stefan Kermas, Mario Reis Fri, 26 Feb 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/542758 thebookvoice.com 6:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/542758]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Erfolgsfaktor Teamarchitektur: Aufbau, Entwicklung und Führung von High Performance Teams - mit einem Vorwort von Oliver Bierhoff Author: Stefan Kermas, Mario Reis Narrator: Frank Ferner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 23 minutes Release date: February 26, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Heute werden bereits rund achtzig Prozent der Unternehmensleistung in Teams erbracht. Und doch sind Teams bei weitem nicht so effektiv, wie sie sein könnten. Die Zahlen zu Engagement, Produktivität und Zufriedenheit sind hier seit Jahren eindeutig. Doch was hält Teams davon ab, mit voller Energie und Enthusiasmus zusammenzuarbeiten? Wie wird Rollenklarheit vor allem in kritischen Situationen der Zusammenarbeit geschaffen? Was macht High Performance am Arbeitsplatz wirklich aus und wie kann sie letztlich erreicht werden?- Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/542758]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Erfolgsfaktor Teamarchitektur: Aufbau, Entwicklung und Führung von High Performance Teams - mit einem Vorwort von Oliver Bierhoff Author: Stefan Kermas, Mario Reis Narrator: Frank Ferner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 23 minutes Release date: February 26, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Heute werden bereits rund achtzig Prozent der Unternehmensleistung in Teams erbracht. Und doch sind Teams bei weitem nicht so effektiv, wie sie sein könnten. Die Zahlen zu Engagement, Produktivität und Zufriedenheit sind hier seit Jahren eindeutig. Doch was hält Teams davon ab, mit voller Energie und Enthusiasmus zusammenzuarbeiten? Wie wird Rollenklarheit vor allem in kritischen Situationen der Zusammenarbeit geschaffen? Was macht High Performance am Arbeitsplatz wirklich aus und wie kann sie letztlich erreicht werden?- https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/542487 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/542487]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Gelegenheit macht Liebe - Wenn's im Büro knistert Author: Karin Unkrig Narrator: Stephanie Schreiter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 6 minutes Release date: December 25, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Wie ist es zu erklären, wenn ein Angestellter früh in der Firma erscheint, freudig Überstunden schiebt, am Wochenende den Montag herbeisehnt und vor Hilfsbereitschaft beinahe platzt? Zwei Antworten sind möglich: Entweder handelt es sich um Mister Superman oder der Kerl ist verliebt - in eine Arbeitskollegin. Was ist zu tun, wenn Amor am Arbeitsplatz zugeschlagen hat? Die Arbeitspsychologin Karin Unkrig hat sich des Themas in einem fundierten Ratgeber angenommen. Sie zeigt anhand von zehn typischen Beispielen, welche positiven und negativen Szenarien möglich sind, fragt bei Personalfachleuten und Experten nach, vermittelt Tipps und Tricks und schildert rechtliche wie unternehmerische Aspekte. Karin Unkrig Tue, 25 Dec 2018 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/542487 thebookvoice.com 4:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/542487]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Gelegenheit macht Liebe - Wenn's im Büro knistert Author: Karin Unkrig Narrator: Stephanie Schreiter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 6 minutes Release date: December 25, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Wie ist es zu erklären, wenn ein Angestellter früh in der Firma erscheint, freudig Überstunden schiebt, am Wochenende den Montag herbeisehnt und vor Hilfsbereitschaft beinahe platzt? Zwei Antworten sind möglich: Entweder handelt es sich um Mister Superman oder der Kerl ist verliebt - in eine Arbeitskollegin. Was ist zu tun, wenn Amor am Arbeitsplatz zugeschlagen hat? Die Arbeitspsychologin Karin Unkrig hat sich des Themas in einem fundierten Ratgeber angenommen. Sie zeigt anhand von zehn typischen Beispielen, welche positiven und negativen Szenarien möglich sind, fragt bei Personalfachleuten und Experten nach, vermittelt Tipps und Tricks und schildert rechtliche wie unternehmerische Aspekte. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/542487]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Gelegenheit macht Liebe - Wenn's im Büro knistert Author: Karin Unkrig Narrator: Stephanie Schreiter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 6 minutes Release date: December 25, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Wie ist es zu erklären, wenn ein Angestellter früh in der Firma erscheint, freudig Überstunden schiebt, am Wochenende den Montag herbeisehnt und vor Hilfsbereitschaft beinahe platzt? Zwei Antworten sind möglich: Entweder handelt es sich um Mister Superman oder der Kerl ist verliebt - in eine Arbeitskollegin. Was ist zu tun, wenn Amor am Arbeitsplatz zugeschlagen hat? Die Arbeitspsychologin Karin Unkrig hat sich des Themas in einem fundierten Ratgeber angenommen. Sie zeigt anhand von zehn typischen Beispielen, welche positiven und negativen Szenarien möglich sind, fragt bei Personalfachleuten und Experten nach, vermittelt Tipps und Tricks und schildert rechtliche wie unternehmerische Aspekte. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541383 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541383]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Besser arbeiten: 66 Impulse für eine menschlichere Arbeitswelt und mehr Freude im Beruf Author: Nico Rose, Bernd Slaghuis Narrator: Patrick Twinem Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 6 minutes Release date: March 8, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Wie arbeiten wir in Zukunft zusammen, was macht wirkungsvolle Führung aus, wann stiftet Arbeit Sinn und was ist wichtig, damit wir in unseren Jobs mehr Freude empfinden? Manager, Führungskräfte und Mitarbeiter stehen in unserer Arbeitswelt im Wandel gemeinsam vor der Herausforderung, Zusammenarbeit sowohl wirtschaftlich erfolgreich als auch menschlich gesund zu gestalten.Dieses Hörbuch enthält Antworten in Form von 66 ausgewählten, knackigen und fachlich fundierten Beiträgen der Autoren mit vielfältigen Impulsen und konkreten Tipps rund um Führung & Management, Unternehmenskultur & Change, Karriere & Entwicklung, Sinn der Arbeit sowie HR & Recruiting.- Nico Rose, Bernd Slaghuis Mon, 08 Mar 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541383 thebookvoice.com 9:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541383]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Besser arbeiten: 66 Impulse für eine menschlichere Arbeitswelt und mehr Freude im Beruf Author: Nico Rose, Bernd Slaghuis Narrator: Patrick Twinem Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 6 minutes Release date: March 8, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Wie arbeiten wir in Zukunft zusammen, was macht wirkungsvolle Führung aus, wann stiftet Arbeit Sinn und was ist wichtig, damit wir in unseren Jobs mehr Freude empfinden? Manager, Führungskräfte und Mitarbeiter stehen in unserer Arbeitswelt im Wandel gemeinsam vor der Herausforderung, Zusammenarbeit sowohl wirtschaftlich erfolgreich als auch menschlich gesund zu gestalten.Dieses Hörbuch enthält Antworten in Form von 66 ausgewählten, knackigen und fachlich fundierten Beiträgen der Autoren mit vielfältigen Impulsen und konkreten Tipps rund um Führung & Management, Unternehmenskultur & Change, Karriere & Entwicklung, Sinn der Arbeit sowie HR & Recruiting.- Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541383]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Besser arbeiten: 66 Impulse für eine menschlichere Arbeitswelt und mehr Freude im Beruf Author: Nico Rose, Bernd Slaghuis Narrator: Patrick Twinem Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 6 minutes Release date: March 8, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Wie arbeiten wir in Zukunft zusammen, was macht wirkungsvolle Führung aus, wann stiftet Arbeit Sinn und was ist wichtig, damit wir in unseren Jobs mehr Freude empfinden? Manager, Führungskräfte und Mitarbeiter stehen in unserer Arbeitswelt im Wandel gemeinsam vor der Herausforderung, Zusammenarbeit sowohl wirtschaftlich erfolgreich als auch menschlich gesund zu gestalten.Dieses Hörbuch enthält Antworten in Form von 66 ausgewählten, knackigen und fachlich fundierten Beiträgen der Autoren mit vielfältigen Impulsen und konkreten Tipps rund um Führung & Management, Unternehmenskultur & Change, Karriere & Entwicklung, Sinn der Arbeit sowie HR & Recruiting.- https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/540198 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/540198]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jerks at Work: Toxic Coworkers and What to do About Them Author: Tessa West Narrator: Kirsten Potter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 26 minutes Release date: January 20, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Want to get those difficult colleagues off your back and restore your sanity? NYU psychology professor Tessa West shows you how. Have you ever watched a colleague charm the pants off management while showing a competitive, Machiavellian side to the lower ranks? They don't hesitate to throw peers under the bus, but their boss is oblivious to their bad behaviour. What about a constantly interrupting colleague? Or an over-bearing manager? While these jerks stress us out in small ways throughout the day, they aren't technically breaking any rules, so we're expected just to put up with them. Until now. Tessa West has helped thousands of people resolve their most pressing workplace issues. And now she draws on a decade of original research to profile classic workplace archetypes, including the Gaslighter, the Bulldozer, the Credit-Stealer, the Neglecter, and the Micromanager, giving advice to anyone who's ever hidden in the bathroom to cry at work. She digs deep into the inner workings of each bad apple, exploring their motivations and insecurities, and offers clever strategies for stopping each type of jerk in their tracks. Know a Jerk at Work? This proactive approach reveals the single, most effective way to achieve emotional wellbeing at work. © Tessa West 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Tessa West Thu, 20 Jan 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/540198 thebookvoice.com 6:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/540198]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jerks at Work: Toxic Coworkers and What to do About Them Author: Tessa West Narrator: Kirsten Potter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 26 minutes Release date: January 20, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Want to get those difficult colleagues off your back and restore your sanity? NYU psychology professor Tessa West shows you how. Have you ever watched a colleague charm the pants off management while showing a competitive, Machiavellian side to the lower ranks? They don't hesitate to throw peers under the bus, but their boss is oblivious to their bad behaviour. What about a constantly interrupting colleague? Or an over-bearing manager? While these jerks stress us out in small ways throughout the day, they aren't technically breaking any rules, so we're expected just to put up with them. Until now. Tessa West has helped thousands of people resolve their most pressing workplace issues. And now she draws on a decade of original research to profile classic workplace archetypes, including the Gaslighter, the Bulldozer, the Credit-Stealer, the Neglecter, and the Micromanager, giving advice to anyone who's ever hidden in the bathroom to cry at work. She digs deep into the inner workings of each bad apple, exploring their motivations and insecurities, and offers clever strategies for stopping each type of jerk in their tracks. Know a Jerk at Work? This proactive approach reveals the single, most effective way to achieve emotional wellbeing at work. © Tessa West 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/540198]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jerks at Work: Toxic Coworkers and What to do About Them Author: Tessa West Narrator: Kirsten Potter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 26 minutes Release date: January 20, 2022 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Want to get those difficult colleagues off your back and restore your sanity? NYU psychology professor Tessa West shows you how. Have you ever watched a colleague charm the pants off management while showing a competitive, Machiavellian side to the lower ranks? They don't hesitate to throw peers under the bus, but their boss is oblivious to their bad behaviour. What about a constantly interrupting colleague? Or an over-bearing manager? While these jerks stress us out in small ways throughout the day, they aren't technically breaking any rules, so we're expected just to put up with them. Until now. Tessa West has helped thousands of people resolve their most pressing workplace issues. And now she draws on a decade of original research to profile classic workplace archetypes, including the Gaslighter, the Bulldozer, the Credit-Stealer, the Neglecter, and the Micromanager, giving advice to anyone who's ever hidden in the bathroom to cry at work. She digs deep into the inner workings of each bad apple, exploring their motivations and insecurities, and offers clever strategies for stopping each type of jerk in their tracks. Know a Jerk at Work? This proactive approach reveals the single, most effective way to achieve emotional wellbeing at work. © Tessa West 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539719 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539719]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hiring for Diversity: The Guide to Building an Inclusive and Equitable Organization Author: Susanna Tharakan, Arthur Woods Narrator: Daniel Henning Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 37 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: You want to build a more diverse organization, but how will you shift your hiring practices? Learn the playbook from the world's top talent executives and the global leader in diversity recruiting. Hiring for Diversity: The Guide to Building an Inclusive and Equitable Organization brings together the most cutting-edge practices for implementing a diversity hiring strategy that leaves your organization with a comprehensive view and an actionable plan. Using the author's research-backed Equal Hiring Index® and work with hundreds of leading employers, the book offers listeners the most actionable examples of the policies and practices that inclusive hiring leaders employ today. You'll learn: how to take stock of your existing hiring and retention practices to identify the most urgent and high impact opportunities; where to enact tactical changes to your hiring practices and policies that will reduce bias and improve accessibility; how to develop a comprehensive diversity sourcing strategy by building a holistic understanding of underrepresented communities; how to shift the mindset and behavior of people in your organization to collectively advance your diversity hiring efforts; and how to measure your progress and report your impact in your diversity hiring. Susanna Tharakan, Arthur Woods Tue, 26 Oct 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539719 thebookvoice.com 9:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539719]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hiring for Diversity: The Guide to Building an Inclusive and Equitable Organization Author: Susanna Tharakan, Arthur Woods Narrator: Daniel Henning Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 37 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: You want to build a more diverse organization, but how will you shift your hiring practices? Learn the playbook from the world's top talent executives and the global leader in diversity recruiting. Hiring for Diversity: The Guide to Building an Inclusive and Equitable Organization brings together the most cutting-edge practices for implementing a diversity hiring strategy that leaves your organization with a comprehensive view and an actionable plan. Using the author's research-backed Equal Hiring Index® and work with hundreds of leading employers, the book offers listeners the most actionable examples of the policies and practices that inclusive hiring leaders employ today. You'll learn: how to take stock of your existing hiring and retention practices to identify the most urgent and high impact opportunities; where to enact tactical changes to your hiring practices and policies that will reduce bias and improve accessibility; how to develop a comprehensive diversity sourcing strategy by building a holistic understanding of underrepresented communities; how to shift the mindset and behavior of people in your organization to collectively advance your diversity hiring efforts; and how to measure your progress and report your impact in your diversity hiring. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539719]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hiring for Diversity: The Guide to Building an Inclusive and Equitable Organization Author: Susanna Tharakan, Arthur Woods Narrator: Daniel Henning Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 37 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: You want to build a more diverse organization, but how will you shift your hiring practices? Learn the playbook from the world's top talent executives and the global leader in diversity recruiting. Hiring for Diversity: The Guide to Building an Inclusive and Equitable Organization brings together the most cutting-edge practices for implementing a diversity hiring strategy that leaves your organization with a comprehensive view and an actionable plan. Using the author's research-backed Equal Hiring Index® and work with hundreds of leading employers, the book offers listeners the most actionable examples of the policies and practices that inclusive hiring leaders employ today. You'll learn: how to take stock of your existing hiring and retention practices to identify the most urgent and high impact opportunities; where to enact tactical changes to your hiring practices and policies that will reduce bias and improve accessibility; how to develop a comprehensive diversity sourcing strategy by building a holistic understanding of underrepresented communities; how to shift the mindset and behavior of people in your organization to collectively advance your diversity hiring efforts; and how to measure your progress and report your impact in your diversity hiring. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538503 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538503]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Making Better Decisions. How to Develop More Determination Even in Complex Situations: Step by Step Guide to Better Decisions Author: Johanna Dahm Narrator: Marco Neumann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 58 minutes Release date: September 16, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Eight out of ten people put off important decisions themselves. From shopping to choosing a partner to career questions or financial decisions. Why is that actually the case? And aren't there ways to make decisions more easily, even in complex matters? Germany`s Bestselling Author, Keynote Speaker and Top Corporate Consultant Johanna Dahm illustrates the disadvantages for individuals and also organizations when decisions are postponed. She shows how simple it can be to make decisions more easily and quickly. Because the future depends on whether we continue to put things off or whether we actually implement goals. Johanna Dahm Thu, 16 Sep 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538503 thebookvoice.com 0:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538503]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Making Better Decisions. How to Develop More Determination Even in Complex Situations: Step by Step Guide to Better Decisions Author: Johanna Dahm Narrator: Marco Neumann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 58 minutes Release date: September 16, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Eight out of ten people put off important decisions themselves. From shopping to choosing a partner to career questions or financial decisions. Why is that actually the case? And aren't there ways to make decisions more easily, even in complex matters? Germany`s Bestselling Author, Keynote Speaker and Top Corporate Consultant Johanna Dahm illustrates the disadvantages for individuals and also organizations when decisions are postponed. She shows how simple it can be to make decisions more easily and quickly. Because the future depends on whether we continue to put things off or whether we actually implement goals. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538503]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Making Better Decisions. How to Develop More Determination Even in Complex Situations: Step by Step Guide to Better Decisions Author: Johanna Dahm Narrator: Marco Neumann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 58 minutes Release date: September 16, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Eight out of ten people put off important decisions themselves. From shopping to choosing a partner to career questions or financial decisions. Why is that actually the case? And aren't there ways to make decisions more easily, even in complex matters? Germany`s Bestselling Author, Keynote Speaker and Top Corporate Consultant Johanna Dahm illustrates the disadvantages for individuals and also organizations when decisions are postponed. She shows how simple it can be to make decisions more easily and quickly. Because the future depends on whether we continue to put things off or whether we actually implement goals. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538417 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538417]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Career and Family: Women's Century-Long Journey toward Equity Author: Claudia Goldin Narrator: Nancy Crane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 26 minutes Release date: October 12, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Winner of the 2023 Nobel Prize in Economics This audiobook narrated by Nancy Crane traces women's journey to close the gender wage gap and sheds new light on the continued struggle to achieve equity between couples at home A century ago, it was a given that a woman with a college degree had to choose between having a career and a family. Today, there are more female college graduates than ever before, and more women want to have a career and family, yet challenges persist at work and at home. This book traces how generations of women have responded to the problem of balancing career and family as the twentieth century experienced a sea change in gender equality, revealing why true equity for dual career couples remains frustratingly out of reach. Drawing on decades of her own groundbreaking research, Claudia Goldin provides a fresh, in-depth look at the diverse experiences of college-educated women from the 1900s to today, examining the aspirations they formed—and the barriers they faced—in terms of career, job, marriage, and children. She shows how many professions are 'greedy,' paying disproportionately more for long hours and weekend work, and how this perpetuates disparities between women and men. Goldin demonstrates how the era of COVID-19 has severely hindered women's advancement, yet how the growth of remote and flexible work may be the pandemic's silver lining. Antidiscrimination laws and unbiased managers, while valuable, are not enough. Career and Family explains why we must make fundamental changes to the way we work and how we value caregiving if we are ever to achieve gender equality and couple equity. Claudia Goldin Tue, 12 Oct 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538417 thebookvoice.com 9:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538417]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Career and Family: Women's Century-Long Journey toward Equity Author: Claudia Goldin Narrator: Nancy Crane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 26 minutes Release date: October 12, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Winner of the 2023 Nobel Prize in Economics This audiobook narrated by Nancy Crane traces women's journey to close the gender wage gap and sheds new light on the continued struggle to achieve equity between couples at home A century ago, it was a given that a woman with a college degree had to choose between having a career and a family. Today, there are more female college graduates than ever before, and more women want to have a career and family, yet challenges persist at work and at home. This book traces how generations of women have responded to the problem of balancing career and family as the twentieth century experienced a sea change in gender equality, revealing why true equity for dual career couples remains frustratingly out of reach. Drawing on decades of her own groundbreaking research, Claudia Goldin provides a fresh, in-depth look at the diverse experiences of college-educated women from the 1900s to today, examining the aspirations they formed—and the barriers they faced—in terms of career, job, marriage, and children. She shows how many professions are 'greedy,' paying disproportionately more for long hours and weekend work, and how this perpetuates disparities between women and men. Goldin demonstrates how the era of COVID-19 has severely hindered women's advancement, yet how the growth of remote and flexible work may be the pandemic's silver lining. Antidiscrimination laws and unbiased managers, while valuable, are not enough. Career and Family explains why we must make fundamental changes to the way we work and how we value caregiving if we are ever to achieve gender equality and couple equity. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538417]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Career and Family: Women's Century-Long Journey toward Equity Author: Claudia Goldin Narrator: Nancy Crane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 26 minutes Release date: October 12, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Winner of the 2023 Nobel Prize in Economics This audiobook narrated by Nancy Crane traces women's journey to close the gender wage gap and sheds new light on the continued struggle to achieve equity between couples at home A century ago, it was a given that a woman with a college degree had to choose between having a career and a family. Today, there are more female college graduates than ever before, and more women want to have a career and family, yet challenges persist at work and at home. This book traces how generations of women have responded to the problem of balancing career and family as the twentieth century experienced a sea change in gender equality, revealing why true equity for dual career couples remains frustratingly out of reach. Drawing on decades of her own groundbreaking research, Claudia Goldin provides a fresh, in-depth look at the diverse experiences of college-educated women from the 1900s to today, examining the aspirations they formed—and the barriers they faced—in terms of career, job, marriage, and children. She shows how many professions are 'greedy,' paying disproportionately more for long hours and weekend work, and how this perpetuates disparities between women and men. Goldin demonstrates how the era of COVID-19 has severely hindered women's advancement, yet how the growth of remote and flexible work may be the pandemic's silver lining. Antidiscrimination laws and unbiased managers, while valuable, are not enough. Career and Family explains why we must make fundamental changes to the way we work and how we value caregiving if we are ever to achieve gender equality and couple equity. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537844 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537844]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Culture Fix: How To Create A Great Place To Work Author: Colin D Ellis Narrator: Colin D Ellis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 33 minutes Release date: April 11, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The playbook for building a great culture. Culture is the key to success for every organisation, but what do great cultures do and what makes them successful? In Culture Fix, author and narrator Colin D Ellis shows you how to change the way you do things and create a winning culture that will keep your organisation relevant today and into the future. No matter your business, industry or country, your culture's success depends on the emotional intelligence and engagement of the people within it. Whether you're a CEO, manager or team leader, this comprehensive playbook provides everything you need to build self-motivating teams capable of delivering great value and a fantastic employee experience. Learn how to: * build an aspirational vision for your organisation or team * create a set of values that mean something * enhance the communication between your people * adopt the mindsets and behaviours for a successful culture * create the right environment for innovation and creativity Practical, insightful, honest and funny, Culture Fix will show you how to create a workplace where great people can accomplish great things. Colin D Ellis Sun, 11 Apr 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537844 thebookvoice.com 6:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537844]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Culture Fix: How To Create A Great Place To Work Author: Colin D Ellis Narrator: Colin D Ellis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 33 minutes Release date: April 11, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The playbook for building a great culture. Culture is the key to success for every organisation, but what do great cultures do and what makes them successful? In Culture Fix, author and narrator Colin D Ellis shows you how to change the way you do things and create a winning culture that will keep your organisation relevant today and into the future. No matter your business, industry or country, your culture's success depends on the emotional intelligence and engagement of the people within it. Whether you're a CEO, manager or team leader, this comprehensive playbook provides everything you need to build self-motivating teams capable of delivering great value and a fantastic employee experience. Learn how to: * build an aspirational vision for your organisation or team * create a set of values that mean something * enhance the communication between your people * adopt the mindsets and behaviours for a successful culture * create the right environment for innovation and creativity Practical, insightful, honest and funny, Culture Fix will show you how to create a workplace where great people can accomplish great things. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537844]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Culture Fix: How To Create A Great Place To Work Author: Colin D Ellis Narrator: Colin D Ellis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 33 minutes Release date: April 11, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The playbook for building a great culture. Culture is the key to success for every organisation, but what do great cultures do and what makes them successful? In Culture Fix, author and narrator Colin D Ellis shows you how to change the way you do things and create a winning culture that will keep your organisation relevant today and into the future. No matter your business, industry or country, your culture's success depends on the emotional intelligence and engagement of the people within it. Whether you're a CEO, manager or team leader, this comprehensive playbook provides everything you need to build self-motivating teams capable of delivering great value and a fantastic employee experience. Learn how to: * build an aspirational vision for your organisation or team * create a set of values that mean something * enhance the communication between your people * adopt the mindsets and behaviours for a successful culture * create the right environment for innovation and creativity Practical, insightful, honest and funny, Culture Fix will show you how to create a workplace where great people can accomplish great things. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537742 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537742]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Brain for Business–A Brain for Life: How insights from behavioral and brain science can change business and business practice for the better Series: Part of The Neuroscience of Business Series Author: Shane O'mara Narrator: Mike Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: May 4, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Behavior change is hard, but O’Mara shows that by adopting strategies that are well-founded in the science of brain and behavior individuals and organizations can adapt to the demands of the modern world. The brain matters in business. The problem is that our brains have many biases, heuristics, and predilections that can distort behavior and decision making. The good news is that we know more about how these work than ever before. O’Mara’s starting point is that, as our behavior arises from the structure and function of our brains, careful examination of a series of brain-based (“neurocognitive”) analyses of common aspects of human behavior relevant to business and management practice reveals lessons that can be used at work. He begins by looking at neuroplasticity and how it enables a shift from a restrictive “fixed mindset” to an enabling “growth mindset.” He shows how this changing mindset approach—where the focus is on task and improvements based on effort—is scalable within organizations. Next, as the brain is a living organ like the heart and lungs, O’Mara shows how to keep it physically in the best possible shape before examining how we exercise control over our behavior, build resilience and create positive brain states. He also considers the implications for business of our brains wiring for status and illustrates how research shows that it is possible to de-bias assumptions about gender and race—and the impact that this has on performance. Shane O'mara Tue, 04 May 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537742 thebookvoice.com 6:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537742]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Brain for Business–A Brain for Life: How insights from behavioral and brain science can change business and business practice for the better Series: Part of The Neuroscience of Business Series Author: Shane O'mara Narrator: Mike Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: May 4, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Behavior change is hard, but O’Mara shows that by adopting strategies that are well-founded in the science of brain and behavior individuals and organizations can adapt to the demands of the modern world. The brain matters in business. The problem is that our brains have many biases, heuristics, and predilections that can distort behavior and decision making. The good news is that we know more about how these work than ever before. O’Mara’s starting point is that, as our behavior arises from the structure and function of our brains, careful examination of a series of brain-based (“neurocognitive”) analyses of common aspects of human behavior relevant to business and management practice reveals lessons that can be used at work. He begins by looking at neuroplasticity and how it enables a shift from a restrictive “fixed mindset” to an enabling “growth mindset.” He shows how this changing mindset approach—where the focus is on task and improvements based on effort—is scalable within organizations. Next, as the brain is a living organ like the heart and lungs, O’Mara shows how to keep it physically in the best possible shape before examining how we exercise control over our behavior, build resilience and create positive brain states. He also considers the implications for business of our brains wiring for status and illustrates how research shows that it is possible to de-bias assumptions about gender and race—and the impact that this has on performance. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537742]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Brain for Business–A Brain for Life: How insights from behavioral and brain science can change business and business practice for the better Series: Part of The Neuroscience of Business Series Author: Shane O'mara Narrator: Mike Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: May 4, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Behavior change is hard, but O’Mara shows that by adopting strategies that are well-founded in the science of brain and behavior individuals and organizations can adapt to the demands of the modern world. The brain matters in business. The problem is that our brains have many biases, heuristics, and predilections that can distort behavior and decision making. The good news is that we know more about how these work than ever before. O’Mara’s starting point is that, as our behavior arises from the structure and function of our brains, careful examination of a series of brain-based (“neurocognitive”) analyses of common aspects of human behavior relevant to business and management practice reveals lessons that can be used at work. He begins by looking at neuroplasticity and how it enables a shift from a restrictive “fixed mindset” to an enabling “growth mindset.” He shows how this changing mindset approach—where the focus is on task and improvements based on effort—is scalable within organizations. Next, as the brain is a living organ like the heart and lungs, O’Mara shows how to keep it physically in the best possible shape before examining how we exercise control over our behavior, build resilience and create positive brain states. He also considers the implications for business of our brains wiring for status and illustrates how research shows that it is possible to de-bias assumptions about gender and race—and the impact that this has on performance. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537165 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537165]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The First, the Few, the Only: How Women of Color Can Redefine Power in Corporate America Author: Deepa Purushothaman Narrator: Deepa Purushothaman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 54 minutes Release date: March 1, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Axiom Award Bronze Medalist for Women / BIPOC in Business A deeply personal call to action for women of color to find power from within and to join together in community, advocating for a new corporate environment where we all belong—and are accepted—on our own terms. Women of color comprise one of the fastest-growing segments in the corporate workforce, yet often we are underrepresented—among the first, few, or only ones in a department or company. For too long, corporate structures, social zeitgeist, and cultural conditioning have left us feeling exhausted and downtrodden, believing that in order to “fit in” and be successful, we must hide or change who we are. As a former senior partner at a large global services firm, Deepa Purushothaman experienced these feelings of isolation and burnout. She met with hundreds of other women of color across industries and cultural backgrounds, eager to hear about their unique and shared experiences. In doing so, she has come to understand our collective setbacks—and the path forward in achieving our goals.   Business must evolve—and women of color have the potential to lead that transformation. We must begin by pushing back against toxic messaging—including the things we tell ourselves—while embracing the valuable cultural viewpoints and experiences that give us unique perspectives at work. By fully realizing our own strengths, we can build collective power and use it to confront microaggressions, outdated norms, and workplace misconceptions; create cultures where belonging is never conditional; and rework corporations to be genuinely inclusive to all. The First, the Few, the Only is a road map for us to make a profound impact within and outside our organizations while ensuring that our words are heard, our lived experiences are respected, and our contributions are finally valued. Deepa Purushothaman Tue, 01 Mar 2022 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537165 thebookvoice.com 5:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537165]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The First, the Few, the Only: How Women of Color Can Redefine Power in Corporate America Author: Deepa Purushothaman Narrator: Deepa Purushothaman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 54 minutes Release date: March 1, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Axiom Award Bronze Medalist for Women / BIPOC in Business A deeply personal call to action for women of color to find power from within and to join together in community, advocating for a new corporate environment where we all belong—and are accepted—on our own terms. Women of color comprise one of the fastest-growing segments in the corporate workforce, yet often we are underrepresented—among the first, few, or only ones in a department or company. For too long, corporate structures, social zeitgeist, and cultural conditioning have left us feeling exhausted and downtrodden, believing that in order to “fit in” and be successful, we must hide or change who we are. As a former senior partner at a large global services firm, Deepa Purushothaman experienced these feelings of isolation and burnout. She met with hundreds of other women of color across industries and cultural backgrounds, eager to hear about their unique and shared experiences. In doing so, she has come to understand our collective setbacks—and the path forward in achieving our goals.   Business must evolve—and women of color have the potential to lead that transformation. We must begin by pushing back against toxic messaging—including the things we tell ourselves—while embracing the valuable cultural viewpoints and experiences that give us unique perspectives at work. By fully realizing our own strengths, we can build collective power and use it to confront microaggressions, outdated norms, and workplace misconceptions; create cultures where belonging is never conditional; and rework corporations to be genuinely inclusive to all. The First, the Few, the Only is a road map for us to make a profound impact within and outside our organizations while ensuring that our words are heard, our lived experiences are respected, and our contributions are finally valued. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537165]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The First, the Few, the Only: How Women of Color Can Redefine Power in Corporate America Author: Deepa Purushothaman Narrator: Deepa Purushothaman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 54 minutes Release date: March 1, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Axiom Award Bronze Medalist for Women / BIPOC in Business A deeply personal call to action for women of color to find power from within and to join together in community, advocating for a new corporate environment where we all belong—and are accepted—on our own terms. Women of color comprise one of the fastest-growing segments in the corporate workforce, yet often we are underrepresented—among the first, few, or only ones in a department or company. For too long, corporate structures, social zeitgeist, and cultural conditioning have left us feeling exhausted and downtrodden, believing that in order to “fit in” and be successful, we must hide or change who we are. As a former senior partner at a large global services firm, Deepa Purushothaman experienced these feelings of isolation and burnout. She met with hundreds of other women of color across industries and cultural backgrounds, eager to hear about their unique and shared experiences. In doing so, she has come to understand our collective setbacks—and the path forward in achieving our goals.   Business must evolve—and women of color have the potential to lead that transformation. We must begin by pushing back against toxic messaging—including the things we tell ourselves—while embracing the valuable cultural viewpoints and experiences that give us unique perspectives at work. By fully realizing our own strengths, we can build collective power and use it to confront microaggressions, outdated norms, and workplace misconceptions; create cultures where belonging is never conditional; and rework corporations to be genuinely inclusive to all. The First, the Few, the Only is a road map for us to make a profound impact within and outside our organizations while ensuring that our words are heard, our lived experiences are respected, and our contributions are finally valued. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536679 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536679]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Knowledge Café: Create an Environment for Successful Knowledge Management Author: Benjamin Anyacho Narrator: Ronin Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release date: July 6, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Knowledge Café is a process for creating, exchanging, and optimizing knowledge, whether in-person or virtual. This popular and practical knowledge management tool supports a culture where projects and innovation thrive. So many project workers are overloaded with useless information and starving for the information they really need. Knowledge Management (KM) is an important and underrated ingredient in successful project management. The Knowledge Café makes KM best practices accessible to project managers everywhere. Human knowledge is the intellectual capital of organizations, and the consequences for losing it are dire. Knowledge Café is a current, cross-generational, systematic concept designed to retain and manage relevant knowledge--stopping the unchecked 'brain drain' that can occur when knowledge is hoarded. This method is as simple to use as a corner café and works in both virtual and real-life settings. Knowledge Café will help you combine your institutional knowledge from your experienced workers with the fresh ideas bubbling up from the front lines. If our projects (and organizations) are to succeed, we absolutely must make the shift from knowledge hoarding to knowledge sharing. You can't afford to lose the vital institutional wisdom you've built up every time there is turnover in your workforce. Knowledge Café is the solution. Benjamin Anyacho Tue, 06 Jul 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536679 thebookvoice.com 8:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536679]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Knowledge Café: Create an Environment for Successful Knowledge Management Author: Benjamin Anyacho Narrator: Ronin Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release date: July 6, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Knowledge Café is a process for creating, exchanging, and optimizing knowledge, whether in-person or virtual. This popular and practical knowledge management tool supports a culture where projects and innovation thrive. So many project workers are overloaded with useless information and starving for the information they really need. Knowledge Management (KM) is an important and underrated ingredient in successful project management. The Knowledge Café makes KM best practices accessible to project managers everywhere. Human knowledge is the intellectual capital of organizations, and the consequences for losing it are dire. Knowledge Café is a current, cross-generational, systematic concept designed to retain and manage relevant knowledge--stopping the unchecked 'brain drain' that can occur when knowledge is hoarded. This method is as simple to use as a corner café and works in both virtual and real-life settings. Knowledge Café will help you combine your institutional knowledge from your experienced workers with the fresh ideas bubbling up from the front lines. If our projects (and organizations) are to succeed, we absolutely must make the shift from knowledge hoarding to knowledge sharing. You can't afford to lose the vital institutional wisdom you've built up every time there is turnover in your workforce. Knowledge Café is the solution. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536679]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Knowledge Café: Create an Environment for Successful Knowledge Management Author: Benjamin Anyacho Narrator: Ronin Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release date: July 6, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Knowledge Café is a process for creating, exchanging, and optimizing knowledge, whether in-person or virtual. This popular and practical knowledge management tool supports a culture where projects and innovation thrive. So many project workers are overloaded with useless information and starving for the information they really need. Knowledge Management (KM) is an important and underrated ingredient in successful project management. The Knowledge Café makes KM best practices accessible to project managers everywhere. Human knowledge is the intellectual capital of organizations, and the consequences for losing it are dire. Knowledge Café is a current, cross-generational, systematic concept designed to retain and manage relevant knowledge--stopping the unchecked 'brain drain' that can occur when knowledge is hoarded. This method is as simple to use as a corner café and works in both virtual and real-life settings. Knowledge Café will help you combine your institutional knowledge from your experienced workers with the fresh ideas bubbling up from the front lines. If our projects (and organizations) are to succeed, we absolutely must make the shift from knowledge hoarding to knowledge sharing. You can't afford to lose the vital institutional wisdom you've built up every time there is turnover in your workforce. Knowledge Café is the solution. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536677 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536677]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Facilitating Breakthrough: How to Remove Obstacles, Bridge Differences, and Move Forward Together Author: Adam Kahane Narrator: Jeff Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 27 minutes Release date: August 31, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Making progress on complex, problematic situations requires a new approach to working together: transformative facilitation, a structured and creative process for removing the obstacles to fluid forward movement. People today face increasing complexity and decreasing control. They need to work with more people across more divides. But the traditional ways of advancing-subsuming individual interests to the good of the whole, or providing total autonomy for all stakeholders to work out their own solution-aren't adequate to resolving these difficult situations. Drawing on his experiences working with Black people and white people in post-apartheid in South Africa, First Nations people and the government in Canada, multiple stakeholders in war-torn Columbia, and many more, Kahane describes what he calls transformative facilitation. It combines the two approaches, cycling back and forth between them. The facilitator pays careful attention to what is going on in the group and decides which approach will work best at any given moment. Adam Kahane describes precisely what the facilitator needs to watch for and how to manage the delicate balance between a focus on the collective and a focus on specific stakeholder needs. This book is for anyone who helps people collaborate in any setting. Not only does it offer a way to facilitate breakthroughs, it is a breakthrough in itself. Adam Kahane Tue, 31 Aug 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536677 thebookvoice.com 5:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536677]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Facilitating Breakthrough: How to Remove Obstacles, Bridge Differences, and Move Forward Together Author: Adam Kahane Narrator: Jeff Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 27 minutes Release date: August 31, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Making progress on complex, problematic situations requires a new approach to working together: transformative facilitation, a structured and creative process for removing the obstacles to fluid forward movement. People today face increasing complexity and decreasing control. They need to work with more people across more divides. But the traditional ways of advancing-subsuming individual interests to the good of the whole, or providing total autonomy for all stakeholders to work out their own solution-aren't adequate to resolving these difficult situations. Drawing on his experiences working with Black people and white people in post-apartheid in South Africa, First Nations people and the government in Canada, multiple stakeholders in war-torn Columbia, and many more, Kahane describes what he calls transformative facilitation. It combines the two approaches, cycling back and forth between them. The facilitator pays careful attention to what is going on in the group and decides which approach will work best at any given moment. Adam Kahane describes precisely what the facilitator needs to watch for and how to manage the delicate balance between a focus on the collective and a focus on specific stakeholder needs. This book is for anyone who helps people collaborate in any setting. Not only does it offer a way to facilitate breakthroughs, it is a breakthrough in itself. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536677]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Facilitating Breakthrough: How to Remove Obstacles, Bridge Differences, and Move Forward Together Author: Adam Kahane Narrator: Jeff Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 27 minutes Release date: August 31, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Making progress on complex, problematic situations requires a new approach to working together: transformative facilitation, a structured and creative process for removing the obstacles to fluid forward movement. People today face increasing complexity and decreasing control. They need to work with more people across more divides. But the traditional ways of advancing-subsuming individual interests to the good of the whole, or providing total autonomy for all stakeholders to work out their own solution-aren't adequate to resolving these difficult situations. Drawing on his experiences working with Black people and white people in post-apartheid in South Africa, First Nations people and the government in Canada, multiple stakeholders in war-torn Columbia, and many more, Kahane describes what he calls transformative facilitation. It combines the two approaches, cycling back and forth between them. The facilitator pays careful attention to what is going on in the group and decides which approach will work best at any given moment. Adam Kahane describes precisely what the facilitator needs to watch for and how to manage the delicate balance between a focus on the collective and a focus on specific stakeholder needs. This book is for anyone who helps people collaborate in any setting. Not only does it offer a way to facilitate breakthroughs, it is a breakthrough in itself. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536670 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536670]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Future Ready Organization: How Dynamic Capability Management Is Reshaping the Modern Workplace Author: Gyan Nagpal Narrator: Sumit Kaul Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 44 minutes Release date: August 18, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: What do companies like Walt Disney, Apple and Google have in common? How did Apple go from near bankruptcy to becoming the richest company in the world in just fourteen years? How is the nascent success of Airbnb rewiring Marriott's business model? Is Uber showing us the blueprint of future business? How do the distributed and dynamic capability models powering these businesses distinguish them from traditional competitors? Dynamic Capability Management provides the road map for proactive disruption. It helps modern businesses deal with volatility, rapid growth and new skills in a much smarter manner. This ground-breaking book explains why Dynamic Capability Management is the way to go for the future-ready organization. It demonstrates how traditional management practices are evolving to meet the needs of a blended workforce. It shatters conventional organizational structures, provides a robust new talent framework and presents a practical blueprint to make any business truly future-ready. Gyan Nagpal Wed, 18 Aug 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536670 thebookvoice.com 7:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536670]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Future Ready Organization: How Dynamic Capability Management Is Reshaping the Modern Workplace Author: Gyan Nagpal Narrator: Sumit Kaul Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 44 minutes Release date: August 18, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: What do companies like Walt Disney, Apple and Google have in common? How did Apple go from near bankruptcy to becoming the richest company in the world in just fourteen years? How is the nascent success of Airbnb rewiring Marriott's business model? Is Uber showing us the blueprint of future business? How do the distributed and dynamic capability models powering these businesses distinguish them from traditional competitors? Dynamic Capability Management provides the road map for proactive disruption. It helps modern businesses deal with volatility, rapid growth and new skills in a much smarter manner. This ground-breaking book explains why Dynamic Capability Management is the way to go for the future-ready organization. It demonstrates how traditional management practices are evolving to meet the needs of a blended workforce. It shatters conventional organizational structures, provides a robust new talent framework and presents a practical blueprint to make any business truly future-ready. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536670]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Future Ready Organization: How Dynamic Capability Management Is Reshaping the Modern Workplace Author: Gyan Nagpal Narrator: Sumit Kaul Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 44 minutes Release date: August 18, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: What do companies like Walt Disney, Apple and Google have in common? How did Apple go from near bankruptcy to becoming the richest company in the world in just fourteen years? How is the nascent success of Airbnb rewiring Marriott's business model? Is Uber showing us the blueprint of future business? How do the distributed and dynamic capability models powering these businesses distinguish them from traditional competitors? Dynamic Capability Management provides the road map for proactive disruption. It helps modern businesses deal with volatility, rapid growth and new skills in a much smarter manner. This ground-breaking book explains why Dynamic Capability Management is the way to go for the future-ready organization. It demonstrates how traditional management practices are evolving to meet the needs of a blended workforce. It shatters conventional organizational structures, provides a robust new talent framework and presents a practical blueprint to make any business truly future-ready. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536632 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536632]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Impact Players: How to Take the Lead, Play Bigger, and Multiply Your Impact Author: Liz Wiseman Narrator: Liz Wiseman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 19, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Why do some people break through and make an impact while others get stuck going through the motions? In every organization there are Impact Players—those indispensable colleagues who can be counted on in critical situations and who consistently receive high-profile assignments and new opportunities. Whether they are on center stage or behind the scenes, managers know who these top players are, understand their worth, and want more of them on their team. While their impact is obvious, it’s not always clear what actually makes these professionals different from their peers. In Impact Players, New York Times bestselling author and researcher Liz Wiseman reveals the secrets of these stellar professionals who play the game at a higher level. Drawing on insights from leaders at top companies, Wiseman explains what the most influential players are doing differently, how small and seemingly insignificant differences in how we think and act can make an enormous impact, and why—with a little coaching—this mindset is available to everyone who wants to contribute at their highest level.   Based on a study of 170 top contributors, Wiseman identifies the mindsets that prevent otherwise smart, capable people from contributing to their full potential and the five practices that differentiate Impact Players: While others do their job, Impact Players figure out the real job to be done.  While others wait for direction, Impact Players step up and lead. While others escalate problems, Impact Players move things across the finish line. While others attempt to minimize change, Impact Players are learning and adapting to change.  While others add to the load, the Impact Players make heavy demands feel lighter. Wiseman makes clear that these practices—and the right mindset—can help any employee contribute at their fullest and shows leaders how they can raise the level of play for everyone on the team. Impact Players is your playbook for the new workplace. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Liz Wiseman Tue, 19 Oct 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536632 thebookvoice.com 10:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536632]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Impact Players: How to Take the Lead, Play Bigger, and Multiply Your Impact Author: Liz Wiseman Narrator: Liz Wiseman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 19, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Why do some people break through and make an impact while others get stuck going through the motions? In every organization there are Impact Players—those indispensable colleagues who can be counted on in critical situations and who consistently receive high-profile assignments and new opportunities. Whether they are on center stage or behind the scenes, managers know who these top players are, understand their worth, and want more of them on their team. While their impact is obvious, it’s not always clear what actually makes these professionals different from their peers. In Impact Players, New York Times bestselling author and researcher Liz Wiseman reveals the secrets of these stellar professionals who play the game at a higher level. Drawing on insights from leaders at top companies, Wiseman explains what the most influential players are doing differently, how small and seemingly insignificant differences in how we think and act can make an enormous impact, and why—with a little coaching—this mindset is available to everyone who wants to contribute at their highest level.   Based on a study of 170 top contributors, Wiseman identifies the mindsets that prevent otherwise smart, capable people from contributing to their full potential and the five practices that differentiate Impact Players: While others do their job, Impact Players figure out the real job to be done.  While others wait for direction, Impact Players step up and lead. While others escalate problems, Impact Players move things across the finish line. While others attempt to minimize change, Impact Players are learning and adapting to change.  While others add to the load, the Impact Players make heavy demands feel lighter. Wiseman makes clear that these practices—and the right mindset—can help any employee contribute at their fullest and shows leaders how they can raise the level of play for everyone on the team. Impact Players is your playbook for the new workplace. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536632]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Impact Players: How to Take the Lead, Play Bigger, and Multiply Your Impact Author: Liz Wiseman Narrator: Liz Wiseman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 19, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Why do some people break through and make an impact while others get stuck going through the motions? In every organization there are Impact Players—those indispensable colleagues who can be counted on in critical situations and who consistently receive high-profile assignments and new opportunities. Whether they are on center stage or behind the scenes, managers know who these top players are, understand their worth, and want more of them on their team. While their impact is obvious, it’s not always clear what actually makes these professionals different from their peers. In Impact Players, New York Times bestselling author and researcher Liz Wiseman reveals the secrets of these stellar professionals who play the game at a higher level. Drawing on insights from leaders at top companies, Wiseman explains what the most influential players are doing differently, how small and seemingly insignificant differences in how we think and act can make an enormous impact, and why—with a little coaching—this mindset is available to everyone who wants to contribute at their highest level.   Based on a study of 170 top contributors, Wiseman identifies the mindsets that prevent otherwise smart, capable people from contributing to their full potential and the five practices that differentiate Impact Players: While others do their job, Impact Players figure out the real job to be done.  While others wait for direction, Impact Players step up and lead. While others escalate problems, Impact Players move things across the finish line. While others attempt to minimize change, Impact Players are learning and adapting to change.  While others add to the load, the Impact Players make heavy demands feel lighter. Wiseman makes clear that these practices—and the right mindset—can help any employee contribute at their fullest and shows leaders how they can raise the level of play for everyone on the team. Impact Players is your playbook for the new workplace. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536548 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536548]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Are You Listening?: Stories from a Coaching Life Author: Jenny Rogers Narrator: Antonia Beamish Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 28 minutes Release date: September 9, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. 'The coaching room can sometimes become its own theatre. A marriage unravels right in front of you. A shaming confession is made. A secret hugged for many years is disclosed. Tears of wrenching anger and despair can take up the whole session. These are times where you and the client hold your breath because nothing is ever going to be the same again.' It is very rare as an adult to find a place where you are not judged, where you can be open, honest and vulnerable: that is exactly what coaching provides. This book brings together twenty different stories which represent the very human dilemmas a coach can encounter. Coaching is not therapy but it is closely related, and while many people seek (or are assigned) executive coaching for work problems, just like therapy each person brings their whole self to the conversation. Exploring Jenny's beautifully written and moving stories will offer the reader a chance for deep reflection on the meaning of modern relationships. © Jenny Rogers 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 Jenny Rogers Thu, 09 Sep 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536548 thebookvoice.com 8:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536548]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Are You Listening?: Stories from a Coaching Life Author: Jenny Rogers Narrator: Antonia Beamish Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 28 minutes Release date: September 9, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. 'The coaching room can sometimes become its own theatre. A marriage unravels right in front of you. A shaming confession is made. A secret hugged for many years is disclosed. Tears of wrenching anger and despair can take up the whole session. These are times where you and the client hold your breath because nothing is ever going to be the same again.' It is very rare as an adult to find a place where you are not judged, where you can be open, honest and vulnerable: that is exactly what coaching provides. This book brings together twenty different stories which represent the very human dilemmas a coach can encounter. Coaching is not therapy but it is closely related, and while many people seek (or are assigned) executive coaching for work problems, just like therapy each person brings their whole self to the conversation. Exploring Jenny's beautifully written and moving stories will offer the reader a chance for deep reflection on the meaning of modern relationships. © Jenny Rogers 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536548]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Are You Listening?: Stories from a Coaching Life Author: Jenny Rogers Narrator: Antonia Beamish Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 28 minutes Release date: September 9, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. 'The coaching room can sometimes become its own theatre. A marriage unravels right in front of you. A shaming confession is made. A secret hugged for many years is disclosed. Tears of wrenching anger and despair can take up the whole session. These are times where you and the client hold your breath because nothing is ever going to be the same again.' It is very rare as an adult to find a place where you are not judged, where you can be open, honest and vulnerable: that is exactly what coaching provides. This book brings together twenty different stories which represent the very human dilemmas a coach can encounter. Coaching is not therapy but it is closely related, and while many people seek (or are assigned) executive coaching for work problems, just like therapy each person brings their whole self to the conversation. Exploring Jenny's beautifully written and moving stories will offer the reader a chance for deep reflection on the meaning of modern relationships. © Jenny Rogers 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536345 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536345]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Você é o que você faz: Como criar a cultura da sua empresa Author: Ben Horowitz, Marcelo Brandão Cipolla Narrator: Marcus Vinicius Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: July 19, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Em Você é o que você faz, Ben Horowitz, o autor do best-seller O lado difícil das situações difíceis, centra seus esforços em uma questão crucial para qualquer empresa: como criar e manter a cultura que se deseja para a organização? Ao combinar lições de sua própria experiência profissional com outras especialmente selecionadas a partir de suas leituras sobre a história, Horowitz explora situações em que os líderes transpuseram conjunturas econômicas e sociais para remodelar a forma como as pessoas se comportavam, criando assim culturas inovadoras e duradouras. Seus exemplos incluem, entre outros, o haitiano Toussaint Louverture, que comandou a única revolta de escravos bem-sucedida da história, e Gengis Khan, que soube usar a diversidade em seu favor e criou o maior império do mundo. É com base nesse profundo material humano, enriquecido por exemplos de ações de variados CEOs do Vale do Silício, que Horowitz nos mostra o que é preciso para se tornar o tipo de líder que se deseja ser – e que os outros desejam seguir. Pois uma empresa não é sim- plesmente os valores que ela lista na parede, sua missão ou muito menos uma campanha de marketing. São suas ações que de fato definem quem você é. Ben Horowitz, Marcelo Brandão Cipolla Mon, 19 Jul 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536345 thebookvoice.com 7:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536345]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Você é o que você faz: Como criar a cultura da sua empresa Author: Ben Horowitz, Marcelo Brandão Cipolla Narrator: Marcus Vinicius Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: July 19, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Em Você é o que você faz, Ben Horowitz, o autor do best-seller O lado difícil das situações difíceis, centra seus esforços em uma questão crucial para qualquer empresa: como criar e manter a cultura que se deseja para a organização? Ao combinar lições de sua própria experiência profissional com outras especialmente selecionadas a partir de suas leituras sobre a história, Horowitz explora situações em que os líderes transpuseram conjunturas econômicas e sociais para remodelar a forma como as pessoas se comportavam, criando assim culturas inovadoras e duradouras. Seus exemplos incluem, entre outros, o haitiano Toussaint Louverture, que comandou a única revolta de escravos bem-sucedida da história, e Gengis Khan, que soube usar a diversidade em seu favor e criou o maior império do mundo. É com base nesse profundo material humano, enriquecido por exemplos de ações de variados CEOs do Vale do Silício, que Horowitz nos mostra o que é preciso para se tornar o tipo de líder que se deseja ser – e que os outros desejam seguir. Pois uma empresa não é sim- plesmente os valores que ela lista na parede, sua missão ou muito menos uma campanha de marketing. São suas ações que de fato definem quem você é. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536345]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Você é o que você faz: Como criar a cultura da sua empresa Author: Ben Horowitz, Marcelo Brandão Cipolla Narrator: Marcus Vinicius Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: July 19, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Em Você é o que você faz, Ben Horowitz, o autor do best-seller O lado difícil das situações difíceis, centra seus esforços em uma questão crucial para qualquer empresa: como criar e manter a cultura que se deseja para a organização? Ao combinar lições de sua própria experiência profissional com outras especialmente selecionadas a partir de suas leituras sobre a história, Horowitz explora situações em que os líderes transpuseram conjunturas econômicas e sociais para remodelar a forma como as pessoas se comportavam, criando assim culturas inovadoras e duradouras. Seus exemplos incluem, entre outros, o haitiano Toussaint Louverture, que comandou a única revolta de escravos bem-sucedida da história, e Gengis Khan, que soube usar a diversidade em seu favor e criou o maior império do mundo. É com base nesse profundo material humano, enriquecido por exemplos de ações de variados CEOs do Vale do Silício, que Horowitz nos mostra o que é preciso para se tornar o tipo de líder que se deseja ser – e que os outros desejam seguir. Pois uma empresa não é sim- plesmente os valores que ela lista na parede, sua missão ou muito menos uma campanha de marketing. São suas ações que de fato definem quem você é. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/535289 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/535289]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unfear: Transform Your Organization to Create Breakthrough Performance and Employee Well-Being Author: Mark Minukas, Gaurav Bhatnagar Narrator: Mark Owen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Fear and uncertainty have been undermining performance and well-being in the workplace for as long as we have had workplaces. Worse, the ever-increasing speed of business, the economic slowdown and volatility we face due to Covid-19, and racial tensions and social inequality further exacerbate these emotions. Here’s a little-known fact of business: mismanaged fear is responsible for almost all of the dysfunction that most organizations experience. While fear can drive short-term results, it does so at the cost of high employee burnout and turnover. It also undermines long-term business performance. But we can’t eradicate it entirely; it is inherent to the human condition. Winning organizations aren’t fear-free; they know how to transform that negative energy into opportunities for learning and growth. They create resilient cultures of unfear. In this timely and essential guide, McKinsey alumni Gaurav Bhatnagar and Mark Minukas present a proven approach to workplace anxiety that reduces stress, boosts well-being, and overcomes blocks that get in the way of success. It begins with changing our relationship with fear and then developing strategies that improve outlook and performance, leading to greater profits, sustainable growth, and personal rewards. It’s only possible with a culture of unfear. Mark Minukas, Gaurav Bhatnagar Tue, 26 Oct 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/535289 thebookvoice.com 8:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/535289]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unfear: Transform Your Organization to Create Breakthrough Performance and Employee Well-Being Author: Mark Minukas, Gaurav Bhatnagar Narrator: Mark Owen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Fear and uncertainty have been undermining performance and well-being in the workplace for as long as we have had workplaces. Worse, the ever-increasing speed of business, the economic slowdown and volatility we face due to Covid-19, and racial tensions and social inequality further exacerbate these emotions. Here’s a little-known fact of business: mismanaged fear is responsible for almost all of the dysfunction that most organizations experience. While fear can drive short-term results, it does so at the cost of high employee burnout and turnover. It also undermines long-term business performance. But we can’t eradicate it entirely; it is inherent to the human condition. Winning organizations aren’t fear-free; they know how to transform that negative energy into opportunities for learning and growth. They create resilient cultures of unfear. In this timely and essential guide, McKinsey alumni Gaurav Bhatnagar and Mark Minukas present a proven approach to workplace anxiety that reduces stress, boosts well-being, and overcomes blocks that get in the way of success. It begins with changing our relationship with fear and then developing strategies that improve outlook and performance, leading to greater profits, sustainable growth, and personal rewards. It’s only possible with a culture of unfear. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/535289]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unfear: Transform Your Organization to Create Breakthrough Performance and Employee Well-Being Author: Mark Minukas, Gaurav Bhatnagar Narrator: Mark Owen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Fear and uncertainty have been undermining performance and well-being in the workplace for as long as we have had workplaces. Worse, the ever-increasing speed of business, the economic slowdown and volatility we face due to Covid-19, and racial tensions and social inequality further exacerbate these emotions. Here’s a little-known fact of business: mismanaged fear is responsible for almost all of the dysfunction that most organizations experience. While fear can drive short-term results, it does so at the cost of high employee burnout and turnover. It also undermines long-term business performance. But we can’t eradicate it entirely; it is inherent to the human condition. Winning organizations aren’t fear-free; they know how to transform that negative energy into opportunities for learning and growth. They create resilient cultures of unfear. In this timely and essential guide, McKinsey alumni Gaurav Bhatnagar and Mark Minukas present a proven approach to workplace anxiety that reduces stress, boosts well-being, and overcomes blocks that get in the way of success. It begins with changing our relationship with fear and then developing strategies that improve outlook and performance, leading to greater profits, sustainable growth, and personal rewards. It’s only possible with a culture of unfear. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/535264 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/535264]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Habit of Excellence: Why British Army Leadership Works Author: Langley Sharp Narrator: Langley Sharp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: October 7, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. The official British Army book on what makes its leadership so successful, and how to become a better leader yourself - whatever your field. The British Army stands or falls on the quality of its leadership. The stakes couldn't be higher. In The Habit of Excellence, Lieutenant Colonel Langley Sharp MBE - head of the Centre for Army Leadership, part of the Royal Military Academy Sandhurst - distils over three centuries of the Army's experience in the art, science and practice of leadership. Exploring questions that are fundamental to leadership in any area of life - how to build trust and cohesion, achieve a balance between control and delegation, and deliver results in the face of adversity - the book draws on Lt Col Sharp's own experience and the latest research in military history, business, sociology, psychology and behavioural science. We see that leadership is not about the heroic exception, but the habitual practice of doing what is right, difficult and necessary every single day to build a team, look after the people in it and work towards the next objective. This is the first time one of the world's most revered institutions has given an inside and institutional view on what makes its leadership so effective. Going far beyond the latest leadership fads, The Habit of Excellence is for any leader committed to maximising the effectiveness of their teams and unlocking the potential of their people - and themselves. 'An extraordinary read for any leader. Truly brilliant' General Stanley McChrystal, author of Team of Teams 'Offers proven tools and strategies ... This excellent book challenges popular assumptions about British Army leadership, revealing what makes it the 'gold standard'' Matthew Syed, author of Rebel Ideas 'If you want to become a better leader, read this book' Eddie Jones, England rugby union coach 'Valuable in any walk of life' General Sir Mike Jackson, former Chief of the General Staff 'This very readable book uncovers the skills and qualities that have made Sandhurst a byword for effective leadership. I could not recommend this exceptional book more' General The Lord David Richards, former Chief of the Defence Staff 'A terrific book - one that is full of insights and lessons that will be of enormous value to leaders in all fields!' General David Petraeus, former Director of the CIA © Lt Col Langley Sharp 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 Langley Sharp Thu, 07 Oct 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/535264 thebookvoice.com 9:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/535264]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Habit of Excellence: Why British Army Leadership Works Author: Langley Sharp Narrator: Langley Sharp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: October 7, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. The official British Army book on what makes its leadership so successful, and how to become a better leader yourself - whatever your field. The British Army stands or falls on the quality of its leadership. The stakes couldn't be higher. In The Habit of Excellence, Lieutenant Colonel Langley Sharp MBE - head of the Centre for Army Leadership, part of the Royal Military Academy Sandhurst - distils over three centuries of the Army's experience in the art, science and practice of leadership. Exploring questions that are fundamental to leadership in any area of life - how to build trust and cohesion, achieve a balance between control and delegation, and deliver results in the face of adversity - the book draws on Lt Col Sharp's own experience and the latest research in military history, business, sociology, psychology and behavioural science. We see that leadership is not about the heroic exception, but the habitual practice of doing what is right, difficult and necessary every single day to build a team, look after the people in it and work towards the next objective. This is the first time one of the world's most revered institutions has given an inside and institutional view on what makes its leadership so effective. Going far beyond the latest leadership fads, The Habit of Excellence is for any leader committed to maximising the effectiveness of their teams and unlocking the potential of their people - and themselves. 'An extraordinary read for any leader. Truly brilliant' General Stanley McChrystal, author of Team of Teams 'Offers proven tools and strategies ... This excellent book challenges popular assumptions about British Army leadership, revealing what makes it the 'gold standard'' Matthew Syed, author of Rebel Ideas 'If you want to become a better leader, read this book' Eddie Jones, England rugby union coach 'Valuable in any walk of life' General Sir Mike Jackson, former Chief of the General Staff 'This very readable book uncovers the skills and qualities that have made Sandhurst a byword for effective leadership. I could not recommend this exceptional book more' General The Lord David Richards, former Chief of the Defence Staff 'A terrific book - one that is full of insights and lessons that will be of enormous value to leaders in all fields!' General David Petraeus, former Director of the CIA © Lt Col Langley Sharp 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/535264]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Habit of Excellence: Why British Army Leadership Works Author: Langley Sharp Narrator: Langley Sharp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: October 7, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. The official British Army book on what makes its leadership so successful, and how to become a better leader yourself - whatever your field. The British Army stands or falls on the quality of its leadership. The stakes couldn't be higher. In The Habit of Excellence, Lieutenant Colonel Langley Sharp MBE - head of the Centre for Army Leadership, part of the Royal Military Academy Sandhurst - distils over three centuries of the Army's experience in the art, science and practice of leadership. Exploring questions that are fundamental to leadership in any area of life - how to build trust and cohesion, achieve a balance between control and delegation, and deliver results in the face of adversity - the book draws on Lt Col Sharp's own experience and the latest research in military history, business, sociology, psychology and behavioural science. We see that leadership is not about the heroic exception, but the habitual practice of doing what is right, difficult and necessary every single day to build a team, look after the people in it and work towards the next objective. This is the first time one of the world's most revered institutions has given an inside and institutional view on what makes its leadership so effective. Going far beyond the latest leadership fads, The Habit of Excellence is for any leader committed to maximising the effectiveness of their teams and unlocking the potential of their people - and themselves. 'An extraordinary read for any leader. Truly brilliant' General Stanley McChrystal, author of Team of Teams 'Offers proven tools and strategies ... This excellent book challenges popular assumptions about British Army leadership, revealing what makes it the 'gold standard'' Matthew Syed, author of Rebel Ideas 'If you want to become a better leader, read this book' Eddie Jones, England rugby union coach 'Valuable in any walk of life' General Sir Mike Jackson, former Chief of the General Staff 'This very readable book uncovers the skills and qualities that have made Sandhurst a byword for effective leadership. I could not recommend this exceptional book more' General The Lord David Richards, former Chief of the Defence Staff 'A terrific book - one that is full of insights and lessons that will be of enormous value to leaders in all fields!' General David Petraeus, former Director of the CIA © Lt Col Langley Sharp 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/535190 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/535190]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The F Place Author: Sonal Trivedi And Christine Strobush Narrator: Susanna Burney Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 58 minutes Release date: July 9, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: If you have ever wondered why some people succeed while others fail to survive, this book is for you. Beneath the placid surface, there is a toxic culture at The F Place. The company is plagued by back-stabbing leaders, drama, lies, scandal, and unhappy employees to the point that both the performance and the well-being of the people in the company are fractured. Rather than bore the reader with another leadership philosophy, The F Place uses a captivating storytelling approach to illustrate how to successfully navigate personal and professional change. Journey with these characters as they engage in political warfare, fight for their personal relationships, and apply The COMO Factor, choosing to succeed even in the unprecedented year of 2020. True Transformation requires courageous leadership. Whether you are a seasoned executive or an aspiring leader, the time is now to own and lead your Transformation journey. Sonal Trivedi And Christine Strobush Fri, 09 Jul 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/535190 thebookvoice.com 9:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/535190]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The F Place Author: Sonal Trivedi And Christine Strobush Narrator: Susanna Burney Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 58 minutes Release date: July 9, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: If you have ever wondered why some people succeed while others fail to survive, this book is for you. Beneath the placid surface, there is a toxic culture at The F Place. The company is plagued by back-stabbing leaders, drama, lies, scandal, and unhappy employees to the point that both the performance and the well-being of the people in the company are fractured. Rather than bore the reader with another leadership philosophy, The F Place uses a captivating storytelling approach to illustrate how to successfully navigate personal and professional change. Journey with these characters as they engage in political warfare, fight for their personal relationships, and apply The COMO Factor, choosing to succeed even in the unprecedented year of 2020. True Transformation requires courageous leadership. Whether you are a seasoned executive or an aspiring leader, the time is now to own and lead your Transformation journey. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/535190]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The F Place Author: Sonal Trivedi And Christine Strobush Narrator: Susanna Burney Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 58 minutes Release date: July 9, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: If you have ever wondered why some people succeed while others fail to survive, this book is for you. Beneath the placid surface, there is a toxic culture at The F Place. The company is plagued by back-stabbing leaders, drama, lies, scandal, and unhappy employees to the point that both the performance and the well-being of the people in the company are fractured. Rather than bore the reader with another leadership philosophy, The F Place uses a captivating storytelling approach to illustrate how to successfully navigate personal and professional change. Journey with these characters as they engage in political warfare, fight for their personal relationships, and apply The COMO Factor, choosing to succeed even in the unprecedented year of 2020. True Transformation requires courageous leadership. Whether you are a seasoned executive or an aspiring leader, the time is now to own and lead your Transformation journey. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534776 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534776]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fail Fast, Learn Faster: Lessons in Data-Driven Leadership in an Age of Disruption, Big Data, and AI Author: Randy Bean Narrator: Stephen Bowlby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: September 21, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In Fail Fast, Learn Faster: Lessons in Data-Driven Leadership in an Age of Disruption, Big Data, and AI, Fortune 1000 strategic advisor, noted author, and distinguished thought leader Randy Bean tells the story of the rise of Big Data and its business impact—its disruptive power, the cultural challenges to becoming data-driven, the importance of data ethics, and the future of data-driven AI. The book looks at the impact of Big Data during a period of explosive information growth, technology advancement, emergence of the Internet and social media, and challenges to accepted notions of data, science, and facts, and asks what it means to become 'data-driven.' Fail Fast, Learn Faster includes discussions of: the emergence of Big Data and why organizations must become data-driven to survive; why becoming data-driven forces companies to 'think different' about their business; the state of data in the corporate world today, and the principal challenges; why companies must develop a true 'data culture' if they expect to change; examples of companies that are demonstrating data-driven leadership and what we can learn from them; why companies must learn to 'fail fast and learn faster' to compete in the years ahead; and how the chief data officer has been established as a new corporate profession. Randy Bean Tue, 21 Sep 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534776 thebookvoice.com 7:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534776]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fail Fast, Learn Faster: Lessons in Data-Driven Leadership in an Age of Disruption, Big Data, and AI Author: Randy Bean Narrator: Stephen Bowlby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: September 21, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In Fail Fast, Learn Faster: Lessons in Data-Driven Leadership in an Age of Disruption, Big Data, and AI, Fortune 1000 strategic advisor, noted author, and distinguished thought leader Randy Bean tells the story of the rise of Big Data and its business impact—its disruptive power, the cultural challenges to becoming data-driven, the importance of data ethics, and the future of data-driven AI. The book looks at the impact of Big Data during a period of explosive information growth, technology advancement, emergence of the Internet and social media, and challenges to accepted notions of data, science, and facts, and asks what it means to become 'data-driven.' Fail Fast, Learn Faster includes discussions of: the emergence of Big Data and why organizations must become data-driven to survive; why becoming data-driven forces companies to 'think different' about their business; the state of data in the corporate world today, and the principal challenges; why companies must develop a true 'data culture' if they expect to change; examples of companies that are demonstrating data-driven leadership and what we can learn from them; why companies must learn to 'fail fast and learn faster' to compete in the years ahead; and how the chief data officer has been established as a new corporate profession. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534776]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fail Fast, Learn Faster: Lessons in Data-Driven Leadership in an Age of Disruption, Big Data, and AI Author: Randy Bean Narrator: Stephen Bowlby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: September 21, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In Fail Fast, Learn Faster: Lessons in Data-Driven Leadership in an Age of Disruption, Big Data, and AI, Fortune 1000 strategic advisor, noted author, and distinguished thought leader Randy Bean tells the story of the rise of Big Data and its business impact—its disruptive power, the cultural challenges to becoming data-driven, the importance of data ethics, and the future of data-driven AI. The book looks at the impact of Big Data during a period of explosive information growth, technology advancement, emergence of the Internet and social media, and challenges to accepted notions of data, science, and facts, and asks what it means to become 'data-driven.' Fail Fast, Learn Faster includes discussions of: the emergence of Big Data and why organizations must become data-driven to survive; why becoming data-driven forces companies to 'think different' about their business; the state of data in the corporate world today, and the principal challenges; why companies must develop a true 'data culture' if they expect to change; examples of companies that are demonstrating data-driven leadership and what we can learn from them; why companies must learn to 'fail fast and learn faster' to compete in the years ahead; and how the chief data officer has been established as a new corporate profession. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534749 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534749]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Future of Work: The Insights You Need from Harvard Business Review Author: Harvard Business Review Narrator: Rachel Perry, Mike Lenz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 14 minutes Release date: August 17, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Amid the turbulence of a global pandemic, worldwide social justice movements, and accelerated digital transformation, one thing is clear—work will no longer be the same. Employees now expect a flexible, inclusive workplace and a deeper connection to their employer. Organizations must commit to doing good for their people and communities. What should you and your company be doing to adapt? The Future of Work: The Insights You Need from Harvard Business Review will provide you with today's most essential thinking about creating a work-from-anywhere organization, harnessing AI as part of your team, creating an inclusive culture, and building a purpose-driven organization. Business is changing. Will you adapt or be left behind? Get up to speed and deepen your understanding of the topics that are shaping your company's future with the Insights You Need from Harvard Business Review series. Featuring HBR's smartest thinking on fast-moving issues—blockchain, cybersecurity, AI, and more—each book provides the foundational introduction and practical case studies your organization needs to compete today and collects the best research, interviews, and analysis to get it ready for tomorrow. Harvard Business Review Tue, 17 Aug 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534749 thebookvoice.com 3:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534749]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Future of Work: The Insights You Need from Harvard Business Review Author: Harvard Business Review Narrator: Rachel Perry, Mike Lenz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 14 minutes Release date: August 17, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Amid the turbulence of a global pandemic, worldwide social justice movements, and accelerated digital transformation, one thing is clear—work will no longer be the same. Employees now expect a flexible, inclusive workplace and a deeper connection to their employer. Organizations must commit to doing good for their people and communities. What should you and your company be doing to adapt? The Future of Work: The Insights You Need from Harvard Business Review will provide you with today's most essential thinking about creating a work-from-anywhere organization, harnessing AI as part of your team, creating an inclusive culture, and building a purpose-driven organization. Business is changing. Will you adapt or be left behind? Get up to speed and deepen your understanding of the topics that are shaping your company's future with the Insights You Need from Harvard Business Review series. Featuring HBR's smartest thinking on fast-moving issues—blockchain, cybersecurity, AI, and more—each book provides the foundational introduction and practical case studies your organization needs to compete today and collects the best research, interviews, and analysis to get it ready for tomorrow. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534749]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Future of Work: The Insights You Need from Harvard Business Review Author: Harvard Business Review Narrator: Rachel Perry, Mike Lenz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 14 minutes Release date: August 17, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Amid the turbulence of a global pandemic, worldwide social justice movements, and accelerated digital transformation, one thing is clear—work will no longer be the same. Employees now expect a flexible, inclusive workplace and a deeper connection to their employer. Organizations must commit to doing good for their people and communities. What should you and your company be doing to adapt? The Future of Work: The Insights You Need from Harvard Business Review will provide you with today's most essential thinking about creating a work-from-anywhere organization, harnessing AI as part of your team, creating an inclusive culture, and building a purpose-driven organization. Business is changing. Will you adapt or be left behind? Get up to speed and deepen your understanding of the topics that are shaping your company's future with the Insights You Need from Harvard Business Review series. Featuring HBR's smartest thinking on fast-moving issues—blockchain, cybersecurity, AI, and more—each book provides the foundational introduction and practical case studies your organization needs to compete today and collects the best research, interviews, and analysis to get it ready for tomorrow. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/533064 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/533064]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Influence: Understand it, Use it, Resist it Author: Justin Hempson-Jones Narrator: Elliot Fitzpatrick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 49 minutes Release date: April 11, 2024 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: One of the government’s former behavioural scientists reveals how you can do what you want, whilst everybody tries to influence you into doing what they want. Influence makes you think what you think and do as you do. You use it to change the thoughts and behaviours of others – just as others use it change yours. We have been perfecting our influence for millions of years, but in the last 20 years digital technologies have revolutionised how influence works. We are now connected to old school friends and niche interest groups – but unwittingly also to organised criminals, terrorists and hostile states who infiltrate our societies. The course of history is being shaped: elections have been hijacked, lies spread about pandemics and the rapidly heating climate, and information has become as important as bullets and bombs to winning wars. More than ever, influence has become the crucial currency for commercial and political gain: If you don’t understand it, you will likely become its victim. Written by a former government behavioural scientist working at the cutting edge of this field, Influence is a groundbreaking guide to the chaotic and murky world we live in. Through examining five key factors we are taken on a tour from the past to our real-world present, to build a picture of the major role influence plays in everyday life. Influence provides a simple personal plan illustrating how you can use influence to achieve your goals – whether gaining that promotion, getting your friends to a music festival, or your children to eat their greens. But by understanding the nature of influence, you will also see how it is changing in the information age, enabling dangerous adversaries to gain power, leaving our societies in peril. Most importantly, by using the tools of influence you will be empowered to play your part in protecting us – it will be down to you and everyone you know. Influence is a fascinating guide to how you can help by understanding it, using it and resisting it. Justin Hempson-Jones Thu, 11 Apr 2024 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/533064 thebookvoice.com 11:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/533064]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Influence: Understand it, Use it, Resist it Author: Justin Hempson-Jones Narrator: Elliot Fitzpatrick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 49 minutes Release date: April 11, 2024 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: One of the government’s former behavioural scientists reveals how you can do what you want, whilst everybody tries to influence you into doing what they want. Influence makes you think what you think and do as you do. You use it to change the thoughts and behaviours of others – just as others use it change yours. We have been perfecting our influence for millions of years, but in the last 20 years digital technologies have revolutionised how influence works. We are now connected to old school friends and niche interest groups – but unwittingly also to organised criminals, terrorists and hostile states who infiltrate our societies. The course of history is being shaped: elections have been hijacked, lies spread about pandemics and the rapidly heating climate, and information has become as important as bullets and bombs to winning wars. More than ever, influence has become the crucial currency for commercial and political gain: If you don’t understand it, you will likely become its victim. Written by a former government behavioural scientist working at the cutting edge of this field, Influence is a groundbreaking guide to the chaotic and murky world we live in. Through examining five key factors we are taken on a tour from the past to our real-world present, to build a picture of the major role influence plays in everyday life. Influence provides a simple personal plan illustrating how you can use influence to achieve your goals – whether gaining that promotion, getting your friends to a music festival, or your children to eat their greens. But by understanding the nature of influence, you will also see how it is changing in the information age, enabling dangerous adversaries to gain power, leaving our societies in peril. Most importantly, by using the tools of influence you will be empowered to play your part in protecting us – it will be down to you and everyone you know. Influence is a fascinating guide to how you can help by understanding it, using it and resisting it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/533064]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Influence: Understand it, Use it, Resist it Author: Justin Hempson-Jones Narrator: Elliot Fitzpatrick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 49 minutes Release date: April 11, 2024 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: One of the government’s former behavioural scientists reveals how you can do what you want, whilst everybody tries to influence you into doing what they want. Influence makes you think what you think and do as you do. You use it to change the thoughts and behaviours of others – just as others use it change yours. We have been perfecting our influence for millions of years, but in the last 20 years digital technologies have revolutionised how influence works. We are now connected to old school friends and niche interest groups – but unwittingly also to organised criminals, terrorists and hostile states who infiltrate our societies. The course of history is being shaped: elections have been hijacked, lies spread about pandemics and the rapidly heating climate, and information has become as important as bullets and bombs to winning wars. More than ever, influence has become the crucial currency for commercial and political gain: If you don’t understand it, you will likely become its victim. Written by a former government behavioural scientist working at the cutting edge of this field, Influence is a groundbreaking guide to the chaotic and murky world we live in. Through examining five key factors we are taken on a tour from the past to our real-world present, to build a picture of the major role influence plays in everyday life. Influence provides a simple personal plan illustrating how you can use influence to achieve your goals – whether gaining that promotion, getting your friends to a music festival, or your children to eat their greens. But by understanding the nature of influence, you will also see how it is changing in the information age, enabling dangerous adversaries to gain power, leaving our societies in peril. Most importantly, by using the tools of influence you will be empowered to play your part in protecting us – it will be down to you and everyone you know. Influence is a fascinating guide to how you can help by understanding it, using it and resisting it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/532666 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/532666]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Turn The Ship Around!: A True Story of Turning Followers into Leaders Author: L. David Marquet Narrator: L. David Marquet Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 26 minutes Release date: August 12, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. 'David Marquet is the kind of leader who comes around only once in a generation ... his ideas and lessons are invaluable' Simon Sinek, author of Start With Why Captain David Marquet was used to giving orders. In the high-stress environment of the USS Santa Fe, a nuclear-powered submarine, it was crucial his men did their job well. But the ship was dogged by poor morale, poor performance and the worst retention in the fleet. One day, Marquet unknowingly gave an impossible order, and his crew tried to follow it anyway. He realized he was leading in a culture of followers, and they were all in danger unless they fundamentally changed the way they did things. Marquet took matters into his own hands and pushed for leadership at every level. Before long, his crew became fully engaged and the Santa Fe skyrocketed from worst to first in the fleet. No matter your business or position, you can apply Marquet's approach to create a workplace where everyone takes responsibility for their actions, people are healthier and happier - and everyone is a leader. In his latest book, Leadership is Language, Marquet builds on what he teaches in Turn the Ship Around!, showing us how to lead our teams to success through the language that we use. 'David Marquet is the kind of leader who comes around only once in a generation ... his ideas and lessons are invaluable' Simon Sinek, author of Start With Why © L. David Marquet 2015 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 L. David Marquet Thu, 12 Aug 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/532666 thebookvoice.com 6:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/532666]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Turn The Ship Around!: A True Story of Turning Followers into Leaders Author: L. David Marquet Narrator: L. David Marquet Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 26 minutes Release date: August 12, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. 'David Marquet is the kind of leader who comes around only once in a generation ... his ideas and lessons are invaluable' Simon Sinek, author of Start With Why Captain David Marquet was used to giving orders. In the high-stress environment of the USS Santa Fe, a nuclear-powered submarine, it was crucial his men did their job well. But the ship was dogged by poor morale, poor performance and the worst retention in the fleet. One day, Marquet unknowingly gave an impossible order, and his crew tried to follow it anyway. He realized he was leading in a culture of followers, and they were all in danger unless they fundamentally changed the way they did things. Marquet took matters into his own hands and pushed for leadership at every level. Before long, his crew became fully engaged and the Santa Fe skyrocketed from worst to first in the fleet. No matter your business or position, you can apply Marquet's approach to create a workplace where everyone takes responsibility for their actions, people are healthier and happier - and everyone is a leader. In his latest book, Leadership is Language, Marquet builds on what he teaches in Turn the Ship Around!, showing us how to lead our teams to success through the language that we use. 'David Marquet is the kind of leader who comes around only once in a generation ... his ideas and lessons are invaluable' Simon Sinek, author of Start With Why © L. David Marquet 2015 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/532666]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Turn The Ship Around!: A True Story of Turning Followers into Leaders Author: L. David Marquet Narrator: L. David Marquet Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 26 minutes Release date: August 12, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. 'David Marquet is the kind of leader who comes around only once in a generation ... his ideas and lessons are invaluable' Simon Sinek, author of Start With Why Captain David Marquet was used to giving orders. In the high-stress environment of the USS Santa Fe, a nuclear-powered submarine, it was crucial his men did their job well. But the ship was dogged by poor morale, poor performance and the worst retention in the fleet. One day, Marquet unknowingly gave an impossible order, and his crew tried to follow it anyway. He realized he was leading in a culture of followers, and they were all in danger unless they fundamentally changed the way they did things. Marquet took matters into his own hands and pushed for leadership at every level. Before long, his crew became fully engaged and the Santa Fe skyrocketed from worst to first in the fleet. No matter your business or position, you can apply Marquet's approach to create a workplace where everyone takes responsibility for their actions, people are healthier and happier - and everyone is a leader. In his latest book, Leadership is Language, Marquet builds on what he teaches in Turn the Ship Around!, showing us how to lead our teams to success through the language that we use. 'David Marquet is the kind of leader who comes around only once in a generation ... his ideas and lessons are invaluable' Simon Sinek, author of Start With Why © L. David Marquet 2015 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531497 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531497]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Focus Series: #11 of [Spanish Edition] HBR Emotional Intelligence Author: Heidi Grant, Rasmus Hougaard, Harvard Business Review, Amy Jen Su, Daniel Goleman Narrator: Yvan Mantilla Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 16 minutes Release date: July 13, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: La importancia de lograr el enfoque va mucho más allá de su propia productividad. El enfoque profundo le permite guiar a los demás con éxito, encontrar claridad en medio de la incertidumbre y aumentar su sentido de satisfacción profesional. Sin embargo, las fuerzas que desafían el enfoque sostenido van desde el desenfoque de los teléfonos hasta la política de oficina y las preocupaciones cotidianas de la vida. Este libro explica cómo fortalecer tu capacidad de concentración, gestionar la atención de tu equipo y romper el ciclo de distracción. Este volumen incluye el trabajo de: Daniel Goleman, Heidi Grant, Amy Jen Suy Rasmus Hougaard. CÓMO SER HUMANO EN EL TRABAJO. La serie HBR Emotional Intelligence Series presenta una lectura inteligente y esencial en el lado humano de la vida profesional de las páginas de Harvard Business Review. Cada libro de la serie ofrece investigaciones probadas que muestran cómo nuestras emociones afectan nuestras vidas laborales, consejos prácticos para manejar personas y situaciones difíciles, y ensayos inspiradores sobre lo que significa atender nuestro bienestar emocional en el trabajo. Edificantes y prácticos, estos libros describen las habilidades sociales que son críticas para que los profesionales ambiciosos dominen. Heidi Grant, Rasmus Hougaard, Harvard Business Review, Amy Jen Su, Daniel Goleman Tue, 13 Jul 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531497 thebookvoice.com 2:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531497]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Focus Series: #11 of [Spanish Edition] HBR Emotional Intelligence Author: Heidi Grant, Rasmus Hougaard, Harvard Business Review, Amy Jen Su, Daniel Goleman Narrator: Yvan Mantilla Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 16 minutes Release date: July 13, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: La importancia de lograr el enfoque va mucho más allá de su propia productividad. El enfoque profundo le permite guiar a los demás con éxito, encontrar claridad en medio de la incertidumbre y aumentar su sentido de satisfacción profesional. Sin embargo, las fuerzas que desafían el enfoque sostenido van desde el desenfoque de los teléfonos hasta la política de oficina y las preocupaciones cotidianas de la vida. Este libro explica cómo fortalecer tu capacidad de concentración, gestionar la atención de tu equipo y romper el ciclo de distracción. Este volumen incluye el trabajo de: Daniel Goleman, Heidi Grant, Amy Jen Suy Rasmus Hougaard. CÓMO SER HUMANO EN EL TRABAJO. La serie HBR Emotional Intelligence Series presenta una lectura inteligente y esencial en el lado humano de la vida profesional de las páginas de Harvard Business Review. Cada libro de la serie ofrece investigaciones probadas que muestran cómo nuestras emociones afectan nuestras vidas laborales, consejos prácticos para manejar personas y situaciones difíciles, y ensayos inspiradores sobre lo que significa atender nuestro bienestar emocional en el trabajo. Edificantes y prácticos, estos libros describen las habilidades sociales que son críticas para que los profesionales ambiciosos dominen. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531497]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Focus Series: #11 of [Spanish Edition] HBR Emotional Intelligence Author: Heidi Grant, Rasmus Hougaard, Harvard Business Review, Amy Jen Su, Daniel Goleman Narrator: Yvan Mantilla Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 16 minutes Release date: July 13, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: La importancia de lograr el enfoque va mucho más allá de su propia productividad. El enfoque profundo le permite guiar a los demás con éxito, encontrar claridad en medio de la incertidumbre y aumentar su sentido de satisfacción profesional. Sin embargo, las fuerzas que desafían el enfoque sostenido van desde el desenfoque de los teléfonos hasta la política de oficina y las preocupaciones cotidianas de la vida. Este libro explica cómo fortalecer tu capacidad de concentración, gestionar la atención de tu equipo y romper el ciclo de distracción. Este volumen incluye el trabajo de: Daniel Goleman, Heidi Grant, Amy Jen Suy Rasmus Hougaard. CÓMO SER HUMANO EN EL TRABAJO. La serie HBR Emotional Intelligence Series presenta una lectura inteligente y esencial en el lado humano de la vida profesional de las páginas de Harvard Business Review. Cada libro de la serie ofrece investigaciones probadas que muestran cómo nuestras emociones afectan nuestras vidas laborales, consejos prácticos para manejar personas y situaciones difíciles, y ensayos inspiradores sobre lo que significa atender nuestro bienestar emocional en el trabajo. Edificantes y prácticos, estos libros describen las habilidades sociales que son críticas para que los profesionales ambiciosos dominen. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531496 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531496]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Influencia y persuasión (Influence and Persuasion) Series: #6 of [Spanish Edition] HBR Emotional Intelligence Author: Robert Cialdini, Harvard Business Review, Nick Morgan, Nancy Duarte, Linda A. Hill Narrator: Paty Velasco Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 22 minutes Release date: July 13, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Para cambiar la mente es importante transformar los corazones. Las últimas investigaciones demuestran que apelar a las emociones puede fortalecer y afianzar tu autoridad como líder. Escrito por reputados especialistas de la Harvard Business Review en temas de inteligencia emocional en el entorno profesional, el libro ofrece estrategias generales para desarrollar la capacidad de influencia, así como pequeñas tácticas para persuadir a los demás. Changing hearts is an important part of changing minds. Research shows that appealing to human emotion can help you make your case and build your authority as a leader. This book highlights that research and shows you how to act on it, presenting both comprehensive frameworks for developing influence and small, simple tactics you can use to convince others every day. Robert Cialdini, Harvard Business Review, Nick Morgan, Nancy Duarte, Linda A. Hill Tue, 13 Jul 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531496 thebookvoice.com 2:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531496]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Influencia y persuasión (Influence and Persuasion) Series: #6 of [Spanish Edition] HBR Emotional Intelligence Author: Robert Cialdini, Harvard Business Review, Nick Morgan, Nancy Duarte, Linda A. Hill Narrator: Paty Velasco Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 22 minutes Release date: July 13, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Para cambiar la mente es importante transformar los corazones. Las últimas investigaciones demuestran que apelar a las emociones puede fortalecer y afianzar tu autoridad como líder. Escrito por reputados especialistas de la Harvard Business Review en temas de inteligencia emocional en el entorno profesional, el libro ofrece estrategias generales para desarrollar la capacidad de influencia, así como pequeñas tácticas para persuadir a los demás. Changing hearts is an important part of changing minds. Research shows that appealing to human emotion can help you make your case and build your authority as a leader. This book highlights that research and shows you how to act on it, presenting both comprehensive frameworks for developing influence and small, simple tactics you can use to convince others every day. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531496]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Influencia y persuasión (Influence and Persuasion) Series: #6 of [Spanish Edition] HBR Emotional Intelligence Author: Robert Cialdini, Harvard Business Review, Nick Morgan, Nancy Duarte, Linda A. Hill Narrator: Paty Velasco Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 22 minutes Release date: July 13, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Para cambiar la mente es importante transformar los corazones. Las últimas investigaciones demuestran que apelar a las emociones puede fortalecer y afianzar tu autoridad como líder. Escrito por reputados especialistas de la Harvard Business Review en temas de inteligencia emocional en el entorno profesional, el libro ofrece estrategias generales para desarrollar la capacidad de influencia, así como pequeñas tácticas para persuadir a los demás. Changing hearts is an important part of changing minds. Research shows that appealing to human emotion can help you make your case and build your authority as a leader. This book highlights that research and shows you how to act on it, presenting both comprehensive frameworks for developing influence and small, simple tactics you can use to convince others every day. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531253 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531253]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Positively Energizing Leadership: Virtuous Actions and Relationships That Create High Performance Author: Kim Cameron Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 36 minutes Release date: August 3, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: This practical guide, the first to show how leaders can achieve extraordinary results through the positive energy generated by virtuous interactions with employees, is written by one of the giants in the study of positive leadership. This book is about one of the most important factors that leads to spectacular performance in organizations. Kim Cameron, a true pioneer in the study of positive leadership, offers validated scientific evidence that all individuals are inherently attracted to and flourish in the presence of positive energy. Further, he shows that the positive relational energy generated by leaders' virtuous behaviors-for example, generosity, compassion, gratitude, trustworthiness, forgiveness, and kindness-is tightly linked to extraordinary organizational outcomes like greater innovation, higher profits, and increased engagement and retention. Cameron has not written a feel-good tome about the power of positive thinking, 'happiology,' or unbridled optimism. This book is a research-based exploration of how to capitalize on an inherent tendency in all living systems. He provides practical suggestions and exercises for how leaders can assess the level of their positive energy and recommends specific practices that will increase positive relational energy. Positively Energizing Leadership is a major contribution to the theory and practice of leadership. Kim Cameron Tue, 03 Aug 2021 02:08:13 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531253 thebookvoice.com 4:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531253]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Positively Energizing Leadership: Virtuous Actions and Relationships That Create High Performance Author: Kim Cameron Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 36 minutes Release date: August 3, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: This practical guide, the first to show how leaders can achieve extraordinary results through the positive energy generated by virtuous interactions with employees, is written by one of the giants in the study of positive leadership. This book is about one of the most important factors that leads to spectacular performance in organizations. Kim Cameron, a true pioneer in the study of positive leadership, offers validated scientific evidence that all individuals are inherently attracted to and flourish in the presence of positive energy. Further, he shows that the positive relational energy generated by leaders' virtuous behaviors-for example, generosity, compassion, gratitude, trustworthiness, forgiveness, and kindness-is tightly linked to extraordinary organizational outcomes like greater innovation, higher profits, and increased engagement and retention. Cameron has not written a feel-good tome about the power of positive thinking, 'happiology,' or unbridled optimism. This book is a research-based exploration of how to capitalize on an inherent tendency in all living systems. He provides practical suggestions and exercises for how leaders can assess the level of their positive energy and recommends specific practices that will increase positive relational energy. Positively Energizing Leadership is a major contribution to the theory and practice of leadership. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531253]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Positively Energizing Leadership: Virtuous Actions and Relationships That Create High Performance Author: Kim Cameron Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 36 minutes Release date: August 3, 2021 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: This practical guide, the first to show how leaders can achieve extraordinary results through the positive energy generated by virtuous interactions with employees, is written by one of the giants in the study of positive leadership. This book is about one of the most important factors that leads to spectacular performance in organizations. Kim Cameron, a true pioneer in the study of positive leadership, offers validated scientific evidence that all individuals are inherently attracted to and flourish in the presence of positive energy. Further, he shows that the positive relational energy generated by leaders' virtuous behaviors-for example, generosity, compassion, gratitude, trustworthiness, forgiveness, and kindness-is tightly linked to extraordinary organizational outcomes like greater innovation, higher profits, and increased engagement and retention. Cameron has not written a feel-good tome about the power of positive thinking, 'happiology,' or unbridled optimism. This book is a research-based exploration of how to capitalize on an inherent tendency in all living systems. He provides practical suggestions and exercises for how leaders can assess the level of their positive energy and recommends specific practices that will increase positive relational energy. Positively Energizing Leadership is a major contribution to the theory and practice of leadership.